/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
-** version 3.21.0. By combining all the individual C code files into this
+** version 3.22.0. By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements
#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
/*
-** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should
+** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should
** be sorted A-Z.
**
** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
*/
static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = {
-/*
-** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
+/*
+** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
*/
#if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
"32BIT_ROWID",
#if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
"ZERO_MALLOC",
#endif
-/*
-** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
+/*
+** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
*/
};
**
** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread
** that would be harmless and undetectable
-** if it did occur.
+** if it did occur.
**
** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual
-** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the
+** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the
** asterisks and the comment text.
*/
** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
** and Z will be reset to zero.
**
-** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]),
+** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]),
** SQLite source code has been stored in the
** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.21.0"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3021000
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2017-10-24 18:55:49 1a584e499906b5c87ec7d43d4abce641fdf017c42125b083109bc77c4de48827"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.22.0"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3022000
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2018-01-22 18:45:57 0c55d179733b46d8d0ba4d88e01a25e10677046ee3da1d5b1581e86726f2171d"
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The
** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns
-** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built
** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters
** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1
-** indicating whether the specified option was defined at
-** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the
-** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at
+** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().
**
** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range,
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_
-** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by
** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
**
** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
-** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the
** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
**
** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0,
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0,
** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe
** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
**
**
** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The
-** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values
** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE
typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-# else
+# else
typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
# endif
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
** destructors are called is arbitrary.
**
** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
-** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If
** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
-** without having to use a lot of C code.
+** without having to use a lot of C code.
**
** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
**
** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
-** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or
** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
** is not changed.
**
** the most recent error can be obtained using
** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].
*/
+#define SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ (SQLITE_ERROR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY (SQLITE_ERROR | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT (SQLITE_READONLY | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY (SQLITE_READONLY | (6<<8))
#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
/*
** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the
** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface
** implementations will
** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
**
-** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The
** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
-** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
-** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
-** because the user has configured SQLite with
-** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
+** because the user has configured SQLite with
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
-** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that
-** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
-** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
-** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
-** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
-** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the
-** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with
** upper-most shim only.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
-** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The
** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if
-** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This
** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
-** this opcode.
+** this opcode.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
-** operations since the previous successful call to
+** operations since the previous successful call to
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically.
** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were
** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
-** operations since the previous successful call to
+** operations since the previous successful call to
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back.
** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode
** so that all subsequent write operations are independent.
** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See
** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
**
-** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
-** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this
-** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure
-** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
-** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
-** modified.
+** The VFS interface is sometimes extended by adding new methods onto
+** the end. Each time such an extension occurs, the iVersion field
+** is incremented. The iVersion value started out as 1 in
+** SQLite [version 3.5.0] on [dateof:3.5.0], then increased to 2
+** with SQLite [version 3.7.0] on [dateof:3.7.0], and then increased
+** to 3 with SQLite [version 3.7.6] on [dateof:3.7.6]. Additional fields
+** may be appended to the sqlite3_vfs object and the iVersion value
+** may increase again in future versions of SQLite.
+** Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transition from
+** SQLite [version 3.5.9] to [version 3.6.0] on [dateof:3.6.0]
+** and yet the iVersion field was not modified.
**
** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of
** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the
** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
**
** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()]
** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
**
** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
-** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the
+** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the
** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
-** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened
** for exclusive access.
**
** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
** a floating point value.
** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
-** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in
-** a 24-hour day).
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in
+** a 24-hour day).
** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
-** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or
** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
**
** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided
-** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding
** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden
/*
** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion
- ** value will increment whenever this happens.
+ ** value will increment whenever this happens.
*/
};
** </ul>
**
** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given on the corresponding lock.
+** was given on the corresponding lock.
**
** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED
** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
**
** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the
-** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code
** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
**
** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].
** By creating an instance of this object
** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
-** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0,
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0,
** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
**
** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example,
** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
-** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return
** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
** configuration option.</dd>
**
** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is
** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
** The argument specifies
** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
-** cache implementation.
+** cache implementation.
** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page
** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2].
** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
** additional cache line. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer
** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is
** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies
** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd>
** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
** global [error log].
** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
-** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the
** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL
** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which
-** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.
+** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.
** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes)
** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk.
** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
** when the "current value" returned by
** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
-** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns
** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
** </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
-** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a
-** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no
-** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint
+** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a
+** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no
+** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - non-zero to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
** </dd>
-**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG</dt>
** <dd>^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates
** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG). When the QPSG is active,
** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
** was used during testing in the lab.
** </dd>
-**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt>
+** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not
+** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This
+** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this
+** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer -
+** non-zero to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written
+** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if
+** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.
+** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME 1000 /* const char* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE 1006 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG 1007 /* int int* */
-
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP 1008 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAX 1008 /* Largest DBCONFIG */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of
** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not
-** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred
-** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns
+** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred
+** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns
** zero.
**
** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database
** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as
** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory
** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid
-** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to
+** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to
** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid
-** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original
-** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning
+** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original
+** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning
** control to the user.
**
-** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will
-** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is
-** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will
+** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is
+** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned
** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^
**
** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to
-** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R
+** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R
** without inserting a row into the database.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64);
** returned by this function.
**
** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
-** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers],
+** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers],
** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
-**
-** Changes to a view that are intercepted by
-** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value
-** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or
-** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real
+**
+** Changes to a view that are intercepted by
+** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value
+** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or
+** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real
** tables are counted.
**
** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
-**
+**
** <ul>
** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
-** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program
+** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program
** has finished, the original value is restored.)^
-**
-** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE
-** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes()
-** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include
-** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes()
+**
+** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE
+** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes()
+** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include
+** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes()
** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
** </ul>
-**
+**
** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
-** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it
+** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it
** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
-** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger
-** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the
+** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger
+** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the
** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
**
** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
-**
+**
** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
-** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers
+** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers
** are not counted.
-**
+**
** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
**
**
** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the
** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements
** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
**
-** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails,
** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** to the application instead of invoking the
+** to the application instead of invoking the
** busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words,
** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions
** result in undefined behavior.
-**
+**
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied.
+** access is denied.
**
** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TRACE
**
** These constants identify classes of events that can be monitored
-** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic. The third argument
-** to [sqlite3_trace_v2()] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of
+** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic. The M argument
+** to [sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P)] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of
** the following constants. ^The first argument to the trace callback
** is one of the following constants.
**
** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each
** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the
** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which
-** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment
+** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment
** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute
** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()]
** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking
**
** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt>
** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared
-** statement generates a single row of result.
+** statement generates a single row of result.
** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
** X argument is unused.
**
** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of
** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants.
**
-** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides
+** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides
** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2().
**
-** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by
+** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by
** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently
** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback
** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility.
** database connection D. An example use for this
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
-** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
+** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress
** handler is disabled.
** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
**
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to
** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
-** the following three values, optionally combined with the
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the
** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
**
** information.
**
** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
** present, is ignored.
**
** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
-** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
**
** [[core URI query parameters]]
**
** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-** an error)^.
-** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
-** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
-** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
-** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
-** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
-** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
+** an error)^.
+** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
+** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
+** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
+** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
+** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
+** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is
** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
+** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
** property on a database file that does in fact change can result
** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
-**
+**
** </ul>
**
** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
**
** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
-** <tr><td> file:data.db <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td>
** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
-** file:///home/fred/data.db <br>
-** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td>
+** file:///home/fred/data.db <br>
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td>
** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td>
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td>
** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap">
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap">
** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
+** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
** necessary - space characters can be used literally
** in URI filenames.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td>
** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
** default, use a private cache.
** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
** </table>
**
** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
** the results are undefined.
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
**
** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
**
-** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of
-** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or
** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
** P is the name of the query parameter, then
** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F
** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
** a pointer to an empty string.
** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The
** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query
** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
** zero is returned.
-**
+**
** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and
** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with
+** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with
** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
** API call.
** If the most recent API call was successful,
** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the
** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
** disabled.
**
** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
**
** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The
-** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object
+** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object
** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a
** prepared statement before it can be run.
**
** new limit for that construct.)^
**
** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a
** [limits | hard upper bound]
** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
**
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner
** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and
** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()]
-** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will
+** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will
** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using
** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts
** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to
** </li>
**
** <li>
-** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the
+** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the
** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
-** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been
** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
-** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter].
-** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter].
+** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
** the content of the database file.
**
** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
-** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.
-** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that
** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
** change the database file through side-effects:
**
** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
-** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the
** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
-** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make
** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since
** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
-** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
-** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a
** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
**
** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
-** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used,
-** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
** statements that are holding a transaction open.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The
-** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new
+** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new
** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
**
** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However,
** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
** that parameter must be the byte offset
** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
-** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than
+** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than
** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings
** with embedded NULs is undefined.
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the
+** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the
** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]).
** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not
** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement
** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
-** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using
+** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using
** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1],
** sqlite3_step() began
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result
-** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an
+** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an
** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
** <tr><td> <td> <td>
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB
** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which
** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value.
** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no
-** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question.
+** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question.
** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type()
** is undefined, though harmless. Future
** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
** the number of bytes in that string.
** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
**
-** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and
** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by
** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface
-** is normally only useful within the implementation of
+** is normally only useful within the implementation of
** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within
** top-level application code.
**
** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name
-** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.
** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
**
** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
** callbacks.
**
** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
-** then it is destructor for the application data pointer.
+** then it is destructor for the application data pointer.
** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
-** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data
+** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data
** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
**
** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding
** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.
** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
** between UTF8 and UTF16.
/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
**
-** These constants may be ORed together with the
+** These constants may be ORed together with the
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
** DEPRECATED
**
** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue
** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid
** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid
** these functions, we will not explain what they do.
** datatype of the value
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_numeric_type </b>
** <td>→ <td>Best numeric datatype of the value
+** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_nochange </b>
+** <td>→ <td>True if the column is unchanged in an UPDATE
+** against a virtual table.
** </table></blockquote>
**
** <b>Details:</b>
** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**
-** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized
+** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized
** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)]
** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y),
** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise,
-** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer()
+** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer()
** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the
** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs.
** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
**
+** ^Within the [xUpdate] method of a [virtual table], the
+** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) interface returns true if and only if
+** the column corresponding to X is unchanged by the UPDATE operation
+** that the xUpdate method call was invoked to implement and if
+** and the prior [xColumn] method call that was invoked to extracted
+** the value for that column returned without setting a result (probably
+** because it queried [sqlite3_vtab_nochange()] and found that the column
+** was unchanging). ^Within an [xUpdate] method, any value for which
+** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is true will in all other respects appear
+** to be a NULL value. If sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is invoked anywhere other
+** than within an [xUpdate] method call for an UPDATE statement, then
+** the return value is arbitrary and meaningless.
+**
** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_nochange(sqlite3_value*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values
** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
**
-** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called
** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
** first time from within xFinal().)^
**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
** allocate error occurs.
**
** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
-** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
** pointless memory allocations occur.
**
-** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
**
** The first parameter must be a copy of the
** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example
** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
-** metadata associated with the pattern string.
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.
** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
** invocations of the same function.
** SQL statement)^, or
** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same
** parameter)^, or
-** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
+** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul>
**
-** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in
+** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in
** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an
** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it
-** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that
+** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that
** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an
** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()].
** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
-** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with
-** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits
+** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with
+** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits
** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
** higher order bits are discarded.
** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
** that collation is no longer usable.
**
-** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg
** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an
** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
**
-** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the
** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should
** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
-** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency
-** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards
** compatibility.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
- sqlite3*,
- const char *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ sqlite3*,
+ const char *zName,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
- sqlite3*,
- const char *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ sqlite3*,
+ const char *zName,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
void(*xDestroy)(void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
const void *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
- sqlite3*,
- void*,
+ sqlite3*,
+ void*,
void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
void*,
void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
);
);
/*
-** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless
+** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless
** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
/*
-** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless
** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
void*
);
** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
**
** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
-** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]).
+** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]).
** In prior versions of SQLite,
** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
**
** cache setting should set it explicitly.
**
** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
-** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems,
-** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via
+** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems,
+** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
**
** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
-** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit
** is advisory only.
**
** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
** from the heap.
** </ul>)^
**
-** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.7.3] ([dateof:3.7.3]),
+** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.7.3] ([dateof:3.7.3]),
** the soft heap limit is enforced
** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
**
** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
**
-** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table
** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an
** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
** prior to calling this API,
** otherwise an error will be returned.
**
-** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the
+** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the
** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this
** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface
** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()]
** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
** routines.
*/
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
**
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].
** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
**
** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
void **ppArg);
int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
- /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
+ /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
** below are for version 2 and greater. */
int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column
** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also
** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression
-** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to
+** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to
** non-zero.
**
** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
**
** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
-** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
**
** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
** will be returned by the strategy.
**
-** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a
+** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a
** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
-** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row.
+** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row.
**
** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
**
** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]).
+** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]).
** If a virtual table extension is
-** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
-** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
-** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]).
+** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]).
** It may therefore only be used if
** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
** 3009000.
** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
**
** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the
+** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the
** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to
** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth
** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
** But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
**
** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
** </pre>)^
**
-** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but
+** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but
** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is
** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement.
** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP
** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored
** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error
** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided
-** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()]
+** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()]
** on *ppBlob after this function it returns.
**
** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true:
** <ul>
-** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^,
-** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^,
-** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^,
+** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^,
+** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^,
+** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^,
** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^,
** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^,
** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not
** a TEXT or BLOB value)^,
-** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE
+** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE
** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^,
-** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled,
+** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled,
** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is
** being opened for read/write access)^.
** </ul>
**
-** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
+** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
**
** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the
** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using
** blob.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
-** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a
** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
**
** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
-** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the
+** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the
** handle is still closed.)^
**
** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
** code is returned and the transaction rolled back.
**
** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an
-** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine
-** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to
+** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine
+** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to
** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function
-** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the
+** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the
** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
-** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The
** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
**
** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
+** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
**
** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the
-** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined
-** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the
+** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined
+** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less
** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
**
** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable
** behavior.)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl
** method becomes the return value of this routine.
**
-** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes
** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
-** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
+** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]
** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
**
** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
** xFileControl method.
**
-** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
+** See also: [file control opcodes]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER 25
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 25
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE 26
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 26 /* Largest TESTCTRL */
/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The
** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]]
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
** <dd>No longer used.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack.
+** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack.
** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only
** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
** </dl>
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the
** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument
** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
-** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of
+** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
**
** checked out.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were
** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]]
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a
** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
-** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
** is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
** is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
-** an index.
+** an index.
**
** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter
-** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
** careful use of indices.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
-** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be
+** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be
** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been
-** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or change to
+** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or change to
** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan.
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt>
** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
**
** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
-** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
-** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
** SQLite is used for the page cache.
-** By implementing a
+** By implementing a
** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
-** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
-** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
-** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
** how long.
**
** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
**
** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
-** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
-** required by the custom page cache implementation.
-** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
+** required by the custom page cache implementation.
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
** page cache.)^
**
** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** It can be used to clean up
+** It can be used to clean up
** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
**
** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The
-** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will
** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the
** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
-** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.
** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
** never contain any unpinned pages.
**
** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
-**
+**
** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
-** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
-** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
** for each entry in the page cache.
** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
**
-** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single
-** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
** to xFetch().
**
** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
- void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
+ void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
**
** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
-** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
**
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
**
** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
** preventing other database connections from
** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
-**
-** ^(To perform a backup operation:
+**
+** ^(To perform a backup operation:
** <ol>
** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
-** backup,
-** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer
+** backup,
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer
** the data between the two databases, and finally
-** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
-** associated with the backup operation.
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
+** associated with the backup operation.
** </ol>)^
** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
**
-** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the
-** [database connection] associated with the destination database
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database
** and the database name, respectively.
** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
-** ^The S and M arguments passed to
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to
** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
** and database name of the source database, respectively.
** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
** an error.
**
-** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if
-** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the
+** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if
+** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the
** destination database.
**
** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_backup] object.
** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
** operation.
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
**
-** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between
** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
-** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied.
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
**
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the
-** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
** [database connection]
** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
-** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
-** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
-** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept
-** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
+** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
**
** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
-** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to
** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an
** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source
** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
** updated at the same time.
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
**
-** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
-** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object.
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
** from within other threads.
**
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination
-** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see
** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being
** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple
** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
-** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking.
-** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking.
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
**
** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
-** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back.
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back.
**
** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an
** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as
** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
**
** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
-** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of
** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
**
-** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections
** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
**
**
** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
**
-** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a
** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
-** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions
** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
**
** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
**
-** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a
** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
**
** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
**
-** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost
** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
-** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just
** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
**
-** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and
-** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation
+** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and
+** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation
** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
**
** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
** are undefined.
**
-** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback
** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
void*
);
** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
** to automatically [checkpoint]
** after committing a transaction if there are N or
-** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or
** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
** checkpoints entirely.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
**
-** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the
+** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the
** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
-** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
-** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames
+** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
+** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames
** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback]
-** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.
+** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.
** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished
** if there are concurrent readers or writers.
**
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition
-** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
+** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
** [busy-handler callback])
-** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures
+** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures
** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning.
** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new
** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers.
** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero.
**
** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If
-** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the
-** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a
** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
**
-** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the
+** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the
** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be
** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and
** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock
** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before
** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
-** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as
-** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible
** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
**
** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
-** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to
** [database connection] db. In this case the
-** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If
-** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the
-** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining
-** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other
-** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned
-** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error
-** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned
+** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached
** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
-** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite
** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
-** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate.
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate.
** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
** had been ABORT.
**
** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
-** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON
-** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should
** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT
** constraint handling.
** </dl>
*/
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If Virtual Table Column Access Is For UPDATE
+**
+** If the sqlite3_vtab_nochange(X) routine is called within the [xColumn]
+** method of a [virtual table], then it returns true if and only if the
+** column is being fetched as part of an UPDATE operation during which the
+** column value will not change. Applications might use this to substitute
+** a lighter-weight value to return that the corresponding [xUpdate] method
+** understands as a "no-change" value.
+**
+** If the [xColumn] method calls sqlite3_vtab_nochange() and finds that
+** the column is not changed by the UPDATE statement, they the xColumn
+** method can optionally return without setting a result, without calling
+** any of the [sqlite3_result_int|sqlite3_result_xxxxx() interfaces].
+** In that case, [sqlite3_value_nochange(X)] will return true for the
+** same column in the [xUpdate] method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint
+**
+** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table].
+**
+** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the
+** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be
+** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer
+** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding
+** constraint.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info*,int);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode}
int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */
int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
void *pOut /* Result written here */
-);
+);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
**
** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the
** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty
-** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
+** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an
** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database
** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)]
** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and
** any [attached] databases.
**
-** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
-** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
+** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
+** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked
** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then
** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages
** kind of update operation that is about to occur.
** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** database within the database connection that is being modified. This
-** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or
+** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or
** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached
** databases.)^
** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** table that is being modified.
**
** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth
-** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
+** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table,
-** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth
+** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth
** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the
** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted
** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback
**
** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate
** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete
-** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level
+** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level
** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level
** triggers; and so forth.
**
** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be
** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such
-** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.
+** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*);
**
** The constructor for this object is [sqlite3_snapshot_get()]. The
** [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] method causes a fresh read transaction to refer
-** to an historical snapshot (if possible). The destructor for
+** to an historical snapshot (if possible). The destructor for
** sqlite3_snapshot objects is [sqlite3_snapshot_free()].
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot {
** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly
** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK.
** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when
-** this function is called, one is opened automatically.
+** this function is called, one is opened automatically.
**
** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of
** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is
** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined
-** in this case.
+** in this case.
**
** <ul>
** <li> The database handle must be in [autocommit mode].
**
** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal
** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means
-** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal
+** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal
** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction
** must be written to it first.
** </ul>
**
** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the
-** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason,
+** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason,
** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined.
**
** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to
** database connection D does not know that the database file for
** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know
** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior
-** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode]
+** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode]
** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^
** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened
** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.)
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages
-** of two valid snapshot handles.
+** of two valid snapshot handles.
**
-** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database
-** file, the result of the comparison is undefined.
+** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database
+** file, the result of the comparison is undefined.
**
** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the
** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the
** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the
** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database
-** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the
-** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function
+** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the
+** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function
** is undefined.
**
** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older
};
/*
-** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
**
** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
/*
-** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
**
** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a
** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is
** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for
-** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting
+** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting
** either of these things are undefined.
**
** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in
/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
**
-** Delete a session object previously allocated using
+** Delete a session object previously allocated using
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
-** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for
+** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);
** the eventual changesets.
**
** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value
-** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a
+** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a
** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session.
**
-** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if
+** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
** <ul>
** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
** made, or
-** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action
+** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action
** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement.
** </ul>
**
** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the
** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag
** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value
-** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the
+** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the
** indirect flag for the specified session object.
**
-** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if
+** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);
** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object
**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
-** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes
-** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See
+** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes
+** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See
** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
**
** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
-** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by
-** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for
+** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by
+** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for
** the new tables are also recorded.
**
** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly
-** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the
+** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the
** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY
** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key.
-**
+**
** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor
** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However,
** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios.
** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored
** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error
** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
+**
+** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3>
+**
+** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to
+** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is:
+** <pre>
+** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)
+** </pre>
+**
+** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are
+** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes
+** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such
+** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or
+** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be
+** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(),
+** concat() and similar.
+**
+** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the
+** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1
+** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(),
+** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset
+** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a
+** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application
+** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required.
+**
+** Legacy (older than 3.22.0) versions of the sessions module cannot capture
+** changes made to the sqlite_stat1 table. Legacy versions of the
+** sqlite3changeset_apply() function silently ignore any modifications to the
+** sqlite_stat1 table that are part of a changeset or patchset.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
**
-** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows
+** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
-** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not.
-** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is
+** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not.
+** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object
**
-** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the
-** session object passed as the first argument. If successful,
-** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset
+** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the
+** session object passed as the first argument. If successful,
+** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset
** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
** zero and return an SQLite error code.
** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it
** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT.
**
-** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or
+** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or
** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted,
** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this
** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in
** <ul>
** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried
** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT
-** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change
+** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change
** is added to the changeset.
**
-** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is
+** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is
** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is
** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been
-** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to
-** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE
+** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to
+** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE
** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching
** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original
** values, no change is added to the changeset.
**
** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later
** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete
-** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a
+** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a
** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is
** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of
** a DELETE and an INSERT.
** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted.
** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row
** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row
-** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while
+** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while
** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the
** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled.
-** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and
+** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and
** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the
** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields.
*/
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session
+** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session
**
** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first
** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the
** an error).
**
** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.)
-** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains
+** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains
** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function.
** A table is considered compatible if it:
**
** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored.
**
** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be
-** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table")
-** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session
+** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table")
+** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session
** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object.
**
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object.
**
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features
** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the
-** session.
+** session.
** </ul>
**
** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed
-** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to
-** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be
+** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to
+** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be
** identical.
**
** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the
**
** If the operation successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite
** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using
** sqlite3_free().
*/
** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The
+** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The
** original values of other fields are omitted.
-** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from
+** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from
** UPDATE records.
** </ul>
**
-** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all
-** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(),
+** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(),
** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly,
** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the
-** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
**
-** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no
+** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset
** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work
** in the same way as for changesets.
/*
** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes.
**
-** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by
-** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or
+** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by
+** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or
** more changes have been recorded, return zero.
**
** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling
** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a
-** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in
-** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values
+** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in
+** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values
** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is
-** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a
+** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset
+** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset
**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
** SQLite error code is returned.
**
-** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset
+** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset
** iterator created by this function:
**
** <ul>
**
** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the
** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or
-** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset
-** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when
-** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by
-** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited
-** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change
-** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit
+** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset
+** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when
+** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by
+** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited
+** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change
+** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit
** another change for table X.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start(
** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances
** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If
** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call
-** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned.
+** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned.
** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited,
** SQLITE_DONE is returned.
**
-** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error
-** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error
+** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a
** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table
** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either
-** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the
-** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is
+** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the
+** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is
** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If
** pbIncorrect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change
** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for
** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect
-** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of
-** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the
+** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of
+** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the
** type of change that the iterator currently points to.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
-** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and
-** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this
+** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this
** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
-** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and
** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include
-** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and
-** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that
-** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete
+** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that
+** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete
** triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the
** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback
** and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** call has no effect.
**
** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
-** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an
+** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an
** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
** }
** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-** // An error has occurred
+** // An error has occurred
** }
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free()
-** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful
+** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful
** call to this function.
**
** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid
/*
** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects
**
-** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a
+** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a
** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
-** changeset A followed by changeset B.
+** changeset A followed by changeset B.
**
-** This function combines the two input changesets using an
+** This function combines the two input changesets using an
** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
** following code fragment:
**
**
** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller
-** should eventually free the returned object using a call to
+** should eventually free the returned object using a call to
** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code
** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object
** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add().
**
-** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained
+** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained
** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output().
**
** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete().
** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to
** new() and delete(), and in any order.
**
-** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and
+** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and
** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
*/
** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup
**
** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
-** nData bytes) to the changegroup.
+** nData bytes) to the changegroup.
**
** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
** added to the changegroup.
** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td>
-** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the
+** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the
** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the
** existing change and then updated according to the new change.
** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td>
** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
** added to the changegroup.
** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td>
-** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended
-** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once
+** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended
+** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once
** by the existing change and then again by the new change.
** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td>
** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the
** changegroup.
** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td>
** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the
-** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing
+** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing
** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the
-** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same
+** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same
** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded.
** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td>
** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output
** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK
-** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a
+** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a
** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a
** call to sqlite3_free().
** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with
** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer
** passed as the sixth argument to this function as the first. If the "filter
-** callback" returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to
+** callback" returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to
** the table. Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter
** argument to this function is NULL, all changes related to the table are
** attempted.
**
-** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function
-** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is
+** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function
+** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the
+** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the
** changeset, and
-** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the
+** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the
** changeset, and
-** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as
+** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as
** recorded in the changeset.
** </ul>
**
** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most
** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset.
**
-** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made
-** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE
-** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler
-** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be
-** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for
+** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made
+** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE
+** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler
+** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be
+** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for
** each type of change is below.
**
** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results
** argument are undefined.
**
** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one
-** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or
+** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned
** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler
** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and
-** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different
+** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different
** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
-** the documentation for the three
+** the documentation for the three
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
-** For each DELETE change, this function checks if the target database
-** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
-** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
-** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in
+** For each DELETE change, this function checks if the target database
+** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
+** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
+** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in
** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default
** values.
**
-** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already
+** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already
** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler
-** function is invoked with the second argument set to
+** function is invoked with the second argument set to
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT].
**
** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint
-** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is
+** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is
** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
-** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because
-** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
+** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because
+** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
-** For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database
-** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
-** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
+** For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database
+** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
+** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
** passed as the second argument.
**
-** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with
+** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument.
-** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after
+** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after
** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
-** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
+** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
** </dl>
**
** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
** All changes made by this function are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
-** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an
+** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an
** SQLite error code returned.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */
);
-/*
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
**
** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd>
** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument
** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required
-** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other
-** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the
+** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other
+** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the
** expected "before" values.
-**
+**
** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching
** primary key.
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd>
** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second
** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the
** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database.
-**
+**
** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd>
** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict
-** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result
+** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result
** in duplicate primary key values.
-**
+**
** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching
** primary key.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd>
** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the
-** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict
+** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict
** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument
** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler
** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the
** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function
** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle
** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts().
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd>
-** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e.
-** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is
+** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e.
+** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is
** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument.
-**
+**
** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
**
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5
-/*
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler
**
** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values.
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd>
** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The
-** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module
+** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module
** continues to the next change in the changeset.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd>
** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict
** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this
-** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the
+** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the
** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
**
** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict
** the original row is restored to the database before continuing.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd>
-** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back
+** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back
** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
** </dl>
*/
/*
** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
**
-** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the
+** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the
** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
**
** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th>
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset]
** </table>
**
** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input
-** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory.
-** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning
-** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc().
-** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a
+** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory.
+** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning
+** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc().
+** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a
** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the
** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous.
**
** </pre>
**
** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first
-** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second
-** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no
-** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data
-** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied
-** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData)
-** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite
+** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second
+** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no
+** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data
+** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied
+** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData)
+** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite
** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns
** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function
** returns a copy of the error code to the caller.
** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be
** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the
** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters
-** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions
+** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions
** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput.
**
** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets)
** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy
** of the xOutput error code to the application.
**
-** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third
+** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third
** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this,
** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned.
*/
int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
void *pIn
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
- int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+ int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
);
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
** FTS5 may be extended with:
**
** * custom tokenizers, and
** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
**
** xUserData(pFts):
-** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
+** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
** registered with.
**
** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
-** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
+** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
** the FTS5 table.
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** xColumnCount(pFts):
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table
** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0.
**
** xInst:
** with the offsets=0 option specified. In this case *piOff is always
** set to -1.
**
-** Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM)
+** Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM)
** if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
**
** xRowid:
** Returns the rowid of the current row.
**
** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to
-** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
-** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
-** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
+** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
+** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
+** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row.
-** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
+** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
** the third argument to pUserData.
**
** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
**
** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
**
-** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions
+** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions
** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
** of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
**
** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
-** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
-** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
+** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
+** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
** single auxiliary data context.
**
** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
**
** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
**
-** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
+** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
**
** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
-** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
+** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
**
** Fts5PhraseIter iter;
** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below).
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates
** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1).
**
** }
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
-** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
-** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
+** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
+** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
+** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1).
**
** The information accessed using this API and its companion
** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext
** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is
** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with
-** "detail=column" tables.
+** "detail=column" tables.
**
** xPhraseNextColumn()
** See xPhraseFirstColumn above.
int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */
int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */
void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol);
};
-/*
+/*
** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
**
-** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
-** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
**
** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
-** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
+** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
** to create the FTS5 table.
**
-** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
+** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
-** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
+** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
** is undefined.
**
** xDelete:
** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
**
** xTokenize:
-** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
+** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
** returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
** FTS index.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
-** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
+** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
**
** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
-** on a columnsize=0 database.
+** on a columnsize=0 database.
** </ul>
**
** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
** which the token is derived within the input.
**
** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
-** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
+** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
**
-** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
+** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
** order that they occur within the input text.
**
** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
** SYNONYM SUPPORT
**
** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
-** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
+** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
**
** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5:
**
-** <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the
+** <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the
** In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the
** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in
** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won
** as expected.
**
** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
-** In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may
+** In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may
** provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document.
** FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For
** example, faced with the query:
** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
**
** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
-** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
+** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
** similar to:
**
** <codeblock>
** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
**
** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
-** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
+** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
** being treated as a single phrase.
**
** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
-** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
+** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
** "place".
**
** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be
-** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
+** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the
** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
** </ol>
**
** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
-** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
+** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
** single token.
**
-** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
+** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
**
-** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
+** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
** within the database.
**
** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
-** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
+** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
-** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
+** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
**
struct fts5_tokenizer {
int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
void *pCtx,
int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
- const char *pText, int nText,
+ const char *pText, int nText,
int (*xToken)(
void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-**
+**
** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
*/
#endif
/*
-** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to
-** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might
-** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an
+** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to
+** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might
+** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an
** expression.
**
** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
**
** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
-** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library
-** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database
-** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite
-** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback
+** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library
+** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database
+** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite
+** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback
** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
**
** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
-** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all
+** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all
** may be executed.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
**
** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done
-** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the
+** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the
** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
** the hash table.
} *ht;
};
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
#define TK_ILLEGAL 159
/* The token codes above must all fit in 8 bits */
-#define TKFLG_MASK 0xff
+#define TKFLG_MASK 0xff
/* Flags that can be added to a token code when it is not
** being stored in a u8: */
#endif
/*
-** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and
+** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and
** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another.
** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both.
*/
typedef struct Schema Schema;
typedef struct Expr Expr;
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
-typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
typedef struct FKey FKey;
typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
/*
** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
-** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned
+** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned
** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
**
#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */
#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */
-/*
+/*
** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor().
**
** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write
** key and pData,nData,nZero set to zero.
**
** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as
-** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero.
+** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero.
** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry. nZero extra zero bytes
** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry.
**
** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert(). The
** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters. But placing
-** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more
+** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more
** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to
** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int flags);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeOffset(BtCursor*);
+#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*);
#else
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
#define P4_INT64 (-14) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
#define P4_FUNCCTX (-16) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object */
+#define P4_DYNBLOB (-17) /* Pointer to memory from sqliteMalloc() */
/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */
#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1
#define P5_ConstraintFK 4
/*
-** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the
+** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the
** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
*/
#define COLNAME_NAME 0
/*
** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
-** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that
** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling
** the macro again restores the address.
*/
#define OP_Concat 93 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
#define OP_Compare 94 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */
#define OP_BitNot 95 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
-#define OP_Column 96 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */
+#define OP_Offset 96 /* synopsis: r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1) */
#define OP_String8 97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */
-#define OP_Affinity 98 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */
-#define OP_MakeRecord 99 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */
-#define OP_Count 100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */
-#define OP_ReadCookie 101
-#define OP_SetCookie 102
-#define OP_ReopenIdx 103 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
-#define OP_OpenRead 104 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
-#define OP_OpenWrite 105 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
-#define OP_OpenDup 106
-#define OP_OpenAutoindex 107 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */
-#define OP_OpenEphemeral 108 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */
-#define OP_SorterOpen 109
-#define OP_SequenceTest 110 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 */
-#define OP_OpenPseudo 111 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */
-#define OP_Close 112
-#define OP_ColumnsUsed 113
-#define OP_Sequence 114 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */
-#define OP_NewRowid 115 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
-#define OP_Insert 116 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */
-#define OP_InsertInt 117 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */
-#define OP_Delete 118
-#define OP_ResetCount 119
-#define OP_SorterCompare 120 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
-#define OP_SorterData 121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */
-#define OP_RowData 122 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */
-#define OP_Rowid 123 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
-#define OP_NullRow 124
-#define OP_SeekEnd 125
-#define OP_SorterInsert 126 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
-#define OP_IdxInsert 127 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
-#define OP_IdxDelete 128 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */
-#define OP_DeferredSeek 129 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed */
-#define OP_IdxRowid 130 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
-#define OP_Destroy 131
+#define OP_Column 98 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */
+#define OP_Affinity 99 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */
+#define OP_MakeRecord 100 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */
+#define OP_Count 101 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */
+#define OP_ReadCookie 102
+#define OP_SetCookie 103
+#define OP_ReopenIdx 104 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
+#define OP_OpenRead 105 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
+#define OP_OpenWrite 106 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
+#define OP_OpenDup 107
+#define OP_OpenAutoindex 108 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral 109 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */
+#define OP_SorterOpen 110
+#define OP_SequenceTest 111 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 */
+#define OP_OpenPseudo 112 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */
+#define OP_Close 113
+#define OP_ColumnsUsed 114
+#define OP_Sequence 115 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */
+#define OP_NewRowid 116 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
+#define OP_Insert 117 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */
+#define OP_InsertInt 118 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */
+#define OP_Delete 119
+#define OP_ResetCount 120
+#define OP_SorterCompare 121 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
+#define OP_SorterData 122 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */
+#define OP_RowData 123 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */
+#define OP_Rowid 124 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
+#define OP_NullRow 125
+#define OP_SeekEnd 126
+#define OP_SorterInsert 127 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
+#define OP_IdxInsert 128 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
+#define OP_IdxDelete 129 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */
+#define OP_DeferredSeek 130 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed */
+#define OP_IdxRowid 131 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
#define OP_Real 132 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */
-#define OP_Clear 133
-#define OP_ResetSorter 134
-#define OP_CreateBtree 135 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3 */
-#define OP_SqlExec 136
-#define OP_ParseSchema 137
-#define OP_LoadAnalysis 138
-#define OP_DropTable 139
-#define OP_DropIndex 140
-#define OP_DropTrigger 141
-#define OP_IntegrityCk 142
-#define OP_RowSetAdd 143 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */
-#define OP_Param 144
-#define OP_FkCounter 145 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */
-#define OP_MemMax 146 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */
-#define OP_OffsetLimit 147 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */
-#define OP_AggStep0 148 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */
-#define OP_AggStep 149 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */
-#define OP_AggFinal 150 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */
-#define OP_Expire 151
-#define OP_TableLock 152 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */
-#define OP_VBegin 153
-#define OP_VCreate 154
-#define OP_VDestroy 155
-#define OP_VOpen 156
-#define OP_VColumn 157 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */
-#define OP_VRename 158
-#define OP_Pagecount 159
-#define OP_MaxPgcnt 160
-#define OP_PureFunc0 161
-#define OP_Function0 162 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */
-#define OP_PureFunc 163
-#define OP_Function 164 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */
-#define OP_CursorHint 165
-#define OP_Noop 166
-#define OP_Explain 167
+#define OP_Destroy 133
+#define OP_Clear 134
+#define OP_ResetSorter 135
+#define OP_CreateBtree 136 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3 */
+#define OP_SqlExec 137
+#define OP_ParseSchema 138
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis 139
+#define OP_DropTable 140
+#define OP_DropIndex 141
+#define OP_DropTrigger 142
+#define OP_IntegrityCk 143
+#define OP_RowSetAdd 144 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */
+#define OP_Param 145
+#define OP_FkCounter 146 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */
+#define OP_MemMax 147 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */
+#define OP_OffsetLimit 148 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */
+#define OP_AggStep0 149 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */
+#define OP_AggStep 150 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */
+#define OP_AggFinal 151 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */
+#define OP_Expire 152
+#define OP_TableLock 153 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */
+#define OP_VBegin 154
+#define OP_VCreate 155
+#define OP_VDestroy 156
+#define OP_VOpen 157
+#define OP_VColumn 158 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */
+#define OP_VRename 159
+#define OP_Pagecount 160
+#define OP_MaxPgcnt 161
+#define OP_PureFunc0 162
+#define OP_Function0 163 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */
+#define OP_PureFunc 164
+#define OP_Function 165 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */
+#define OP_Trace 166
+#define OP_CursorHint 167
+#define OP_Noop 168
+#define OP_Explain 169
/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
/* 72 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 80 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\
/* 88 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x00, 0x12,\
-/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 96 */ 0x20, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\
/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04,\
-/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\
-/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06,\
-/* 144 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\
-/* 160 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-}
+/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\
+/* 128 */ 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 136 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 144 */ 0x06, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 160 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 168 */ 0x00, 0x00,}
/* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows
** the value of the largest JUMP opcode. The smaller the maximum
#define SQLITE_PAGER_H
/*
-** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
-** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
/*
** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c
** for details.
*/
#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
/*
** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
-** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
** a detailed description of each routine.
*/
-/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
sqlite3_vfs*,
Pager **ppPager,
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*);
-/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem.
+** subsystem.
*/
#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */
/**********************************************************************
- ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are
+ ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are
** private to pcache.c and should not be accessed by other modules.
** pCache is grouped with the public elements for efficiency.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released.
-** Reference counted.
+** Reference counted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**);
#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
-** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
** library is built.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then
** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
-** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a
+** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a
** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
-** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
+** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but
** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
** UnlockFile().
**
** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
-** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
-** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
-** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for
-** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
**
** The same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having
** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE
** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
-** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic
+** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic
** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
**
** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
-/*
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods
+/*
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);
-/*
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
+/*
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
/*
-** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
+** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
*/
#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
- VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
+ VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
#endif
Hash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */
Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */
#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x00100000 /* Disable database changes */
#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk 0x00200000 /* Check btree cell sizes on load */
#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer 0x00400000 /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */
-#define SQLITE_EnableQPSG 0x00800000 /* Query Planner Stability Guarantee */
+#define SQLITE_EnableQPSG 0x00800000 /* Query Planner Stability Guarantee*/
+#define SQLITE_TriggerEQP 0x01000000 /* Show trigger EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+
/* Flags used only if debugging */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x08000000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG 0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a
** single query - might change over time */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY 0x4000 /* Built-in affinity() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET 0x8000 /* Built-in sqlite_offset() function */
/*
** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
** PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
** Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION
** except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags. iArg is
-** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an
+** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an
** arbitrary non-NULL pointer. The bNC parameter is not used.
**
** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */
unsigned noSkipScan:1; /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */
unsigned hasStat1:1; /* aiRowLogEst values come from sqlite_stat1 */
+ unsigned bNoQuery:1; /* Do not use this index to optimize queries */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */
*/
#define EP_FromJoin 0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */
#define EP_Agg 0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
- /* 0x000004 // available for use */
+#define EP_HasFunc 0x000004 /* Contains one or more functions of any kind */
/* 0x000008 // available for use */
#define EP_Distinct 0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
#define EP_Leaf 0x800000 /* Expr.pLeft, .pRight, .u.pSelect all NULL */
/*
-** Combinations of two or more EP_* flags
+** The EP_Propagate mask is a set of properties that automatically propagate
+** upwards into parent nodes.
*/
-#define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery) /* Propagate these bits up tree */
+#define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery|EP_HasFunc)
/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
} a[1]; /* One slot for each expression in the list */
};
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
-** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
-** expression.
-*/
-struct ExprSpan {
- Expr *pExpr; /* The expression parse tree */
- const char *zStart; /* First character of input text */
- const char *zEnd; /* One character past the end of input text */
-};
-
/*
** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
#define NC_IdxExpr 0x0020 /* True if resolving columns of CREATE INDEX */
#define NC_VarSelect 0x0040 /* A correlated subquery has been seen */
#define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x1000 /* min/max aggregates seen. See note above */
+#define NC_Complex 0x2000 /* True if a function or subquery seen */
/*
** An instance of the following structure contains all information
Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */
Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
- Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
With *pWith; /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */
};
#define SF_MaybeConvert 0x08000 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
#define SF_Converted 0x10000 /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
#define SF_IncludeHidden 0x20000 /* Include hidden columns in output */
+#define SF_ComplexResult 0x40000 /* Result set contains subquery or function */
/*
int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */
int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
int szOpAlloc; /* Bytes of memory space allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
- int iSelfTab; /* Table for associated with an index on expr, or negative
+ int iSelfTab; /* Table associated with an index on expr, or negative
** of the base register during check-constraint eval */
int iCacheLevel; /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
int iCacheCnt; /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE 0x01 /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
#define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* OP_Delete/Insert: save cursor pos */
#define OPFLAG_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* OP_Delete: index in a DELETE op */
+#define OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC 0x6d /* OP_MakeRecord: serialtype 10 is ok */
/*
* Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */
IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */
+ char *zSpan; /* Original SQL text of this command */
TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */
TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
};
** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place
** to set a debugger breakpoint.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3*, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbSpanDup(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(x)
+#endif
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(Parse*,ExprList*,IdList*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,const char*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*,const char*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
- Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*,Expr*);
+ Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,char*);
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*,Expr*,int,ExprList*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, ExprList*,Expr*,int);
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*,
+ const char*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
- Select*,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
+ Select*,u8,const char*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8,
+ const char*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*,
+ const char*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
#endif
+#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserCoverage(FILE*);
+#endif
/*
** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
-** lower-case character.
+** lower-case character.
**
** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not
** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
** The equivalent of tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
**
-** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an
+** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an
** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
** part of an identifier is 0x46.
** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this
** setting.)
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL
+#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL
# define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024)
#endif
** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained
** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** the vdbe.c file.
+** the vdbe.c file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
-** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
** began executing.
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** For a pointer type created using sqlite3_bind_pointer() or
** sqlite3_result_pointer() the MEM_Term and MEM_Subtype flags are also set.
+** If both MEM_Null and MEM_Zero are set, that means that the value is
+** an unchanging column value from VColumn.
**
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
-** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
*/
#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL (or a pointer) */
#endif
/*
-** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function
+** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function
** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0x5606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
/*
-** Structure used to store the context required by the
+** Structure used to store the context required by the
** sqlite3_preupdate_*() API functions.
*/
struct PreUpdate {
i64 iKey1; /* First key value passed to hook */
i64 iKey2; /* Second key value passed to hook */
Mem *aNew; /* Array of new.* values */
- Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */
+ Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */
Index *pPk; /* PK index if pTab is WITHOUT ROWID */
};
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *);
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
#else
# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
break;
}
- /*
+ /*
** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The
** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
HashElem *p;
nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
- pSchema->tblHash.count
+ pSchema->tblHash.count
+ pSchema->trigHash.count
+ pSchema->idxHash.count
+ pSchema->fkeyHash.count
/*
** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
- ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set
+ ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set
** to zero.
*/
case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.
+** functions for SQLite.
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers. The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system.
+** calendar system.
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
** Jean Meeus
** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
-** ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+** ISBN 0-943396-61-1
** Willmann-Bell, Inc
** Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/
** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
**
** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM
-** DDDD.DD
+** DDDD.DD
** now
**
** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional
** as there is a year and date.
*/
static int parseDateOrTime(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- const char *zDate,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ const char *zDate,
DateTime *p
){
double r;
** Multiplying this by 86400000 gives 464269060799999 as the maximum value
** for DateTime.iJD.
**
-** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with
+** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with
** such a large integer literal, so we have to encode it.
*/
#define INT_464269060799999 ((((i64)0x1a640)<<32)|0x1072fdff)
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
/*
** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
-** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
-** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
** order of the parameters is reversed.
**
** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
**
** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
-** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
** localtime_s().
*/
#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \
/*
** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
-** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK.
+** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK.
**
** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
** is undefined in this case.
** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
*/
static int isDate(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv,
DateTime *p
){
int i, n;
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign"
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign"
** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
-** and returns 0).
+** and returns 0).
**
** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
-** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this
-** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The
-** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The
+** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure
** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
*/
#else /* if not __APPLE__ */
/*
-** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.
+** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.
** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
*/
#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x)
/* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
_sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
}else{
- /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks,
+ /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks,
** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
_sqliteZone_ = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
malloc_set_zone_name(_sqliteZone_, "Sqlite_Heap");
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static struct {
-
+
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
*/
struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
-
+
/*
** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
*/
int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */
char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */
- /*
+ /*
** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
*/
pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
/* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
- ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure
+ ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure
** they haven't been overwritten.
*/
while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
p = (void*)pInt;
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
- return p;
+ return p;
}
/*
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
void **pBt;
char *z;
- assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0
|| mem.mutex!=0 );
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
pBt = (void**)pHdr;
randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
(int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
free(z);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
**
** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
-** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the
-** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is
+** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the
+** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is
** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
** the error.
*/
}
/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
char *z = (char*)pHdr;
z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
- fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n",
+ fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n",
pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
fflush(out);
fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
- fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
+ fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
}
}
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
#define N_HASH 61
/*
-** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or
-** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are
+** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or
+** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are
** a header that is not returned to the user.
**
** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
**
** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list. The
** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
-** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[]
+** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[]
** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
**
-** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked
+** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked
** out. If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
*/
** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
*/
int alarmBusy;
-
+
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-
+
/*
** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
*/
u32 szMaster;
/*
- ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size
+ ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size
** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
** chunks.
*/
}
/*
-** Unlink the chunk at index i from
+** Unlink the chunk at index i from
** whatever list is currently a member of.
*/
static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
/*
-** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its
-** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the
+** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its
+** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the
** user portion of the chunk.
*/
static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
/*
** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
-** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].
+** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].
**
** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
-** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.
+** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.
**
-** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces
+** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces
** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for
** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of
}
- /* STEP 3:
+ /* STEP 3:
** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free
** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
memsys3Enter();
p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
memsys3Leave();
- return (void*)p;
+ return (void*)p;
}
/*
/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
(mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
}
- fprintf(out, "\n");
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
}
for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
(mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
}
- fprintf(out, "\n");
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
}
fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
}
/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
** linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
-**
+**
** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M
** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let
** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson
-** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to
+** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to
** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
**
** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only when
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only when
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
int szAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
int nBlock; /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
u8 *zPool; /* Memory available to be allocated */
-
+
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
u32 maxCount; /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
u32 maxRequest; /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
#endif
-
+
/*
** Lists of free blocks. aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
** size mem5.szAtom. aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
u32 size, iLogsize;
int iBlock;
- /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in
+ /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in
** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
*/
iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
memsys5Leave();
}
- return (void*)p;
+ return (void*)p;
}
/*
assert( pPrior!=0 );
memsys5Enter();
memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
- memsys5Leave();
+ memsys5Leave();
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
**
** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
-** being called with pPrior==0.
+** being called with pPrior==0.
**
** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
#endif
/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS
+/*
+** This block (enclosed by SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) contains
+** the implementation of a wrapper around the system default mutex
+** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()).
+**
+** Most calls are passed directly through to the underlying default
+** mutex implementation. Except, if a mutex is configured by calling
+** sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention() on it, then if contention is ever
+** encountered within xMutexEnter() a warning is emitted via sqlite3_log().
+**
+** This type of mutex is used as the database handle mutex when testing
+** apps that usually use SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD mode.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Type for all mutexes used when SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS
+** is defined. Variable CheckMutex.mutex is a pointer to the real mutex
+** allocated by the system mutex implementation. Variable iType is usually set
+** to the type of mutex requested - SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE, SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or one of the static mutex identifiers. Or, if this is a recursive mutex
+** that has been configured using sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(), it is
+** set to SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION.
+*/
+typedef struct CheckMutex CheckMutex;
+struct CheckMutex {
+ int iType;
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+};
+
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION (-1)
+
+/*
+** Pointer to real mutex methods object used by the CheckMutex
+** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit().
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD const sqlite3_mutex_methods *pGlobalMutexMethods;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int checkMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ return pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexHeld(((CheckMutex*)p)->mutex);
+}
+static int checkMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ return pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexNotheld(((CheckMutex*)p)->mutex);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int checkMutexInit(void){
+ pGlobalMutexMethods = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int checkMutexEnd(void){
+ pGlobalMutexMethods = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a mutex.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *checkMutexAlloc(int iType){
+ static CheckMutex staticMutexes[] = {
+ {2, 0}, {3, 0}, {4, 0}, {5, 0},
+ {6, 0}, {7, 0}, {8, 0}, {9, 0},
+ {10, 0}, {11, 0}, {12, 0}, {13, 0}
+ };
+ CheckMutex *p = 0;
+
+ assert( SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE==1 && SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST==0 );
+ if( iType<2 ){
+ p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(CheckMutex));
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ p->iType = iType;
+ }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+ if( iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){
+ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+ p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+ }
+
+ if( p->mutex==0 ){
+ p->mutex = pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexAlloc(iType);
+ if( p->mutex==0 ){
+ if( iType<2 ){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+ p = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (sqlite3_mutex*)p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a mutex.
+*/
+static void checkMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ assert( SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE<2 );
+ assert( SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST<2 );
+ assert( SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION<2 );
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+ if( ((CheckMutex*)p)->iType<2 )
+#endif
+ {
+ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p;
+ pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexFree(pCheck->mutex);
+ sqlite3_free(pCheck);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+ else{
+ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Enter the mutex.
+*/
+static void checkMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p;
+ if( pCheck->iType==SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION ){
+ if( SQLITE_OK==pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexTry(pCheck->mutex) ){
+ return;
+ }
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ "illegal multi-threaded access to database connection"
+ );
+ }
+ pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexEnter(pCheck->mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Enter the mutex (do not block).
+*/
+static int checkMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p;
+ return pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexTry(pCheck->mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Leave the mutex.
+*/
+static void checkMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p;
+ pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexLeave(pCheck->mutex);
+}
+
+sqlite3_mutex_methods const *multiThreadedCheckMutex(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+ checkMutexInit,
+ checkMutexEnd,
+ checkMutexAlloc,
+ checkMutexFree,
+ checkMutexEnter,
+ checkMutexTry,
+ checkMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ checkMutexHeld,
+ checkMutexNotheld
+#else
+ 0,
+ 0
+#endif
+ };
+ return &sMutex;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark the SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE mutex passed as the only argument as
+** one on which there should be no contention.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==checkMutexAlloc ){
+ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p;
+ assert( pCheck->iType==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+ pCheck->iType = SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS */
+
/*
** Initialize the mutex system.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
/* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
- ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
+ ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
*/
sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS
+ pFrom = multiThreadedCheckMutex();
+#else
pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
+#endif
}else{
pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex();
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
-** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex
+** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex
** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
** this function is a no-op.
*/
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
/*
*/
static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
- return (sqlite3_mutex*)8;
+ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8;
}
static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1];
** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is
** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
-** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a
+** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a
** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are
** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines
** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
+** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
- ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
+ ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions
** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
- ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
+ ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions
** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
-
+
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
#endif
/*
-** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or
+** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or
** negative value indicates no limit.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
}
/*
-** Trigger the alarm
+** Trigger the alarm
*/
static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes);
nDiff = nNew - nOld;
- if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >=
+ if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >=
mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
}
/*
** Allocate and zero memory.
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){
void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
if( p ){
assert( db!=0 );
p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
if( !p ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p,
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p,
(db->lookaside.bDisable==0) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP);
return p;
}
/*
-** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap.
+** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap.
** If the allocation fails, set the mallocFailed flag in
** the connection pointer.
**
}
/*
-** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These
** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
-** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are
+** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are
** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
** ThreadData structure.
*/
return zNew;
}
+/*
+** The text between zStart and zEnd represents a phrase within a larger
+** SQL statement. Make a copy of this phrase in space obtained form
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Omit leading and trailing whitespace.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbSpanDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *zStart, const char *zEnd){
+ int n;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(zStart[0]) ) zStart++;
+ n = (int)(zEnd - zStart);
+ while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(zStart[n-1]) ) n--;
+ return sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zStart, n);
+}
+
/*
** Free any prior content in *pz and replace it with a copy of zNew.
*/
}
/*
-** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e.
+** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e.
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
** sqlite3_realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
-** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead.
+** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead.
**
** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value
** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
/* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here.
- ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed
+ ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed
** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
*/
assert( db!=0 );
/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
/*
** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in
-** the public domain.
+** the public domain.
**
**************************************************************************
**
sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int) ? 1 : 0;
/* Fall through into the next case */
case etORDINAL:
- case etRADIX:
+ case etRADIX:
cThousand = 0;
/* Fall through into the next case */
case etDECIMAL:
e2 = exp;
}
if( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){
- bufpt = zExtra
+ bufpt = zExtra
= sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width+15 );
if( bufpt==0 ){
setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
StrAccum acc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
if( zFormat==0 ){
(void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
return 0;
sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OS_TRACE_PROC
+ {
+ extern void SQLITE_OS_TRACE_PROC(const char *zBuf, int nBuf);
+ SQLITE_OS_TRACE_PROC(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf));
+ }
+#else
fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
fflush(stdout);
+#endif
}
#endif
**
** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines.
** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and
-** analysis.
+** analysis.
**
** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling
** with SQLITE_DEBUG.
if( p==0 ){
sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil-SELECT");
return;
- }
+ }
pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
if( p->pWith ){
sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1);
if( p->pHaving ) n++;
if( p->pOrderBy ) n++;
if( p->pLimit ) n++;
- if( p->pOffset ) n++;
}
sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pEList, (n--)>0, "result-set");
if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){
sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " LEFT-JOIN");
}
sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
- sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1);
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1);
if( pItem->pSelect ){
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0);
}
}
if( p->pLimit ){
sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "LIMIT", (n--)>0);
- sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit, 0);
- sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
- }
- if( p->pOffset ){
- sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "OFFSET", (n--)>0);
- sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pOffset, 0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit->pLeft, p->pLimit->pRight!=0);
+ if( p->pLimit->pRight ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "OFFSET", (n--)>0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit->pRight, 0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ }
sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
}
if( p->pPrior ){
** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
** read the rowid field.
*/
- sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)",
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)",
pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
break;
}
sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zLabel);
for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
int j = pList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol;
- if( j ){
+ char *zName = pList->a[i].zName;
+ if( j || zName ){
sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 0);
+ }
+ if( zName ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AS %s", zName);
+ }
+ if( j ){
sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "iOrderByCol=%d", j);
}
sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pList->a[i].pExpr, i<pList->nExpr-1);
- if( j ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ if( j || zName ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ }
}
}
}
memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
p->xTask = xTask;
p->pIn = pIn;
- /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
+ /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
- ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
+ ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
** for testing purposes. */
if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
rc = 1;
- }else{
+ }else{
rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn);
}
if( rc ){
*ppThread = 0;
p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
- /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
+ /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
- ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
+ ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing
** purposes. */
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8,
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8,
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
/*
** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
-*/
+*/
/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
}
#endif
- /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then
+ /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then
** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
** differently from the others.
*/
if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
/* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
- READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c);
+ READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c);
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}else{
/* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
- READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c);
+ READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c);
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the
** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
}
}
-
+
if( bom ){
rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
-** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to
** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
return r;
}
-/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite.
+/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite.
** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
int c;
unsigned char const *z = zIn;
int n = 0;
-
+
if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
while( n<nChar ){
READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
**
** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
- ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
+ ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
** rules/specifications for math functions.
**
** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
- ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN
+ ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN
** documentation:
**
- ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons
- ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN
+ ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons
+ ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN
** ...
*/
#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
}
/*
-** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column
+** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column
** has no declared type.
**
** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on
return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}
+/*
+** Compute 10 to the E-th power. Examples: E==1 results in 10.
+** E==2 results in 100. E==50 results in 1.0e50.
+**
+** This routine only works for values of E between 1 and 341.
+*/
+static LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite3Pow10(int E){
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+ static const LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x[] = {
+ 1.0e+001,
+ 1.0e+002,
+ 1.0e+004,
+ 1.0e+008,
+ 1.0e+016,
+ 1.0e+032,
+ 1.0e+064,
+ 1.0e+128,
+ 1.0e+256
+ };
+ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE r = 1.0;
+ int i;
+ assert( E>=0 && E<=307 );
+ for(i=0; E!=0; i++, E >>=1){
+ if( E & 1 ) r *= x[i];
+ }
+ return r;
+#else
+ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x = 10.0;
+ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE r = 1.0;
+ while(1){
+ if( E & 1 ) r *= x;
+ E >>= 1;
+ if( E==0 ) break;
+ x *= x;
+ }
+ return r;
+#endif
+}
+
/*
** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
/* copy max significant digits to significand */
while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
- z+=incr, nDigits++;
+ z+=incr; nDigits++;
}
/* skip non-significant significand digits
** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
- while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++;
+ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z+=incr; nDigits++; d++; }
if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
/* if decimal point is present */
s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
d--;
}
- z+=incr, nDigits++;
+ z+=incr; nDigits++;
}
}
if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
z+=incr;
eValid = 0;
- /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The
+ /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The
** special comment alerts the mutation tester that the correct answer
** is obtained even if the branch is omitted */
if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /*PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD*/
if( e==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
result = (double)s;
}else{
- LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
/* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
if( e>307 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
if( e<342 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
- while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = sqlite3Pow10(e-308);
if( esign<0 ){
result = s / scale;
result /= 1.0e+308;
}
}
}else{
- /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be
- ** represented exactly. */
- while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
- while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
+ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = sqlite3Pow10(e);
if( esign<0 ){
result = s / scale;
}else{
v >>= 7;
}
return 9;
- }
+ }
n = 0;
do{
buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
**
-** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the
-** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as
+** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the
+** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as
** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
** argument. The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
*/
static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
"API call with %s database connection pointer",
zType
);
if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
}
*pA += iB;
- return 0;
+ return 0;
#endif
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
}
/*
-** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or
+** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or
** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
}
#endif
-/*
+/*
** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is
** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
** value.
-**
+**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
static const unsigned char x[] = {
** Conceptually:
**
** struct VList {
-** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots
-** int nUsed; // Number of used slots
+** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots
+** int nUsed; // Number of used slots
** struct VListEntry {
** int iValue; // Value for this entry
** int nSlot; // Slots used by this entry
** }
**
** During code generation, pointers to the variable names within the
-** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an
+** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an
** indication that the VList may never again be enlarged, since the
** accompanying realloc() would invalidate the pointers.
*/
/* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the
- ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of
+ ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of
** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
if( pHash ) *pHash = h;
while( count-- ){
assert( elem!=0 );
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){
return elem;
}
elem = elem->next;
){
struct _ht *pEntry;
if( elem->prev ){
- elem->prev->next = elem->next;
+ elem->prev->next = elem->next;
}else{
pH->first = elem->next;
}
/* 93 */ "Concat" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
/* 94 */ "Compare" OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"),
/* 95 */ "BitNot" OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
- /* 96 */ "Column" OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
+ /* 96 */ "Offset" OpHelp("r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1)"),
/* 97 */ "String8" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
- /* 98 */ "Affinity" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
- /* 99 */ "MakeRecord" OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
- /* 100 */ "Count" OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
- /* 101 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""),
- /* 102 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""),
- /* 103 */ "ReopenIdx" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
- /* 104 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
- /* 105 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
- /* 106 */ "OpenDup" OpHelp(""),
- /* 107 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
- /* 108 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
- /* 109 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""),
- /* 110 */ "SequenceTest" OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"),
- /* 111 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
- /* 112 */ "Close" OpHelp(""),
- /* 113 */ "ColumnsUsed" OpHelp(""),
- /* 114 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
- /* 115 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
- /* 116 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
- /* 117 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
- /* 118 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""),
- /* 119 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""),
- /* 120 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
- /* 121 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
- /* 122 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
- /* 123 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
- /* 124 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""),
- /* 125 */ "SeekEnd" OpHelp(""),
- /* 126 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
- /* 127 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
- /* 128 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
- /* 129 */ "DeferredSeek" OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"),
- /* 130 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
- /* 131 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 98 */ "Column" OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
+ /* 99 */ "Affinity" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
+ /* 100 */ "MakeRecord" OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
+ /* 101 */ "Count" OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
+ /* 102 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 103 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 104 */ "ReopenIdx" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+ /* 105 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+ /* 106 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+ /* 107 */ "OpenDup" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 108 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
+ /* 109 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
+ /* 110 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 111 */ "SequenceTest" OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"),
+ /* 112 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
+ /* 113 */ "Close" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 114 */ "ColumnsUsed" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 115 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
+ /* 116 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+ /* 117 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
+ /* 118 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
+ /* 119 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 120 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 121 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
+ /* 122 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
+ /* 123 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
+ /* 124 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+ /* 125 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 126 */ "SeekEnd" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 127 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
+ /* 128 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
+ /* 129 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
+ /* 130 */ "DeferredSeek" OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"),
+ /* 131 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
/* 132 */ "Real" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
- /* 133 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""),
- /* 134 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""),
- /* 135 */ "CreateBtree" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3"),
- /* 136 */ "SqlExec" OpHelp(""),
- /* 137 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""),
- /* 138 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""),
- /* 139 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""),
- /* 140 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""),
- /* 141 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""),
- /* 142 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""),
- /* 143 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
- /* 144 */ "Param" OpHelp(""),
- /* 145 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
- /* 146 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
- /* 147 */ "OffsetLimit" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"),
- /* 148 */ "AggStep0" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
- /* 149 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
- /* 150 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
- /* 151 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""),
- /* 152 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
- /* 153 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""),
- /* 154 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""),
- /* 155 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""),
- /* 156 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""),
- /* 157 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
- /* 158 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""),
- /* 159 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""),
- /* 160 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""),
- /* 161 */ "PureFunc0" OpHelp(""),
- /* 162 */ "Function0" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
- /* 163 */ "PureFunc" OpHelp(""),
- /* 164 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
- /* 165 */ "CursorHint" OpHelp(""),
- /* 166 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""),
- /* 167 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 133 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 134 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 135 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 136 */ "CreateBtree" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3"),
+ /* 137 */ "SqlExec" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 138 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 139 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 140 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 141 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 142 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 143 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 144 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
+ /* 145 */ "Param" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 146 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
+ /* 147 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
+ /* 148 */ "OffsetLimit" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"),
+ /* 149 */ "AggStep0" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
+ /* 150 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
+ /* 151 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
+ /* 152 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 153 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
+ /* 154 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 155 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 156 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 157 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 158 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
+ /* 159 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 160 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 161 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 162 */ "PureFunc0" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 163 */ "Function0" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
+ /* 164 */ "PureFunc" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 165 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
+ /* 166 */ "Trace" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 167 */ "CursorHint" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 168 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 169 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""),
};
return azName[i];
}
** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
-** where the database is located.
+** where the database is located.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
# if defined(__APPLE__)
#define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid()
/*
-** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not
** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
*/
#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will
** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
- ** one described by ticket #3584.
+ ** one described by ticket #3584.
*/
unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */
unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that
+ /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that
** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
*/
char aPadding[32];
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
-
+
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
#ifdef __DJGPP__
{ "fstat", 0, 0 },
#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0
-#else
+#else
{ "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 },
#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
#endif
#else
{ "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
#endif
-#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
+#define osMunmap ((int(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
#if HAVE_MREMAP && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)
{ "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap, 0 },
#endif
#define osLstat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)
+#if defined(__linux__) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
{ "ioctl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ioctl, 0 },
+#else
+ { "ioctl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
#define osIoctl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[28].pCurrent)
}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
/*
** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
-** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for
+** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for
** standard input, output, and error.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
}
if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
osClose(fd);
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,
"attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
fd = -1;
if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break;
if( fd>=0 ){
if( m!=0 ){
struct stat statbuf;
- if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0
+ if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0
&& statbuf.st_size==0
- && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m
+ && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m
){
osFchmod(fd, m);
}
/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
-** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be
+** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be
** shared by multiple threads.
**
-** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
+** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
** statements. e.g.
**
** unixEnterMutex()
static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
int rc;
#ifdef __ANDROID__
- /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if
+ /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if
** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
** such attempts. */
** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is
** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
-** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
** SQLITE_IOERR
-**
+**
** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
*/
static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
- assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) ||
- (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) ||
+ assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) ||
+ (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) ||
(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) );
switch (posixError) {
- case EACCES:
+ case EACCES:
case EAGAIN:
case ETIMEDOUT:
case EBUSY:
case EINTR:
- case ENOLCK:
- /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
+ case ENOLCK:
+ /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
* introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
return SQLITE_BUSY;
-
- case EPERM:
+
+ case EPERM:
return SQLITE_PERM;
-
- default:
+
+ default:
return sqliteIOErr;
}
}
**
** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains
-** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count.
+** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count.
** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
** zero.
**
};
#if OS_VXWORKS
-/*
+/*
** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
** variable:
*/
*/
unixEnterMutex();
for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
- if( pCandidate->nName==n
+ if( pCandidate->nName==n
&& memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
){
sqlite3_free(pNew);
** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
**
** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
+** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
** a locked and an unlocked state.
**
**
** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads
** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with
-** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
+** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
** do not move across threads.
*/
/* We are told that some versions of Android contain a bug that
** sizes ino_t at only 32-bits instead of 64-bits. (See
** https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/115351/3/dist/sqlite3.c)
- ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number.
+ ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number.
** On small machines that only have 32-bit inodes, this wastes 4 bytes,
** but that should not be a big deal. */
/* WAS: ino_t ino; */
** strerror_r().
**
** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
** if any.
/* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
- */
+ */
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
char aErr[80];
memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
/* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
- ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer
- ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere.
- ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of
+ ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer
+ ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere.
+ ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of
** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
**
** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
- ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available
+ ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available
** could lead to a segfault though.
*/
#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
- zErr =
+ zErr =
# endif
strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
/*
** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
-*/
+*/
static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
UnixUnusedFd *p;
#else
struct stat buf;
return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
- (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0
+ (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0
|| (u64)buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
#endif
}
}
}
#endif
-
+
unixLeaveMutex();
OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
}
/*
-** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is
+** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is
** described by pLock.
**
** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
**
** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
- ** 'reserved byte'.
+ ** 'reserved byte'.
**
** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
- ** database.
+ ** database.
*/
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
/* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
*/
- if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
+ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
(pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
** return SQLITE_OK.
*/
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
(pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
*/
lock.l_len = 1L;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
|| (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
){
lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
/* This could happen with a network mount */
tErrno = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
}
if( rc ){
}
}
}
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
end_lock:
unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
return rc;
}
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
+**
** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
-** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works
-** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to
+** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works
+** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to
** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
*/
static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
/* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
- ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a
+ ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a
** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
** 1: [WWWWW]
** 2: [....W]
if( handleNFSUnlock ){
int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */
off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
-
+
lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
/* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
- ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this
+ ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this
** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
- ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes
- ** an assert to fail). */
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes
+ ** an assert to fail). */
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
goto end_unlock;
#endif
/*
-** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation
** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
** structure to 0.
if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
/* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
- ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed
+ ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed
** when the last lock is cleared.
*/
setPendingFd(pFile);
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
reserved = osAccess((const char*)pFile->lockingContext, 0)==0;
OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
#endif
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* grab an exclusive lock */
rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
if( rc<0 ){
}
}
return rc;
- }
-
+ }
+
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return rc;
OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* no-op if possible */
if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
}
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
#else
# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
#endif
-
+
/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
+
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
-
+
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
-
+
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
if( !reserved ){
/* attempt to get the lock */
if ( lrc ) {
int tErrno = errno;
/* unlock failed with an error */
- lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
rc = lrc;
}
int tErrno = errno;
reserved = 1;
/* someone else might have it reserved */
- lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
rc = lrc;
assert( pFile );
- /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
+ /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* grab an exclusive lock */
-
+
if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
int tErrno = errno;
/* didn't get, must be busy */
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
}
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
if( (rc & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
*/
static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
+
assert( pFile );
OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* no-op if possible */
if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* no, really, unlock. */
if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
-
+
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
if( !reserved ){
sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
+ /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
goto sem_end_lock;
}
-
+
/* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* no-op if possible */
if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* no, really unlock. */
if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
int rc, tErrno = errno;
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
}
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
/*
** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
** AFP filesystem.
-**
+**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
*/
static int afpSetLock(
){
struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
int err;
-
+
pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
pb.startEndFlag = 0;
pb.offset = offset;
- pb.length = length;
+ pb.length = length;
pb.fd = pFile->h;
-
- OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
+
+ OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
(setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
offset, length));
err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
afpLockingContext *context;
-
+
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
if( context->reserved ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
-
+
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
-
+
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
*/
if( !reserved ){
/* lock the RESERVED byte */
- int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+ int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
/* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
** the original state */
rc=lrc;
}
}
-
+
unixLeaveMutex();
OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
+
*pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
+
assert( pFile );
OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
*/
unixEnterMutex();
/* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
*/
- if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
+ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
(pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
goto afp_end_lock;
}
-
+
/* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
** return SQLITE_OK.
*/
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
(pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
pInode->nLock++;
goto afp_end_lock;
}
-
+
/* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
** be released.
*/
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
|| (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
){
int failed;
goto afp_end_lock;
}
}
-
+
/* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
** operating system calls for the specified lock.
*/
if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
long lk, mask;
-
+
assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
-
+
mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
/* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
/* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
- lk = random();
+ lk = random();
pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
- lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
+ lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
}
/* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-
+
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno);
rc = lrc1;
}
if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
/* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-
- /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
+
+ /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock
*/
if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
/* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
- failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
+ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
SHARED_SIZE, 1);
- if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
+ if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
/* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is
** a critical I/O error
*/
- rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 :
+ rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 :
SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
goto afp_end_lock;
- }
+ }
}else{
- rc = failed;
+ rc = failed;
}
}
if( failed ){
rc = failed;
}
}
-
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
}
-
+
afp_end_lock:
unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
return rc;
}
SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
** reading the database file again, make sure that the
|| pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif
-
+
if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
- }
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
- if( !rc ){
- context->reserved = 0;
+ if( !rc ){
+ context->reserved = 0;
}
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
}
}
}
-
+
unixLeaveMutex();
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
*/
static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/*
** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific
** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative
-** is available.
+** is available.
**
********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/
/******************************************************************************
**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
**
-** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the
** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking
** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes
*/
/*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
**
** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
** wrong.
*/
static int unixRead(
- sqlite3_file *id,
- void *pBuf,
+ sqlite3_file *id,
+ void *pBuf,
int amt,
sqlite3_int64 offset
){
#if 0
assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0
|| offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
- || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
+ || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
);
#endif
/*
** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
-** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise,
+** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise,
** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
** nBuf).
*/
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
static int unixWrite(
- sqlite3_file *id,
- const void *pBuf,
+ sqlite3_file *id,
+ const void *pBuf,
int amt,
- sqlite3_int64 offset
+ sqlite3_int64 offset
){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
int wrote = 0;
#if 0
assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0
|| offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
- || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
+ || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
);
#endif
}
}
#endif
-
+
while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))<amt && wrote>0 ){
amt -= wrote;
offset += wrote;
**
** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
-** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is
-** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However,
+** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is
+** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However,
** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync()
** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
int rc;
/* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
- ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering
+ ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering
** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
#endif
- /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
+ /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
** gets called with the correct arguments.
*/
rc = 1;
}
/* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
- ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
+ ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
- ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
- ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
- ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
+ ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
+ ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
+ ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
*/
if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
*/
rc = fsync(fd);
-#else
+#else
rc = fdatasync(fd);
#if OS_VXWORKS
if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
- ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
+ ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
*/
if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#endif
-/*
-** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
+/*
+** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already
** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
i64 nSize; /* Required file size */
struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
-
+
if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){
return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
}
if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
- /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate()
- ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success,
+ /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate()
+ ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success,
** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */
int err;
do{
}while( err==EINTR );
if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
#else
- /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a
+ /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a
** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely
** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte
** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly.
/*
** If pFd->sectorSize is non-zero when this function is called, it is a
-** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and
-** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system
-** characteristics.
+** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and
+** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system
+** characteristics.
**
** There are two versions of this function. One for QNX and one for all
** other systems.
static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFile){
if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
struct statvfs fsInfo;
-
+
/* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
- return pFile->sectorSize;
+ return;
}
if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) {
/*
** Return the system page size.
**
-** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file.
+** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file.
** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize().
*/
static int unixGetpagesize(void){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
-** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.
+** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.
**
** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
** nRef
**
** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-**
+**
** fid
** zFilename
**
int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */
+ u8 isUnlocked; /* True if no DMS lock held */
char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
/* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
pShmNode = pFile->pInode->pShmNode;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
+ assert( pShmNode->nRef==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) );
/* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
}
#endif
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
/*
}
/*
-** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.
+** The DMS lock has not yet been taken on shm file pShmNode. Attempt to
+** take it now. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
+**
+** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1
+** connection and no other process already holds a lock, return
+** SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT and set pShmNode->isUnlocked=1.
+*/
+static int unixLockSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd, unixShmNode *pShmNode){
+ struct flock lock;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Use F_GETLK to determine the locks other processes are holding
+ ** on the DMS byte. If it indicates that another process is holding
+ ** a SHARED lock, then this process may also take a SHARED lock
+ ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file.
+ **
+ ** Or, if no other process is holding any lock, then this process
+ ** is the first to open it. In this case take an EXCLUSIVE lock on the
+ ** DMS byte and truncate the *-shm file to zero bytes in size. Then
+ ** downgrade to a SHARED lock on the DMS byte.
+ **
+ ** If another process is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock on the DMS byte,
+ ** return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller (it will try again). An earlier
+ ** version of this code attempted the SHARED lock at this point. But
+ ** this introduced a subtle race condition: if the process holding
+ ** EXCLUSIVE failed just before truncating the *-shm file, then this
+ ** process might open and use the *-shm file without truncating it.
+ ** And if the *-shm file has been corrupted by a power failure or
+ ** system crash, the database itself may also become corrupt. */
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = UNIX_SHM_DMS;
+ lock.l_len = 1;
+ lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+ if( osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_GETLK, &lock)!=0 ) {
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+ }else if( lock.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+ if( pShmNode->isReadonly ){
+ pShmNode->isUnlocked = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT;
+ }else{
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN,"ftruncate",pShmNode->zFilename);
+ }
+ }
+ }else if( lock.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( lock.l_type==F_UNLCK || lock.l_type==F_RDLCK );
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.
** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
**
** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file
** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
-** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".
+** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".
**
** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
-** database to end up using different files for shared memory -
+** database to end up using different files for shared memory -
** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */
struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */
- int rc; /* Result code */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */
- char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */
+ char *zShm; /* Name of the file used for SHM */
int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
/* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
goto shm_open_err;
}
memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
- zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
+ zShm = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
- sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename,
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm,
SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
(u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
#else
- sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", zBasePath);
- sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm, "%s-shm", zBasePath);
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShm);
#endif
pShmNode->h = -1;
pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
}
if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
- int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
- if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
- openFlags = O_RDONLY;
- pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
+ if( 0==sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
+ pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShm, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
}
- pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
- goto shm_open_err;
+ pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShm, O_RDONLY, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
+ if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShm);
+ goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+ pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
}
/* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file
*/
robustFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid);
- /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
- ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
- */
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
- }
- if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+ rc = unixLockSharedMemory(pDbFd, pShmNode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT ) goto shm_open_err;
}
}
** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
- ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
+ ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
** mutex.
*/
sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
pShmNode->pFirst = p;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
/* Jump here on any error */
shm_open_err:
}
/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
** bytes in size.
**
** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
-** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
**
** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int unixShmMap(
p = pDbFd->pShm;
pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ if( pShmNode->isUnlocked ){
+ rc = unixLockSharedMemory(pDbFd, pShmNode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto shmpage_out;
+ pShmNode->isUnlocked = 0;
+ }
assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
goto shmpage_out;
}
-
+
if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
/* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
void *pMem;
if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
pMem = osMmap(0, nMap,
- pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
+ pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
);
if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->exclMask &= ~mask;
p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
- }
+ }
}else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
break;
}
}
-
+
/* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
** also mark the local connection as being locked.
*/
}
/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
**
** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
** any load or store begun after the barrier.
}
/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
+** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
** storage if deleteFlag is true.
**
** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
}
/*
-** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file
+** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file
** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
**
** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
/*
** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
-** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
-** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
**
-** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
-** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
-** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
**
-** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
*/
static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
}
/*
-** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
-** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation.
+** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation.
**
-** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
-** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
*/
static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */
UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
- /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
+ /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
** then there must be at least one outstanding. */
assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
+/*
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
}
/* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
- ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
- ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
+ ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
+ ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
*/
lockInfo.l_len = 1;
lockInfo.l_start = 0;
return &dotlockIoMethods;
}
}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods
+static const sqlite3_io_methods
*(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
return &semIoMethods;
}
}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods
+static const sqlite3_io_methods
*(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl;
#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
h = -1;
}
- unixLeaveMutex();
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
}
#endif
else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
/* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
- ** the dotlockLockingContext
+ ** the dotlockLockingContext
*/
char *zLockFile;
int nFilename;
unixLeaveMutex();
}
#endif
-
+
storeLastErrno(pNew, 0);
#if OS_VXWORKS
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
/* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing.
+ ** function failing.
*/
zBuf[0] = 0;
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
#endif
/*
-** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database
+** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database
** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
** argument to this function.
** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
-** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for
+** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for
** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
**
** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
/* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
- ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better
- ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure
+ ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better
+ ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure
** feature. */
#if !OS_VXWORKS
struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */
}
/*
-** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile.
+** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile.
*/
static int getFileMode(
const char *zFile, /* File name */
** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
-** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is
** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
**
** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
-** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then
-** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the
-** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever
-** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions
+** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then
+** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the
+** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever
+** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions
** as the associated database file.
**
** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
** "<path to db>-journalNN"
** "<path to db>-walNN"
**
- ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are
+ ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are
** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
*/
- nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1;
+ nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1;
while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
/* In normal operation, the journal file name will always contain
** a '-' character. However in 8+3 filename mode, or if a corrupt
/*
** Open the file zPath.
-**
+**
** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
** one:
**
** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
**
** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE)
-** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY)
+** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY)
** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
**
** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
** OpenExclusive().
*/
static int unixOpen(
** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
*/
- int syncDir = (isCreate && (
- eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+ int isNewJrnl = (isCreate && (
+ eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
));
char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
const char *zName = zPath;
- /* Check the following statements are true:
+ /* Check the following statements are true:
**
- ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
+ ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
- /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+ /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
/* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
);
}else if( !zName ){
/* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
- assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
+ assert(isDelete && !isNewJrnl);
rc = unixGetTempname(pVfs->mxPathname, zTmpname);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
/* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
- ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the
+ ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the
** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */
if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
assert( !isExclusive || (openFlags & O_CREAT)!=0 );
- if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite ){
- /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
- flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
- openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
- flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
- openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
- isReadonly = 1;
- fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ if( isNewJrnl && errno==EACCES && osAccess(zName, F_OK) ){
+ /* If unable to create a journal because the directory is not
+ ** writable, change the error code to indicate that. */
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY;
+ }else if( errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite ){
+ /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
+ flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+ openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+ openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+ isReadonly = 1;
+ fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+ }
}
if( fd<0 ){
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
+ int rc2 = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
goto open_finished;
}
p->openFlags = openFlags;
}
#endif
-
+
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
storeLastErrno(p, errno);
if( isReadonly ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
if( noLock ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
- if( syncDir ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
+ if( isNewJrnl ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI;
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
int useProxy = 0;
- /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means
+ /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means
** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */
if( envforce!=NULL ){
useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile
- ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically,
- ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op
+ /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile
+ ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically,
+ ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op
*/
unixClose(pFile);
return rc;
}
}
#endif
-
- assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/'
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+
+ assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/'
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
);
rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath.
+** zPath.
**
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
** this buffer before returning.
*/
unixLeaveMutex();
}
static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
- /*
+ /*
** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine
** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we
** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that
- ** x points to.
+ ** x points to.
**
** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the
** tests repeatable.
*/
memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
- randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
+ randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS)
{
int fd, got;
** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
**
-** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
** cannot be found.
*/
static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
-** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.
**
**
** Using proxy locks
** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
** database file. For example:
**
-** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db"
+** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db"
** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
**
** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
-** connection or process).
+** connection or process).
**
**
** How proxy locking works
** -----------------------
**
-** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files:
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files:
**
** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
** at a time
** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
**
** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
-** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
-** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until
-** the connection to the database is closed.
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until
+** the connection to the database is closed.
**
** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
** to be created the first time they are used.
** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
** named automatically using the same logic as
** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
-**
+**
** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
**
** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
**
** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
-**
-**
+**
+**
** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
*/
/*
-** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
-** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
** and local proxy files in it
*/
typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */
};
-/*
-** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath,
+/*
+** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath,
** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
-** file path.
+** file path.
*/
static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
int len;
lPath, errno, osGetpid(0)));
return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
}
- len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
+ len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
}
# else
len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
}
-
+
/* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
*/
static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
int i, len;
char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
int start = 0;
-
+
assert(lockPath!=NULL);
/* try to create all the intermediate directories */
len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
/* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
- if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/')
+ if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/')
|| (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
buf[i]='\0';
if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
switch (terrno) {
case EACCES:
return SQLITE_PERM;
- case EIO:
+ case EIO:
return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
default:
return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
}
}
-
+
pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew));
if( pNew==NULL ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
pUnused->fd = fd;
pUnused->flags = openFlags;
pNew->pPreallocatedUnused = pUnused;
-
+
rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
*ppFile = pNew;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-end_create_proxy:
+end_create_proxy:
robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
sqlite3_free(pNew);
sqlite3_free(pUnused);
extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
#endif
-/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN
+/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN
** bytes of writable memory.
*/
static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
}
#endif
-
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
-/*
-** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves
+/*
+** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves
** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
-** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is
+** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is
** closed. Returns zero if successful.
*/
static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
/* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 ||
+ if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 ||
(strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
goto end_breaklock;
return rc;
}
-/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the
+/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the
** host id matches.
*/
static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int nTries = 0;
struct timespec conchModTime;
-
+
memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
do {
rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
nTries ++;
if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
/* If the lock failed (busy):
- * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again.
- * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait
+ * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again.
+ * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait
* 10 sec and try again
* 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
*/
storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
}
-
+
if( nTries==1 ){
conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
- continue;
+ continue;
}
assert( nTries>1 );
- if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec ||
+ if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec ||
conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
-
- if( nTries==2 ){
+
+ if( nTries==2 ){
char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
if( len<0 ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
- continue;
+ continue;
}
-
+
assert( nTries==3 );
if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
}
} while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
-
+
return rc;
}
-/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
-** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL
-** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
-** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
+/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
** and written to the conch file.
*/
static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+
if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
int readLen = 0;
int tryOldLockPath = 0;
int forceNewLockPath = 0;
-
+
OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
(pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
osGetpid(0)));
storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno);
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
goto end_takeconch;
- }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ||
+ }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ||
readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
- /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new
- ** conch file.
+ /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new
+ ** conch file.
*/
createConch = 1;
}
/* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
- ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll
- ** retry with a new auto-generated path
+ ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll
+ ** retry with a new auto-generated path
*/
do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
- hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID,
+ hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID,
PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
/* if the conch has data compare the contents */
if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
*/
if( hostIdMatch ){
size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
-
+
if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
}
readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
){
/* conch host and lock path match */
- goto end_takeconch;
+ goto end_takeconch;
}
}
-
+
/* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
goto end_takeconch;
}
-
+
/* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
tempLockPath = lockPath;
/* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
}
-
+
/* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
** stick.
/* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- } else {
+ } else {
rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
}
}else{
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
int writeSize = 0;
-
+
writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
full_fsync(conchFile->h,0,0);
- /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a
- ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database
+ /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a
+ ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
struct stat buf;
}
}else{
int code = errno;
- fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
+ fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
err, code, strerror(code));
#endif
}
}
}
conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
-
+
end_takeconch:
OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h));
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
/* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
- ** so try again via auto-naming
+ ** so try again via auto-naming
*/
forceNewLockPath = 1;
tryOldLockPath = 0;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
-
+
if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
return rc;
- } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file -
+ } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file -
** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
}
}
pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
- (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
+ (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
osGetpid(0)));
if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
/* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
- ** the name of the original database file. */
+ ** the name of the original database file. */
*pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8);
if( conchPath==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
-
+
/* now insert a "." before the last / character */
for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
-** the local lock file path
+** the local lock file path
*/
static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
+ }
/* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
sqlite3_free(oldPath);
pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
}
-
+
return rc;
}
static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
#if defined(__APPLE__)
if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
- /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
+ /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
** of the struct */
assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath,
}
/*
-** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking
** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields
-** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and
** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
** ->lockingContext
** ->pMethod
char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */
char *lockPath=NULL;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
}else{
lockPath=(char *)path;
}
-
+
OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
(lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0)));
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- }
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
}
}
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
+ /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
*/
pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
}else{
- if( pCtx->conchFile ){
+ if( pCtx->conchFile ){
pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
}
sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
- sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
sqlite3_free(pCtx);
}
OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h,
if( isProxyStyle ){
/* turn off proxy locking - not supported. If support is added for
** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if
- ** the journal mode is WAL mode.
+ ** the journal mode is WAL mode.
*/
rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
}else{
}else{
const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
if( isProxyStyle ){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx =
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx =
(proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
- if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:")
+ if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:")
|| (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
!strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
){
unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
if( lockProxy ){
rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
if( rc ) return rc;
** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
** restricted to MacOSX.
-**
+**
**
******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/
** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
** should not be used.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
- /*
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+ /*
** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
**
** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
- ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the
+ ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the
** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
** that filesystem time.
*/
for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix.
** This routine is a no-op for unix.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
-
+
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
+ u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */
+ u8 isUnlocked; /* True if no DMS lock held */
+
struct ShmRegion {
HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
void *pMap;
int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
/* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
+ assert( pFile->nRef==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) );
OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n",
pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte));
}
}
+/*
+** The DMS lock has not yet been taken on shm file pShmNode. Attempt to
+** take it now. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
+**
+** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1
+** connection and no other process already holds a lock, return
+** SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT and set pShmNode->isUnlocked=1.
+*/
+static int winLockSharedMemory(winShmNode *pShmNode){
+ int rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pShmNode->isReadonly ){
+ pShmNode->isUnlocked = 1;
+ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ return SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT;
+ }else if( winTruncate((sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, 0) ){
+ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
+ "winLockSharedMemory", pShmNode->zFilename);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ }
+
+ return winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+}
+
/*
** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
**
*/
static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */
- struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */
- int rc; /* Result code */
- struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
+ winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+ winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */
assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */
if( pShmNode ){
sqlite3_free(pNew);
}else{
+ int inFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_WAL;
+ int outFlags = 0;
+
pShmNode = pNew;
pNew = 0;
((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
}
}
- rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
- pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
- (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */
- SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
- 0);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ if( 0==sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
+ inFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
+ }else{
+ inFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+ }
+ rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs, pShmNode->zFilename,
+ (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile,
+ inFlags, &outFlags);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winLogError(rc, osGetLastError(), "winOpenShm",
+ pShmNode->zFilename);
goto shm_open_err;
}
+ if( outFlags==SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ) pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
- /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
- ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
- */
- if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
- "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
- rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
- }
- if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+ rc = winLockSharedMemory(pShmNode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT ) goto shm_open_err;
}
/* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
pShmNode->pFirst = p;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
/* Jump here on any error */
shm_open_err:
winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
winShm *pShm = pDbFd->pShm;
winShmNode *pShmNode;
+ DWORD protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
+ DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( !pShm ){
pShmNode = pShm->pShmNode;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ if( pShmNode->isUnlocked ){
+ rc = winLockSharedMemory(pShmNode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto shmpage_out;
+ pShmNode->isUnlocked = 0;
+ }
assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
}
pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
+ if( pShmNode->isReadonly ){
+ protect = PAGE_READONLY;
+ flags = FILE_MAP_READ;
+ }
+
while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
HANDLE hMap = NULL; /* file-mapping handle */
void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
- NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
+ NULL, protect, nByte, NULL
);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h,
- NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+ NULL, protect, 0, nByte, NULL
);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA
hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h,
- NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+ NULL, protect, 0, nByte, NULL
);
#endif
OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
- pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+ pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, flags,
iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
);
#else
- pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+ pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, flags,
0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
);
#endif
}else{
*pp = 0;
}
+ if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
return rc;
}
&extendedParameters);
if( h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ) break;
if( isReadWrite ){
- int isRO = 0;
- int rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO);
+ int rc2, isRO = 0;
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && isRO ) break;
}
}while( winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) );
NULL);
if( h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ) break;
if( isReadWrite ){
- int isRO = 0;
- int rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO);
+ int rc2, isRO = 0;
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && isRO ) break;
}
}while( winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) );
NULL);
if( h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ) break;
if( isReadWrite ){
- int isRO = 0;
- int rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO);
+ int rc2, isRO = 0;
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && isRO ) break;
}
}while( winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) );
** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases,
-** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases,
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs
** to handle both cases well.
**
** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
#define BITVEC_SZ 512
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
#define BITVEC_USIZE \
(((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
-** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
** performance. */
#define BITVEC_TELEM u8
/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
-/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2)
/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
-** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
-** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
/*
** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
+** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
** malloc fails.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
break;
}
case 3:
- case 4:
+ case 4:
default: {
nx = 2;
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
**
** The PCache.pSynced variable is used to optimize searching for a dirty
** page to eject from the cache mid-transaction. It is better to eject
-** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does.
+** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does.
** Therefore, pSynced is maintained to that it *almost* always points
** to either the oldest page in the pDirty/pDirtyTail list that has a
** clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag or to a page that is older than this one
sqlite3_pcache_page *pLower;
PgHdr *pPg;
unsigned char *a;
-
+
if( sqlite3PcacheTrace<2 ) return;
if( pCache->pCache==0 ) return;
N = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache);
if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){
assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
-
+
/* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
p->pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
}
-
+
if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
}else{
if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
}else{
- /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2.
+ /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2.
** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip
** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might
** otherwise have to. */
p->pDirty = pPage;
/* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set
- ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an
+ ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an
** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC
- ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer
+ ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer
** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway. */
- if( !p->pSynced
+ if( !p->pSynced
&& 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
){
p->pSynced = pPage;
/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
-** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
** functions are threadsafe.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
/*
** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
-** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
-** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
**
** szExtra is some extra space allocated for each page. The first
/*
** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new
** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache
-** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to
+** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to
** try harder to allocate a page. This routine might invoke the stress
** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal. It will then try to
** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on
if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;
if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){
- /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
+ /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
- ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
+ ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
** unreferenced dirty page.
**
** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced
** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC
** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization. */
- for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
- pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+ for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
+ pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
);
pCache->pSynced = pPg;
if( pPg ){
int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL,
"spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
pPg->pgno, pgno,
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
- if( ALWAYS((p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0) ){
- assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN)==0 );
- pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
- p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE);
- p->flags |= PGHDR_CLEAN;
- pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAN %d\n",p->pCache,p->pgno));
- assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
- if( p->nRef==0 ){
- pcacheUnpin(p);
- }
+ assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 );
+ assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN)==0 );
+ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
+ p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE);
+ p->flags |= PGHDR_CLEAN;
+ pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAN %d\n",p->pCache,p->pgno));
+ assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
+ if( p->nRef==0 ){
+ pcacheUnpin(p);
}
}
}
/*
-** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
}
-/*
+/*
** Discard the contents of the cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
}
-/*
+/*
** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache.
**
** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the
return p->nRef;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
p->szSpill = mxPage;
}
res = numberOfCachePages(p);
- if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill;
+ if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill;
return res;
}
**
** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth)
** that is allocated when the page cache is created. The size of the local
-** bulk allocation can be adjusted using
+** bulk allocation can be adjusted using
**
** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, (void*)0, 0, N).
**
typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
/*
-** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
-** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure
+** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure
** in memory.
*/
struct PgHdr1 {
#define PAGE_IS_PINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext==0)
#define PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext!=0)
-/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set
+/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set
** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned
** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of
** the following object.
** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
** is an instance of this object.
**
-** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
+** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
*/
struct PCache1 {
/* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
** flag (bPurgeable) and the pnPurgeable pointer are all set when the
- ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be
+ ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be
** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
*/
*/
int isInit; /* True if initialized */
int separateCache; /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */
- int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */
+ int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */
int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */
int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */
int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
/*
-** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
/*
** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
-** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
-** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
** back to sqlite3Malloc().
**
** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables
}else{
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
- ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that
+ ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that
** this mutex is not held. */
assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 );
assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp );
}
/*
-** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
/*
-** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
** Also free the page if freePage is true.
**
}
/*
-** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
-** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
**
** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
PgHdr1 **pp;
PgHdr1 *pPage;
assert( h<pCache->nHash );
- pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+ pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
pCache->nPage--;
**
** * Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have
** configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using
- ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL
+ ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL
** pBuf argument.
**
** * Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1)
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
-** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does
+** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does
** not need to be freed.
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
**
** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
*/
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method.
**
** Free up as much memory as possible.
*/
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
*/
static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
int n;
** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
- PCache1 *pCache,
- unsigned int iKey,
+ PCache1 *pCache,
+ unsigned int iKey,
int createFlag
){
unsigned int nPinned;
}
}
- /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
- ** attempt to allocate a new one.
+ /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
+ ** attempt to allocate a new one.
*/
if( !pPage ){
pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1);
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
**
** Fetch a page by key value.
**
** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new
-** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2
+** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2
** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
**
** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
**
-** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
+** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
**
** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
** PCache1.nMax, or
**
** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
+** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
**
** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
**
-** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
+** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
** PCache1.nMax, or
**
** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
**
** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
-** proceed to step 5.
+** proceed to step 5.
**
** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
**
** invokes the appropriate routine.
*/
static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- unsigned int iKey,
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ unsigned int iKey,
int createFlag
){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
}
#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX
static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- unsigned int iKey,
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ unsigned int iKey,
int createFlag
){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
}
#endif
static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- unsigned int iKey,
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ unsigned int iKey,
int createFlag
){
#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
*/
static void pcache1Unpin(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
int reuseUnlikely
){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-
+
assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
- /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
+ /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
** part of the PGroup LRU list.
*/
assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
*/
static void pcache1Rekey(
sqlite3_pcache *p,
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
PgHdr1 **pp;
- unsigned int h;
+ unsigned int h;
assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
**
** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
**
** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
*/
** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
**
** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
** of bytes of memory released.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
**
** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is
-** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an
+** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an
** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed
** until DESTROY.
**
** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The
** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
*/
-struct RowSetEntry {
+struct RowSetEntry {
i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */
struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
**
** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not
** an assertion fault occurs.
-**
+**
** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
** allocation of entries available to be filled.
*/
/*
** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates.
**
-** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are
+** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are
** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
/*
** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
** increasing v.
-*/
+*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
unsigned int i;
struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */
if( *ppList==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
/* Prevent unnecessary deep recursion when we run out of entries */
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
if( iDepth>1 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
/* This branch causes a *balanced* tree to be generated. A valid tree
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-**
+**
** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
-** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
+** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
+** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
*/
#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
-/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file.
-** There is one object of this type for each pager.
+/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file.
+** There is one object of this type for each pager.
*/
typedef struct Wal Wal;
/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
-/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A
+/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A
** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database
** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
-/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */
+/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */
sqlite3 *db, /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */
/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
**
** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
** one or more of the following are true about the page:
-**
+**
** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
** synced.
-**
+**
** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
-**
+**
** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
** the database file at the start of the transaction.
-**
+**
** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
** following are true:
-**
+**
** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
-**
+**
** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
** number consists of a single page change.
-**
+**
** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
** transaction.
-**
+**
** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
-**
+**
** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
** first 100 bytes of the database file.
-**
+**
** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
-**
+**
** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
-**
+**
** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
** of the database.
-**
+**
** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
-** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
+** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
-**
+**
** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
** invoke it.)
-**
+**
** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
/*
** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors.
+** to print out file-descriptors.
**
** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
** | | |
** | V |
** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
-** | | ^
+** | | ^
** | V |
** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
** | | |
**
**
** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
-**
+**
** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
**
**
** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
-**
+**
**
** OPEN:
**
**
** READER:
**
-** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
+** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
-** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
+** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
** open. The database size is known in this state.
**
** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
** is via the ERROR state (see below).
-**
+**
** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
+** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
** may not be trusted at this point.
** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
-** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
+** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
**
** WRITER_LOCKED:
**
** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
-** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
-** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
+** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
+** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
**
-** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
+** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
-** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
-** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
-** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
+** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
+** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
+** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
** file.
**
** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
**
** * A write transaction is active.
-** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
+** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
** lock is held on the database file.
** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
**
** * A write transaction is active.
** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
+** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
**
**
** * A write transaction is active.
** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
+** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
** and synced to disk.
** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
** written to disk).
** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
-** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
-** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
+** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
+** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
**
** * A write transaction is active.
** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
-** to rollback the transaction.
+** to rollback the transaction.
**
** ERROR:
**
** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
-** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
-** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
+** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
+** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
**
** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
** cannot.
**
-** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
+** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
** instead of READER following such an error.
**
** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
-** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
+** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
-** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
+** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
-** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
+** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
** from the error.
**
** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
** memory.
**
** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
-** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
+** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
**
** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
-** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
+** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
** state.
**
** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
-**
+**
**
** Notes:
**
**
** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
-** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
+** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
**
** * See also: assert_pager_state().
#define PAGER_ERROR 6
/*
-** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
+** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
**
-** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
+** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
**
** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
-** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
+** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
** of hot-journal detection.
**
-** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
-** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
+** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
+** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
-** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
+** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
**
-** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
+** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
** PAGER_OPEN state.
*/
#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
#endif
/*
-** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
**
** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
-** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
**
** changeCountDone
**
-** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
-** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
-** not updated more often than necessary.
+** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
+** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
+** not updated more often than necessary.
**
-** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
+** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
-** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
+** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
**
-** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
+** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
** committed.
**
** setMaster
**
** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
-** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
+** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
** journal file before it is synced to disk.
**
-** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
-** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
+** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
+** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
-** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
-** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
+** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
+** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
**
** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF
** case is a user preference.
-**
+**
** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
-** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
+** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
**
** subjInMemory
**
** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
**
-** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
+** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
** write-transaction is opened.
**
** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
**
** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
-** OPEN and ERROR).
+** OPEN and ERROR).
**
-** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
+** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
**
** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
-** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
+** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
** dbSize is updated.
**
-** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
+** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
-** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
+** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
**
-** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
-** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
-** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
-** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
+** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
+** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
+** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
+** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
** dbHintSize
**
** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
-** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
+** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
**
** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
-** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
+** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
** details.
**
** errCode
**
** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
-** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
-** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
+** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
+** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
** sub-codes.
**
** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
/*
** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
-** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
+** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
*/
#define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0
#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
/*
-** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
*/
#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Usage:
**
assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
- /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
+ /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
*/
assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
- /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
- ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
- ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
- ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
- ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
- ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
+ /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
+ ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
+ ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
+ ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
+ ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
+ ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
** state.
*/
if( MEMDB ){
assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
assert( p->noSync );
- assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
);
assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
** to journal_mode=wal.
*/
assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
}
assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
|| (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
);
assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
|| (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
);
break;
}
#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
**
** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
+** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
*/
static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
/*
** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
-** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
+** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
**
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
** of this.
*/
static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
** to the page size.
**
-** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
+** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
**
** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
/*
** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
-** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
+** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
**
** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
** journal file name.
**
-** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
+** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
**
** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
|| szJ<16
|| SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
- || len>=nMaster
+ || len>=nMaster
|| len>szJ-16
- || len==0
+ || len==0
|| SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
|| SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
|| memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
len = 0;
}
zMaster[len] = '\0';
-
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
-** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
+** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
+** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
**
** i.e for a sector size of 512:
** 512 512
** 100 512
** 2000 2048
-**
+**
*/
static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
i64 offset = 0;
**
** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
-** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
-** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
+** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
+** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
** after writing or truncating it.
**
** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
-** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
+** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
** not need to be synced following this operation.
rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
}
- /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
- ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
+ /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
+ ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
** to sync the file following this operation.
** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-**
+**
** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
*/
static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
}
- /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
- ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
+ /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
+ ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
*/
for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
- /*
+ /*
** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
- ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
+ ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
** of records (see syncJournal()).
**
*/
assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
- || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
+ || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
){
memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
}
- /* The random check-hash initializer */
+ /* The random check-hash initializer */
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
/* The initial database size */
memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
- /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
- ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
- ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
+ /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
+ ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
+ ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
**
- ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
+ ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
- ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
+ ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
- ** is done.
+ ** is done.
**
- ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
+ ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
** to populate the entire journal header sector.
- */
+ */
for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
/* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
- ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
+ ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
** respective compile time maximum limits.
*/
if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32
|| iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
- || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
+ || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
){
- /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
- ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
- ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
+ /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
+ ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
+ ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
** the journal file here.
*/
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
- /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
- ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
+ /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
+ ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
*/
rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
+ /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
**
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
+** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
** this call is a no-op.
*/
static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- if( !zMaster
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ if( !zMaster
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
- /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
+ /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
- ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
+ ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
- ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
- ** whether or not the journal is hot.
+ ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
+ ** whether or not the journal is hot.
**
- ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
+ ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
** file to the required size.
- */
+ */
if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
&& jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
){
}
/*
-** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
*/
** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
** closed (if it is open).
**
-** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
-** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
+** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
+** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
*/
static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
);
sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
/*
** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
-** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
-** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
-** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
+** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
+** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
+** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
**
** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
**
-** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
+** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
}
/*
-** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
-** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
** database transaction.
-**
+**
** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
**
** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
**
-** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
-** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
**
** journalMode==MEMORY
-** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
+** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
** in-memory journal.
**
** journalMode==TRUNCATE
** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
**
** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
-** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
+** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
-** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
**
- ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
+ ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
- ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
+ ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
*/
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
}
releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
|| (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
);
if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
*/
int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
- assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
if( bDelete ){
}
if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
- ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
+ /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
+ ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
** lock held on the database file.
*/
rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
}else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
/* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
- ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
+ ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
** required size. */
if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
&& (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
){
rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
}
/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
-** database file.
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
+** database file.
**
-** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
+** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
-** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
-** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
-** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
+** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
+** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
+** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
** will roll it back.
**
** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
-** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
*/
/*
** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
-** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
**
-** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
** incompatible journal file format.
**
-** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
-** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
**
-** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
+** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
** not.
**
** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
** two circumstances:
-**
+**
** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
- /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
+ /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
** assert()able.
**
** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
- ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
+ ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
** if the pager is in OPEN state.
}else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
/* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
- ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
- ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
- ** current.
+ ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
+ ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
+ ** current.
**
** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
- ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
+ ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
**
** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
- ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
- ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
+ ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
+ ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
*/
assert( isSavepnt );
** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
** and does so if it is.
**
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
+** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
** available for use within this function.
**
-** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
-** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
-** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
+** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
**
** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
**
-** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
+** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
** journals have been rolled back.
**
-** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
+** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
** each child journal, it checks if:
**
** * if the child journal exists, and if so
-** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
+** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
** file zMaster
**
** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
**
** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
-** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
** size.
*/
static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
}
zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
}
-
+
sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
/*
-** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
**
** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
-** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
-** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
+** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
+** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
**
-** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
-** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
-** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
-** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
+** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
** the end of the new file instead.
**
** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
-
- if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
- && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+ && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
){
i64 currentSize, newSize;
int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
/*
** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
-** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
-** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
** master journal pointers within created journal files.
**
** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
if( pPager->tempFile
- || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
+ || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
){
/* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
/*
** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.
**
-** The journal file format is as follows:
+** The journal file format is as follows:
**
** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
** number of page records from the journal size.
-** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
+** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
** sanity checksum.
** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
** database to during a rollback.
** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
**
** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
** and an error code is returned.
**
** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
-** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
+** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
pPager->journalOff = 0;
needPagerReset = isHot;
- /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
- ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
- ** occurs.
+ /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
+ ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
+ ** occurs.
*/
while( 1 ){
/* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
*/
rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
- ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
+ ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
** should be computed based on the journal file size.
*/
if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
}
- /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
+ /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
** database file and/or page cache.
*/
for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
}
#endif
- /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
- ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
- ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
- ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
+ /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
+ ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
+ ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
+ ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
/*
** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
-** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
+** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
** file before this function is called.
**
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
-** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
+** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
-** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
+** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
**
** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
-** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
+** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
- ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
+ ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
** the backups must be restarted.
*/
PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
/* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
- ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
+ ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
** following:
**
** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
-** changed.
+** changed.
**
** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
-*/
+*/
static int pagerWalFrames(
Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */
pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
- rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
+ rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
**
** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
-** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
-** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
-** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
+** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
+** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
+** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
** other connection.
*/
static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
/*
** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
-** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
-** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
+** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
** savepoint.
**
-** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
** performed in the order specified:
**
** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
-** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
+** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
**
** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
-** back starting from the journal header immediately following
+** back starting from the journal header immediately following
** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
**
** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
**
** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
-** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
*/
}
}
- /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
+ /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
** being reverted was opened.
*/
pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
** pager_playback() function for additional information.
*/
- if( nJRec==0
+ if( nJRec==0
&& pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
){
nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
/*
** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.
+** testing and analysis only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
/*
** Open a temporary file.
**
-** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
**
** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
/*
** Set the busy handler function.
**
-** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
-** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
**
-** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
*/
}
/*
-** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
** is passed in *pPageSize.
**
** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
-** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
**
** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
**
-** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
+** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
**
** * there are no outstanding page references, and
**
** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
**
-** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
-** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
-** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
**
- ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
+ ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
- && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
- && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
+ && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
+ && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
){
char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */
i64 nByte = 0;
}
/*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
**
/*
** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to.
+** that pDest points to.
**
** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
-** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
**
** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
**
-** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
+** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
** this is considered a 1 page file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
**
-** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
-** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
-** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
** obtain the lock succeeds.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
** variable to locktype before returning.
*/
static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
int rc; /* Return code */
- /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
+ /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
}
/*
-** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
+** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
**
-** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
+** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
** current database image, in pages, OR
**
** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
-** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
+** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
-** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
+** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
** this circumstance cannot arise.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
#endif
/*
-** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
-** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
-** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
**
** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
/* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
- ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
+ ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
- ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
- ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
+ ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
+ ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
** is no longer correct. */
}
** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
** that the entire journal file has been synced.
**
-** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
+** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
** content as this process.
**
-** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
+** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
** an SQLite error code.
*/
static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/*
-** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
+** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */
){
PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */
-
+
if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
*ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
#endif
/*
-** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
+** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
*/
static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
** result in a coredump.
**
** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
-** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
+** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
pager_unlock(pPager);
}else{
/* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
- ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
- ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
+ ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
+ ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
**
** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
**
** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
+** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
**
** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
**
-** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
+** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
** journal file is synced.
**
** Or, in pseudo-code:
** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
** <update nRec field>
-** }
+** }
** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
** }
**
-** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
+** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
*/
** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
- ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
- ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
- ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
- ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
+ ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
+ ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
+ ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
+ ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
**
** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
- ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
+ ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
** the potential journal header.
*/
** it as a candidate for rollback.
**
** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
- ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
+ ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
** and never needs to be updated.
if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
(pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
}
- /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
- ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
+ /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
+ ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
** all pages.
*/
sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
-**
+**
** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
-** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
+** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
** written out.
**
** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
** the database file.
**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
*/
** file size will be.
*/
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
&& (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
){
*/
if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
- char *pData; /* Data to write */
+ char *pData; /* Data to write */
assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
/* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
- ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
- ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
+ ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
+ ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
*/
if( pgno==1 ){
memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
}
/*
-** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
+** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
** function is a no-op.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
-** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
+** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
** fails.
*/
static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
- const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
- | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+ const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+ | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
| SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
}
/*
-** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
+** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
**
** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
** for all open savepoints before returning.
**
** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
-** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
+** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
** bitvec.
*/
assert( pPager->useJournal );
assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
- assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
- || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
- || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
+ || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
+ || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
);
rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
char *pData2;
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
}else
** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
-** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
+** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
-** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
+** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
** argument.
**
** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
-** journal file.
+** journal file.
**
** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
**
** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
- ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
+ ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
pPg->pDirty = 0;
if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
/* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
- rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
+ rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
}
}else{
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
#endif
-
+
/* Sync the journal file if required. */
- if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
|| pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
){
rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
}
-
+
/* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
}
- return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
/*
** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
-** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
-** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
+** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
+** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
**
** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
** of the PAGER_* flags.
**
** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
-** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
+** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
**
-** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
+** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
-** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
+** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
}
/* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
- ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
+ ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
**
** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */
ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */
ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */
- journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
+ journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */
nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
**
** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
- */
+ */
act_like_temp_file:
tempFile = 1;
pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */
readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
}
- /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
+ /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
/* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
/* pPager->errMask = 0; */
pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
- assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+ assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
|| tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
- pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
+ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
/*
** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
-** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
+** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
** file exists if the following criteria are met:
**
** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
-** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
-** will not roll it back.
+** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
+** will not roll it back.
**
-** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
+** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
/* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
- ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
+ ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
/* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
- ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
+ ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
** it can be ignored.
*/
if( !jrnlOpen ){
** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
-** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
+** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
** file.
**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
-** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
+** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
/* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
- ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
+ ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
** exclusive access mode. */
assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
- ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
+ ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
** hot-journal back.
- **
+ **
** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
- ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
- ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
+ ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
+ ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
** on the database file.
**
** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto failed;
}
-
- /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
- ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
- ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
- ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
- ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
+
+ /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
+ ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
+ ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
+ ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
+ ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
**
- ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
- ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
- ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
+ ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
+ ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
+ ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
*/
}
}
}
-
+
/* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
- ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
- ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
+ ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
+ ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
**
** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
- ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
+ ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
** references.
*/
pager_error(pPager, rc);
** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
** a codec is in use.
- **
- ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
+ **
+ ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
** it can be neglected.
*/
** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
-*/
+*/
static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
/*
** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
-** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
+** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
**
** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state
** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
**
-** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
+** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
** object with no outstanding references.
**
-** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
-** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
+** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
+** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
**
-** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
-** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
-** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
-** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
-** page is initialized to all zeros.
+** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
+** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
+** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
+** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
+** page is initialized to all zeros.
**
** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
+ /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
** be initialized. But first some error checks:
**
** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
}
if( noContent ){
/* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
- ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
- ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
- ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
+ ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
+ ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
+ ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
** a bit in a bit vector.
*/
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
/* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
- ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
+ ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
** temporary or in-memory database. */
const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
&& (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
}
if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
void *pData = 0;
- rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
+ rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
(i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
}
if( pPg==0 ){
rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
- }else{
+ }else{
sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
}
if( pPg ){
/*
** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
**
** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
-** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
** has ever happened.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
/*
** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
-** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
+** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
** file when this routine is called.
**
** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
-** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
-** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
+** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
+** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
**
** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
-** already open file.
+** already open file.
**
** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
*/
static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-
+
/* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
** an error state. */
if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
-
+
/* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
}
-
+
/* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
** it was originally opened. */
rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
}
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
}
-
-
- /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
+
+
+ /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
** the sub-journal if necessary.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
}
/*
-** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
+** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
**
** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
-** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
+** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
** functions need be called.
**
** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
-** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
+** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
** or using a temporary file otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
**
** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
- ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
- ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
- ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
+ ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
+ ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
+ ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
** WAL mode.
*/
pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
+ IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
}
/*
-** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
+** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
-** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
+** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
*/
Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
+ /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
** It is never called in the ERROR state.
*/
** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
**
- ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
+ ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
*/
pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
-
+
/* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
** then write the page into the statement journal.
*/
}
}
- /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
+ /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
}
/*
-** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
-** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
-** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
+** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
+** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
+** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
** that it does not get written to disk.
**
-** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
+** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
** DELETE operations.
**
** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
-** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
-** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
+** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
+** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
** current transaction is rolled back.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
}
/*
-** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
-** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
+** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
+** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
**
** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
-** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
+** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
** unconditional update of the change counters.
**
-** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
+** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
** transaction is committed.
** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
-** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
+** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
*/
static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
/* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
- ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
+ ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
*/
/*
** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
-** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
+** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
**
** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
+** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
** returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
int rc = pPager->errCode;
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
**
** * The database file change-counter is updated,
** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
-** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
+** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
-** * the database file synced.
+** * the database file synced.
**
-** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
-** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
+** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
+** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
** delete the master journal file if specified).
**
** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
/* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
- PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
+ PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
/* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
/* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
- ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
- ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
+ ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
+ ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
**
** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
- ** blocks of size page-size, and
+ ** blocks of size page-size, and
** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
**
** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
- ** mode.
+ ** mode.
**
** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
*/
if( bBatch==0 ){
PgHdr *pPg;
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
- if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
- && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+ if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
&& pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
&& (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
){
- /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
- ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
- ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
- ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
+ /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
+ ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
+ ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
+ ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
*/
rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
}
}
}
-#else
+#else
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
if( zMaster ){
rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
#endif
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
- /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
- ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
+
+ /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
+ ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
*/
rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
+
/* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
- ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
+ ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
**
** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
- ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
+ ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
- ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
+ ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
*/
rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
}
sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
- /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
+ /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
}
-
+
/* Finally, sync the database file. */
if( !noSync ){
rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
/*
** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
-** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
+** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
**
-** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
-** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
+** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
+** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
** irrevocably committed.
**
** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
**
- ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
+ ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
- ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
+ ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
** to drop any locks either.
*/
- if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
- && pPager->exclusiveMode
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ && pPager->exclusiveMode
&& pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
){
assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
}
/*
-** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
+** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
** state if an error occurs.
**
** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
**
-** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
+** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
** was opened, and
**
** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
** rollback at any point in the future.
**
-** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
+** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
** rollback is successful.
**
** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
/* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
- ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
+ ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
*/
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
int eState = pPager->eState;
rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
- /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
+ /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
- || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
+ || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
|| rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
);
/*
** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
-** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
-** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
+** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
+** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
** returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
**
-** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
+** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
/* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
- ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
+ ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
*/
aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
/*
** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
-** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
+** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
** created savepoint.
**
** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
**
-** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
+** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
**
** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
-** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
+** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
-** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
-** contents of the database to its original state.
+** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
+** contents of the database to its original state.
**
-** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
+** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
**
** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
-** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
+** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
int rc = pPager->errCode;
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
#endif
int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
/* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
- ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
+ ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
*/
nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
}
pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
- /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
+ /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
}
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
- /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
+ /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */
- else if(
- pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ else if(
+ pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
&& pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
){
pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
** transaction is active).
**
** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
-** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
-** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
+** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
+** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
**
** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
}
/* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
- ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
+ ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
**
** BEGIN;
return rc;
}
- PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
+ PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
**
** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
- ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
+ ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
*/
if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
}
/* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
- ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
- ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
+ ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
+ ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
** for the page moved there.
*/
pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
}
if( needSyncPgno ){
- /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
+ /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
- ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
+ ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
** flag.
#endif
/*
-** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
-** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
-** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
+** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
+** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
+** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
** the value passed as the third parameter.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
+** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
** allocated along with the specified page.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
/*
** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
**
assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
/* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
+ /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
}
}
/*
-** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
+** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
- ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
+ /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
+ ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
** file, to make sure this is safe.
*/
rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
}
- /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
+ /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
** not modified in either case.
**
** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
**
-** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
+** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
}
}
-
+
/* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
*/
/*
** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
-** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
+** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
}
/*
-** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
+** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
** is not a WAL database, return an error.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in
+** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in
** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
**
** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing
** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that
-** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record
+** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record
** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is
** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
** "checkpoint".
**
** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
-** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned
+** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned
** integer values, as follows:
**
** 0: Page number.
-** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
+** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The
** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
-**
+**
** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
** s0 += x[i] + s1;
** s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
**
** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
-** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit
+** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit
** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
**
** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
** content simultaneously.
**
-** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but
+** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but
** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the
** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate
** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
** search for frames of a particular page.
-**
+**
** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
**
** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because
-** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL
+** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL
** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to
** share memory.
**
+** In the default unix and windows implementation, the wal-index is a mmapped
+** file whose name is the database name with a "-shm" suffix added. For that
+** reason, the wal-index is sometimes called the "shm" file.
+**
** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required
** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
** byte order of the host computer.
**
** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given
-** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the
+** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the
** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return
** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M.
**
** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
-** more index blocks.
+** more index blocks.
**
** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
** in the mxFrame field.
**
-** Each index block except for the first contains information on
+** Each index block except for the first contains information on
** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and
** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
** wal-index.
**
** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
-** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table
+** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table
** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
-** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the
+** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the
** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
**
** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
-** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash
-** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions
+** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash
+** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions
** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an
** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
-** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let
+** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let
** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
-** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references
+** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references
** page P.
**
** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the
** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
-** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.
+** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.
**
** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
**
-** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the
+** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the
** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
/*
-** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number
+** Index numbers for various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number
** of available reader locks and should be at least 3. The default
** is SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK==8 and WAL_NREADER==5.
+**
+** Technically, the various VFSes are free to implement these locks however
+** they see fit. However, compatibility is encouraged so that VFSes can
+** interoperate. The standard implemention used on both unix and windows
+** is for the index number to indicate a byte offset into the
+** WalCkptInfo.aLock[] array in the wal-index header. In other words, all
+** locks are on the shm file. The WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET constant (which
+** should be 120) is the location in the shm file for the first locking
+** byte.
*/
#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0
#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1
**
** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was
-** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.
+** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.
*/
struct WalIndexHdr {
u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */
** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader
** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
-** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is
+** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is
** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding
** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
-** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore
+** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore
** the WAL.
**
** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However,
#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
-/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
**
** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
-** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit
-** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting
+** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit
+** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting
** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
*/
#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
/*
-** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file,
+** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file,
** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
*/
u8 truncateOnCommit; /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */
u8 syncHeader; /* Fsync the WAL header if true */
u8 padToSectorBoundary; /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */
+ u8 bShmUnreliable; /* SHM content is read-only and unreliable */
WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
u32 minFrame; /* Ignore wal frames before this one */
u32 iReCksum; /* On commit, recalculate checksums from here */
** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
*/
#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0
-#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1
+#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1
#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
/*
/*
** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
-** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the
+** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the
** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
** the largest index).
**
#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */
#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */
-/*
+/*
** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
** numbered from zero.
**
+** If the wal-index is currently smaller the iPage pages then the size
+** of the wal-index might be increased, but only if it is safe to do
+** so. It is safe to enlarge the wal-index if pWal->writeLock is true
+** or pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE.
+**
** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ,
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ,
pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
);
- if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
+ assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+ testcase( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_READONLY ){
pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
}
}
)
/*
-** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in
+** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in
** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
**
/*
** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
-** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of
+** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of
** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
**
** 0: Page number.
-** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
+** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
/* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
- ** match the salt values in the wal-header.
+ ** match the salt values in the wal-header.
*/
if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
return 0;
}
/* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
- ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header,
- ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8
+ ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header,
+ ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8
** bytes of this frame-header.
*/
nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
- if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16])
- || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20])
+ if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16])
+ || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20])
){
/* Checksum failed. */
return 0;
}
}
#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-
+
/*
** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive.
return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
}
-/*
+/*
** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
** numbered starting from 0.
**
** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
-** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame
+** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame
** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
-** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number
+** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number
** (*piZero+N) in the log.
**
** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
}else{
iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
}
-
+
*paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
*paHash = aHash;
*piZero = iZero;
/*
** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
-** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages
+** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages
** are numbered starting from 0.
*/
static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
- /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing
+ /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing
** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
*/
aHash[i] = 0;
}
}
-
+
/* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
- ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+ ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
*/
nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
idx = iFrame - iZero;
assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
-
+
/* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
- ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding.
+ ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding.
*/
if( idx==1 ){
int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
/* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
- ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory).
- ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from
+ ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory).
+ ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from
** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
*/
if( aPgno[idx] ){
/*
-** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file.
+** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file.
**
** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
i64 nSize; /* Size of log file */
u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
int iLock; /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
- int nLock; /* Number of locks to hold */
/* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
assert( pWal->writeLock );
iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
- nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock);
+ }
+ }
if( rc ){
return rc;
}
+
WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
}
/* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
- ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid
+ ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid
** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
** WAL file.
*/
magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
- if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC
- || szPage&(szPage-1)
- || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || szPage<512
+ if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC
+ || szPage&(szPage-1)
+ || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || szPage<512
){
goto finished;
}
memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
/* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
- walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN,
+ walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN,
aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
);
if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
- /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is
+ /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is
** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
** checkpointers.
*/
recovery_error:
WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock);
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
return rc;
}
** Close an open wal-index.
*/
static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || pWal->bShmUnreliable ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
}
- }else{
+ }
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
}
}
-/*
-** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must
+/*
+** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must
** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
**
** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
** system would be badly broken.
**
-** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and
+** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and
** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
*/
ht_slot logpage;
Pgno dbpage;
- if( (iLeft<nLeft)
+ if( (iLeft<nLeft)
&& (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
){
logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
#endif
}
-/*
+/*
** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
*/
static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
}
/*
-** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all
+** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all
** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
** lock.
**
/* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
- nByte = sizeof(WalIterator)
+ nByte = sizeof(WalIterator)
+ (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
+ iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
}
aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
iZero++;
-
+
for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
}
** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by
** writing frames into the start of the log file.
**
-** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the
-** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e.
+** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the
+** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e.
** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()).
*/
static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){
** that a concurrent reader might be using.
**
** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
-** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if
-** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background
+** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if
+** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background
** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
**
** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
** database file.
**
** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
-** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.
+** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.
** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
** its value.)
**
** happening, the other client may only be increasing the value,
** not decreasing it. So assuming either that either the "old" or
** "new" version of the value is read, and not some arbitrary value
- ** that would never be written by a real client, things are still
+ ** that would never be written by a real client, things are still
** safe. */
u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
}
/* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the
- ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block
- ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that
+ ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block
+ ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that
** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been
** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though,
** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of
- ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the
+ ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the
** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to
** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames. */
walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1);
if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
}
- rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db,
+ rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db,
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
return 1; /* Dirty read */
- }
+ }
if( h1.isInit==0 ){
return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
}
return 0;
}
+/*
+** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
+** be retried.
+*/
+#define WAL_RETRY (-1)
+
/*
** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
** changed by this operation. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
** to 0.
**
-** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK.
+** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */
volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
- /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the
+ /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the
** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
*/
assert( pChanged );
rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- };
- assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_READONLY ); /* READONLY changed to OK in walIndexPage */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT ){
+ /* The SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT return means that the shared-memory
+ ** was openable but is not writable, and this thread is unable to
+ ** confirm that another write-capable connection has the shared-memory
+ ** open, and hence the content of the shared-memory is unreliable,
+ ** since the shared-memory might be inconsistent with the WAL file
+ ** and there is no writer on hand to fix it. */
+ assert( page0==0 );
+ assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+ assert( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY );
+ pWal->bShmUnreliable = 1;
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE;
+ *pChanged = 1;
+ }else{
+ return rc; /* Any other non-OK return is just an error */
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* page0 can be NULL if the SHM is zero bytes in size and pWal->writeLock
+ ** is zero, which prevents the SHM from growing */
+ testcase( page0!=0 );
+ }
+ assert( page0!=0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
/* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
- ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently
+ ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently
** being modified by another thread or process.
*/
badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
*/
assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
if( badHdr ){
- if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
+ if( pWal->bShmUnreliable==0 && (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY) ){
if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
}
+ if( pWal->bShmUnreliable ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ walIndexClose(pWal, 0);
+ pWal->bShmUnreliable = 0;
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0]==0 );
+ /* walIndexRecover() might have returned SHORT_READ if a concurrent
+ ** writer truncated the WAL out from under it. If that happens, it
+ ** indicates that a writer has fixed the SHM file for us, so retry */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ) rc = WAL_RETRY;
+ }
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_NORMAL_MODE;
+ }
return rc;
}
/*
-** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
-** be retried.
+** Open a transaction in a connection where the shared-memory is read-only
+** and where we cannot verify that there is a separate write-capable connection
+** on hand to keep the shared-memory up-to-date with the WAL file.
+**
+** This can happen, for example, when the shared-memory is implemented by
+** memory-mapping a *-shm file, where a prior writer has shut down and
+** left the *-shm file on disk, and now the present connection is trying
+** to use that database but lacks write permission on the *-shm file.
+** Other scenarios are also possible, depending on the VFS implementation.
+**
+** Precondition:
+**
+** The *-wal file has been read and an appropriate wal-index has been
+** constructed in pWal->apWiData[] using heap memory instead of shared
+** memory.
+**
+** If this function returns SQLITE_OK, then the read transaction has
+** been successfully opened. In this case output variable (*pChanged)
+** is set to true before returning if the caller should discard the
+** contents of the page cache before proceeding. Or, if it returns
+** WAL_RETRY, then the heap memory wal-index has been discarded and
+** the caller should retry opening the read transaction from the
+** beginning (including attempting to map the *-shm file).
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
-#define WAL_RETRY (-1)
+static int walBeginShmUnreliable(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+ i64 szWal; /* Size of wal file on disk in bytes */
+ i64 iOffset; /* Current offset when reading wal file */
+ u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
+ u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
+ int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
+ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
+ volatile void *pDummy; /* Dummy argument for xShmMap */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ u32 aSaveCksum[2]; /* Saved copy of pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum */
+
+ assert( pWal->bShmUnreliable );
+ assert( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY );
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+
+ /* Take WAL_READ_LOCK(0). This has the effect of preventing any
+ ** writers from running a checkpoint, but does not stop them
+ ** from running recovery. */
+ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ) rc = WAL_RETRY;
+ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out;
+ }
+ pWal->readLock = 0;
+
+ /* Check to see if a separate writer has attached to the shared-memory area,
+ ** thus making the shared-memory "reliable" again. Do this by invoking
+ ** the xShmMap() routine of the VFS and looking to see if the return
+ ** is SQLITE_READONLY instead of SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT.
+ **
+ ** If the shared-memory is now "reliable" return WAL_RETRY, which will
+ ** cause the heap-memory WAL-index to be discarded and the actual
+ ** shared memory to be used in its place.
+ **
+ ** This step is important because, even though this connection is holding
+ ** the WAL_READ_LOCK(0) which prevents a checkpoint, a writer might
+ ** have already checkpointed the WAL file and, while the current
+ ** is active, wrap the WAL and start overwriting frames that this
+ ** process wants to use.
+ **
+ ** Once sqlite3OsShmMap() has been called for an sqlite3_file and has
+ ** returned any SQLITE_READONLY value, it must return only SQLITE_READONLY
+ ** or SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT or some error for all subsequent invocations,
+ ** even if some external agent does a "chmod" to make the shared-memory
+ ** writable by us, until sqlite3OsShmUnmap() has been called.
+ ** This is a requirement on the VFS implementation.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, 0, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 0, &pDummy);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); /* SQLITE_OK not possible for read-only connection */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT ){
+ rc = (rc==SQLITE_READONLY ? WAL_RETRY : rc);
+ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out;
+ }
+
+ /* We reach this point only if the real shared-memory is still unreliable.
+ ** Assume the in-memory WAL-index substitute is correct and load it
+ ** into pWal->hdr.
+ */
+ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void*)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+ /* Make sure some writer hasn't come in and changed the WAL file out
+ ** from under us, then disconnected, while we were not looking.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &szWal);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out;
+ }
+ if( szWal<WAL_HDRSIZE ){
+ /* If the wal file is too small to contain a wal-header and the
+ ** wal-index header has mxFrame==0, then it must be safe to proceed
+ ** reading the database file only. However, the page cache cannot
+ ** be trusted, as a read/write connection may have connected, written
+ ** the db, run a checkpoint, truncated the wal file and disconnected
+ ** since this client's last read transaction. */
+ *pChanged = 1;
+ rc = (pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ? SQLITE_OK : WAL_RETRY);
+ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the salt keys at the start of the wal file still match. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out;
+ }
+ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8) ){
+ /* Some writer has wrapped the WAL file while we were not looking.
+ ** Return WAL_RETRY which will cause the in-memory WAL-index to be
+ ** rebuilt. */
+ rc = WAL_RETRY;
+ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate a buffer to read frames into */
+ szFrame = pWal->hdr.szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+ aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame);
+ if( aFrame==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out;
+ }
+ aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
+
+ /* Check to see if a complete transaction has been appended to the
+ ** wal file since the heap-memory wal-index was created. If so, the
+ ** heap-memory wal-index is discarded and WAL_RETRY returned to
+ ** the caller. */
+ aSaveCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+ aSaveCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+ for(iOffset=walFrameOffset(pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1, pWal->hdr.szPage);
+ iOffset+szFrame<=szWal;
+ iOffset+=szFrame
+ ){
+ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */
+ u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */
+
+ /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ if( !walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame) ) break;
+
+ /* If nTruncate is non-zero, then a complete transaction has been
+ ** appended to this wal file. Set rc to WAL_RETRY and break out of
+ ** the loop. */
+ if( nTruncate ){
+ rc = WAL_RETRY;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aSaveCksum[0];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aSaveCksum[1];
+
+ begin_unreliable_shm_out:
+ sqlite3_free(aFrame);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
+ sqlite3_free((void*)pWal->apWiData[i]);
+ pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
+ }
+ pWal->bShmUnreliable = 0;
+ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pWal);
+ *pChanged = 1;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or
**
** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
-** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr()
-** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the
-** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication
-** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be
+** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr()
+** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the
+** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication
+** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be
** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
**
** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
**
-** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on
+** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on
** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is
** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1)
** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not
assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */
+ /* useWal may only be set for read/write connections */
+ assert( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 || useWal==0 );
+
/* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
**
** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the
- ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But
+ ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But
** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
- ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve,
+ ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve,
** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case,
** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
**
** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few
** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this
** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th
- ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer,
+ ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer,
** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds.
** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds.
*/
}
if( !useWal ){
- rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( pWal->bShmUnreliable==0 ){
+ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
/* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to
if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
/* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
- ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS
- ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the
- ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region
+ ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS
+ ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the
+ ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region
** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
*/
rc = WAL_RETRY;
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
+ else if( pWal->bShmUnreliable ){
+ return walBeginShmUnreliable(pWal, pChanged);
+ }
}
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 );
+ assert( pWal->apWiData[0]!=0 );
pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
- && (pWal->pSnapshot==0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0
- || 0==memcmp(&pWal->hdr, pWal->pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)))
+ && (pWal->pSnapshot==0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0)
#endif
){
/* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
** happening, this is usually correct.
**
- ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log
+ ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log
** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
}
if( mxI==0 ){
assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
- return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
+ return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT;
}
rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they
** can be safely read directly from the database file.
**
- ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of
+ ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of
** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still
- ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the
+ ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the
** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index
** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could
** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
/*
-** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted
+** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted
** variable so that older snapshots can be accessed. To do this, loop
-** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1),
+** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1),
** comparing their content to the corresponding page with the database
** file, if any. Set nBackfillAttempted to the frame number of the
** first frame for which the wal file content matches the db file.
**
-** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page
-** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which
+** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page
+** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which
** is not always true. It is also possible that nBackfillAttempted
** may be left set to a value larger than expected, if a wal frame
** contains content that duplicate of an earlier version of the same
assert( pWal->readLock>0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 );
assert( pInfo->aReadMark[pWal->readLock]<=pSnapshot->mxFrame );
- /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running
+ /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running
** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the
- ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint
- ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but
- ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate
+ ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint
+ ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but
+ ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate
** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that
- ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock
- ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted.
+ ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock
+ ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted.
**
** TODO: Does the aReadMark[] lock prevent a checkpointer from doing
** this already?
/* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
- ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0,
- ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the
+ ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0,
+ ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the
** WAL were empty.
*/
- if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
+ if( iLast==0 || (pWal->readLock==0 && pWal->bShmUnreliable==0) ){
*piRead = 0;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
**
** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
- ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash
- ** table). This means the value just read from the hash
- ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the
+ ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash
+ ** table). This means the value just read from the hash
+ ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the
** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
** opened remain unmodified.
**
** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
- ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required
+ ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required
** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
**
- ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno):
+ ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno):
** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
**
- ** (iFrame<=iLast):
+ ** (iFrame<=iLast):
** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
** table after the current read-transaction had started.
*/
{
u32 iRead2 = 0;
u32 iTest;
- assert( pWal->minFrame>0 );
- for(iTest=iLast; iTest>=pWal->minFrame; iTest--){
+ assert( pWal->bShmUnreliable || pWal->minFrame>0 );
+ for(iTest=iLast; iTest>=pWal->minFrame && iTest>0; iTest--){
if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
iRead2 = iTest;
break;
return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset);
}
-/*
+/*
** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
}
-/*
+/*
** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
**
** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
Pgno iFrame;
-
+
/* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
- ** was in before the client began writing to the database.
+ ** was in before the client began writing to the database.
*/
memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
- for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1;
- ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax;
+ for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1;
+ ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax;
iFrame++
){
/* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
- ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and
+ ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and
** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
** is false).
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32
-** values. This function populates the array with values required to
-** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current
+/*
+** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32
+** values. This function populates the array with values required to
+** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current
** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
}
-/*
+/*
** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
*/
walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
-
+
pWal->szPage = szPage;
pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
/* Check if this page has already been written into the wal file by
** the current transaction. If so, overwrite the existing frame and
- ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that
+ ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that
** checksums must be recomputed when the transaction is committed. */
if( iFirst && (p->pDirty || isCommit==0) ){
u32 iWrite = 0;
pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
}
- /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the
+ /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the
** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
** related interfaces.
**
if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
- /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive
** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. */
rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
if( rc ){
}
if( isChanged ){
- /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was
+ /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was
** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
** lock on the main database file.
**
-** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into
+** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into
** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must
** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
- /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a
- ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot
+ /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a
+ ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot
** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
if( op==0 ){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
- pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_NORMAL_MODE;
if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
- pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
}
- rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+ rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE;
}else{
/* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
rc = 0;
}
}else if( op>0 ){
- assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
+ assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE );
assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
- pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
rc = 1;
}else{
- rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+ rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE;
}
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
pWal->pSnapshot = (WalIndexHdr*)pSnapshot;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return a +ve value if snapshot p1 is newer than p2. A -ve value if
** p1 is older than p2 and zero if p1 and p2 are the same snapshot.
*/
** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
** so forth.
**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
** information such as the size of key and data.
**
** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
**
** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
*/
/*
** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
** a btree handle is closed.
** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
** this structure.
**
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection
** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object
** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
** the BtShared object.
**
** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
/*
** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
-**
+**
** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two
** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
**
** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex.
+** found at self->pBt->mutex.
**
** skipNext meaning:
** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0: Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op.
** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
**
** CURSOR_INVALID:
-** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
+** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
** called.
**
** operation should be a no-op.
**
** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
+** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
+** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
** seek the cursor to the saved position.
**
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3
#define CURSOR_FAULT 4
-/*
+/*
** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
*/
# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
** page number to look up in the pointer map.
** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
** used in this case.
**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
** is not used in this case.
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
**
*/
#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
+ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
/*
** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
** So, this macro is defined instead.
*/
**
** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in
** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in
-** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to
-** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which
+** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to
+** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which
** indicate corruption).
*/
typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree.
+** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree.
**
-** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required
-** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not
+** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required
+** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not
** the build is threadsafe. Leave() is only required by threadsafe builds.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
#define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */
/*
-** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not
+** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not
** defined, or 0 if it is. For example:
**
** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum);
/*
** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
** test builds.
**
** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
- ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
+ ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
*/
#define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
#define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
#endif
+/*
+** Implementation of the SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE() macro. Takes a single
+** (MemPage*) as an argument. The (MemPage*) must not be NULL.
+**
+** If SQLITE_DEBUG is not defined, then this macro is equivalent to
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT. Or, if SQLITE_DEBUG is set, then the log message
+** normally produced as a side-effect of SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT is augmented
+** with the page number and filename associated with the (MemPage*).
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+int corruptPageError(int lineno, MemPage *p){
+ char *zMsg;
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("database corruption page %d of %s",
+ (int)p->pgno, sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 0)
+ );
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ if( zMsg ){
+ sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, zMsg);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zMsg);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pMemPage) corruptPageError(__LINE__, pMemPage)
+#else
+# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pMemPage) SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pMemPage->pgno)
+#endif
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
**
-** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the
+** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the
** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
**
-** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via
+** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via
** Btree connection pBtree:
**
** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
**
-** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the
+** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the
** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
BtLock *pLock;
/* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
- ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required.
+ ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required.
** Return true immediately.
*/
if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
iTab = iRoot;
}
- /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a
+ /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a
** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */
for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
- if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree
+ if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree
&& (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
- && pLock->eLock>=eLockType
+ && pLock->eLock>=eLockType
){
return 1;
}
static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
BtCursor *p;
for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
+ if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
&& p->pBtree!=pBtree
&& 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommit)
){
#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
/*
-** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
+** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
assert( p->db!=0 );
assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
-
+
/* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
- ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
+ ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
*/
assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-
+
/* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
if( !p->sharable ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
+ /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
** statement is a simplification of:
**
** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
** WRITE_LOCK.
**
** This function assumes the following:
** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
*/
static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
/* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
- ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master
+ ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master
** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */
assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
+ /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */
assert( p->sharable );
assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
**
-** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write
+** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write
** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag
** may be incorrectly cleared.
*/
pBt->pWriter = 0;
pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
}else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
- /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its
+ /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its
** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
}
/* Verify that the cursor and the BtShared agree about what is the current
-** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database
+** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database
** connection pointers get out-of-sync, it is possible for routines like
** btreeInitPage() to reference an stale connection pointer that references a
** a connection that has already closed. This routine is used inside assert()
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
/*
-** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
-** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
** page.
**
** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
** to restore the database to its original configuration.
**
-** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry
** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This
** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and
-** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error
+** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error
** code otherwise.
**
** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key
** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to
-** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is
-** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing
+** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is
+** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing
** the key.
*/
static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){
}
/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
**
** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
-** prior to calling this routine.
+** prior to calling this routine.
*/
static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc;
** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
**
-** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
+** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set. The btreeCursor()
** routine enforces that rule. This routine only needs to be called in
** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set.
/*
** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
** saveCursorPosition().
*/
static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
/*
** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
-** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).
+** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).
**
** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
- ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
+ ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
ret++;
}
}
pIter++;
if( pPage->intKey ){
- /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
+ /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
** past the end of the key value. */
pEnd = &pIter[9];
/* This block handles pages with two or fewer free blocks and nMaxFrag
** or fewer fragmented bytes. In this case it is faster to move the
** two (or one) blocks of cells using memmove() and add the required
- ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to
+ ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to
** reconstruct the entire page. */
if( (int)data[hdr+7]<=nMaxFrag ){
int iFree = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
/* pageFindSlot() has already verified that free blocks are sorted
** in order of offset within the page, and that no block extends
- ** past the end of the page. Provided the two free slots do not
+ ** past the end of the page. Provided the two free slots do not
** overlap, this guarantees that the memmove() calls below will not
** overwrite the usableSize byte buffer, even if the database page
** is corrupt. */
int sz = get2byte(&data[iFree+2]);
int top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
if( top>=iFree ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
if( iFree2 ){
assert( iFree+sz<=iFree2 ); /* Verified by pageFindSlot() */
** if PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON.
*/
if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &src[pc]);
cbrk -= size;
if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
defragment_out:
if( data[hdr+7]+cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
testcase( x==4 );
testcase( x==3 );
if( size+pc > usableSize ){
- *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPg->pgno);
+ *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPg);
return 0;
}else if( x<4 ){
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-11498-58022 In a well-formed b-tree page, the total
if( pc<iAddr+size ) break;
}
if( pc ){
- *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPg->pgno);
+ *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPg);
}
return 0;
int top; /* First byte of cell content area */
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Integer return code */
int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
-
+
assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
assert( pPage->pBt );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
if( top==0 && pPage->pBt->usableSize==65536 ){
top = 65536;
}else{
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
}
assert( iSize>=4 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
assert( iStart<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the
+ /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the
** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
*/
hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))<iStart ){
if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ){
if( iFreeBlk==0 ) break;
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
iPtr = iFreeBlk;
}
if( iFreeBlk>pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
-
+
/* At this point:
** iFreeBlk: First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
** iPtr: The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk
*/
if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){
nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd;
- if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]);
if( iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
iSize = iEnd - iStart;
iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]);
}
-
+
/* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist
** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be
** coalesced onto the end of iPtr.
if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){
int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]);
if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){
- if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd;
iSize = iEnd - iPtr;
iStart = iPtr;
}
}
- if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
data[hdr+7] -= nFrag;
}
x = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
/* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area,
** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
** freelist entry */
- if( iStart<x || iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ if( iStart<x || iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
}else{
}else{
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-47608-56469 Any other value for the b-tree page type is
** an error. */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
return SQLITE_OK;
** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
** we failed to detect any corruption.
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28594-02890 The one-byte flag at offset 0 indicating
** the b-tree page type. */
if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
/* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24089-57979 If a page contains no cells (which is only
assert( pPage->nCell>0 || top==usableSize || CORRUPT_DB );
/* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
- ** of page when parsing a cell.
+ ** of page when parsing a cell.
**
** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
- ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be
+ ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be
** returned if it does.
*/
iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
testcase( pc==iCellLast );
if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
sz = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]);
testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
}
if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
- }
+ }
/* Compute the total free space on the page
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-23588-34450 The two-byte integer at offset 1 gives the
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will
** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock.
*/
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
while( 1 ){
if( pc>iCellLast ){
/* Freeblock off the end of the page */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
}
if( next>0 ){
/* Freeblock not in ascending order */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
if( pc+size>(unsigned int)usableSize ){
/* Last freeblock extends past page end */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
}
** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
*/
if( nFree>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
pPage->isInit = 1;
pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
}
assert( pPage->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
- return pPage;
+ return pPage;
}
/*
/*
** Open a database file.
-**
+**
** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might
** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
-** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted
+** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted
** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
**
** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
/* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
- /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
+ /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
** false for a file-based database.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-
+
pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
if( pBt==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
pBt->db = db;
sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
p->pBt = pBt;
-
+
pBt->pCursor = 0;
pBt->pPage1 = 0;
if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
-
+
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
/* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
*/
}
/*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child
** pointer.
*/
** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
- ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized
+ ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized
** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.
**
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
/* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
- ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
+ ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
** up the shared-btree.
*/
assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
/*
** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
+** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
** without changing anything.
**
** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
** held.
**
** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
-** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the
+** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the
** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
/*
** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
}
/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
Db *pDb;
if( (db=pBt->db)!=0 && (pDb=db->aDb)!=0 ){
while( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->pBt->pBt!=pBt ){ pDb++; }
- if( pDb->bSyncSet==0
- && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level
- && pDb!=&db->aDb[1]
+ if( pDb->bSyncSet==0
+ && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level
+ && pDb!=&db->aDb[1]
){
pDb->safety_level = safety_level;
sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager,
** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory.
+** is returned if we run out of memory.
*/
static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
/* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
- ** a valid database file.
+ ** a valid database file.
*/
nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
}
/* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
- ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then
+ ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then
** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two
** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */
if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
- || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || pageSize<=256
+ || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || pageSize<=256
){
goto page1_init_failed;
}
assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte
** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of
- ** each page to reserve for extensions.
+ ** each page to reserve for extensions.
**
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is
** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20
int r = 0;
for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
- && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
+ && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
}
return r;
}
/*
** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
**
** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
-** changes to the database. None of the following routines
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
+** changes to the database. None of the following routines
** will work unless a transaction is started first:
**
** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
**
** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
{
sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
- /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
+ /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
}
#endif
- /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
- ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
+ /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
+ ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
/* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
- ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
+ ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
*/
}
}
}
-
+
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
}
/* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
- ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely
+ ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely
** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
** rollback occurs within the transaction.
*/
** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
** be modified, as follows:
**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
** page of pPage.
**
** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
/* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */
if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
}else{
pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){
if( pCell+info.nSize > pPage->aData+pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
if( iFrom==get4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4) ){
put4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4, iTo);
}
}
}
-
+
if( i==nCell ){
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
+ if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
}
/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
**
** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
-** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
+** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
** page.
*/
Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
int rc;
- assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
+ assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
/* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
- TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
+ TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
/*
** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
-** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in
-** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error
+** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in
+** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error
** occurs, return some other error code.
**
-** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so
+** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so
** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
**
** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
**
-** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the
-** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE
-** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit
+** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the
+** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE
+** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit
** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
if( bCommit==0 ){
/* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
- ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
+ ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
*/
Pgno iFreePg;
releasePage(pFreePg);
}while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin );
assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
-
+
rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit);
releasePage(pLastPg);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
/*
** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database
-** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected
+** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected
** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation.
*/
static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){
**
** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
int rc;
** is committed for an auto-vacuum database.
**
** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
** pages are in use.
*/
**
** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
** (single database transaction).
**
** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
}else{
- /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
- ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
+ /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
+ ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
** call below will unlock the pager. */
if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
}
}
- /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
+ /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */
p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
** drop locks.
**
-** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to
+** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to
** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
-** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
-** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
-** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this
+** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
+** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
+** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this
** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
btreeIntegrity(p);
- /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
+ /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
*/
if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
**
** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly
** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only
-** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue
-** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are
+** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue
+** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are
** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being
** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root
** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making
** it unsafe for read cursors to continue.
**
-** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while
-** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors,
+** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while
+** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors,
** including all read-cursors are tripped.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while
/*
** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled
-** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction
-** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically
+** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction
+** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically
** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
**
** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
/*
** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
-** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
** of op.
**
** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
** transaction remains open.
** is set. If FORDELETE is set, that is a hint to the implementation that
** this cursor will only be used to seek to and delete entries of an index
** as part of a larger DELETE statement. The FORDELETE hint is not used by
-** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine
+** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine
** in which index entries are automatically deleted when corresponding table
** rows are deleted, the FORDELETE flag is a hint that all SEEK and DELETE
-** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can
+** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can
** return a null row (2-bytes: 0x01 0x00).
**
** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
BtCursor *pX; /* Looping over other all cursors */
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( wrFlag==0
- || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR
- || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE)
+ assert( wrFlag==0
+ || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR
+ || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE)
);
- /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
- ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
- ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
+ /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
+ ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
+ ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
** this lock. */
assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, (wrFlag?2:1)) );
assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
return pCur->info.nKey;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
+/*
+** Return the offset into the database file for the start of the
+** payload to which the cursor is pointing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeOffset(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ return (i64)pCur->pBt->pageSize*((i64)pCur->pPage->pgno - 1) +
+ (i64)(pCur->info.pPayload - pCur->pPage->aData);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC */
+
/*
** Return the number of bytes of payload for the entry that pCur is
** currently pointing to. For table btrees, this will be the amount
/*
** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
**
** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
**
-** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
-** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
-** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
**
** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
- ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
- ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
- ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
+ ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
+ ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
+ ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
*/
if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
**
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages
** this function may allocate space for and lazily populate
-** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow).
-** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset
+** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow).
+** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset
** more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it must be
BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */
- unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
+ unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
){
unsigned char *aPayload;
** &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
** but is recast into its current form to avoid integer overflow problems
*/
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
/* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
/* If all the following are true:
**
- ** 1) this is a read operation, and
+ ** 1) this is a read operation, and
** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
** 3) there is no open write-transaction, and
** 4) the database is file-backed, and
** 5) the page is not in the WAL file
- ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer
+ ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer
**
** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
/* Overflow chain ends prematurely */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
/*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of
** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
}
}
#else
-# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
+# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
#endif
/*
assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
assert( pCur->pPage );
assertParentIndex(
- pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
pCur->pPage->pgno
);
testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
**
** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
-** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
+** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
**
-** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
+** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
** CURSOR_INVALID and this routine returns SQLITE_EMPTY. Otherwise,
** the cursor is set to point to the first cell located on the root
** (or virtual root) page and the cursor state is set to CURSOR_VALID.
**
** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
-** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
+** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
-** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
+** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
** b-tree).
*/
/* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
- ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
+ ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
**
** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
- ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted
- ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table
+ ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted
+ ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table
** (or the freelist). */
assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pCur->pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pCur->pPage);
}
-skip_init:
+skip_init:
pCur->ix = 0;
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
int rc;
-
+
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
/* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
+ /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
int ii;
for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
return rc;
}
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code.
**
-** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
** is ignored.
**
** before or after the key.
**
** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
-** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into
** *pRes is as follows:
**
** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
**
** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there
-** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey.
+** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
if( pIdxKey ){
xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
pIdxKey->errCode = 0;
- assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1
- || pIdxKey->default_rc==0
+ assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1
+ || pIdxKey->default_rc==0
|| pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
);
}else{
if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){
if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
}
}
/* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
- ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing
- ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is
- ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first
+ ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing
+ ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is
+ ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first
** 2 bytes of the cell.
*/
nCell = pCell[0];
** b-tree page. */
testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
- }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80)
+ }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80)
&& (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
){
- /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record
+ /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record
** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */
testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
/* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
- ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called.
+ ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called.
**
** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read
- ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18
+ ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18
** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in
** case this happens. */
void *pCellKey;
testcase( nCell==1 ); /* Invalid key size: 0x80 0x80 0x01 */
testcase( nCell==2 ); /* Minimum legal index key size */
if( nCell<2 ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
goto moveto_finish;
}
pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell+18 );
c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
}
- assert(
+ assert(
(pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0)
&& (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed)
);
/*
** Return an estimate for the number of rows in the table that pCur is
-** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently
+** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently
** available.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){
}
/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.
** Return value:
**
** SQLITE_OK success
idx = ++pCur->ix;
assert( pPage->isInit );
- /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx
+ /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx
** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates
** an error. *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error.
**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to
** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an
** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
** which in turn can make database access faster.
Pgno iTrunk;
u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
u32 nSearch = 0; /* Count of the number of search attempts */
-
+
/* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map
** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */
k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
if( k==0 && !searchList ){
- /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
- ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
+ /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
+ ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
** allocated page */
assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk);
goto end_allocate_page;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- }else if( searchList
- && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
+ }else if( searchList
+ && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
){
/* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
}
}else{
- /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
+ /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
** page in this case.
*/
MemPage *pNewTrunk;
Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
- if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){
+ if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk);
goto end_allocate_page;
}
goto end_allocate_page;
}
testcase( iPage==mxPage );
- if( !searchList
- || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
+ if( !searchList
+ || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
){
int noContent;
*pPgno = iPage;
** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal
** the current page content before overwriting it.
**
- ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal
+ ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal
** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
}
/*
-** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
**
** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
-** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
-** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
**
** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
*/
static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */
- Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
+ Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */
MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
int rc; /* Return Code */
/* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
- ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
+ ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
*/
}
if( pCell+pInfo->nSize-1 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
/* Cell extends past end of page */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
ovflPgno = get4byte(pCell + pInfo->nSize - 4);
pBt = pPage->pBt;
assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
nOvfl = (pInfo->nPayload - pInfo->nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
- assert( nOvfl>0 ||
+ assert( nOvfl>0 ||
(CORRUPT_DB && (pInfo->nPayload + ovflPageSize)<ovflPageSize)
);
while( nOvfl-- ){
Pgno iNext = 0;
MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
- /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
- ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
+ /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
+ ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
** file the database must be corrupt. */
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
&& sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
){
- /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
+ /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
- ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
- ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
- ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
+ ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
+ ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
+ ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
pSrc = pX->pKey;
nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload);
}
-
+
/* Fill in the payload */
pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
do{
pgnoOvfl++;
- } while(
- PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+ } while(
+ PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
);
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
- ** for that page now.
+ ** for that page now.
**
- ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry
+ ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry
** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the
** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
**
** *pRC must be SQLITE_OK when this routine is called.
}
/*
-** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The
+** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The
** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function
** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell
** array.
**
** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This
-** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any
+** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any
** such cells before overwriting the page data.
**
-** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the
+** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly.
*/
static int rebuildPage(
/*
** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell
-** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function attempts to
-** add the cells stored in the array to page pPg. If it cannot (because
+** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function attempts to
+** add the cells stored in the array to page pPg. If it cannot (because
** the page needs to be defragmented before the cells will fit), non-zero
** is returned. Otherwise, if the cells are added successfully, zero is
** returned.
** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure
** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array.
**
-** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the
+** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the
** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended,
** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area
** before returning.
}
/*
-** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell
+** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell
** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function adds the
-** space associated with each cell in the array that is currently stored
+** space associated with each cell in the array that is currently stored
** within the body of pPg to the pPg free-list. The cell-pointers and other
** fields of the page are not updated.
**
/* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
if( NEVER(pPage->nCell==0) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of
+ /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of
** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
*/
pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell;
/* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
- ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
+ ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
}
}
-
+
/* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
** largest key on pPage).
**
- ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most
- ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the
+ ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most
+ ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the
** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
/* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-
+
/* Release the reference to the new page. */
releasePage(pNew);
}
#if 0
/*
** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
-** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible
+** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible
** for setting pointer-map entries.
*/
static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
CellInfo info;
u8 *z;
-
+
z = findCell(pPage, j);
pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info);
if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){
#endif
/*
-** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored
+** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored
** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
**
** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
-** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo.
+** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo.
**
** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
**
-** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by
+** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by
** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
** which are called often under normal circumstances.
*/
int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
int rc;
int iData;
-
-
+
+
assert( pFrom->isInit );
assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
-
+
/* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
-
+
/* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
- ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized
+ ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized
** page pFrom.
*/
pTo->isInit = 0;
*pRC = rc;
return;
}
-
+
/* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
*/
** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
-** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page
+** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page
** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
** participate in the balancing.
**
-** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by
-** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full.
+** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by
+** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full.
**
** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
-** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine).
+** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine).
**
** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
** enough for all overflow cells.
**
-** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns
+** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
static int balance_nonroot(
#endif
/* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
- ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with
+ ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with
** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
*/
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
- /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent
- ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on
- ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however,
+ /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent
+ ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on
+ ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however,
** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
- ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
+ ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
**
** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
nxDiv = 0;
}else{
assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
- if( iParentIdx==0 ){
+ if( iParentIdx==0 ){
nxDiv = 0;
}else if( iParentIdx==i ){
nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
- ** later on.
+ ** later on.
**
** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode,
** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells.
** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total
** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
- ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
+ ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell.
**
** Values computed by this block:
** cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to
** the right of the i-th sibling page.
** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
- **
+ **
*/
usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
}
/*
- ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order.
+ ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order.
** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
- ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn
+ ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn
** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly.
**
- ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more
+ ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more
** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem.
**
- ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster
+ ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster
** for large insertions and deletions.
*/
for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
for(j=0; j<i; j++){
if( aPgno[j]==aPgno[i] ){
/* This branch is taken if the set of sibling pages somehow contains
- ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt.
+ ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt.
** It would be simpler to detect this as part of the loop below, but
** we do the detection here in order to avoid populating the pager
** cache with two separate objects associated with the same
put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
/* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer
- ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was
+ ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was
** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */
if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){
MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1];
memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
}
- /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with
+ /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with
** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer
** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell()
** routine. The associated pointer map entries are:
** b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated
** with the cell.
**
- ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry
- ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be
- ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been
+ ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry
+ ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be
+ ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been
** populated, not here.
*/
if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
}
/* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it
- ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell),
+ ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell),
** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So,
** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if
** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or
if( !pNew->leaf ){
memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
}else if( leafData ){
- /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
- ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider
- ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
+ /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
+ ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider
+ ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
** the sibling-page assembled above only.
*/
CellInfo info;
pCell -= 4;
/* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
- ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this
+ ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this
** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
- ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to
+ ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to
** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
**
** This can only happen for b-trees used to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)"
** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
**
- ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent()
- ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages
+ ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent()
+ ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages
** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
**
** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being
assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0], -1);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- assert( apNew[0]->nFree ==
+ assert( apNew[0]->nFree ==
(get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2)
|| rc!=SQLITE_OK
);
#if 0
if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK && apNew[0]->isInit ){
/* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
- ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while
+ ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while
** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
** cause an assert() statement to fail. */
ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
**
** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
-** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child
+** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child
** pointer pointing to the new page.
**
-** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages
+** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages
** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
** page is also updated.
**
-** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child
+** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child
** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new
+ /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new
** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
*/
/*
** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
-** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
** routine. Balancing routines are:
**
** balance_quick()
** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
- */
+ */
assert( balance_deeper_called==0 );
VVA_ONLY( balance_deeper_called++ );
rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
/* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
- ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent
+ ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent
** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
- ** buffer.
+ ** buffer.
**
** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
*/
- assert( balance_quick_called==0 );
+ assert( balance_quick_called==0 );
VVA_ONLY( balance_quick_called++ );
rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
}else
** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
** will balance the parent page to correct this.
- **
+ **
** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
- ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
+ ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
- ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
+ ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
- ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
+ ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
*/
rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1,
pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD);
if( pFree ){
- /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
+ /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
- ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
+ ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
}
** hold the content of the row.
**
** For an index btree (used for indexes and WITHOUT ROWID tables), the
-** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The
+** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The
** pX.pData,nData,nZero fields must be zero.
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
**
** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
- ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
- ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
+ ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
+ ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
assert( pX->pKey==0 );
- /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
+ /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
** cursors open on the row being replaced */
invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pX->nKey, 0);
- /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing
+ /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing
** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted. */
- assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 ||
+ assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 ||
((pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey) );
/* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
}
rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &info);
- if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload
+ if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload
&& (!ISAUTOVACUUM || szNew<pPage->minLocal)
){
/* Overwrite the old cell with the new if they are the same size.
** We could also try to do this if the old cell is smaller, then add
** the leftover space to the free list. But experiments show that
** doing that is no faster then skipping this optimization and just
- ** calling dropCell() and insertCell().
+ ** calling dropCell() and insertCell().
**
** This optimization cannot be used on an autovacuum database if the
** new entry uses overflow pages, as the insertCell() call below is
assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
- /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
+ /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey
** variables.
rc = balance(pCur);
/* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
- ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
+ ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */
pCur->pPage->nOverflow = 0;
}
/*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.
**
** If the BTREE_SAVEPOSITION bit of the flags parameter is zero, then
** the cursor is left pointing at an arbitrary location after the delete.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){
Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
int rc; /* Return code */
MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */
unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */
int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */
- int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
+ int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
CellInfo info; /* Size of the cell being deleted */
int bSkipnext = 0; /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */
u8 bPreserve = flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION; /* Keep cursor valid */
/* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must
** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete
** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor
- ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before
- ** returning.
+ ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before
+ ** returning.
**
** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor
** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately
** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true. */
if( bPreserve ){
- if( !pPage->leaf
+ if( !pPage->leaf
|| (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3)
){
/* A b-tree rebalance will be required after deleting this entry.
** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
- ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
+ ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
** well. */
rc = balance(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
}
}else{
pRoot = pPageMove;
- }
+ }
/* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
** cursors on the table.
**
** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page
+** root page in the database file, then the last root page
** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all
** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
+** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
/* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
- ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
+ ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
*/
freePage(pPage, &rc);
releasePage(pPage);
}
}else{
/* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
- ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
+ ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
** gap left by the deleted root-page.
*/
MemPage *pMove;
releasePage(pPage);
}
#endif
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
int rc;
** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1]
** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0]
** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-**
+**
** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema
** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
}
/* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
- ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages).
+ ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages).
*/
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */
MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */
- /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
+ /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
** accordingly.
*/
nEntry += pPage->nCell;
}
- /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
+ /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
pPage = pCur->pPage;
}
- /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
+ /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
*/
iIdx = pCur->ix;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
+** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
** to pCheck.
*/
if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
- "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
+ "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
}
}
** property.
**
** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing. Each u32
-** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page.
+** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page.
** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the
** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range.
*/
aHeap[j] = x;
i = j;
}
- return 1;
+ return 1;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return
** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages
** return 1, and so forth.
-**
+**
** These checks are done:
**
** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
**
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header
** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no
- ** freeblocks on the page.
+ ** freeblocks on the page.
*/
i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
while( i>0 ){
assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
i = j;
}
- /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or
+ /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or
** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag.
- **
+ **
** Each min-heap entry is of the form: (start_address<<16)|end_address.
** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell
** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start
- ** of cell content.
+ ** of cell content.
**
** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares
** the start_address against the previous end_address. If there is an
/* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
** references to pointer-map pages.
*/
- if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 &&
+ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 &&
(PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
}
- if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 &&
+ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 &&
(PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
}
/*
** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
**
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open
** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
**
** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
/*
** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
+** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
**
** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
+** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned.
+** of memory returned.
**
** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
** allocated, it is returned as normal.
**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
+** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
+** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
*/
}
/*
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared
-** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared
+** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the
** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
-** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
+** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
+** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
**
-** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
+** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- /* Check some assumptions:
+ /* Check some assumptions:
** (a) the cursor is open for writing,
** (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
}
-/*
+/*
** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
#endif
/*
-** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
+** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
** header to iVersion.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
int rc; /* Return code */
-
+
assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
/* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
/*
** Return the number of connections to the BtShared object accessed by
-** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches
+** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches
** this is always 1. For shared caches it may be 1 or greater.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree *p){
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
** API functions and the related features.
*/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
**
-** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
+** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
-** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
+** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
** structure, in that order.
**
** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
-** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
+** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
** be held when either of these functions are invoked.
**
** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
**
-** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
-** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
** error message to pErrorDb.
*/
static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
/*
** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the
** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there
-** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error
+** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error
** message in database handle db.
*/
static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){
p->iNext = 1;
p->isAttached = 0;
- if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest
- || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK
+ if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest
+ || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK
){
/* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination
- ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb
- ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup
+ ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb
+ ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup
** structure. */
sqlite3_free(p);
p = 0;
}
/*
-** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
}
/*
-** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
-** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
** destination database.
*/
static int backupOnePage(
assert( zSrcData );
/* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
- ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
+ ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
*/
if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}
#endif
- /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
+ /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
** of the destination page.
*/
** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
- ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
+ ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
*/
memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
** this function is a no-op.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
** code if an error occurs.
*/
static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
/* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2))
){
p->bDestLocked = 1;
sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}
-
+
/* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
*/
attachBackupObject(p);
}
}
-
+
/* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
** the case where the source and destination databases have the
int nDestTruncate;
/* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
** database. The complication here is that the destination page
- ** size may be different to the source page size.
+ ** size may be different to the source page size.
**
- ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
+ ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
- ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
+ ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
** by the file truncation.
**
** * The destination may need to be truncated, and
**
- ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
+ ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
** copied into the destination database.
*/
i64 iEnd;
assert( pFile );
- assert( nDestTruncate==0
+ assert( nDestTruncate==0
|| (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
&& iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
- ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the
+ ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the
** journal file. */
sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
/* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
for(
- iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc;
- rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
+ iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc;
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
iOff+=pgszSrc
){
PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
}
-
+
/* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
if( SQLITE_OK==rc
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
}
}
}
-
+
/* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
}
-
+
if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
}
/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
/*
** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
-** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
-** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
**
** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
** must be active for both files.
**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
-** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
** transaction is committed before returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
/* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
- ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
+ ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
- ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
+ ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
** or an error code. */
sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
- /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0.
+ /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0.
** Mem.xDel might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear.
*/
assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );
if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
/* Cannot be both MEM_Null and some other type */
assert( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str|MEM_Blob
- |MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame|MEM_Agg|MEM_Zero))==0 );
+ |MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame|MEM_Agg))==0 );
/* If MEM_Null is set, then either the value is a pure NULL (the usual
** case) or it is a pointer set using sqlite3_bind_pointer() or
** (4) A static string or blob
*/
if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){
- assert(
+ assert(
((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
}
/*
-** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least
+** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least
** min(n,32) bytes.
**
** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of
/* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
- **
+ **
** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
*/
if( fg & MEM_Int ){
** otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- Mem t;
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
- memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
- t.flags = MEM_Null;
- t.db = pMem->db;
- ctx.pOut = &t;
- ctx.pMem = pMem;
- ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
- pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
- if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
- memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t));
- rc = ctx.isError;
- }
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_context ctx;
+ Mem t;
+ assert( pFunc!=0 );
+ assert( pFunc->xFinalize!=0 );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
+ memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
+ t.flags = MEM_Null;
+ t.db = pMem->db;
+ ctx.pOut = &t;
+ ctx.pMem = pMem;
+ ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+ pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+ if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+ memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t));
+ return ctx.isError;
}
/*
}
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p);
}
/*
}
return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
}
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
**
** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
-** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the
-** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the
+** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the
+** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the
** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
** pointer copied.
**
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) );
- /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
+ /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCur, &available);
}
/*
-** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to
+** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to
** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details.
*/
struct ValueNewStat4Ctx {
** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated
** by calling sqlite3ValueNew().
**
-** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is
+** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is
** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not
-** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that
+** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that
** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to
** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array.
*/
int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
int i; /* Counter variable */
int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */
-
+
nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord));
pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
if( pRec ){
if( pRec==0 ) return 0;
p->ppRec[0] = pRec;
}
-
+
pRec->nField = p->iVal+1;
return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal];
}
** * the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL function flag is not set,
**
** then this routine attempts to invoke the SQL function. Assuming no
-** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value
+** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value
** object containing the result before returning SQLITE_OK.
**
** Affinity aff is applied to the result of the function before returning.
-** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding
+** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding
** enc.
**
** If the conditions above are not met, this function returns SQLITE_OK
if( pList ) nVal = pList->nExpr;
pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, p->u.zToken, nVal, enc, 0);
assert( pFunc );
- if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0
+ if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0
|| (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)
){
return SQLITE_OK;
assert( pExpr!=0 );
while( (op = pExpr->op)==TK_UPLUS || op==TK_SPAN ) pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4)
+ if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2;
+#else
if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
+#endif
/* Compressed expressions only appear when parsing the DEFAULT clause
** on a table column definition, and hence only when pCtx==0. This
}
}else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
/* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */
- if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx)
+ if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx)
&& pVal!=0
){
sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
return rc;
no_mem:
- sqlite3OomFault(db);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ if( pCtx==0 || pCtx->pParse->nErr==0 )
+#endif
+ sqlite3OomFault(db);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
assert( *ppVal==0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
/*
** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts
-** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database
+** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database
** record (a blob) containing the argument value.
**
** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the
}
/*
-** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord
-** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored
+** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord
+** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored
** in the sqlite_stat4 table.
**
** A single call to this function populates zero or more fields of the
**
** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
**
-** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value
+** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value
** from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value).
**
** Or, if pExpr is a TK_VECTOR, one field is populated for each of the
** vector components that match either of the two latter criteria listed
** above.
**
-** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the
+** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the
** corresponding column within index pIdx is applied to it. Before
** this function returns, output parameter *pnExtract is set to the
** number of values appended to the record.
/*
** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods
-** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above.
+** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above.
**
-** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return
+** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return
** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs
** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error
** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal
** the column value into *ppVal. If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new
** sqlite3_value object is allocated.
**
-** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for
+** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for
** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
-** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)
*/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
}
/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger
** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal
** to 1024/sizeof(Op).
**
** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Parse.nOpAlloc remain
-** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Parse.nOpAlloc remain
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
*/
static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){
Parse *p = v->pParse;
/* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force
- ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for
+ ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for
** simulated OOM faults. SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used
** during testing only. With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array
** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512. Normal
int i = p->nLabel++;
assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){
- p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
+ p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
(i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
}
if( p->aLabel ){
/*
** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
-** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may
+** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may
** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
**
** Op *pOp;
** VdbeOpIter sIter;
**
** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe*
+** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe*
** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
** // Do something with pOp
** }
** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
-**
+**
*/
typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
struct VdbeOpIter {
p->iSub++;
p->iAddr = 0;
}
-
+
if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
int j;
** * OP_VUpdate
** * OP_VRename
** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
-** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine
+** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine
** (for CREATE TABLE AS SELECT ...)
**
** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
int opcode = pOp->opcode;
- if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename
- || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull)
+ if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename
+ || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull)
&& ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
){
hasAbort = 1;
pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
/* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump
- ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a
+ ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a
** known address */
assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
break;
pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
/* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump
- ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a
+ ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a
** known address */
assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
break;
/*
** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
-** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the
+** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the
** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
**
** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
-** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and
-** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the
+** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and
+** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the
** returned program.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(
Vdbe *p, /* VM to add scanstatus() to */
int addrExplain, /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */
- int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */
+ int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */
int addrVisit, /* Address of rows visited counter */
LogEst nEst, /* Estimated number of output rows */
const char *zName /* Name of table or index being scanned */
case P4_REAL:
case P4_INT64:
case P4_DYNAMIC:
+ case P4_DYNBLOB:
case P4_INTARRAY: {
sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
break;
/*
** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
-** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain
-** nOp entries.
+** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain
+** nOp entries.
*/
static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
if( aOp ){
if( pOp->p4type <= P4_FREE_IF_LE ) freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
-#endif
+#endif
}
sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, aOp);
}
** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
-**
+**
** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
}
/*
-** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction
+** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction
** to the value defined by the arguments. This is a high-speed
** version of sqlite3VdbeChangeP4().
**
** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode
** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
-** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from
+** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from
** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and
** by running with Valgrind.
sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "program");
break;
}
+ case P4_DYNBLOB:
case P4_ADVANCE: {
zTemp[0] = 0;
break;
**
** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
-** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle
+** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle
** associated with the VM.
**
** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
** function is a no-op.
**
-** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared
+** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared
** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of
** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
/* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created
** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the
** information from the vdbe.c source text */
- fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
+ fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
zCom
);
assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
/* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
- ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
+ ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
**
- ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
- ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
- ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
+ ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
+ ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
+ ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
- ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
- ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
+ ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
+ ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
*/
testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
int i; /* Loop counter */
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */
+ int bListSubprogs = (p->explain==1 || (db->flags & SQLITE_TriggerEQP)!=0);
+ Op *pOp = 0;
assert( p->explain );
assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
p->pResultSet = 0;
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
/* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
sqlite3OomFault(db);
** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
*/
nRow = p->nOp;
- if( p->explain==1 ){
+ if( bListSubprogs ){
/* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will
** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
do{
i = p->pc++;
- }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
- if( i>=nRow ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3VdbeError(p, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
- }else{
- char *zP4;
- Op *pOp;
+ if( i>=nRow ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ break;
+ }
if( i<p->nOp ){
/* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
** main program. */
}
pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
}
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
- pMem++;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
-
- /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
- ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
- ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
- ** has not already been seen.
- */
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
- int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
- if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
- }
- if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){
- apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
- apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
- pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
- pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
+ ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
+ ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
+ ** has not already been seen.
+ */
+ if( bListSubprogs && pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+ int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
+ if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
+ }
+ if( j==nSub ){
+ p->rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0);
+ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
}
+ apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+ apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+ pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+ pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ nRow += pOp->p4.pProgram->nOp;
}
}
+ }while( p->explain==2 && pOp->opcode!=OP_Explain );
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
- pMem++;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3VdbeError(p, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+ }else{
+ char *zP4;
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
+ pMem++;
+
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem++;
+ }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
- pMem++;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
+ pMem++;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
- pMem++;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
+ pMem++;
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 100) ){ /* P4 */
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, pMem->szMalloc);
- if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
- pMem->n = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- }else{
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- }
- pMem++;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
+ pMem++;
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 100) ){ /* P4 */
assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->n = 2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, pMem->szMalloc);
+ if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
+ pMem->n = 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+ }else{
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ }
pMem++;
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){
+ assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->n = 2;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem++;
+
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){
+ assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
#else
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
#endif
- }
+ }
- p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
- p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
+ p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ }
}
return rc;
}
** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such
** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter.
** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
**
** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine.
** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
-** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to
+** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to
** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects
** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
nMem = pParse->nMem;
nCursor = pParse->nTab;
nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
-
+
/* Each cursor uses a memory cell. The first cursor (cursor 0) can
** use aMem[0] which is not otherwise used by the VDBE program. Allocate
** space at the end of aMem[] for cursors 1 and greater.
p->expired = 0;
/* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in one or two
- ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the
+ ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the
** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory
** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
- ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation.
+ ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation.
**
** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
** the leftover memory at the end of the opcode array. This can significantly
}
/*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
** happens to hold.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
/*
** Close all cursors.
**
-** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
+** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
** open cursors.
int needXcommit = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply
- ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used.
+ /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply
+ ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used.
*/
UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
/* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
- ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
+ ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
** to the transaction.
*/
rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p);
/* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
- ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
- ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
+ ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
+ ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
** file is required for an atomic commit.
- */
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
/* Whether or not a database might need a master journal depends upon
pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
if( db->aDb[i].safety_level!=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF
&& aMJNeeded[sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager)]
- ){
+ && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pPager)==0
+ ){
assert( i!=1 );
nTrans++;
}
** master-journal.
**
** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
- ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
- ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
+ ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
+ ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
** simple case then too.
*/
if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
}
}
- /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
+ /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
}while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
/* Open the master journal. */
- rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
return rc;
}
-
+
/* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
** file before the failure occurred.
*/
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
*/
disable_simulated_io_errors();
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt ){
sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable
** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
-** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the
+** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the
** statement transaction is committed.
**
-** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned.
+** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned.
** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
assert( db->nStatement>0 );
assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt ){
}
}
- /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the
- ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when
+ /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the
+ ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when
** the statement transaction was opened. */
if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
/*
-** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database
-** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be
+** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database
+** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be
** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
**
-** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns
+** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns
** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0)
- || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0)
+ if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0)
+ || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0)
){
p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
/* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
- ** execution of this virtual machine.
+ ** execution of this virtual machine.
**
** If any of the following errors occur:
**
isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
|| mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
if( isSpecialError ){
- /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT,
- ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint
- ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a
+ /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT,
+ ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint
+ ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a
** consistent state.
**
** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
- ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error
+ ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error
** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
- ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore
+ ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore
** the pager to a consistent state.
*/
if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
}
-
- /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
- ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
+
+ /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
+ ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
**
- ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
- ** above has occurred.
+ ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
+ ** above has occurred.
*/
- if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
- && db->autoCommit
- && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0)
+ if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
+ && db->autoCommit
+ && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0)
){
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
- }else{
- /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
+ }else{
+ /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
- ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
+ ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
** is required. */
rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
}
p->nChange = 0;
}
}
-
+
/* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
p->nChange = 0;
}
}
-
+
/* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
- ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
+ ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
*/
if( p->changeCntOn ){
if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
}
/* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
- ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+ ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
*/
if( db->autoCommit ){
/*
** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed
-** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be
+** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be
** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()).
**
** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
/*
-** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run,
+** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run,
** invoke it.
*/
static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){
/* Reset register contents and reclaim error message memory.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and
+ /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and
** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */
if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 );
if( p->aMem ){
p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RESET;
return p->rc & db->errMask;
}
-
+
/*
** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is
** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
** the first argument.
**
** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is
-** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user
-** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of
+** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user
+** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of
** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
**
** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
sqlite3 *db;
- if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+ assert( p!=0 );
db = p->db;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p);
** The sizes for serial types less than 128
*/
static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = {
- /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */
+ /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */
/* 0 */ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0,
/* 10 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3,
/* 20 */ 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8,
if( serial_type>=128 ){
return (serial_type-12)/2;
}else{
- assert( serial_type<12
+ assert( serial_type<12
|| sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]==(serial_type - 12)/2 );
return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
}
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){
assert( serial_type<128 );
- return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
+ return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
}
/*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
** upper 4 bytes. Return the result.
**
** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank
** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the
** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point
** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems,
#endif
/*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
** Return the number of bytes written.
**
** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number
** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){
u32 len;
** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate
** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer
** is avoided.
-*/
+*/
static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet(
const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */
){
switch( serial_type ){
- case 10: /* Reserved for future use */
+ case 10: { /* Internal use only: NULL with virtual table
+ ** UPDATE no-change flag set */
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null|MEM_Zero;
+ pMem->n = 0;
+ pMem->u.nZero = 0;
+ break;
+ }
case 11: /* Reserved for future use */
case 0: { /* Null */
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24078-09375 Value is a NULL. */
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit
** twos-complement integer. */
pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);
-#ifdef __HP_cc
+#ifdef __HP_cc
/* Work around a sign-extension bug in the HP compiler for HP/UX */
if( buf[0]&0x80 ) pMem->u.i |= 0xffffffff80000000LL;
#endif
** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably
** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should
-** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the
+** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the
** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL
** before returning.
**
}
/*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the
** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
** contents of the decoded record.
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */
int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */
UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */
){
const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
- int d;
+ int d;
u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */
u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
u32 szHdr;
/* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
- ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing
+ ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing
** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose
** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
*/
/* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
-
+
idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
if( szHdr1>98307 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
d1 = szHdr1;
** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case.
*/
if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1
- && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1
+ && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1
){
break;
}
** incorrectly.
*/
static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(
- int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */
+ int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */
const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */
){
int nField = 0;
/*
** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values
** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero
-** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than
+** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than
** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);".
*/
static int vdbeCompareMemString(
f2 = pMem2->flags;
combined_flags = f1|f2;
assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
+
/* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
** are NULL, return 0.
*/
}
assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc || pMem1->db->mallocFailed );
- assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
+ assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
/* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
/* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */
}
-
+
/* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */
return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2);
}
/*
** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
-** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive
+** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive
** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes
** and returns the value.
/*
** This function compares the two table rows or index records
** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2
** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all
-** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all
+** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is
** returned.
**
-** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered,
+** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered,
** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
*/
}else{
idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
d1 = szHdr1;
- if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){
+ if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){
pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
return 0; /* Corruption */
}
}
VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
- assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField
+ assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField
|| CORRUPT_DB );
assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nKeyField>0 );
serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
if( serial_type>=10 ){
/* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than
- ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future
+ ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future
** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing
** them to numberic values are. */
rc = +1;
}else{
int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n);
rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
- if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n;
+ if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n;
}
}
}
/* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
** value. */
- assert( CORRUPT_DB
- || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc)
+ assert( CORRUPT_DB
+ || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc)
|| pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
);
pPKey2->eqSeen = 1;
/*
-** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
-** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
+** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the
** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
**
testcase( lhs<0 );
break;
}
- case 8:
+ case 8:
lhs = 0;
break;
case 9:
break;
/* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
- ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch
+ ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch
** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
- ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other
- ** compilers might be similar. */
+ ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other
+ ** compilers might be similar. */
case 0: case 7:
return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
}else if( v<lhs ){
res = pPKey2->r2;
}else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
- /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing
+ /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing
** fields. */
res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
}else{
}
/*
-** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
-** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint
+** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint
** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
*/
static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
if( serial_type<12 ){
res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
- }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
+ }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
}else{
int nCmp;
/* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume
** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record
** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt()
- ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the
+ ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the
** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is
** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each
** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to
/* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less
** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
- ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
+ ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
*/
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur);
**
** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
+** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
/*
** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
/*
** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
-** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return
+** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return
** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
** constants) to the value before returning it.
**
if( pCtx->pVdbe==0 ) return 1;
#endif
if( pCtx->pVdbe->aOp[pCtx->iOp].opcode==OP_PureFunc ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"non-deterministic function in index expression or CHECK constraint",
-1);
return 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
/*
-** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated
+** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated
** with the memory cells in the p->aMem[] array. Also free the UnpackedRecord
** structure itself, using sqlite3DbFree().
**
}
}
- assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol
+ assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol
|| (pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol+1 && op==SQLITE_DELETE && iReg==-1)
);
return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask];
}
+/* Return true if a parameter to xUpdate represents an unchanged column */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_nochange(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return (pVal->flags&(MEM_Null|MEM_Zero))==(MEM_Null|MEM_Zero);
+}
+
/* Make a copy of an sqlite3_value object
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value *pOrig){
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value *pOld){
sqlite3ValueFree(pOld);
}
-
+
/**************************** sqlite3_result_ *******************************
** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
assert( n>=0 );
setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
sqlite3_uint64 n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
pOut->flags |= MEM_Subtype;
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const char *z,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const char *z,
int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const char *z,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const char *z,
sqlite3_uint64 n,
void (*xDel)(void *),
unsigned char enc
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode;
#endif
if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1,
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1,
SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
}
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1,
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1,
SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
}
/*
-** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It
+** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It
** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
*/
static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
**
** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
+** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the
** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
*/
** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning
** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
- ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility,
+ ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility,
** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
** definition.
**
** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
- ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE
+ ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE
** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a
** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
- ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the
+ ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the
** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
*/
db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
}
- assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0
+ assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0
|| (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0)
);
p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
end_of_step:
- /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be
- ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy
+ /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be
+ ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy
** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
- ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc
- ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize()
+ ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc
+ ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize()
** were called on statement p.
*/
- assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR
|| (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
);
assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp );
- if( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0
- && rc!=SQLITE_ROW
- && rc!=SQLITE_DONE
+ if( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0
+ && rc!=SQLITE_ROW
+ && rc!=SQLITE_DONE
){
- /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an
+ /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an
** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
- */
+ */
rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
}
return (rc&db->errMask);
int savedPc = v->pc;
rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
- ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
- ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
+ /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
+ ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
+ ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
- ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
+ ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
*/
- const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+ const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
return p->pOut->db;
}
+/*
+** If this routine is invoked from within an xColumn method of a virtual
+** table, then it returns true if and only if the the call is during an
+** UPDATE operation and the value of the column will not be modified
+** by the UPDATE.
+**
+** If this routine is called from any context other than within the
+** xColumn method of a virtual table, then the return value is meaningless
+** and arbitrary.
+**
+** Virtual table implements might use this routine to optimize their
+** performance by substituting a NULL result, or some other light-weight
+** value, as a signal to the xUpdate routine that the column is unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p );
+ return sqlite3_value_nochange(p->pOut);
+}
+
/*
** Return the current time for a statement. If the current time
** is requested more than once within the same run of a single prepared
** access code.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- int iArg,
- void *pAux,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ int iArg,
+ void *pAux,
void (*xDelete)(void*)
){
AuxData *pAuxData;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been
+** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been
** called.
**
** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is
** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */
- static const Mem nullMem
+ static const Mem nullMem
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
- __attribute__((aligned(8)))
+ __attribute__((aligned(8)))
#endif
= {
/* .u = */ {0},
}
/*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
**
const void *val;
val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
/* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
- ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
- ** expression.
+ ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
+ ** expression.
*/
columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
return val;
/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ ***************************
-**
+**
** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
*/
/*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
**
if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
"bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK);
- /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then
+ /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then
** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
**
** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
void (*xDel)(void*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- sqlite3_uint64 nData,
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ sqlite3_uint64 nData,
void (*xDel)(void*)
){
assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
}
return rc;
}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const char *zData,
- int nData,
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const char *zData,
+ int nData,
void (*xDel)(void*)
){
return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const char *zData,
- sqlite3_uint64 nData,
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const char *zData,
+ sqlite3_uint64 nData,
void (*xDel)(void*),
unsigned char enc
){
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
void (*xDel)(void*)
){
return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
/*
** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
** if successful, or a NULL pointer if an OOM error is encountered.
*/
static UnpackedRecord *vdbeUnpackRecord(
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,
- int nKey,
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,
+ int nKey,
const void *pKey
){
UnpackedRecord *pRet; /* Return value */
** only. It returns zero if the change that caused the callback was made
** immediately by a user SQL statement. Or, if the change was made by a
** trigger program, it returns the number of trigger programs currently
-** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a
+** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a
** top-level trigger etc.).
**
** For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a foreign key CASCADE, SET NULL
/*
** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the
-** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to
-** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1,
+** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to
+** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1,
** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
** to each line of text.
**
char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */
db = p->db;
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
while( *zRawSql ){
nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; }
}
-#endif
+#endif
sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z);
#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
if( nOut<pVar->n ){
static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){
if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){
M = iSrcLine;
- /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and
+ /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and
** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */
assert( (M & I)==I );
}else{
u8 eCurType /* Type of the new cursor */
){
/* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
- ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
+ ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
**
int nByte;
VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
- nByte =
- ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField +
+ nByte =
+ ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField +
(eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);
assert( iCur>=0 && iCur<p->nCursor );
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
+** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
** floating-point representation if an integer representation
** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is
** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
}else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
/* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
- ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if
+ ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if
** there is already a string rep, but it is pointless to waste those
** CPU cycles. */
if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
}
/*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
** not the internal Mem* type.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
- sqlite3_value *pVal,
- u8 affinity,
+ sqlite3_value *pVal,
+ u8 affinity,
u8 enc
){
applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
/*
** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
-** none.
+** none.
**
** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){
printf(" undefined");
}else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
- printf(" NULL");
+ printf(p->flags & MEM_Zero ? " NULL-nochng" : " NULL");
}else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i);
}else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-/*
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
** high-performance timing routines.
*/
/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
-
+
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
/*
** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
-** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
-**
+**
** Usage:
**
** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
/*
** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
-** This is the core of sqlite3_step().
+** This is the core of sqlite3_step().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, (int)(pOp - aOp), pOp);
}
#endif
-
+
/* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens
** if we have a special test build.
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
pOrigOp = pOp;
#endif
-
+
switch( pOp->opcode ){
/*****************************************************************************
/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * *
**
** An unconditional jump to address P2.
-** The next instruction executed will be
+** The next instruction executed will be
** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
** the program.
**
/* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
** OP_VNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
- ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked.
+ ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked.
**
** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this
}
}
#endif
-
+
break;
}
** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback
** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort,
** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
-** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
**
** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
**
sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
- /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program
+ /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program
** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
-** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
+** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time. During
** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
** as the P1 parameter.
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
/* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
}
-
+
/* Opcode: String P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)
**
/* Run the progress counter just before returning.
*/
if( db->xProgress!=0
- && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit
+ && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit
&& db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0
){
rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
- ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
+ /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
+ ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
**
** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]
**
** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in
-** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is
+** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in
+** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is
** NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]
**
-** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by
-** register P1 and store the result in register P3.
+** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by
+** register P1 and store the result in register P3.
** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2
-**
+**
** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
** The result is always an integer.
**
}
/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
-**
+**
** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value
** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1])
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2.
-**
+**
** <ul>
** <li> P2=='A' → BLOB
** <li> P2=='B' → TEXT
** store the result of comparison in register P2.
**
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause
** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values
** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
** the result of comparison (0 or 1 or NULL) into register P2.
**
** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
-** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
+** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
**
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause
** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values
** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
**
** This opcode must immediately follow an OP_Lt or OP_Gt comparison operator.
** If result of an OP_Eq comparison on the same two operands
-** would have be NULL or false (0), then then jump to P2.
+** would have be NULL or false (0), then then jump to P2.
** If the result of an OP_Eq comparison on the two previous operands
** would have been true (1), then fall through.
*/
** instruction. The permutation is stored in the P4 operand.
**
** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
-** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should
+** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should
** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
**
** The first integer in the P4 integer array is the length of the array
** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
**
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the
-** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is
+** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is
** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
*/
case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
break;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
+/* Opcode: Offset P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1)
+**
+** Store in register r[P3] the byte offset into the database file that is the
+** start of the payload for the record at which that cursor P1 is currently
+** pointing.
+**
+** P2 is the column number for the argument to the sqlite_offset() function.
+** This opcode does not use P2 itself, but the P2 value is used by the
+** code generator. The P1, P2, and P3 operands to this opcode are the
+** as as for OP_Column.
+**
+** This opcode is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
+** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC option.
+*/
+case OP_Offset: { /* out3 */
+ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ if( NEVER(pC==0) || pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_BTREE ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, sqlite3BtreeOffset(pC->uc.pCursor));
+ }
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC */
+
/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: r[P3]=PX
**
** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column
-** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
+** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
** values in the record, extract a NULL.
**
** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
p2 = pOp->p2;
/* If the cursor cache is stale (meaning it is not currently point at
- ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary
+ ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary
** B-Tree seek. */
rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(&pC, &p2);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
*/
if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
/* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
- ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field
+ ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field
*/
if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
/* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
}else{
zData = pC->aRow;
}
-
+
/* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
op_column_read_header:
i = pC->nHdrParsed;
** 2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and
** 3. if the content length is zero.
** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading
- ** content from disk.
+ ** content from disk.
**
** Although sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() may read at most 8 bytes from the
** buffer passed to it, debugging function VdbeMemPrettyPrint() may
** like this:
**
** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
+ ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1
** and so forth.
**
- ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
+ ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
** of the record to data0.
pRec = pLast;
do{
assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
- pRec->uTemp = serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format, &len);
+ serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format, &len);
if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- if( nData ){
+ if( serial_type==0 ){
+ /* Values with MEM_Null and MEM_Zero are created by xColumn virtual
+ ** table methods that never invoke sqlite3_result_xxxxx() while
+ ** computing an unchanging column value in an UPDATE statement.
+ ** Give such values a special internal-use-only serial-type of 10
+ ** so that they can be passed through to xUpdate and have
+ ** a true sqlite3_value_nochange(). */
+ assert( pOp->p5==OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC || CORRUPT_DB );
+ serial_type = 10;
+ }else if( nData ){
if( sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec) ) goto no_mem;
}else{
nZero += pRec->u.nZero;
testcase( serial_type==127 );
testcase( serial_type==128 );
nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+ pRec->uTemp = serial_type;
if( pRec==pData0 ) break;
pRec--;
}while(1);
goto too_big;
}
- /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
+ /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used).
/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
**
-** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index
+** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index
** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
zName = pOp->p4.z;
/* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
- ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
+ ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
*/
assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
- /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
+ /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
*/
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot open savepoint - SQL statements in progress");
if( pNew ){
pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
-
+
/* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
** "transaction savepoint". */
if( db->autoCommit ){
/* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
** an error is returned to the user. */
for(
- pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
+ pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName);
pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext
){
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
- /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
+ /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
** active write statements.
*/
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot release savepoint - "
}else{
/* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
- ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
- ** is committed.
+ ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
+ ** is committed.
*/
int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange;
}
}
-
- /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
+
+ /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){
pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
db->nSavepoint--;
}
- /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on
- ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred
+ /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on
+ ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred
** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
** when the savepoint was created. */
if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
db->autoCommit = 1;
}else if( desiredAutoCommit && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
/* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
- ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
+ ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
*/
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot commit transaction - "
"SQL statements in progress");
(!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
(iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
"cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
-
+
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
**
** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already
** active.
-** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a
** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction.
** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started.
**
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal
- && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1)
+ if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal
+ && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1)
){
assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
if( p->iStatement==0 ){
assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
- db->nStatement++;
+ db->nStatement++;
p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
}
if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
- /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
+ /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
** not reload the schema from the database file.
**
** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
- ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
+ ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
** a v-table method.
*/
if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
**
** Write the integer value P3 into cookie number P2 of database P1.
** P2==1 is the schema version. P2==2 is the database format.
-** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache
-** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the
+** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache
+** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the
** database file used to store temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
-** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
-** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
+** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
+** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1
** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
**
** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
-** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
-** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
**
** See also: OpenWrite, ReopenIdx
** root page.
**
** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
-** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
-** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
**
/* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of
** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
- ** since moved into the btree layer. */
+ ** since moved into the btree layer. */
pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
open_cursor_set_hints:
** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
-** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
+** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral
** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
** indices in joins.
*/
-case OP_OpenAutoindex:
+case OP_OpenAutoindex:
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
VdbeCursor *pCx;
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- static const int vfsFlags =
+ static const int vfsFlags =
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
pCx->nullRow = 1;
pCx->isEphemeral = 1;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx,
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx,
BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBtx, 1);
if( (pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){
int pgno;
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory
-** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the
+** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the
** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
-** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
+** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
-** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
+** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
-/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
-** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
+** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
-** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
+** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
}
- }
+ }
rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
pC->movetoTarget = iKey; /* Used by OP_Delete */
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
-**
+**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1
+** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1
** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
** matching entry.
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
-**
+**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the
** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
**
** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
** keys). If register P3 does not contain an integer or if P1 does not
-** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.
+** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.
** Or, if P2 is 0, raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain
-** a record with rowid P3 then
+** a record with rowid P3 then
** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
** instruction.
**
** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with
** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. Or, if P2 is 0, raise an
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then
** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
** instruction.
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
** Write the sequence number into register P2.
** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
-** instruction.
+** instruction.
*/
case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written
** written to register P2.
**
-** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds
+** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds
** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
-** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum,
+** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum,
** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to
** the update hook.
**
-** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is
-** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked
+** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is
+** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked
** following a successful insert.
**
** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
*/
-case OP_Insert:
+case OP_Insert:
case OP_InsertInt: {
Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */
int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */
Table *pTab; /* Table structure - used by update and pre-update hooks */
- int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
BtreePayload x; /* Payload to be inserted */
- op = 0;
pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
assert( memIsValid(pData) );
zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zDbSName;
pTab = pOp->p4.pTab;
assert( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP) || HasRowid(pTab) );
- op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
}else{
- pTab = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a compiler warning. */
+ pTab = 0;
zDb = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a compiler warning. */
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
/* Invoke the pre-update hook, if any */
- if( db->xPreUpdateCallback
- && pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE
- && !(pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE)
- ){
- sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, SQLITE_INSERT, zDb, pTab, x.nKey, pOp->p2);
+ if( pTab ){
+ if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && !(pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ){
+ sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, SQLITE_INSERT, zDb, pTab, x.nKey,pOp->p2);
+ }
+ if( db->xUpdateCallback==0 || pTab->aCol==0 ){
+ /* Prevent post-update hook from running in cases when it should not */
+ pTab = 0;
+ }
}
if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break;
#endif
/* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- if( db->xUpdateCallback && op ){
- db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, pTab->zName, x.nKey);
+ if( pTab ){
+ assert( db->xUpdateCallback!=0 );
+ assert( pTab->aCol!=0 );
+ db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg,
+ (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT,
+ zDb, pTab->zName, x.nKey);
}
break;
}
** the cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. As a result, in this case
-** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If
+** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If
** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of P5 is clear, then the cursor will be
** left in an undefined state.
**
** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with
** multiple rows.
**
-** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either
+** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either
** the update or pre-update hook, or both, may be invoked. The P1 cursor must
-** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in
-** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is
-** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured,
+** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in
+** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is
+** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured,
** P4 is not NULL, and the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag is set in P2.
**
** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set in P2, then P3 contains the address
/* If the update-hook or pre-update-hook will be invoked, set zDb to
** the name of the db to pass as to it. Also set local pTab to a copy
** of p4.pTab. Finally, if p5 is true, indicating that this cursor was
- ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set
+ ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set
** VdbeCursor.movetoTarget to the current rowid. */
if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){
assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
/* Invoke the pre-update-hook if required. */
if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab ){
- assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE)
- || HasRowid(pTab)==0
- || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int)
+ assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE)
+ || HasRowid(pTab)==0
+ || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int)
);
sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC,
- (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE,
+ (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE,
zDb, pTab, pC->movetoTarget,
pOp->p3
);
}
if( opflags & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break;
#endif
-
- /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */
+
+ /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */
assert( (pOp->p5 & ~(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION|OPFLAG_AUXDELETE))==0 );
assert( OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION==BTREE_SAVEPOSITION );
assert( OPFLAG_AUXDELETE==BTREE_AUXDELETE );
** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
**
** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
-** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that
+** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that
** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields
** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared.
**
/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at
+** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at
** which cursor P1 is currently pointing.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.
-** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
+** There is no interpretation of the data.
+** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
** it is found in the database file.
**
** If cursor P1 is an index, then the content is the key of the row.
*/
/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
}
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2.
-** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following
+** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following
** instruction.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1. However,
** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior
** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equivalent
-** to P2.
+** to P2.
**
** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3;
x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x,
- (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)),
+ (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)),
((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
);
assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]
**
** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
-** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
+** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
** index opened by cursor P1.
*/
case OP_IdxDelete: {
**
** P4 may be an array of integers (type P4_INTARRAY) containing
** one entry for each column in the P3 table. If array entry a(i)
-** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is
-** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i
+** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is
+** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i
** from P1. This information is stored in P3 and used to redirect
** reads against P3 over to P1, thus possibly avoiding the need to
** seek and read cursor P3.
/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
** fields at the end.
**
** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
** fields at the end.
**
** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value
/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against
** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
** ROWID on the P1 index.
/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against
** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
** ROWID on the P1 index.
** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former
** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
** is stored in register P2. If no page movement was required (because the
-** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a
-** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero
+** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a
+** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero
** is stored in register P2.
**
** This opcode throws an error if there are any active reader VMs when
-** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with
-** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM
-** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM
-** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum
+** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with
+** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM
+** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM
+** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum
** and non-autovacuum modes.
**
** See also: Clear
** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
-** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change
-** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change
+** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
**
*/
case OP_Clear: {
int nChange;
-
+
nChange = 0;
assert( p->readOnly==0 );
assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) );
*/
case OP_ResetSorter: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
-
+
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
**
** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
-** that match the WHERE clause P4.
+** that match the WHERE clause P4.
**
** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
InitData initData;
/* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
- ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking
+ ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking
** sqlite3InitCallback().
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
}
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- break;
+ break;
}
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- break;
+ break;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table
-** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
** the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger
-** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
** the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
**
** The register P3 contains one less than the maximum number of allowed errors.
** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
-** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
+** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
**
** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integers
i64 val;
pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
|| sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
){
/* The boolean index is empty */
/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM).
+** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM).
**
-** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory
-** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2
-** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE
-** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address
-** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the
+** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory
+** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2
+** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE
+** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address
+** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the
** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
**
** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
assert( pProgram->nOp>0 );
-
- /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
+
+ /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
- **
- ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is
- ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one
- ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different
+ **
+ ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is
+ ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one
+ ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different
** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
- ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
+ ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
** variable. */
if( pOp->p5 ){
t = pProgram->token;
/* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
- ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt
+ ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt
** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */
if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
- /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
+ /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
}
}else{
pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame;
- assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem
+ assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem
|| (pProgram->nCsr==0 && pProgram->nMem+1==pFrame->nChildMem) );
assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc );
/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
**
-** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the
-** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory
-** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames
-** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.*
+** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the
+** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory
+** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames
+** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.*
** and old.* values.
**
** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
Mem *pIn;
pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
pFrame = p->pFrame;
- pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];
+ pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];
sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
break;
}
** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2
**
** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
-** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented
-** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the
+** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented
+** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the
** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
*/
case OP_FkCounter: {
** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2
**
** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
-** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next
+** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next
** instruction.
**
** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
**
** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
-** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of
+** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of
** its current value and the value in register P2.
**
** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
** and r[P2] is set to be the value of the LIMIT, r[P1].
**
** if r[P1] is zero or negative, that means there is no LIMIT
-** and r[P2] is set to -1.
+** and r[P2] is set to -1.
**
** Otherwise, r[P2] is set to the sum of r[P1] and r[P3].
*/
**
** Register P1 must contain an integer. If the content of register P1 is
** initially greater than zero, then decrement the value in register P1.
-** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2.
+** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2.
** If register P1 is initially zero, leave it unchanged and fall through.
*/
case OP_IfNotZero: { /* jump, in1 */
}
for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){
sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]);
- }
+ }
break;
-};
+};
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
eNew = pOp->p3;
- assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
- || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
|| eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1);
/* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
- ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory
+ ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory
*/
if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
&& (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */
);
goto abort_due_to_error;
}else{
-
+
if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
/* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
- ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log
- ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file
- ** after a successful return.
+ ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log
+ ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file
+ ** after a successful return.
*/
rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager, db);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
** as an intermediate */
sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
}
-
+
/* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
*/
** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically
** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2())
** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA.
-**
+**
** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
** then only the currently executing statement is expired.
*/
** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3
**
** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
-** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
+** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
**
** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
case OP_TableLock: {
u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) ){
- int p1 = pOp->p1;
+ int p1 = pOp->p1;
assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) );
assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
**
-** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
+** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
** xBegin method for that table.
**
** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VCreate P1 P2 * * *
**
-** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database
+** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database
** P1. Call the xCreate method for that table.
*/
case OP_VCreate: {
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * P5
** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
**
-** Store the value of the P2-th column of
-** the row of the virtual-table that the
-** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
+** Store in register P3 the value of the P2-th column of
+** the current row of the virtual-table of cursor P1.
+**
+** If the VColumn opcode is being used to fetch the value of
+** an unchanging column during an UPDATE operation, then the P5
+** value is 1. Otherwise, P5 is 0. The P5 value is returned
+** by sqlite3_vtab_nochange() routine can can be used
+** by virtual table implementations to return special "no-change"
+** marks which can be more efficient, depending on the virtual table.
*/
case OP_VColumn: {
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
assert( pModule->xColumn );
memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
sContext.pOut = pDest;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
+ if( pOp->p5 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+ pDest->flags = MEM_Null|MEM_Zero;
+ pDest->u.nZero = 0;
+ }else{
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
+ }
rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->uc.pVCur, &sContext, pOp->p2);
sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
if( sContext.isError ){
/* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
- ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
+ ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
*/
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
-** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
-** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
+** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
+** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
**
** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
-** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no
-** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
-** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
-** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are
+** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no
+** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
+** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
+** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are
** the values of columns in the new row.
**
** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of
** a row to delete.
**
** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
-** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
+** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
**
** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to
Mem **apArg;
Mem *pX;
- assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback
+ assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback
|| pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
);
assert( p->readOnly==0 );
** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3.
** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
** from register P2 and successors. The result of the function is stored
** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
break;
}
-
+/* Opcode: Trace P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Write P4 on the statement trace output if statement tracing is
+** enabled.
+**
+** Operand P1 must be 0x7fffffff and P2 must positive.
+*/
/* Opcode: Init P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: Start at P2
**
** If P3 is not zero, then it is an address to jump to if an SQLITE_CORRUPT
** error is encountered.
*/
+case OP_Trace:
case OP_Init: { /* jump */
char *zTrace;
int i;
** sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) otherwise.
*/
assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || strncmp(pOp->p4.z, "-" "- ", 3)==0 );
- assert( pOp==p->aOp ); /* Always instruction 0 */
+
+ /* OP_Init is always instruction 0 */
+ assert( pOp==p->aOp || pOp->opcode==OP_Trace );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
if( (db->mTrace & (SQLITE_TRACE_STMT|SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY))!=0
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
assert( pOp->p2>0 );
if( pOp->p1>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.iOnceResetThreshold ){
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace ) break;
for(i=1; i<p->nOp; i++){
if( p->aOp[i].opcode==OP_Once ) p->aOp[i].p1 = 0;
}
p->rc = rc;
sqlite3SystemError(db, rc);
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s",
+ sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s",
(int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
testcase( nVmStep>0 );
p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep;
sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0
- || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0
+ || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0
);
return rc;
** sqlite3DbFree().
**
** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will
+** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will
** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */
Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
- /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow.
+ /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow.
** This is done directly as a performance optimization
*/
v->aMem[1].flags = MEM_Int;
}
/* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
- ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key.
+ ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key.
*/
if( wrFlag ){
const char *zFault = 0;
if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
/* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
- ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this
+ ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this
** case. */
FKey *pFKey;
for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(&sParse);
assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
if( pBlob->pStmt ){
-
- /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
+
+ /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
**
** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
- ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
+ ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
** blob_bytes() functions.
**
** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
- ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
+ ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
** transaction.
*/
static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
VdbeOp *aOp;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag,
pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn);
/* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
assert( aOp!=0 );
if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
#endif
- /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
+ /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */
if( wrFlag ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite;
aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum;
- aOp[1].p3 = iDb;
+ aOp[1].p3 = iDb;
/* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
** think that the table has one more column than it really
** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
- ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
+ ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
** and offset cache without causing any IO.
*/
aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32;
sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, &sParse);
}
}
-
+
pBlob->iCol = iCol;
pBlob->db = db;
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
*/
static int blobReadWrite(
- sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
- void *z,
- int n,
- int iOffset,
+ sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
+ void *z,
+ int n,
+ int iOffset,
int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
){
int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
if( xCall==sqlite3BtreePutData && db->xPreUpdateCallback ){
- /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor,
- ** invoke it here.
- **
+ /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor,
+ ** invoke it here.
+ **
** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this
** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably
- ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values
- ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an
- ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the
+ ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values
+ ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an
+ ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the
** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually
** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column
** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module
**
** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
-** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all
-** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close())
+** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all
+** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close())
** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
** is like Close() followed by Init() only
** much faster.
**
-** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can
+** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can
** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind(). Next(), Rowkey(), and
** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e.
**
** for each record: Write()
** Rewind()
** Rowkey()/Compare()
-** Next()
+** Next()
** Close()
**
** Algorithm:
**
-** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held
+** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held
** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds
** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using
** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required
-** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records
+** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records
** directly from main memory.
**
** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the
** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example
** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA.
**
-** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing
+** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing
** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the
-** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to
-** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by
+** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to
+** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by
** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes.
**
** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated
** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling
** "PRAGMA threads=N" with some value of N greater than 0.
**
-** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a
+** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a
** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted
** PMAs within temporary files on disk.
**
**
** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is
** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has
-** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread
+** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread
** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds
** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on.
**
-** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used
+** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used
** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA.
**
-** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when
-** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used.
-** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on
+** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when
+** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used.
+** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on
** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and
** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT
** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality.
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
-/*
+/*
** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various
** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance
** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode.
typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger; /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */
/*
-** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data
+** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data
** stored in the file.
*/
struct SorterFile {
** the MergeEngine.nTree variable.
**
** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
-** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of
+** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of
** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
-** aTree element is set to the index of it.
+** aTree element is set to the index of it.
**
** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
**
-** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described
+** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described
** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders
-** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that
+** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that
** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
**
** Example:
**
** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 }
**
-** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by
+** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by
** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will
** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
** "Eggplant":
** each thread requries its own UnpackedRecord object to unpack records in
** as part of comparison operations.
**
-** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then,
-** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for
+** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then,
+** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for
** two purposes:
**
** 1. When flushing the contents of memory to a level-0 PMA on disk, to
/*
-** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each
+** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each
** sorter cursor created by the VDBE.
**
** mxKeysize:
};
/*
-** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored
+** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored
** within a temp file. However, if the PmaReader.pIncr variable points to
** an object of the following type, it may be used to iterate/merge through
** multiple PMAs simultaneously.
**
-** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and
-** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1).
+** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and
+** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1).
**
-** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0]
-** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in
-** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from
-** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the
-** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off
-** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of
-** sorted record data from pMerger.
+** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0]
+** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in
+** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from
+** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the
+** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off
+** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of
+** sorted record data from pMerger.
**
** When the PmaReader reaches the end of aFile[0], it blocks until the
** background thread has finished populating aFile[1]. It then exchanges
**
** A single-threaded IncrMerger does not open any temporary files of its
** own. Instead, it has exclusive access to mxSz bytes of space beginning
-** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a
+** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a
** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single
** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with
** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out
assert( p->aBuffer );
- /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next
+ /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next
** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less
** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */
iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf;
+ nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf;
if( nByte<=nAvail ){
/* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this
- ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a
+ ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a
** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */
*ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf];
p->iReadOff += nByte;
/*
** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the
-** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted
+** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted
** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use
** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL.
**
/*
** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
-** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK
+** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK
** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
*/
static int vdbePmaReaderSeek(
/*
** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
-** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function
-** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the
+** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function
+** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the
** PMA is empty).
**
-** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file
+** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file
** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint.
*/
static int vdbePmaReaderInit(
/*
** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been
-** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of
+** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of
** key2.
*/
static int vdbeSorterCompareTail(
}
/*
-** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2,
+** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2,
** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences
** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison.
**
** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField
** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX
** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in
-** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part
+** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part
** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never
** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small
** performance boost.
}
}
- if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13
+ if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13
&& (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl)
){
pSorter->typeMask = SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER | SORTER_TYPE_TEXT;
}
/*
-** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All
+** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All
** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning.
*/
static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){
}
/*
-** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create
+** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create
** level-0 PMAs.
*/
static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){
/* This function is always called by the main user thread.
**
- ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called,
+ ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called,
** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread
** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race
- ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join
+ ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join
** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */
for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){
SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
}
/*
-** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord
-** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or
+** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord
+** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or
** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise.
*/
static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){
if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){
return vdbeSorterCompareInt;
}else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){
- return vdbeSorterCompareText;
+ return vdbeSorterCompareText;
}
return vdbeSorterCompare;
}
/*
-** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if
+** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if
** an error occurs.
*/
static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
pList->pList = p;
sqlite3_free(aSlot);
- assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK
- || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM
+ assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK
+ || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode;
}
memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy);
p->iBufEnd += nCopy;
if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){
- p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
- &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
+ p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
+ &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
);
p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0;
/*
** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object.
** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not
+** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not
** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
**
** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the
static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){
int rc;
if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){
- p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
- &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
+ p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
+ &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
);
}
}
/*
-** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return
+** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return
** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
*/
static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){
- int nByte;
+ int nByte;
u8 aByte[10];
nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal);
vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte);
/*
** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0
-** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if
+** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if
** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
**
** The format of a PMA is:
** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
** in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
**
-** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys.
-** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the
+** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys.
+** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the
** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
*/
static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
PmaWriter writer; /* Object used to write to the file */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA.
+ /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA.
** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function. */
i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof;
#endif
SortSubtask *pTask = 0; /* Thread context used to create new PMA */
int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1);
- /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written.
+ /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written.
** Or will be, anyhow. */
pSorter->bUsePMA = 1;
** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running,
** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy,
** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1)
- ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final
+ ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final
** sub-task uses the main thread. */
for(i=0; i<nWorker; i++){
int iTest = (pSorter->iPrev + i + 1) % nWorker;
** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then
** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is
** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory.
- **
+ **
** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents
** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true:
**
- ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
+ ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
** than (page-size * cache-size), or
**
- ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
+ ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true.
*/
nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord);
** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the
** beginning.
**
-** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading
-** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0].
+** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading
+** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0].
**
-** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the
-** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap
+** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the
+** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap
** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not
** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread
** to populate the new aFile[1].
#define INCRINIT_TASK 1
#define INCRINIT_ROOT 2
-/*
+/*
** Forward reference required as the vdbeIncrMergeInit() and
** vdbePmaReaderIncrInit() routines are called mutually recursively when
** building a merge tree.
/*
** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this
-** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the
+** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the
** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion.
**
** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge
** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at
** its first key.
**
-** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use
-** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data
+** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use
+** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data
** to pMerger.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
** object at (pReadr->pIncr).
**
** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders
-** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then
-** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to
+** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then
+** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to
** the first key in its range.
**
** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed
** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a
-** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are
+** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are
** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to
** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point
** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do
-** that.
+** that.
**
-** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately
+** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately
** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has
** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since
** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){
/* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this
** PmaReader is multi-threaded. If this is an INCRINIT_TASK object,
- ** then this function is already running in background thread
- ** pIncr->pTask->thread.
+ ** then this function is already running in background thread
+ ** pIncr->pTask->thread.
**
- ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the
+ ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the
** main VDBE thread. But that is Ok, as that thread cannot return
- ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the
+ ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the
** first results are ready from this merger object anyway.
*/
assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK );
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
/*
-** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in
+** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in
** background threads.
*/
static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){
** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it invokes
** the vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() function with the parameters passed to
** this routine to initialize the incremental merge.
-**
-** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1),
+**
+** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1),
** then a background thread is launched to call vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit().
** Or, if the IncrMerger is single threaded, the same function is called
** using the current thread.
** to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
**
** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the
-** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is
+** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is
** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last
** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of
** *piOffset is undefined.
/*
** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter
** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp
-** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that
+** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that
** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the
** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an
-** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value
** of *ppOut is undefined.
*/
static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(
int iTask;
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
- /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level
- ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly
+ /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level
+ ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly
** one PmaReader per sub-task. */
assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 );
if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){
}
for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){
/* Check that:
- **
+ **
** a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the
** right task, and
** b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run
return rc;
}
- /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite()
+ /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite()
** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always
** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards.
** So the list is never empty at this point. */
vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind");
- /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to
+ /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to
** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs. */
assert( pSorter->pReader==0 );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the
+** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the
** current key.
*/
static void *vdbeSorterRowkey(
assert( p->readpoint.iOffset==0 || p->readpoint.pChunk!=0 );
if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
- for(pChunk=p->pFirst;
+ for(pChunk=p->pFirst;
ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+p->nChunkSize)<=iOfst;
pChunk=pChunk->pNext
){
for(pIter=p->pFirst; pIter; pIter=pNext){
pNext = pIter->pNext;
sqlite3_free(pIter);
- }
+ }
p->pFirst = 0;
}
** access writes are not required. The only exception to this is when
** the in-memory journal is being used by a connection using the
** atomic-write optimization. In this case the first 28 bytes of the
- ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */
+ ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */
assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset || iOfst==0 );
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
|| defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
**
** If the journal file is already on disk, truncate it there. Or, if it
** is still in main memory but is being truncated to zero bytes in size,
-** ignore
+** ignore
*/
static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
/*
** Sync the file.
**
-** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise,
-** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.
+** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise,
+** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.
*/
static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(pJfd, flags);
0 /* xUnfetch */
};
-/*
-** Open a journal file.
+/*
+** Open a journal file.
**
-** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter
-** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and
+** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter
+** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and
** accessed using the underlying VFS. If nSpill is less than zero, then
** all content is always stored in main-memory. Finally, if nSpill is a
** positive value, then the journal file is initially created in-memory
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
|| defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
/*
-** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an
+** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an
** in-memory-only journal file (i.e. is one that was opened with a +ve
-** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying
+** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying
** file has not yet been created, create it now.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
return p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
*/
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
return WRC_Continue;
}
** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select
** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
-** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return
+** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return
** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
pSrc = p->pSrc;
- if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
- for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- if( pItem->pSelect && sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
- if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
- && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
- ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
+ assert( pSrc!=0 );
+ for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ if( pItem->pSelect && sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
+ && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
+ ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
}
}
return WRC_Continue;
-}
+}
/*
** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
-** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
+** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
**
** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before
** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2()
}
ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Alias);
- /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This
+ /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This
** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the
/*
** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes
** are made to pExpr:
**
for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
/* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match
- ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a
+ ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a
** USING clause, then skip this match.
*/
if( cnt==1 ){
} /* if( pSrcList ) */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
+ /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
*/
if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
pTab = 0;
}
- if( pTab ){
+ if( pTab ){
int iCol;
pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
cntTab++;
assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
goto lookupname_end;
}
- }
+ }
}
/* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
pItem = pSrcList->a;
+ assert( HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && pItem->pTab->pSelect==0 );
pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID
**
** The TK_ID and TK_OUT cases are combined so that there will only
- ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line
+ ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line
** lookupName() for a size reduction and performance increase.
*/
case TK_ID:
** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */
/* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625. likely() is 0.9375 */
pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120;
- }
+ }
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
{
pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
}
/* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
- ** type of the function
+ ** type of the function
*/
return WRC_Prune;
}
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN );
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
}
- break;
+ break;
}
}
return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */
){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
"between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
}
ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */
Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
-
+
assert( p!=0 );
if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
*/
memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
sNC.pParse = pParse;
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
- sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ){
return WRC_Abort;
}
pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
p->pOrderBy = 0;
}
-
+
/* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
*/
for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
pItem->fg.isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
}
}
-
+
/* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
** resolve the result-set expression list.
*/
sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
-
+
/* Resolve names in the result set. */
if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
-
- /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY
+
+ /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY
** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
*/
assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
}else{
sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
}
-
+
/* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
*/
if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
return WRC_Abort;
}
-
+
/* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the
** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
- && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
+ && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
){
return WRC_Abort;
}
}
/* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
- ** outer queries
+ ** outer queries
*/
sNC.pNext = 0;
sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
- /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from
+ /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from
** the sub-query back to the parent query. At this point each term
** within the ORDER BY clause has been transformed to an integer value.
** These integers will be replaced by copies of the corresponding result
if( db->mallocFailed ){
return WRC_Abort;
}
-
- /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure
+
+ /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure
** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
*/
if( pGroupBy ){
struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-
+
if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
return WRC_Abort;
}
** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
** are seen.
**
-** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the
+** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the
** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
**
** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or
**
** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
**
-** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is
+** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is
** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number
** if errors is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(
NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */
){
** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression
** list rather than a single expression.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(
NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be analyzed. */
){
** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
-** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the
** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
** indicating no affinity for the expression.
**
assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
}
- }
+ }
return pExpr;
}
break;
}
}
- if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+ if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
pColl = 0;
}
return pColl;
** it is not considered.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
- Parse *pParse,
- Expr *pLeft,
+ Parse *pParse,
+ Expr *pLeft,
Expr *pRight
){
CollSeq *pColl;
}
/*
-** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR
+** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR
** return the number of expressions in the vector. Or, if the expression
** is a sub-select, return the number of columns in the sub-select. For
** any other type of expression, return 1.
** sqlite3ExprCode() will generate all necessary code to compute
** the iField-th column of the vector expression pVector.
**
-** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0).
+** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0).
** In that case, this routine works like sqlite3ExprDup().
**
** The caller owns the returned Expr object and is responsible for
/*
** If expression pExpr is of type TK_SELECT, generate code to evaluate
-** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the
+** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the
** sub-select returns more than one column, the first in an array
** of registers in which the result is stored).
**
** the register number of a register that contains the value of
** element iField of the vector.
**
-** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have
+** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have
** already been generated using the exprCodeSubselect() routine. In this
** case parameter regSelect should be the first in an array of registers
-** containing the results of the sub-select.
+** containing the results of the sub-select.
**
** If pVector is of type TK_VECTOR, then code for the requested field
** is generated. In this case (*pRegFree) may be set to the number of
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
return;
}
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE
- || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT
- || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT
- || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE
+ || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT
+ || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT
+ || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE
);
assert( pExpr->op==op || (pExpr->op==TK_IS && op==TK_EQ)
|| (pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT && op==TK_NE) );
for(i=0; 1 /*Loop exits by "break"*/; i++){
int regFree1 = 0, regFree2 = 0;
- Expr *pL, *pR;
+ Expr *pL, *pR;
int r1, r2;
assert( i>=0 && i<nLeft );
if( i>0 ) sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
}
}
-static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
- if( p ){
+static void heightOfSelect(Select *pSelect, int *pnHeight){
+ Select *p;
+ for(p=pSelect; p; p=p->pPrior){
heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
- heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
- heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
}
}
/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an
-** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an
+** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or
** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
-** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other
+** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other
** referenced Expr plus one.
**
** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags,
** leave an error in pParse.
**
** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
-** Expr.flags.
+** Expr.flags.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
if( pParse->nErr ) return;
#else /* ABOVE: Height enforcement enabled. BELOW: Height enforcement off */
/*
** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
-** Expr.flags.
+** Expr.flags.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
}
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
pNew->nHeight = 1;
-#endif
+#endif
}
return pNew;
}
return 0;
}
pNew->x.pList = pList;
+ ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_HasFunc);
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pNew);
return pNew;
/*
** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
-** in the original SQL statement.
+** in the original SQL statement.
**
** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
** variable number.
}
/*
-** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure
+** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure
** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
*/
** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in
** how much of the tree is measured.
**
-** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure
+** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure
** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token
** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components
**
***************************************************************************
**
-** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:
-** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and
+** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:
+** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and
** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
** The return values is always one of:
**
nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
}else{
assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) );
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) );
assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) );
assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) );
if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){
}
/*
-** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy
+** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy
** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
** string is defined.)
*/
}
/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the
+** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the
** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
**
** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
**
-** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes
-** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft
-** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes
+** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft
+** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or
** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
*/
static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
}
/*
-** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer
-** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough
+** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer
+** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough
** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the
}else{
u32 nSize = (u32)exprStructSize(p);
memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
- if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){
+ if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){
memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
}
}
}
/*
-** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second
+** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second
** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned
** and the db->mallocFailed flag set.
*/
** without effecting the originals.
**
** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
-** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded
** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
**
** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
Expr *pNewExpr;
pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
- if( pOldExpr
+ if( pOldExpr
&& pOldExpr->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN
- && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0
+ && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0
){
assert( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 || i>0 );
if( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 ){
/*
** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
-** the build, then none of the following routines, except for
+** the build, then none of the following routines, except for
** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
** called with a NULL argument.
*/
}
pNewItem->pIBIndex = pOldItem->pIBIndex;
if( pNewItem->fg.isTabFunc ){
- pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg =
+ pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg =
sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOldItem->u1.pFuncArg, flags);
}
pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
pNew->pNext = pNext;
pNew->pPrior = 0;
pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
- pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
pNew->iLimit = 0;
pNew->iOffset = 0;
pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
pList->nExpr = 0;
}else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){
ExprList *pNew;
- pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList,
+ pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList,
sizeof(*pList)+(2*pList->nExpr - 1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
if( pNew==0 ){
goto no_mem;
pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
return pList;
-no_mem:
+no_mem:
/* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
if( NEVER(pColumns==0) ) goto vector_append_error;
if( pExpr==0 ) goto vector_append_error;
- /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that
- ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT,
+ /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that
+ ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT,
** wildcards ("*") in the result set of the SELECT must be expanded before
** we can do the size check, so defer the size check until code generation.
*/
Expr *pFirst = pList->a[iFirst].pExpr;
assert( pFirst!=0 );
assert( pFirst->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN );
-
+
/* Store the SELECT statement in pRight so it will be deleted when
** sqlite3ExprListDelete() is called */
pFirst->pRight = pExpr;
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */
- ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */
+ const char *zStart, /* Start of the span */
+ const char *zEnd /* End of the span */
){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
if( pList ){
struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
- assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
- pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
- (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+ pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd);
}
}
** in a CREATE TABLE statement. The Walker.eCode value is 5 when parsing
** an existing schema and 4 when processing a new statement. A bound
** parameter raises an error for new statements, but is silently converted
-** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that
+** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that
** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions
** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a
** malformed schema error.
/*
** Walk the expression tree passed as the first argument. Return non-zero
-** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms
+** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms
** in pGroupBy that sort with the BINARY collation sequence.
**
** This routine is used to determine if a term of the HAVING clause can
** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
**
** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
-** to tell return TRUE.
+** to tell return TRUE.
**
** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive
}
/*
-** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement
+** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement
** that can be simplified to a direct table access, then return
** a pointer to the SELECT statement. If pX is not a SELECT statement,
** or if the SELECT statement needs to be manifested into a transient
}
assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */
- assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */
pSrc = p->pSrc;
assert( pSrc!=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the
+** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the
** right-hand side. Return TRUE if that list is constant.
*/
static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){
** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an
** existing table.
**
-** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits
-** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP. If inFlags contains
-** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a
-** fast membership test. When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the
-** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the
-** IN operator.
+** The inFlags parameter must contain, at a minimum, one of the bits
+** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP but not both. If inFlags contains
+** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a fast
+** membership test. When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the IN index will
+** be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the IN operator.
**
** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate
** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates.
-** An epheremal table must be used unless the selected columns are guaranteed
+** An epheremal table will be created unless the selected columns are guaranteed
** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or due to
** a UNIQUE constraint or index.
**
-** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used
-** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must
-** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an
+** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used
+** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must
+** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an
** index can be found with the specified <columns> as its left-most.
**
** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and
**
** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator
-** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and
+** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and
** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;
- /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters
+ /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters
** whether or not the SELECT result contains NULL values, check whether
- ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due
+ ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due
** to NOT NULL constraints in the schema). If no NULL values are possible,
** set prRhsHasNull to 0 before continuing. */
if( prRhsHasNull && (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){
}
/* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
- ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new
+ ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new
** ephemeral table. */
if( pParse->nErr==0 && (p = isCandidateForInOpt(pX))!=0 ){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
int affinity_ok = 1;
int i;
- /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each
+ /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each
** comparison is the same as the affinity of each column in table
** on the RHS of the IN operator. If it not, it is not possible to
** use any index of the RHS table. */
continue; /* This index is not unique over the IN RHS columns */
}
}
-
+
colUsed = 0; /* Columns of index used so far */
for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
Expr *pLhs = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pX->pLeft, i);
Expr *pRhs = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs);
int j;
-
+
assert( pReq!=0 || pRhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID || pParse->nErr );
for(j=0; j<nExpr; j++){
if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=pRhs->iColumn ) continue;
colUsed |= mCol;
if( aiMap ) aiMap[i] = j;
}
-
+
assert( i==nExpr || colUsed!=(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) );
if( colUsed==(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ){
/* If we reach this point, that means the index pIdx is usable */
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];
-
+
if( prRhsHasNull ){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
i64 mask = (1<<nExpr)-1;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed,
iTab, 0, 0, (u8*)&mask, P4_INT64);
#endif
*prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This
-** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing
+** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This
+** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing
** the affinities to be used for each column of the comparison.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the returned
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error
+** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error
** message of the form:
**
** "sub-select returns N columns - expected M"
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpect){
const char *zFmt = "sub-select returns %d columns - expected %d";
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zFmt, nActual, nExpect);
/*
** Expression pExpr is a vector that has been used in a context where
-** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine
+** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine
** loads the Parse object with a message of the form:
**
** "sub-select returns N columns - expected 1"
** Or, if it is a regular scalar vector:
**
** "row value misused"
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
if( pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){
Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Key information */
int nVal; /* Size of vector pLeft */
-
+
nVal = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft);
assert( !isRowid || nVal==1 );
/* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
- ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is
- ** filled with index keys representing the results from the
+ ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is
+ ** filled with index keys representing the results from the
** SELECT or the <exprlist>.
**
** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
** is used.
*/
pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
pExpr->iTable, (isRowid?0:nVal));
pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nVal, 1);
** If this is an EXISTS, write an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists)
** into a register and return that register number.
**
- ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any
+ ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any
** preexisting limit is discarded in place of the new LIMIT 1.
*/
Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */
SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECT result */
int nReg; /* Registers to allocate */
+ Expr *pLimit; /* New limit expression */
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
}
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
- pSel->pLimit = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER,
- &sqlite3IntTokens[1], 0);
+ pLimit = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER,&sqlite3IntTokens[1], 0);
+ if( pSel->pLimit ){
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit->pLeft);
+ pSel->pLimit->pLeft = pLimit;
+ }else{
+ pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LIMIT, pLimit, 0);
+ }
pSel->iLimit = 0;
- pSel->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
return 0;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the
-** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of
-** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not
+** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the
+** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of
+** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not
** a sub-query, that the LHS is a vector of size 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){
** x IN (SELECT ...)
** x IN (value, value, ...)
**
-** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The
+** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The
** right-hand side (RHS) is an array of zero or more scalar values, or a
** subquery. If the RHS is a subquery, the number of result columns must
** match the number of columns in the vector on the LHS. If the RHS is
-** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar.
+** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar.
**
** The IN operator is true if the LHS value is contained within the RHS.
-** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The
-** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be
+** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The
+** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be
** determined due to NULLs.
**
-** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not
+** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not
** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained
** within the RHS then fall through.
int destStep6 = 0; /* Start of code for Step 6 */
int addrTruthOp; /* Address of opcode that determines the IN is true */
int destNotNull; /* Jump here if a comparison is not true in step 6 */
- int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */
+ int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */
pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return;
if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error;
/* Attempt to compute the RHS. After this step, if anything other than
- ** IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned, the table opened ith cursor pExpr->iTable
+ ** IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned, the table opened ith cursor pExpr->iTable
** contains the values that make up the RHS. If IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned,
** the RHS has not yet been coded. */
v = pParse->pVdbe;
destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull, aiMap);
assert( pParse->nErr || nVector==1 || eType==IN_INDEX_EPH
- || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC
+ || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC
);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* Confirm that aiMap[] contains nVector integer values between 0 and
}
#endif
- /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a
- ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting
+ /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a
+ ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting
** at r1.
**
** sqlite3FindInIndex() might have reordered the fields of the LHS vector
}
/* Step 5. If we do not care about the difference between NULL and
- ** FALSE, then just return false.
+ ** FALSE, then just return false.
*/
if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ) sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse);
** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the
+** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the
** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
** like the continuation of the number.
*/
/*
** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
-** table pTab and store the column value in a register.
+** table pTab and store the column value in a register.
**
** An effort is made to store the column value in register iReg. This
** is not garanteeed for GetColumn() - the result can be stored in
sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
return p->iReg;
}
- }
+ }
assert( v!=0 );
sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
if( p5 ){
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
- }else{
+ }else{
sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
}
return iReg;
case TK_BITOR:
case TK_SLASH:
case TK_LSHIFT:
- case TK_RSHIFT:
+ case TK_RSHIFT:
case TK_CONCAT: {
assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND );
assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR );
char aff;
assert( nFarg==1 );
aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target,
+ sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target,
aff ? azAff[aff-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB] : "none");
return target;
}
assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG );
testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
- pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 =
+ pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 =
pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
}
}
** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because
** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
- ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to
+ ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to
** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
*/
}
#endif
if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
- if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, pParse->iSelfTab ? OP_PureFunc0 : OP_Function0,
- constMask, r1, target, (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
+ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET ){
+ Expr *pArg = pFarg->a[0].pExpr;
+ if( pArg->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Offset, pArg->iTable, pArg->iColumn, target);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+ }
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, pParse->iSelfTab ? OP_PureFunc0 : OP_Function0,
+ constMask, r1, target, (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
+ }
if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
}
}
assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_SELECT );
if( pExpr->iTable
- && pExpr->iTable!=(n = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))
+ && pExpr->iTable!=(n = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))
){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d columns assigned %d values",
pExpr->iTable, n);
return target;
}
case TK_SPAN:
- case TK_COLLATE:
+ case TK_COLLATE:
case TK_UPLUS: {
return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
}
**
** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
- ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where
+ ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where
** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
**
** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid
** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a
- ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b
+ ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b
*/
Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
**
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60985-57662 SQLite will convert the value back to
** floating point when extracting it from the record. */
- if( pExpr->iColumn>=0
+ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0
&& pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
}
- assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0
+ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0
|| pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
break;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
case TK_RAISE: {
- assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback
+ assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback
|| pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
|| pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
|| pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time.
**
** If regDest>=0 then the result is always stored in that register and the
-** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to
-** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression
+** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to
+** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression
** is stored is returned. When regDest<0, two identical expressions will
** code to the same register.
*/
** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
** the result is a copy of the cache register.
**
-** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple
+** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple
** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
** are reused.
*/
**
** x BETWEEN y AND z
**
-** The above is equivalent to
+** The above is equivalent to
**
** x>=y AND x<=z
**
}
}
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
}
/*
}
#endif
default: {
- default_expr:
+ default_expr:
if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest);
}else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
int res = 0;
int iVar;
sqlite3_value *pL, *pR = 0;
-
+
sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pR);
if( pR ){
iVar = pVar->iColumn;
** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
**
** If pParse is not NULL then TK_VARIABLE terms in pA with bindings in
-** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The
+** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The
** pParse->pVdbe->expmask bitmask is updated for each variable referenced.
-** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in
+** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in
** Argument pParse should normally be NULL. If it is not NULL and pA or
** pB causes a return value of 2.
*/
if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2;
if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) && pA->op!=TK_STRING ){
if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
- if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable
+ if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable
&& (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2;
}
}
}
/*
-** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and
+** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and
** non-zero if they differ in any way.
**
** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has
** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab.
**
-** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are
+** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are
** compared against literal values in pE2 and pParse->pVdbe->expmask is
-** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse
+** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse
** is NULL, then false will be returned if pE1 contains any bound variables.
**
** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance
};
/*
-** Check to see if there are references to columns in table
+** Check to see if there are references to columns in table
** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index
** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx.
*/
/*
** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
-** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an
+** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an
** aggregate function, in order to implement the
** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine.
*/
&i
);
return i;
-}
+}
/*
** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of
static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
int i;
pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
- db,
+ db,
pInfo->aFunc,
sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
&pInfo->nFunc,
&i
);
return i;
-}
+}
/*
** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
/* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
- ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.
+ ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.
**
** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
** is not an entry there already.
}
}
if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
- && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0
+ && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0
){
pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0
&& pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2
){
- /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate
+ /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate
** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
*/
struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
- pExpr->u.zToken,
+ pExpr->u.zToken,
pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
/*
-** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
+** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
-** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in
+** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in
** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
** argument and the result returned. Examples:
**
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE
+ /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE
** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
*/
/*
** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
-** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the
+** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the
** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
**
** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
if( zParent==0 ) break;
sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
- char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"",
+ char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"",
(zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew
);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
}
}
- zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput),
+ zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput),
sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER
-** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE
-** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER
+** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE
+** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result
** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
*/
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER
+ /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER
** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediately
** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediately followed by one
** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
assert( len>0 );
/* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
- ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN
+ ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN
** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
** to be met.
**
** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
- ** there is no need to worry about syntax like
+ ** there is no need to worry about syntax like
** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
*/
dist++;
**
** name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ...
**
-** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text
+** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text
** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version
** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
**
-** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is
+** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is
** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere.
** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
-**
+**
*/
static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
char *zNew;
/*
** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
-** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the
+** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the
** temporary database, NULL is returned.
*/
static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
char *zWhere = 0;
const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
- /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is
+ /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is
** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
- ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE
+ ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE
** expression being built up in zWhere.
*/
if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
-** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an
+** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an
** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
*/
static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp
- ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined.
+ /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp
+ ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined.
*/
if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
}
/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
-** command.
+** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
+** command.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */
int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */
char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */
Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */
- char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */
+ char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */
VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
u32 savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->mDbFlags */
- savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags;
+ savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags;
if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
*/
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
goto exit_rename_table;
}
}
#endif
- /* Begin a transaction for database iDb.
+ /* Begin a transaction for database iDb.
** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
** table.
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
- /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE
+ /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE
** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */
if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
"sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
"WHERE %s;", zDb, MASTER_NAME, zTabName, zName, zWhere);
"'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
"ELSE name END "
"WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
- "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');",
- zDb, MASTER_NAME, zName, zName, zName,
+ "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');",
+ zDb, MASTER_NAME, zName, zName, zName,
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
zName,
#endif
);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update
+ /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update
** it with the new table name.
*/
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
** the temp database.
*/
if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
"sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
"tbl_name = %Q "
}
#endif
- /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a
+ /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a
** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
** for an SQL NULL default below.
*/
return;
}
if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
return;
}
if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
return;
}
*zEnd-- = '\0';
}
db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin;
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
"sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
- "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q",
+ "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q",
zDb, MASTER_NAME, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
zTab
);
/*
** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument
+** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument
** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
**
** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c
+** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to
+** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c
** after parsing is finished.
**
** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same
** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average
** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two
-** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in
+** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in
** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For
** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If
** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1.
** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the
** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that
** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query.
-**
+**
** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat
** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of
** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl.
** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first
** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the
** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample.
-** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries
+** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries
** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the
-** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the
+** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the
** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the
** sample.
**
Table *pStat;
if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zDbSName))==0 ){
if( aTable[i].zCols ){
- /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a
- ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage
- ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important
+ /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a
+ ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage
+ ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important
** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zDbSName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG;
}
}else{
- /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries
+ /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries
** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
** entire contents of the table. */
aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
"DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
pDb->zDbSName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+ }else if( db->xPreUpdateCallback ){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s", pDb->zDbSName, zTab);
+#endif
}else{
/* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
int iCol; /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */
#endif
-};
+};
struct Stat4Accum {
tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in the entire table */
tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */
** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the
** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
**
-** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return
+** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return
** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. The datatype of the
** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum
** object.
assert( nKeyCol>0 );
/* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
- n = sizeof(*p)
+ n = sizeof(*p)
+ sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
+ sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
-
+
/* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
}
assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n );
-
+
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
/*
-** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for
-** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and
+** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for
+** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and
** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this
** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected
** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld.
**
** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
-** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid.
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid.
*/
static int sampleIsBetterPost(
- Stat4Accum *pAccum,
- Stat4Sample *pNew,
+ Stat4Accum *pAccum,
+ Stat4Sample *pNew,
Stat4Sample *pOld
){
int nCol = pAccum->nCol;
** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
**
** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
-** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid.
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid.
*/
static int sampleIsBetter(
- Stat4Accum *pAccum,
- Stat4Sample *pNew,
+ Stat4Accum *pAccum,
+ Stat4Sample *pNew,
Stat4Sample *pOld
){
tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol];
Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0;
assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 );
- /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column
+ /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column
** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already
** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add
** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority
** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would
** be out of order. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- assert( p->nSample==0
+ assert( p->nSample==0
|| pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] );
#endif
p->current.isPSample = 1;
sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
p->current.isPSample = 0;
- }else
+ }else
/* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */
- if( p->nSample<p->mxSample
- || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin])
+ if( p->nSample<p->mxSample
+ || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin])
){
sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
}
/* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */
int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
assert( argc==2 );
- assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ
+ assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ
|| eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT
- || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT
+ || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT
);
if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 )
#else
/* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1
** table for this index.
**
- ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing
- ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of
- ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list
+ ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing
+ ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of
+ ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list
** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of
** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using
** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words,
- ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is
+ ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is
** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that:
**
** * the index contains 100 rows,
** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and
** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows.
**
- ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of
+ ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of
** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
**
** I = (K+D-1)/D
case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break;
case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break;
default: {
- aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt;
+ aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt;
p->iGet++;
break;
}
int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */
int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */
int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+ Table *pStat1 = 0;
+#endif
pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem);
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
}
#endif
- /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level.
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+ if( db->xPreUpdateCallback ){
+ pStat1 = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) + 13);
+ if( pStat1==0 ) return;
+ pStat1->zName = (char*)&pStat1[1];
+ memcpy(pStat1->zName, "sqlite_stat1", 13);
+ pStat1->nCol = 3;
+ pStat1->iPKey = -1;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0,(char*)pStat1,P4_DYNBLOB);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level.
** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number
** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at
** this time though. */
** end_of_scan:
*/
- /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate
+ /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate
** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
- ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of
+ ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of
** the sqlite_stat4 table. */
pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
/* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
- **
+ **
** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
/* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL
- ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip
+ ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip
** subsequent distinctness tests. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest);
VdbeCoverage(v);
char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
- aGotoChng[i] =
+ aGotoChng[i] =
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng);
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest);
-
-
+
+
/*
** chng_addr_0:
** regPrev(0) = idx(0)
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest);
sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
}
-
+
/*
** chng_addr_N:
** regRowid = idx(rowid) // STAT34 only
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pStat1, P4_TABLE);
+#endif
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
/* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pStat1, P4_TABLE);
+#endif
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
}
}
/*
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
-** sqlite_stat1 table.
+** sqlite_stat1 table.
**
** argv[0] = name of the table
** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0;
int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
- /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate
+ /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate
** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber
** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array. */
if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
/*
** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently
-** stored in pIdx->aSample[].
+** stored in pIdx->aSample[].
*/
static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
if( pIdx ){
pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow;
/* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
- ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of
- ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value
+ ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of
+ ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value
** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes). */
for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1)
- || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol]
+ || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol]
){
sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
nSum100 += 100;
}
/*
-** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table
+** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table
** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays.
**
** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return
if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
- /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from
+ /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from
** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */
nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol;
if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue;
}
/*
-** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into
+** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into
** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices.
*/
static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
assert( db->lookaside.bDisable );
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){
rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0,
- "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx",
+ "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx",
"SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4",
zDb
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){
rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1,
- "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx",
+ "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx",
"SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3",
zDb
);
** Index.aSample[] arrays.
**
** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
-** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined
-** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is
+** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined
+** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is
** read from it.
**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the
** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
** table (if it is present) before returning.
sInfo.db = db;
sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)!=0 ){
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
if( zSql==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
** * Specified database name already being used.
*/
if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d",
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d",
db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
);
goto attach_error;
if( !pNew->pSchema ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}else if( pNew->pSchema->file_format && pNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
break;
-
+
case SQLITE_TEXT:
case SQLITE_BLOB:
nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
#endif
/* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
- ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and
+ ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and
** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
** we found it.
*/
}
goto attach_error;
}
-
+
return;
attach_error:
memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
sName.pParse = pParse;
- if(
+ if(
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
(char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
-
+
/* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
** statements).
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
}
-
+
attach_end:
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){
return 1;
}
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){
- return 1;
- }
pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
}
return 0;
/*
** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.
** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN
** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
** then generate an error.
*/
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
Parse *pParse,
- AuthContext *pContext,
+ AuthContext *pContext,
const char *zContext
){
assert( pParse );
};
/*
-** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.
+** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.
**
** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
*/
static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
int i;
- Vdbe *pVdbe;
+ Vdbe *pVdbe;
pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
** vdbe program
*/
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite
|| sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
if( v ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
** on each used database.
*/
- if( db->mallocFailed==0
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0
&& (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr)
){
int iDb, i;
pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
#endif
- /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened,
- ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the
+ /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened,
+ ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the
** shared-cache feature is enabled.
*/
codeTableLocks(pParse);
** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(
- Parse *pParse,
+ Parse *pParse,
u32 flags,
struct SrcList_item *p
){
}
/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes
** a particular index given the name of that index
** and the name of the database that contains the index.
** Return NULL if not found.
**
** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink
** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy
-** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
** the table.
**
-** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object
+** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object
** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use
** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the
** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema
|| (IsVirtual(pTable) && pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF) );
if( (db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && !IsVirtual(pTable) ){
- char *zName = pIndex->zName;
+ char *zName = pIndex->zName;
TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0
);
/*
** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
** does not exist.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
**
** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-**
+**
** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
**
** is reserved for internal use.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
- if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0
+ if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0
&& (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
&& 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
if( iDb<0 ) return;
if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
- /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless
+ /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless
** the database name is "temp" anyway. */
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
return;
** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead
** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any
** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause
- ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the
+ ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the
** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
** now.
*/
}
#endif
- /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set,
+ /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set,
** set them now.
*/
reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
pCol->zName = z;
sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol);
-
+
if( pType->n==0 ){
/* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
** 'BLOB'. */
** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
** associated affinity type.
**
-** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the
+** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the
** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
-** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of
-** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT',
+** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of
+** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT',
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
**
** Substring | Affinity
** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The parsed expression of the default value */
+ const char *zStart, /* Start of the default value text */
+ const char *zEnd /* First character past end of defaut value text */
+){
Table *p;
Column *pCol;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
p = pParse->pNewTable;
if( p!=0 ){
pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
- if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr, db->init.busy) ){
+ if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr, db->init.busy) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
pCol->zName);
}else{
/* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
- ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
- ** is required by pragma table_info.
+ ** tokens that point to volatile memory.
*/
Expr x;
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
x.op = TK_SPAN;
- x.u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
- (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
- x.pLeft = pSpan->pExpr;
+ x.u.zToken = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd);
+ x.pLeft = pExpr;
x.flags = EP_Skip;
pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, &x, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
sqlite3DbFree(db, x.u.zToken);
}
}
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
}
/*
** Backwards Compatibility Hack:
-**
+**
** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in
** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints. Example:
**
}
/*
-** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names
** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the
** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
**
int nTerm;
if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit;
if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
goto primary_key_exit;
}
Index *pIdx;
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl);
p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
-
+
/* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
** then an index may have been created on this column before the
** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,
db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1);
}
}
/*
-** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second
+** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second
** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
-**
+**
** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
}
n += identLength(p->zName);
- if( n<50 ){
+ if( n<50 ){
zSep = "";
zSep2 = ",";
zEnd = ")";
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
-
+
zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB];
len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
- assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB
+ assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB
|| pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
k += len;
** Changes include:
**
** (1) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
-** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY
+** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY
** into BTREE_BLOBKEY.
** (3) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
** for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now
}
/* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally
- ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index.
+ ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index.
*/
if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
ExprList *pList;
Token ipkToken;
sqlite3TokenInit(&ipkToken, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0));
if( pList==0 ) return;
pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder;
** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again.
**
** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
-** was called to create a table generated from a
+** was called to create a table generated from a
** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of
** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
- /*
+ /*
** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
*/
if( p->pSelect==0 ){
pParse->nTab = 2;
addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop);
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
- sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1);
if( pParse->nErr ) return;
pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
pSelTab->nCol = 0;
pSelTab->aCol = 0;
sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+ if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+ sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1);
addrInsLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, dest.iSdst, dest.nSdst, regRec);
Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd;
n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z);
if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n;
- zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
);
}
- /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
+ /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
** the information we've collected.
*/
** the end.
*/
sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
- assert( sEnd.z[0]!=0 );
+ assert( sEnd.z[0]!=0 || sEnd.n==0 );
if( sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
}
int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
int rc;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
** But the following test is still important as it does come up
** in the following:
- **
+ **
** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
** normally holds CHECK constraints on an ordinary table, but for
** a VIEW it holds the list of column names.
*/
- sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck,
+ sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck,
&pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol);
- if( db->mallocFailed==0
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0
&& pParse->nErr==0
&& pTable->nCol==pSel->pEList->nExpr
){
}
pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
- return nErr;
+ return nErr;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
-** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match
+** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match
** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/
+*/
static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
** token for additional information.
*/
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, iTable, r1, r1);
#endif
static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
/* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
- ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically
+ ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically
** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
** following were coded:
** OP_Destroy 5 0
**
** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
- ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the
+ ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the
** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
** a free-list page.
*/
*/
pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
while( pTrigger ){
- assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ||
+ assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ||
pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
** database.
*/
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
pDb->zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTab->zName);
if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
}
}
#endif
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
&& sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
goto exit_drop_table;
}
}
if( j>=p->nCol ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition",
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition",
pFromCol->a[i].zName);
goto fk_end;
}
pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
- pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash,
+ pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash,
pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey
);
if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb,
(char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));
}
/*
-** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index
-** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will
+** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index
+** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will
** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
**
** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this
** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
-** to the table currently under construction.
+** to the table currently under construction.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(
Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */
*/
if( pTblName!=0 ){
- /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database
+ /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database
** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
** before looking up the table.
*/
assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 );
if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"",
pTab->zName);
goto exit_create_index;
assert( pTab!=0 );
assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
&& db->init.busy==0
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
&& sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0
/*
** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another
- ** index or table with the same name.
+ ** index or table with the same name.
**
** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
}
}
- /*
- ** Allocate the index structure.
+ /*
+ ** Allocate the index structure.
*/
nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1;
int x = pPk->aiColumn[j];
assert( x>=0 );
if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){
- pIndex->nColumn--;
+ pIndex->nColumn--;
}else{
pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x;
pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j];
/* If this index contains every column of its table, then mark
** it as a covering index */
- assert( HasRowid(pTab)
+ assert( HasRowid(pTab)
|| pTab->iPKey<0 || sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex, pTab->iPKey)>=0 );
if( pTblName!=0 && pIndex->nColumn>=pTab->nCol ){
pIndex->isCovering = 1;
if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
/* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
- ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this
+ ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this
** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
** explicitly specified behavior for the index.
*/
if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
}
if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
}
/* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
- ** in-memory database structures.
+ ** in-memory database structures.
*/
assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
if( db->init.busy ){
Index *p;
assert( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB );
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
- p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
+ p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
pIndex->zName, pIndex);
if( p ){
assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
/* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before
- ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in
- ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a
- ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In
+ ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in
+ ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a
+ ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In
** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace
** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */
pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
/* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
*/
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME,
pIndex->zName,
** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check
** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
- ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.
+ ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.
*/
if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
/* Indexes with default row estimates should not have stat1 data */
assert( !pIdx->hasStat1 );
- /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated
+ /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated
** number of rows in the table, or half the number of rows in the table
** for a partial index. But do not let the estimate drop below 10. */
a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst;
** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase
** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
-** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.
** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
** or with NULL if no database is specified.
**
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s",
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s",
(pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
);
goto append_from_error;
}
p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
- if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
+ if( p==0 ){
goto append_from_error;
}
+ assert( p->nSrc>0 );
pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
assert( pAlias!=0 );
if( pAlias->n ){
}
/*
-** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added
+** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added
** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 );
assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 );
if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
- /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y
+ /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y
** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1;
}else{
assert( pParse->db!=0 );
assert( eType==TK_COMMIT || eType==TK_END || eType==TK_ROLLBACK );
isRollback = eType==TK_ROLLBACK;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION,
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION,
isRollback ? "ROLLBACK" : "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
return;
}
/*
** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
-** release or rollback an SQL savepoint.
+** release or rollback an SQL savepoint.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
int rc;
Btree *pBt;
- static const int flags =
+ static const int flags =
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
}
/*
-** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each
+** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each
** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
}
-/*
+/*
** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
-** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to
+** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to
** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
**
** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes
** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency
-** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in
+** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in
** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
}
}
zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse,
- IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse,
+ IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY
: SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE,
onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */
- Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */
+ Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */
){
char *zMsg;
int rc;
pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
}
if( pParse->nErr ){
+ assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ );
+ if( pIdx->bNoQuery==0 ){
+ /* Deactivate the index because it contains an unknown collating
+ ** sequence. The only way to reactive the index is to reload the
+ ** schema. Adding the missing collating sequence later does not
+ ** reactive the index. The application had the chance to register
+ ** the missing index using the collation-needed callback. For
+ ** simplicity, SQLite will not give the application a second chance.
+ */
+ pIdx->bNoQuery = 1;
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY;
+ }
sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey);
pKey = 0;
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/*
-** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a
-** WITH clause.
+/*
+** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a
+** WITH clause.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2005 May 23
+** 2005 May 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
-**
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding
+**
+** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding
** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
**
** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
assert( !p || p->xCmp );
if( p==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ;
}
return p;
}
** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
**
** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work,
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work,
** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
*/
memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl);
- /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will
+ /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will
** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
** to the hash table).
*/
** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that
** takes a variable number of arguments.
**
-** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function
+** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function
** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive
** match score for any
**
}
}
}
-
-
+
+
/*
** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
- */
+ */
if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
bestScore = 0;
h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ;
** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
** new entry to the hash table and return it.
*/
- if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH &&
+ if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH &&
(pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
FuncDef *pOther;
pBest->zName = (const char*)&pBest[1];
/*
** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
-** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the
+** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the
** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
** of the schema hash tables).
**
** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and
-** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table
+** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table
** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
**
** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
** has been provided, or
** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
- ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not
+ ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not
** been specified.
**
** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
*/
- if( ( IsVirtual(pTab)
+ if( ( IsVirtual(pTab)
&& sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
|| ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
&& (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Table *pView, /* View definition */
Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* Optional ORDER BY clause */
+ Expr *pLimit, /* Optional LIMIT clause */
int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */
){
SelectDest dest;
assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
}
- pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0,
- SF_IncludeHidden, 0, 0);
+ pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
+ SF_IncludeHidden, pLimit);
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */
Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */
- Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */
char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For err msgs. */
){
- Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Expr *pLhs = NULL; /* LHS of IN(SELECT...) operator */
Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
- Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */
ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */
+ Table *pTab;
/* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
*/
- if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
+ if( pOrderBy && pLimit==0 ) {
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
- goto limit_where_cleanup;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
+ return 0;
}
/* We only need to generate a select expression if there
** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
*/
if( pLimit == 0 ) {
- /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
- assert( pOffset == 0 );
return pWhere;
}
- /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset
+ /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset
** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example:
** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
** becomes:
- ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN (
+ ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN (
** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
** );
*/
- pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0);
- if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup;
- pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
- if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup;
+ pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ pLhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0);
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(
+ pParse, 0, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0)
+ );
+ }else{
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ if( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ){
+ const char *zName = pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[0]].zName;
+ pLhs = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName));
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+ Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName);
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, p);
+ }
+ pLhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VECTOR, 0, 0);
+ if( pLhs ){
+ pLhs->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
/* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
** and the SELECT subtree. */
+ pSrc->a[0].pTab = 0;
pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
- if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
- goto limit_where_cleanup;
- }
+ pSrc->a[0].pTab = pTab;
+ pSrc->a[0].pIBIndex = 0;
/* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
- pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
- pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
- if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0,
+ pOrderBy,0,pLimit
+ );
/* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
- pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0);
- pInClause = pWhereRowid ? sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0) : 0;
+ pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pLhs, 0);
sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, pInClause, pSelect);
return pInClause;
-
-limit_where_cleanup:
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
- return 0;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */
/* && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */
- Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause. May be null */
+ Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT clause. May be null */
){
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */
int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */
int bComplex; /* True if there are triggers or FKs or
** subqueries in the WHERE clause */
-
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */
}
assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
/* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be
** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
- bComplex = pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0);
#else
# define pTrigger 0
# define isView 0
#endif
+ bComplex = pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0);
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
# undef isView
# define isView 0
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+ if( !isView ){
+ pWhere = sqlite3LimitWhere(
+ pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, "DELETE"
+ );
+ pOrderBy = 0;
+ pLimit = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+
/* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
*/
if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
}
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iDb<db->nDb );
- rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0,
+ rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0,
db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( isView ){
- sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
+ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab,
+ pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iTabCur
+ );
iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
+ pOrderBy = 0;
+ pLimit = 0;
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
/* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
- ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by
+ ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by
** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly.
**
** The "rcauth==SQLITE_OK" terms is the
addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk);
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
}
-
+
/* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row
** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass
** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete:
eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI );
assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF );
-
+
/* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
}
-
+
/* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */
if( pPk ){
for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0);
if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey;
}
-
+
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
/* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only
** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey);
}
}
-
- /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the
+
+ /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the
** end of the WHERE loop */
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
}else{
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
}
-
- /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are
+
+ /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are
** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
- ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF
+ ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF
** triggers.
*/
if( !isView ){
assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddrOnce);
}
-
+
/* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
** where-clause loop above.
*/
addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey);
VdbeCoverage(v);
assert( nKey==1 );
- }
-
+ }
+
/* Delete the row */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, aiCurOnePass[1]);
}
-
+
/* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
- }
+ }
} /* End non-truncate path */
/* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
}
- /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is
+ /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is
** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
** invoke the callback function.
*/
sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit);
+#endif
sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
return;
}
** and nPk before reading from it.
**
** If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part
-** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if
+** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if
** iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as
** iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete
** operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the
VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)",
iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk));
- /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists
+ /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists
** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */
iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
}
-
+
/* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */
if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
- /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be
+ /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be
** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld);
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
/* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
);
- /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the
+ /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the
** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was
** pointing to.
}
/* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
- ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables)
+ ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables)
** are not violated by deleting this row. */
sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0);
}
/* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
- ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).
+ ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).
**
** If variable 'count' is non-zero, then this OP_Delete instruction should
** invoke the update-hook. The pre-update-hook, on the other hand should
** be invoked unless table pTab is a system table. The difference is that
- ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the
+ ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the
** pre-update-hook is.
- */
+ */
if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
u8 p5 = 0;
sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
- if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+ if( pParse->nested==0 || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat1") ){
sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE);
}
if( eMode!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
/* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
- ** to the row just deleted. */
+ ** to the row just deleted. */
sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0);
/* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
);
/* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
- ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a
+ ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a
** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()"));
** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share
** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already
** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped.
-** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK
+** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK
** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or
** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index.
*/
*piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur + 1;
sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel,
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel,
SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
pParse->iSelfTab = 0;
}else{
** Implementation of the abs() function.
**
** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
-** the numeric argument X.
+** the numeric argument X.
*/
static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
assert( argc==1 );
return;
}
iVal = -iVal;
- }
+ }
sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
break;
}
#define noopFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */
/*
-** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer.
+** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer.
*/
static void randomFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
if( r<0 ){
- /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000
+ /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000
** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
** number of you get the same value back again. To do this
** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
- ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the
+ ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the
** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can
** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
*/
** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
*/
static void last_insert_rowid(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
** it the last character in the list.
**
** Like matching rules:
-**
+**
** '%' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters
**
*** '_' Matches any one character
u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */
u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; /* True if uppercase==lowercase */
const u8 *zEscaped = 0; /* One past the last escaped input char */
-
+
while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){
if( c==matchAll ){ /* Match "*" */
/* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern. If there
** c or cx.
*/
if( c<=0x80 ){
- u32 cx;
+ char zStop[3];
int bMatch;
if( noCase ){
- cx = sqlite3Toupper(c);
- c = sqlite3Tolower(c);
+ zStop[0] = sqlite3Toupper(c);
+ zStop[1] = sqlite3Tolower(c);
+ zStop[2] = 0;
}else{
- cx = c;
+ zStop[0] = c;
+ zStop[1] = 0;
}
- while( (c2 = *(zString++))!=0 ){
- if( c2!=c && c2!=cx ) continue;
+ while(1){
+ zString += strcspn((const char*)zString, zStop);
+ if( zString[0]==0 ) break;
+ zString++;
bMatch = patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther);
if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch;
}
** the GLOB operator.
*/
static void likeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
if( zEsc==0 ) return;
if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
"ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
return;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function.
-** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function.
+** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options
** used to build SQLite.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
** digits. */
static const char hexdigits[] = {
'0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
- '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
+ '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
};
/*
char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
- zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4);
+ zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4);
if( zText ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
/*
** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value
-** for the first character of the input string.
+** for the first character of the input string.
*/
static void unicodeFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
if( zOut==0 ){
return;
}
- loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;
+ loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;
for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
**
** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
-** soundex encoding of the string X.
+** soundex encoding of the string X.
*/
static void soundexFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
struct SumCtx {
double rSum; /* Floating point sum */
- i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */
+ i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */
i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */
u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */
u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make
- ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our
+ ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our
** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
|| p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
#endif
-}
+}
static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
CountCtx *p;
p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
*/
static void minmaxStep(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0];
sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
}else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1,
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1,
sqlite3_free);
}
}
}
sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8,
+ sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8,
(struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
- setLikeOptFlag(db, "like",
+ setLikeOptFlag(db, "like",
caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
}
** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If
** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and the
-** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a
+** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a
** LIKE-style function then return FALSE.
**
** The expression "a LIKE b ESCAPE c" is only considered a valid LIKE
FUNCTION2(likely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
FUNCTION2(affinity, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
+ FUNCTION2(sqlite_offset, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET|
+ SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
#endif
FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ),
FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ),
AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ),
AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
-
+
LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated,
** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current
-** statement transaction rolled back. If a
-** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken
-** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the
+** statement transaction rolled back. If a
+** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken
+** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the
** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
**
** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
-** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a
-** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed
+** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a
+** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed
** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
**
-** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint,
+** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint,
** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
** or which row it is not satisfied for.
**
-** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the
+** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the
** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
**
** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
** constraint counter.
**
-** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table,
+** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table,
** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
** found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
**
** DELETE operations:
**
-** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table,
-** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the
-** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found,
+** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table,
+** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the
+** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found,
** decrement the counter.
**
-** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search
-** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row
+** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search
+** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row
** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
**
** UPDATE operations:
**
** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
-** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually
+** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually
** modified (values must be compared at runtime).
**
** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
-** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new
+** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new
** row is inserted.
**
-** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference
+** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference
** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
** constraint counter is greater than zero,
** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
**
-** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a
+** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a
** table be handled?
**
**
** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
-** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be
+** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be
** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
** generation code to query for this information are:
/*
** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
-** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey,
-** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns.
-**
-** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY
-** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx
-** is set to point to the unique index.
+** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey,
+** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns.
**
+** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY
+** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx
+** is set to point to the unique index.
+**
** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
** PRIMARY KEY, or
**
** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
-** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table
-** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in
+** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table
+** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in
** the child table.
**
** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
assert( pParse );
- /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it
- ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx
- ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early.
+ /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it
+ ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx
+ ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early.
**
** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
if( nCol==1 ){
/* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
**
- ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly
+ ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly
** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
** PRIMARY KEY.
}
for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){
+ if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){
/* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */
if( zKey==0 ){
- /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to
- ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be
+ /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to
+ ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be
** identified by the test. */
if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
if( aiCol ){
}
/*
-** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the
-** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed
+** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the
+** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed
** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
** new row.
**
** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
-** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into
-** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no
+** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into
+** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no
** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
** found in the parent table:
**
**
** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
*/
static void fkLookupParent(
** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
**
- ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If
- ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to
+ ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If
+ ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to
** search for a matching row in the parent table. */
if( nIncr<0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
** column of the parent table (table pTab). */
int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
- /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e.
+
+ /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e.
** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
VdbeCoverage(v);
-
+
/* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
}
-
+
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk);
int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
+
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
}
-
+
/* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
- ** increment the constraint-counter.
+ ** increment the constraint-counter.
**
- ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match
+ ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match
** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
** none of the child key values are).
}
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk);
}
-
+
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec,
sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
+
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
}
}
if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
- && !pParse->pToplevel
- && !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ && !pParse->pToplevel
+ && !pParse->isMultiWrite
){
/* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
/*
** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
-** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is
+** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is
** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
**
** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
*/
static void fkScanChildren(
Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */
Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */
Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
- i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */
+ i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */
const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */
iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1;
}
/*
-** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the
+** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the
** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
** and all of its sub-components.
**
**
** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
-** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK
+** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK
** constraint violations in the database,
**
** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */
if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
/* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
- ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without
+ ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without
** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
** when this statement is run. */
}
pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
- sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0, 0, 0);
pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
- /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint
+ /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint
** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
- ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.
+ ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.
**
** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as
** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK
/*
** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
-** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
/*
** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
-** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified.
*/
static int fkParentIsModified(
- Table *pTab,
- FKey *p,
- int *aChange,
+ Table *pTab,
+ FKey *p,
+ int *aChange,
int bChngRowid
){
int i;
/*
** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
-** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint
+** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint
** processing for the operation.
**
** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
-** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention.
+** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */
+ Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */
int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */
int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */
int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
int i;
int bIgnore = 0;
- if( aChange
+ if( aChange
&& sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
- && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0
+ && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0
){
continue;
}
- /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index
- ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these
- ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return
+ /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index
+ ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these
+ ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return
** early. */
if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
}
assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the
+ /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the
** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
if( db->xAuth ){
#endif
}
- /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate
- ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns
+ /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate
+ ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns
** in the parent table. */
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
pParse->nTab++;
if( regOld!=0 ){
/* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
- ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an
+ ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an
** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore);
}
if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){
/* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
- ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint.
+ ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint.
**
** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program
- ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very
+ ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very
** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key
** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding
** this row to cause an FK violation. */
continue;
}
- if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
- && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
+ && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite
){
assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
/* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix)
pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
pItem->pTab->nTabRef++;
pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-
+
if( regNew!=0 ){
fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
}
**
** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit
** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL
- ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action
- ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the
+ ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action
+ ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the
** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters
- ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are
+ ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are
** omitted. */
if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
** row contained in table pTab.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
-** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding
+** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding
** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
**
** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
-** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function
+** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function
** returns zero.
**
** For an UPDATE, this function returns 2 if:
int eRet = 0;
if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
if( !aChange ){
- /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the
- ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any
+ /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the
+ ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any
** foreign key constraint. */
eRet = (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
}else{
}
/*
-** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being
+** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being
** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
**
-** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in
+** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in
** the following schema:
**
** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
** END;
**
** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
-** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by
+** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by
** sqlite3FkDelete().
*/
static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
** parent table are used for the comparison. */
pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0)
*/
if( pChanges ){
pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0))
);
pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
}
-
+
if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
Expr *pNew;
if( action==OE_Cascade ){
- pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0));
}else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
if( action==OE_Restrict ){
Token tFrom;
- Expr *pRaise;
+ Expr *pRaise;
tFrom.z = zFrom;
tFrom.n = nFrom;
if( pRaise ){
pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
}
- pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,
sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
pWhere,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
);
pWhere = 0;
}
/* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
db->lookaside.bDisable++;
- pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
+ pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */
sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */
nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */
pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1];
memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom);
-
+
pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
switch( action ){
case OE_Restrict:
- pStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+ pStep->op = TK_SELECT;
break;
- case OE_Cascade:
- if( !pChanges ){
- pStep->op = TK_DELETE;
- break;
+ case OE_Cascade:
+ if( !pChanges ){
+ pStep->op = TK_DELETE;
+ break;
}
default:
pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
){
- /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that
- ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK
- ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated
+ /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that
+ ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK
+ ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated
** trigger sub-program. */
if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/*
-** Generate code that will
+** Generate code that will
**
** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum,
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum,
(opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol);
/*
** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
-** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in
+** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in
** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
**
** Character Column affinity
}
pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
}
-
+
return pIdx->zColAff;
}
/*
** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
-** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if
-** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can
-** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT.
+** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if
+** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can
+** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT.
*/
static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
/*
** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
-** register used by the autoincrement tracker.
+** register used by the autoincrement tracker.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
/* 6 */ {OP_Goto, 0, 9, 0},
/* 7 */ {OP_Next, 0, 2, 0},
/* 8 */ {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0},
- /* 9 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}
+ /* 9 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}
};
VdbeOp *aOp;
pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
regData = regRowid+1;
/* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
- ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and
+ ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and
** remember the column indices.
**
** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
** the destination table (template 3).
**
** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
- ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a
+ ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a
** temp table in the case of row triggers.
*/
if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
}
}else{
- /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a
+ /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a
** single-row VALUES clause
*/
NameContext sNC;
}
/* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
- ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key
+ ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key
** column index in the original table definition.
*/
if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
}
if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
goto insert_cleanup;
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
goto insert_cleanup;
}
-
+
/* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
*/
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
|| (pColumn==0 && IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i])) ){
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
}else if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1);
}else{
assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
}
/* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE,
pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
VdbeOp *pOp;
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
- if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ assert( pOp!=0 );
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
appendFlag = 1;
pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
pOp->p1 = iDataCur;
if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
}else if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore);
}else if( pSelect ){
if( regFromSelect!=regData ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
** constraints or (b) there are no triggers and this table is not a
** parent table in a foreign key constraint. It is safe to set the
** flag in the second case as if any REPLACE constraint is hit, an
- ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each
+ ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each
** cursor that is disturbed. And these instructions both clear the
** VdbeCursor.seekResult variable, disabling the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT
** functionality. */
if( pTrigger ){
/* Code AFTER triggers */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER,
pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
}
}
/*
- ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is
+ ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is
** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
** invoke the callback function.
*/
assert( v!=0 );
assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */
nCol = pTab->nCol;
-
+
/* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for
- ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the
+ ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the
** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the
** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */
if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
**
** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
- ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call
- ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries
- ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry
- ** when it is inserted.
+ ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call
+ ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries
+ ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry
+ ** when it is inserted.
**
** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
if( pIdx->idxType==2 ) sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(v, pIdx->pTable);
#endif
- /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
+ /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the
** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection
** logic below can all be skipped. */
/* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */
onError = pIdx->onError;
- if( onError==OE_None ){
+ if( onError==OE_None ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
}
** (3) There are no secondary indexes on the table
** (4) No delete triggers need to be fired if there is a conflict
** (5) No FK constraint counters need to be updated if a conflict occurs.
- */
+ */
if( (ix==0 && pIdx->pNext==0) /* Condition 3 */
&& pPk==pIdx /* Condition 2 */
&& onError==OE_Replace /* Condition 1 */
}
/* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk,
regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
}
if( isUpdate ){
- /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID
+ /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID
** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually
** different from the old.
**
int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol;
int op = OP_Ne;
int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR);
-
+
for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]);
x = pPk->aiColumn[i];
addrJump = addrUniqueOk;
op = OP_Eq;
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op,
regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ
);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
}
}
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField);
}
if( ipkTop ){
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ipkTop+1);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom);
}
-
+
*pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace));
}
pik_flags |= (update_flags & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
if( update_flags==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_InsertInt,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_InsertInt,
iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], 0, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE
);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_ISNOOP);
**
** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
**
-** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.
+** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.
** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves
** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
**
if( pSelect->pLimit ){
return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
}
- assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
if( pSelect->pPrior ){
return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
}
Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
- if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0
- && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN
+ if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0
+ && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN
){
return 0; /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */
}
if( i>0 ){
assert( pDestCol->pDflt==0 || pDestCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN );
assert( pSrcCol->pDflt==0 || pSrcCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN );
- if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0)
+ if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0)
|| (pDestCol->pDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->pDflt->u.zToken,
pSrcCol->pDflt->u.zToken)!=0)
){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
/* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary.
- ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM
+ ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM
** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So
** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
** of index entries might need to change.)
**
- ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization
+ ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization
** is unable to test uniqueness.)
**
** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback.
/* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees
** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use
** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the
- ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted
+ ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted
** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part
** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_SeekEnd is added before the
- ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key
+ ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key
** should be inserted. This is faster.
**
** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than
- ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user
+ ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user
** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run
** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly
** sorted order. */
rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
/* Invoke the callback function if required */
- if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc ||
+ if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc ||
(SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
&& db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
if( !callbackIsInit ){
** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
-** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of
** sqlite3.h.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H
int (*bind_pointer)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*));
void (*result_pointer)(sqlite3_context*,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*));
void *(*value_pointer)(sqlite3_value*,const char*);
+ int (*vtab_nochange)(sqlite3_context*);
+ int (*value_nochange)(sqlite3_value*);
+ const char *(*vtab_collation)(sqlite3_index_info*,int);
};
/*
#define sqlite3_bind_pointer sqlite3_api->bind_pointer
#define sqlite3_result_pointer sqlite3_api->result_pointer
#define sqlite3_value_pointer sqlite3_api->value_pointer
+/* Version 3.22.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange sqlite3_api->vtab_nochange
+#define sqlite3_value_nochange sqltie3_api->value_nochange
+#define sqlite3_vtab_collation sqltie3_api->vtab_collation
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
- /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable
+ /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable
** extension */
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v;
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \
extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
#else
- /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the
+ /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the
** application */
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */
sqlite3_memory_highwater,
sqlite3_memory_used,
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
- 0,
- 0,
+ 0,
+ 0,
0,
0,
0,
sqlite3_prepare16_v3,
sqlite3_bind_pointer,
sqlite3_result_pointer,
- sqlite3_value_pointer
+ sqlite3_value_pointer,
+ /* Version 3.22.0 and later */
+ sqlite3_vtab_nochange,
+ sqlite3_value_nochange,
+ sqlite3_vtab_collation
};
/*
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
**
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with
+** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with
** error message text. The calling function should free this memory
** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
*/
/* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */
static const char *azEndings[] = {
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
- "dll"
+ "dll"
#elif defined(__APPLE__)
"dylib"
#else
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN
for(ii=0; ii<ArraySize(azEndings) && handle==0; ii++){
char *zAltFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zFile, azEndings[ii]);
+ int bExists = 0;
if( zAltFile==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
- handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zAltFile);
+ sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zAltFile, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
+ if( bExists ) handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zAltFile);
sqlite3_free(zAltFile);
}
#endif
if( pzErrMsg ){
*pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg);
if( zErrmsg ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
"unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
}
/* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy
** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then
** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is
- ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic
+ ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic
** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".",
- ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".
+ ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".
** Examples:
**
** /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==> sqlite3_example_init
*/
typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
- u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
+ u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[]
** object. This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in
** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name.
-** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at
+** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at
** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */
/************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/
/************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/
static const char *const pragCName[] = {
/* 0 */ "cache_size", /* Used by: default_cache_size */
/* 1 */ "cid", /* Used by: table_info */
- /* 2 */ "name",
- /* 3 */ "type",
- /* 4 */ "notnull",
- /* 5 */ "dflt_value",
- /* 6 */ "pk",
+ /* 2 */ "name",
+ /* 3 */ "type",
+ /* 4 */ "notnull",
+ /* 5 */ "dflt_value",
+ /* 6 */ "pk",
/* 7 */ "tbl", /* Used by: stats */
- /* 8 */ "idx",
- /* 9 */ "wdth",
- /* 10 */ "hght",
- /* 11 */ "flgs",
+ /* 8 */ "idx",
+ /* 9 */ "wdth",
+ /* 10 */ "hght",
+ /* 11 */ "flgs",
/* 12 */ "seqno", /* Used by: index_info */
- /* 13 */ "cid",
- /* 14 */ "name",
+ /* 13 */ "cid",
+ /* 14 */ "name",
/* 15 */ "seqno", /* Used by: index_xinfo */
- /* 16 */ "cid",
- /* 17 */ "name",
- /* 18 */ "desc",
- /* 19 */ "coll",
- /* 20 */ "key",
+ /* 16 */ "cid",
+ /* 17 */ "name",
+ /* 18 */ "desc",
+ /* 19 */ "coll",
+ /* 20 */ "key",
/* 21 */ "seq", /* Used by: index_list */
- /* 22 */ "name",
- /* 23 */ "unique",
- /* 24 */ "origin",
- /* 25 */ "partial",
+ /* 22 */ "name",
+ /* 23 */ "unique",
+ /* 24 */ "origin",
+ /* 25 */ "partial",
/* 26 */ "seq", /* Used by: database_list */
- /* 27 */ "name",
- /* 28 */ "file",
+ /* 27 */ "name",
+ /* 28 */ "file",
/* 29 */ "name", /* Used by: function_list */
- /* 30 */ "builtin",
+ /* 30 */ "builtin",
/* 31 */ "name", /* Used by: module_list pragma_list */
/* 32 */ "seq", /* Used by: collation_list */
- /* 33 */ "name",
+ /* 33 */ "name",
/* 34 */ "id", /* Used by: foreign_key_list */
- /* 35 */ "seq",
- /* 36 */ "table",
- /* 37 */ "from",
- /* 38 */ "to",
- /* 39 */ "on_update",
- /* 40 */ "on_delete",
- /* 41 */ "match",
+ /* 35 */ "seq",
+ /* 36 */ "table",
+ /* 37 */ "from",
+ /* 38 */ "to",
+ /* 39 */ "on_update",
+ /* 40 */ "on_delete",
+ /* 41 */ "match",
/* 42 */ "table", /* Used by: foreign_key_check */
- /* 43 */ "rowid",
- /* 44 */ "parent",
- /* 45 */ "fkid",
+ /* 43 */ "rowid",
+ /* 44 */ "parent",
+ /* 45 */ "fkid",
/* 46 */ "busy", /* Used by: wal_checkpoint */
- /* 47 */ "log",
+ /* 47 */ "log",
/* 48 */ "checkpointed",
/* 49 */ "timeout", /* Used by: busy_timeout */
/* 50 */ "database", /* Used by: lock_status */
- /* 51 */ "status",
+ /* 51 */ "status",
};
/* Definitions of all built-in pragmas */
/*
** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF,
-** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or
** unrecognized string argument. The FULL and EXTRA option is disallowed
** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
/*
** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
**
-** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are
+** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are
** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
*/
static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break;
case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break;
case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break;
- default: zName = "NO ACTION";
+ default: zName = "NO ACTION";
assert( action==OE_None ); break;
}
return zName;
}
/*
-** Process a pragma statement.
+** Process a pragma statement.
**
** Pragmas are of this form:
**
** id and pId2 is any empty string.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
- Parse *pParse,
+ Parse *pParse,
Token *pId1, /* First part of [schema.]id field */
Token *pId2, /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */
Token *pValue, /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
if( iDb<0 ) return;
pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the
- ** pragma, make sure it is open.
+ /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the
+ ** pragma, make sure it is open.
*/
if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
return;
}
/* Register the result column names for pragmas that return results */
- if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0
+ if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0
&& ((pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1)==0 || zRight==0)
){
setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma);
/* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){
-
+
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
/*
** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size
** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N
**
** The first form reports the current setting for the
- ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The
+ ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The
** second form attempts to change this setting. Both
** forms return the current setting.
**
if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg,
sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)));
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
*/
rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
- /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or
+ /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or
** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
if( !zRight ){
returnSingleInt(v,
- (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 :
+ (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 :
sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0));
}else{
int size = 1;
Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
- sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
&proxy_file_path);
returnSingleText(v, proxy_file_path);
}else{
sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
int res;
if( zRight[0] ){
- res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
zRight);
} else {
- res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
NULL);
}
if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
}
break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
/*
** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous
** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL|EXTRA
returnSingleInt(v, pDb->safety_level-1);
}else{
if( !db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
}else if( iDb!=1 ){
int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
}
- /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL
+ /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL
** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
*/
** type: Column declaration type.
** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+ ** pk: Non-zero for PK fields.
*/
case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){
Table *pTab;
if( pTab ){
pFK = pTab->pFKey;
if( pFK ){
- int i = 0;
+ int i = 0;
pParse->nMem = 8;
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
while(pFK){
addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
/* Generate code to read the child key values into registers
- ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this
- ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in
+ ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this
+ ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in
** this case. */
for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
int iCol = aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom;
**
** Verify the integrity of the database.
**
- ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of
+ ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of
** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
** without the overhead of cross-checking indexes. Quick_check
** is linear time wherease integrity_check is O(NlogN).
sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, 0,
1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
/* reg[7] counts the number of entries in the table.
- ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index
+ ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
for(k=pCheck->nExpr-1; k>0; k--){
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCheck->a[k].pExpr, addrCkFault, 0);
}
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk,
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk,
SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkFault);
pParse->iSelfTab = 0;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
- }
+ }
}
{
static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
- **
+ **
** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
*/
- if(
- !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) ||
- DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty)
+ if(
+ !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) ||
+ DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty)
){
for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
if( zRight ){
sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
}
- returnSingleInt(v,
- db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ?
+ returnSingleInt(v,
+ db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ?
SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
}
break;
** 0x0002 Run ANALYZE on tables that might benefit. On by default.
** See below for additional information.
**
- ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance
+ ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance
** information from the current session in the
** database file so that it will be available to "optimize"
** pragmas run by future database connections.
** The default MASK is and always shall be 0xfffe. 0xfffe means perform all
** of the optimizations listed above except Debug Mode, including new
** optimizations that have not yet been invented. If new optimizations are
- ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default
+ ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default
** optimizations will have bitmasks of 0x10000 or larger.
**
** DETERMINATION OF WHEN TO RUN ANALYZE
}
if( szThreshold ){
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur,
sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(opMask&1), szThreshold);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){
zState = "closed";
- }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0,
+ }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0,
SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
zState = azLockName[j];
}
/* The following block is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. Its only
** purpose is to execute assert() statements to verify that if the
** PragFlg_NoColumns1 flag is set and the caller specified an argument
- ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow
+ ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow
** instructions to the VM. */
if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1) && zRight ){
sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(v);
char *azArg[2]; /* Value of the argument and schema */
};
-/*
+/*
** Pragma virtual table module xConnect method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabConnect(
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Pragma virtual table module xDisconnect method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Pragma virtual table module xFilter method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
}
/* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from
-** the PRAGMA.
+** the PRAGMA.
*/
static int pragmaVtabColumn(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
- sqlite3_context *ctx,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Pragma virtual table module xRowid method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *p){
}
/* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
- ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
+ ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
** will be closed before this function returns. */
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
assert( db->init.busy );
{
char *zSql;
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM \"%w\".%s ORDER BY rowid",
db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMasterName);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_WriteSchema)){
/* Black magic: If the SQLITE_WriteSchema flag is set, then consider
- ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the
+ ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the
** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
int i, rc;
int commit_internal = !(db->mDbFlags&DBFLAG_SchemaChange);
-
+
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) );
assert( db->init.busy==0 );
if( pBt==0 ) continue;
/* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
- ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
+ ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
openedTransaction = 1;
}
- /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the
+ /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the
** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
int i = -1000000;
- /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in
+ /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in
** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
- ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this
+ ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this
** function should never be used.
**
** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
- ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much
+ ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much
** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
*/
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( pSchema ){
- for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
+ for(i=0; 1; i++){
+ assert( i<db->nDb );
if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
break;
}
** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
- ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold
- ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
+ ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold
+ ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
** holding them.
**
** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
end_prepare:
sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
return rc;
}
static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
int rc;
+ int cnt = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, prepFlags, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
- if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
- sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, -1);
- sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
+ do{
+ /* Make multiple attempts to compile the SQL, until it either succeeds
+ ** or encounters a permanent error. A schema problem after one schema
+ ** reset is considered a permanent error. */
rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, prepFlags, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
- }
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 );
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY
+ || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db,-1), cnt++)==0) );
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 );
return rc;
}
** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
*/
static int sqlite3Prepare16(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */
int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
*pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8);
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
** occurs.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
return rc;
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
return rc;
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWith) ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith);
if( bFree ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p);
p = pPrior;
Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */
u32 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */
- Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */
- Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */
+ Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */
){
Select *pNew;
Select standin;
pNew->pPrior = 0;
pNew->pNext = 0;
pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
- pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
pNew->pWith = 0;
- assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 || pParse->nErr>0
- || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) {
clearSelect(pParse->db, pNew, pNew!=&standin);
pNew = 0;
for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
p = apAll[i];
for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
- if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar
+ if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar
&& sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
break;
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
"%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
jointype = JT_INNER;
- }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0
+ }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0
&& (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
jointype = JT_INNER;
}
/*
** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
-** table that has a column named zCol.
+** table that has a column named zCol.
**
** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
** of the matching column and return TRUE.
**
** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
**
-** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the
+** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the
** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
** column iColRight of tab2.
*/
}
setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
p = p->pRight;
- }
+ }
}
/*
}
/* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
- ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are
+ ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are
** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat;
nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq;
if( bSeq ){
- addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr);
+ addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr);
}else{
addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor);
}
**
** If srcTab is negative, then the p->pEList expressions
** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is
-** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only
+** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only
** to get the number of columns and the collation sequence for each column.
*/
static void selectInnerLoop(
}
if( pSort && hasDistinct==0 && eDest!=SRT_EphemTab && eDest!=SRT_Table ){
/* For each expression in p->pEList that is a copy of an expression in
- ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated
- ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY
+ ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated
+ ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY
** expression within the sort-key that pushOntoSorter() will generate.
** This allows the p->pEList field to be omitted from the sorted record,
** saving space and CPU cycles. */
}
}
regOrig = 0;
- assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem
+ assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem
|| eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output );
}
nResultCol = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse,p->pEList,regResult,
}else{
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
assert( sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst)==nResultCol );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol,
r1, pDest->zAffSdst, nResultCol);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol);
}
/* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
- ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of
+ ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of
** memory cells and break out of the scan loop.
*/
case SRT_Mem: {
/* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously
** added to the queue. */
- addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0,
+ addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0,
regResult, nResultCol);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
-** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is
+** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is
** false, or the second form if it is true.
*/
static void explainComposite(
}
#endif
default: {
- assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+ assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
-** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is
+** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is
** considered a column by this function.
**
** SELECT col FROM tbl;
** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
-**
+**
** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
**
** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not
# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E) columnTypeImpl(A,B)
#endif
static const char *columnTypeImpl(
- NameContext *pNC,
+ NameContext *pNC,
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
Expr *pExpr
#else
assert( pExpr!=0 );
assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ); /* This routine runes before aggregates
+ ** are processed */
switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
case TK_COLUMN: {
/* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */
Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */
int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
while( pNC && !pTab ){
SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
if( pTab==0 ){
/* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how
- ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer
+ ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer
** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
** the following:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
**
- ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the
+ ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the
** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
** though it should really be "INTEGER".
**
** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
- ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression
+ ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression
** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
** branch below. */
break;
*/
if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr ){
/* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
- ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see
+ ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see
** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
*/
NameContext sNC;
sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
sNC.pNext = pNC;
sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
- zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol);
+ zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol);
}
}else{
/* A real table or a CTE table */
sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
sNC.pNext = pNC;
sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
- zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
+ zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
break;
}
#endif
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
if( pzOrigDb ){
assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol );
*pzOrigDb = zOrigDb;
const char *zOrigCol = 0;
zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
- /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other
+ /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other
** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
** virtual machine is deleted.
*/
if( pParse->colNamesSet || db->mallocFailed ) return;
/* Column names are determined by the left-most term of a compound select */
while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+ SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,pSelect,("generating column names\n"));
pTabList = pSelect->pSrc;
pEList = pSelect->pEList;
assert( v!=0 );
pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
assert( pColExpr!=0 );
}
- if( (pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pColExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN)
- && pColExpr->pTab!=0
- ){
+ assert( pColExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+ if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){
/* For columns use the column name name */
int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
Table *pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
+ assert( pTab!=0 );
if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
zName = iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid";
}else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
/*
** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
** a SELECT statement.
-**
+**
** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This
** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
/*
** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
-** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
+** pLimit expressions. pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight hold the expressions
** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
-** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset
-** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute
-** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then
+** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset
+** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute
+** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then
** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
**
** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
-** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and
-** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero)
+** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight. iLimit
+** and iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero)
** prior to calling this routine.
**
** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value
** of the OFFSET. The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT. Register
** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET.
**
-** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
+** Only if pLimit->pLeft!=0 do the limit registers get
** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
** SELECT statements.
int iLimit = 0;
int iOffset;
int n;
+ Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
+
if( p->iLimit ) return;
- /*
+ /*
** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some
** controversy about what the correct behavior should be.
** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
** no rows.
*/
sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
- if( p->pLimit ){
+ if( pLimit ){
+ assert( pLimit->op==TK_LIMIT );
+ assert( pLimit->pLeft!=0 );
p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
assert( v!=0 );
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pLimit->pLeft, &n) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
if( n==0 ){
p->selFlags |= SF_FixedLimit;
}
}else{
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLimit->pLeft, iLimit);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
- if( p->pOffset ){
+ if( pLimit->pRight ){
p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLimit->pRight, iOffset);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit, iLimit, iOffset+1, iOffset);
** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows
** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be
** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed.
-**
+**
** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in
** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without
** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO.
int i; /* Loop counter */
int rc; /* Result code */
ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
- Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */
+ Expr *pLimit; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */
int regLimit, regOffset; /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */
/* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */
p->nSelectRow = 320; /* 4 billion rows */
computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak);
pLimit = p->pLimit;
- pOffset = p->pOffset;
regLimit = p->iLimit;
regOffset = p->iOffset;
- p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0;
+ p->pLimit = 0;
p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0;
pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy);
p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
p->pLimit = pLimit;
- p->pOffset = pOffset;
return;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
** on a VALUES clause.
**
** Because the Select object originates from a VALUES clause:
-** (1) It has no LIMIT or OFFSET
+** (1) There is no LIMIT or OFFSET or else there is a LIMIT of exactly 1
** (2) All terms are UNION ALL
** (3) There is no ORDER BY clause
+**
+** The "LIMIT of exactly 1" case of condition (1) comes about when a VALUES
+** clause occurs within scalar expression (ex: "SELECT (VALUES(1),(2),(3))").
+** The sqlite3CodeSubselect will have added the LIMIT 1 clause in tht case.
+** Since the limit is exactly 1, we only need to evalutes the left-most VALUES.
*/
static int multiSelectValues(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */
){
Select *pPrior;
+ Select *pRightmost = p;
int nRow = 1;
int rc = 0;
assert( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue );
do{
assert( p->selFlags & SF_Values );
assert( p->op==TK_ALL || (p->op==TK_SELECT && p->pPrior==0) );
- assert( p->pLimit==0 );
- assert( p->pOffset==0 );
assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pEList->nExpr==p->pNext->pEList->nExpr );
if( p->pPrior==0 ) break;
assert( p->pPrior->pNext==p );
p->pPrior = 0;
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, pDest);
p->pPrior = pPrior;
- if( rc ) break;
+ if( rc || pRightmost->pLimit ) break;
p->nSelectRow = nRow;
p = p->pNext;
}
**
** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the
** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query
-** in which case this routine will be called recursively.
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively.
**
** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit;
pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset;
pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
- pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
p->pLimit = 0;
- p->pOffset = 0;
if( rc ){
goto multi_select_end;
}
p->pPrior = pPrior;
p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow);
if( pPrior->pLimit
- && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
- && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit)
+ && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit->pLeft, &nLimit)
+ && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit)
){
p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit);
}
int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
- Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+ Expr *pLimit; /* Saved values of p->nLimit */
int addr;
SelectDest uniondest;
** right.
*/
assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
- assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
unionTab = dest.iSDParm;
}else{
/* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
p->pPrior = 0;
pLimit = p->pLimit;
p->pLimit = 0;
- pOffset = p->pOffset;
- p->pOffset = 0;
uniondest.eDest = op;
explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
}
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
p->pLimit = pLimit;
- p->pOffset = pOffset;
p->iLimit = 0;
p->iOffset = 0;
default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
int tab1, tab2;
int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
- Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
+ Expr *pLimit;
int addr;
SelectDest intersectdest;
int r1;
p->pPrior = 0;
pLimit = p->pLimit;
p->pLimit = 0;
- pOffset = p->pOffset;
- p->pOffset = 0;
intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2;
explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
p->pLimit = pLimit;
- p->pOffset = pOffset;
/* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
** tables.
explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
- /* Compute collating sequences used by
+ /* Compute collating sequences used by
** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
**
addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT
+ /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT
*/
if( regPrev ){
int addr1, addr2;
int r1;
testcase( pIn->nSdst>1 );
r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst,
r1, pDest->zAffSdst, pIn->nSdst);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1,
** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other
** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
**
- ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.
+ ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.
** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
** return the next row of result.
*/
**
** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
**
-** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which
+** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which
** <operator> is used:
**
**
/* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
*/
- op = p->op;
+ op = p->op;
pPrior = p->pPrior;
assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
}
}
}
-
+
/* Separate the left and the right query from one another
*/
p->pPrior = 0;
}
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
p->pLimit = 0;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
- p->pOffset = 0;
regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrA);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
- /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on
+ /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on
** the right - the "B" select
*/
addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
savedLimit = p->iLimit;
savedOffset = p->iOffset;
p->iLimit = regLimitB;
- p->iOffset = 0;
+ p->iOffset = 0;
explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
p->iLimit = savedLimit;
addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
-
+
/* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
** select as the next output row of the compound select.
*/
*/
if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd;
- }else{
+ }else{
VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd);
if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
addrEofB = addrEofA;
if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
- }else{
+ }else{
VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
/*
** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to
** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
-** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column
+** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column
** unchanged.)
**
** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery
** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
-** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary
+** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary
** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
*/
** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
**
** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result
-** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might
+** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might
** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
** avoided.
**
** (4) The subquery can not be DISTINCT.
**
** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
-** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction
+** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction
** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
**
** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was:
**
** (**) Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we
** accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15. Original
-** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query
+** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query
** may not use LIMIT."
**
** (11) The subquery and the outer query may not both have ORDER BY clauses.
**
** (16) If the outer query is aggregate, then the subquery may not
** use ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter
-** until we introduced the group_concat() function.
+** until we introduced the group_concat() function.
**
** (17) If the subquery is a compound select, then
** (17a) all compound operators must be a UNION ALL, and
** syntax error and return a detailed message.
**
** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
-** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to
+** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to
** columns of the sub-query.
**
** (19) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not
** have a WHERE clause.
**
-** (**) Subsumed into (17d3). Was: If the sub-query is a compound select,
-** then it must not use an ORDER BY clause - Ticket #3773. Because
-** of (17d3), then only way to have a compound subquery is if it is
-** the only term in the FROM clause of the outer query. But if the
-** only term in the FROM clause has an ORDER BY, then it will be
-** implemented as a co-routine and the flattener will never be called.
+** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
+** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint
+** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
+** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we
+** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
**
** (21) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not be
** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
** recursive queries in multiSelect().
**
** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was:
-** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or
+** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or
** or max() functions. (Without this restriction, a query like:
** "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily
** return the value X for which Y was maximal.)
SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
int iNewParent = -1;/* Replacement table for iParent */
- int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */
+ int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */
int i; /* Loop counter */
Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */
** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
** and (14). */
if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */
- if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */
+ if( pSub->pLimit && pSub->pLimit->pRight ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */
if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){
return 0; /* Restriction (15) */
}
else if( iFrom>0 && !isAgg ){
/* Setting isLeftJoin to -1 causes OP_IfNullRow opcodes to be generated for
** every reference to any result column from subquery in a join, even
- ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow
+ ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow
** opcode. */
isLeftJoin = -1;
}
** queries.
*/
if( pSub->pPrior ){
+ if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction (20) */
+ }
if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
return 0; /* (17d1), (17d2), or (17d3) */
}
*/
assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || pSub->pPrior==0 );
- /* Ex-restriction (20):
- ** A compound subquery must be the only term in the FROM clause of the
- ** outer query by restriction (17d3). But if that term also has an
- ** ORDER BY clause, then the subquery will be implemented by co-routine
- ** and so the flattener will never be invoked. Hence, it is not possible
- ** for the subquery to be a compound and have an ORDER BY clause.
- */
- assert( pSub->pPrior==0 || pSub->pOrderBy==0 );
-
/***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("flatten %s.%p from term %d\n",
pSub->zSelName, pSub, iFrom));
pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
/* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
- ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must
+ ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must
** be of the form:
**
- ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause>
+ ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause>
**
** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
- ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or
+ ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or
** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
** select statements in the compound sub-query.
Select *pNew;
ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
- Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset;
Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
p->pOrderBy = 0;
p->pSrc = 0;
p->pPrior = 0;
p->pLimit = 0;
- p->pOffset = 0;
pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, pSub->zSelName);
- p->pOffset = pOffset;
p->pLimit = pLimit;
p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
p->pSrc = pSrc;
if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
}
- /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause
+ /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause
** in the outer query.
*/
pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
}
pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype;
-
- /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for
+
+ /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for
** references to the iParent in the outer query.
- **
+ **
** Example:
**
** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
x.pEList = pSub->pEList;
substSelect(&x, pParent, 0);
}
-
+
/* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
- ** outer query is distinct.
+ ** outer query is distinct.
*/
pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
-
+
/*
** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
**
** in the future.
*/
{
- Select *pX;
+ Select *pX;
for(pX=pSubq; pX; pX=pX->pPrior){
assert( (pX->selFlags & (SF_Recursive))==0 );
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
/*
-** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first
-** argument, this function checks if the following are true:
+** The pFunc is the only aggregate function in the query. Check to see
+** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization.
**
-** * the query contains just a single aggregate function,
-** * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and
-** * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value.
+** If the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then set
+** *ppMinMax to be an ORDER BY clause to be used for the optimization
+** and return either WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX depending on
+** whether pFunc is a min() or max() function.
**
-** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX
-** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the
-** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning.
+** If the query is not a candidate for the min/max optimization, return
+** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL (which must be zero).
**
-** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and
-** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned.
+** This routine must be called after aggregate functions have been
+** located but before their arguments have been subjected to aggregate
+** analysis.
*/
-static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){
- int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */
-
- *ppMinMax = 0;
- if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){
- Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */
- ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */
-
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
- if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
- const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
- eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
- *ppMinMax = pEList;
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
- eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
- *ppMinMax = pEList;
- }
- }
- }
-
- assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
+static u8 minMaxQuery(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pFunc, ExprList **ppMinMax){
+ int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */
+ ExprList *pEList = pFunc->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */
+ const char *zFunc; /* Name of aggregate function pFunc */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy;
+ u8 sortOrder;
+
+ assert( *ppMinMax==0 );
+ assert( pFunc->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+ if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return eRet;
+ zFunc = pFunc->u.zToken;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
+ eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
+ sortOrder = SQLITE_SO_ASC;
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
+ eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
+ sortOrder = SQLITE_SO_DESC;
+ }else{
+ return eRet;
+ }
+ *ppMinMax = pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0);
+ assert( pOrderBy!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder;
return eRet;
}
/*
** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
-** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This
+** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This
** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
**
** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
assert( !p->pGroupBy );
- if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1
+ if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1
|| p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
){
return 0;
/*
** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
-** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return
-** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate
+** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return
+** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate
** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy;
Index *pIdx;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex;
- pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy);
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex;
+ pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy);
pIdx=pIdx->pNext
);
if( !pIdx ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with
+** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with
** an alternative collating sequence.
**
** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ...
assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 );
pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew;
pNew->pLimit = 0;
- pNew->pOffset = 0;
return WRC_Continue;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/*
-** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested
-** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by
-** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE)
+** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested
+** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by
+** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE)
** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
** return NULL.
**
** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
-** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT
+** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT
** statement with which it is associated.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
}
/*
-** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by
+** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by
** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
** reference to the current CTE.
** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int withExpand(
- Walker *pWalker,
+ Walker *pWalker,
struct SrcList_item *pFrom
){
Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc;
for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i];
- if( pItem->zDatabase==0
- && pItem->zName!=0
+ if( pItem->zDatabase==0
+ && pItem->zName!=0
&& 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName)
){
pItem->pTab = pTab;
}
}
- /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */
+ /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */
if( pTab->nTabRef>2 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(
pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName
);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 ||
+ assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 ||
((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nTabRef==2 ));
pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s";
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/*
-** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH
+** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH
** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object.
**
** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by
** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table
-** names and other FROM clause elements.
+** names and other FROM clause elements.
*/
static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
** element of the FROM clause.
**
-** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
+** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause,
** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr;
u16 selFlags = p->selFlags;
+ u32 elistFlags = 0;
p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
return WRC_Abort;
}
- if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
+ assert( p->pSrc!=0 );
+ if( (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
return WRC_Prune;
}
pTabList = p->pSrc;
assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break;
+ elistFlags |= pE->flags;
}
if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
/*
for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
pE = a[k].pExpr;
+ elistFlags |= pE->flags;
pRight = pE->pRight;
assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 );
if( pE->op!=TK_ASTERISK
** bit set.
*/
if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0
- && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j])
+ && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j])
){
continue;
}
if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
&& tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
){
- /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
+ /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
** table to the right of the join */
continue;
}
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
p->pEList = pNew;
}
- if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
- return WRC_Abort;
+ if( p->pEList ){
+ if( p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ if( (elistFlags & (EP_HasFunc|EP_Subquery))!=0 ){
+ p->selFlags |= SF_ComplexResult;
+ }
}
return WRC_Continue;
}
**
** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably,
-** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then
-** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every
+** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then
+** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every
** subquery in the parser tree.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
}
/* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
- ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present
+ ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present
** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
/*
** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere().
**
-** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return
+** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return
** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes.
**
-** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the
+** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the
** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE
** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression
** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1".
static void havingToWhere(
Parse *pParse,
ExprList *pGroupBy,
- Expr *pHaving,
+ Expr *pHaving,
Expr **ppWhere
){
struct HavingToWhereCtx sCtx;
if( pItem->zName==0 ) continue;
if( sqlite3_stricmp(pItem->zDatabase, pThis->zDatabase)!=0 ) continue;
if( sqlite3_stricmp(pItem->zName, pThis->zName)!=0 ) continue;
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0,
- pThis->pSelect->pWhere, pItem->pSelect->pWhere, -1)
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0,
+ pThis->pSelect->pWhere, pItem->pSelect->pWhere, -1)
){
/* The view was modified by some other optimization such as
** pushDownWhereTerms() */
#endif /* SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION */
/*
-** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.
+** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.
**
** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure.
** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information.
AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */
int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ ExprList *pMinMaxOrderBy = 0; /* Added ORDER BY for min/max queries */
+ u8 minMaxFlag; /* Flag for min/max queries */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
- assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union ||
+ assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union ||
pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard ||
pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo ||
pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo);
if( (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0 ) continue;
assert( pSub->pGroupBy==0 );
- /* If the subquery contains an ORDER BY clause and if
+ /* If the outer query contains a "complex" result set (that is,
+ ** if the result set of the outer query uses functions or subqueries)
+ ** and if the subquery contains an ORDER BY clause and if
** it will be implemented as a co-routine, then do not flatten. This
** restriction allows SQL constructs like this:
**
**
** The expensive_function() is only computed on the 10 rows that
** are output, rather than every row of the table.
+ **
+ ** The requirement that the outer query have a complex result set
+ ** means that flattening does occur on simpler SQL constraints without
+ ** the expensive_function() like:
+ **
+ ** SELECT x FROM (SELECT x FROM tab ORDER BY y LIMIT 10);
*/
if( pSub->pOrderBy!=0
&& i==0
+ && (p->selFlags & SF_ComplexResult)!=0
&& (pTabList->nSrc==1
|| (pTabList->a[1].fg.jointype&(JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0)
){
** set on each invocation.
*/
int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1;
-
+
pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName));
}
#endif
- /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and
+ /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and
** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
**
**
** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz
**
- ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be
- ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally
- ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER
+ ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be
+ ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally
+ ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER
** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
*/
- if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct
+ if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct
&& sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0
){
p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
}
}
- /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
+ /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
** into an OP_Noop.
*/
}
/* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
- ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause
- ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out
+ ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause
+ ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out
** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a
** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required
** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the
if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){
orderByGrp = 1;
}
-
+
/* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
}
sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
+ if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && sAggInfo.nFunc==1 ){
+ minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].pExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy);
+ }else{
+ minMaxFlag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+ }
for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc;
}
sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem;
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+ if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){
+ int ii;
+ SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis:\n"));
+ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
+ for(ii=0; ii<sAggInfo.nColumn; ii++){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("agg-column[%d] iMem=%d\n",
+ ii, sAggInfo.aCol[ii].iMem);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, sAggInfo.aCol[ii].pExpr, 0);
+ }
+ for(ii=0; ii<sAggInfo.nFunc; ii++){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("agg-func[%d]: iMem=%d\n",
+ ii, sAggInfo.aFunc[ii].iMem);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, sAggInfo.aFunc[ii].pExpr, 0);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
/* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
/* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out
** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction
- ** will be converted into a Noop.
+ ** will be converted into a Noop.
*/
sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, sAggInfo.nColumn);
- addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen,
- sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn,
+ addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen,
+ sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn,
0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
/* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
int nCol;
int nGroupBy;
- explainTempTable(pParse,
+ explainTempTable(pParse,
(sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ?
"DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY");
struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
int r1 = j + regBase;
- sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(pParse,
pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1);
j++;
}
** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier.
**
** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
- ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to
+ ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to
** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */
- if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder)
+ if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder)
&& (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo))
){
sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
-
+
} /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
else {
- ExprList *pDel = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
Table *pTab;
if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
**
** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index.
**
- ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only
+ ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only
** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
*/
if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
}else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
{
- /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
- **
- ** SELECT min(x) FROM ...
- ** SELECT max(x) FROM ...
- **
- ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
- ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause.
- ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
- ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the
- ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is
- ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum
- ** value of x, the only row required).
- **
- ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
- ** modify behavior as follows:
- **
- ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
- ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
- ** for x.
- **
- ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
- ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on
- ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
- ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
- */
- ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
- u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-
- assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
- assert( flag==0 );
- if( p->pHaving==0 ){
- flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax);
- }
- assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) );
-
- if( flag ){
- pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0);
- pDel = pMinMax;
- assert( db->mallocFailed || pMinMax!=0 );
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
- pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
- }
- }
-
/* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The
** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
** of output.
*/
+ assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax, 0,flag,0);
+
+ /* If this query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then
+ ** minMaxFlag will have been previously set to either
+ ** WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX and pMinMaxOrderBy will
+ ** be an appropriate ORDER BY expression for the optimization.
+ */
+ assert( minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL || pMinMaxOrderBy!=0 );
+ assert( pMinMaxOrderBy==0 || pMinMaxOrderBy->nExpr==1 );
+
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMaxOrderBy,
+ 0, minMaxFlag, 0);
if( pWInfo==0 ){
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
goto select_end;
}
updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 );
if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
- (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
+ (minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
}
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0,
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0,
pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
}
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
-
+
} /* endif aggregate query */
if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){
*/
select_end:
explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
-
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pMinMaxOrderBy);
sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
** at the conclusion of the call.
**
** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
-** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly.
+** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly.
** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
** the calling procedure is finished using it.
*/
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp->zSpan);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
}
}
/*
-** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to
+** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to
** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
**
** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
- && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName)
+ && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName)
){
pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
pList = pTrig;
** of triggers.
*/
if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S",
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S",
(tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
}
sqlite3TokenInit(&nameToken, pTrig->zName);
sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken);
- if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list)
- || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen)
+ if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list)
+ || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen)
){
goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
}
sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
}
+/*
+** Duplicate a range of text from an SQL statement, then convert all
+** whitespace characters into ordinary space characters.
+*/
+static char *triggerSpanDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *zStart, const char *zEnd){
+ char *z = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd);
+ int i;
+ if( z ) for(i=0; z[i]; i++) if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ) z[i] = ' ';
+ return z;
+}
+
/*
** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
**
** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
-** body of a TRIGGER.
+** body of a TRIGGER.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement */
+ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */
+ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */
+){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+ pTriggerStep->zSpan = triggerSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd);
return pTriggerStep;
}
static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */
- Token *pName /* The target name */
+ Token *pName, /* The target name */
+ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */
+ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */
){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
sqlite3Dequote(z);
pTriggerStep->zTarget = z;
pTriggerStep->op = op;
+ pTriggerStep->zSpan = triggerSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd);
}
return pTriggerStep;
}
Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */
IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
- u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+ u8 orconf, /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */
+ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */
){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
- pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
+ pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName, zStart, zEnd);
if( pTriggerStep ){
pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */
ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
- u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+ u8 orconf, /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */
+ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */
){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
- pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
+ pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName, zStart, zEnd);
if( pTriggerStep ){
pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */
- Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
+ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */
+ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */
){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
- pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
+ pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName, zStart, zEnd);
if( pTriggerStep ){
pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
return pTriggerStep;
}
-/*
+/*
** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
}
/*
-** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema.
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema.
**
** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
/*
-** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
Table *pTable;
for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
}
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
/*
** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
-** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is
+** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is
** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
*/
}
/*
-** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single
+** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single
** trigger.
*/
static int codeTriggerProgram(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
- int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */
+ int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */
){
TriggerStep *pStep;
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ if( pStep->zSpan ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Trace, 0x7fffffff, 1, 0,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- %s", pStep->zSpan),
+ P4_DYNAMIC);
+ }
+#endif
+
switch( pStep->op ){
case TK_UPDATE: {
- sqlite3Update(pParse,
+ sqlite3Update(pParse,
targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
- sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0),
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0),
- pParse->eOrconf
+ sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0),
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0),
+ pParse->eOrconf, 0, 0
);
break;
}
case TK_INSERT: {
- sqlite3Insert(pParse,
+ sqlite3Insert(pParse,
targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
- sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0),
- sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList),
+ sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0),
+ sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList),
pParse->eOrconf
);
break;
}
case TK_DELETE: {
- sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,
targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 0, 0
);
break;
}
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
break;
}
- }
+ }
if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
}
}
/*
-** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program
+** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program
** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
*/
static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
assert( pTop->pVdbe );
/* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
- ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg
+ ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg
** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */
pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
if( !pPrg ) return 0;
pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
- /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the
+ /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the
** trigger sub-program. */
pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
if( v ){
- VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)",
+ VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)",
pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
(pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
(pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
pTab->zName
));
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
- );
+ if( pTrigger->zName ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
+ );
+ }
#endif
/* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
- ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the
+ ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the
** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */
if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen)
- && db->mallocFailed==0
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen)
+ && db->mallocFailed==0
){
iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse);
- if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pParse->nErr==0 ){
pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
}
pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
return pPrg;
}
-
+
/*
** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */
- for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg;
- pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf);
+ for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg;
+ pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf);
pPrg=pPrg->pNext
);
}
/*
-** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on
+** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on
** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
** function are the same as those described in the header function for
** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program
+ /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program
** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */
if( pPrg ){
int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
**
-** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers
+** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers
** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
**
** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
-** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or
-** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway).
+** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or
+** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway).
** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
-** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through
+** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through
** (reg+N+N+1) are.
**
** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
- assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema
+ assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema
|| p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
/* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
- if( p->op==op
- && p->tr_tm==tr_tm
+ if( p->op==op
+ && p->tr_tm==tr_tm
&& checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
){
sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
}
/*
-** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table.
-** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the
-** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information
+** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table.
+** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the
+** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information
** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
**
** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
**
-** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is
+** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is
** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
**
** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
/*
** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
-** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the
+** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the
** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
**
-** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the
+** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the
** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
**
-** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have
+** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have
** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
-** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated
+** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated
** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
** into the sqlite_master table.)
**
** sqlite3_value objects.
**
** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
-** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is
-** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save
+** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is
+** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save
** space.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
assert( i<pTab->nCol );
- sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc,
+ sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc,
pCol->affinity, &pValue);
if( pValue ){
sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pValue, P4_MEM);
SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */
ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
- int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */
+ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause. May be null */
+ Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT clause. May be null */
){
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */
}
assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
- /* Locate the table which we want to update.
+ /* Locate the table which we want to update.
*/
pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
# define isView 0
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+ if( !isView ){
+ pWhere = sqlite3LimitWhere(
+ pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, "UPDATE"
+ );
+ pOrderBy = 0;
+ pLimit = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+
if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
pParse->nTab++;
}
- /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].
+ /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].
** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values.
*/
aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 );
assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 );
chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk;
- /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.
+ /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.
** So reset the colUsed mask. Unless this is a virtual table. In that
** case, set all bits of the colUsed mask (to ensure that the virtual
** table implementation makes all columns available).
reg = ++pParse->nMem;
pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn;
if( (onError==OE_Replace)
- || (onError==OE_Default && pIdx->onError==OE_Replace)
+ || (onError==OE_Default && pIdx->onError==OE_Replace)
){
bReplace = 1;
}
aRegIdx[j] = reg;
}
if( bReplace ){
- /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all
+ /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all
** indexes in case they are needed to delete records. */
memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
}
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( isView ){
- sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur);
+ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab,
+ pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iDataCur
+ );
+ pOrderBy = 0;
+ pLimit = 0;
}
#endif
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
}
- /* Begin the database scan.
+ /* Begin the database scan.
**
** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if
** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may
}
assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) );
}
-
+
if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
/* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF
** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes,
/* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In
** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in
** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change
- ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table
+ ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table
** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers. */
for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
** information is needed */
if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){
u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
- oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse,
+ oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse,
pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
);
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
- ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from
- ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger
+ ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from
+ ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger
** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
*/
if( j>=0 ){
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
}else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){
- /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed
+ /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed
** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
*/
if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew);
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
/* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
- ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are
+ ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are
** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated
** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
** documentation.
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
- /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified
- ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for
- ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their
+ /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified
+ ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for
+ ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their
** registers in case this has happened.
*/
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
** to process, delete the old record. Otherwise, add a noop OP_Delete
** to invoke the pre-update hook.
**
- ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the
+ ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the
** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned
** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol
** is the column index supplied by the user.
if( hasFK ){
sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
}
-
+
/* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
- pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx,
- OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0),
+ pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx,
+ OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0),
0, 0
);
/* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
- ** to the row just updated. */
+ ** to the row just updated. */
if( hasFK ){
sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
}
}
- /* Increment the row counter
+ /* Increment the row counter
*/
if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
}
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
/* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
}
/*
- ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is
+ ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is
** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
** invoke the callback function.
*/
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit);
+#endif
return;
}
/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
/*
** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
**
-** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special
-** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table
+** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special
+** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table
** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row.
**
** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains
int bOnePass; /* True to use onepass strategy */
int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */
- /* Allocate nArg registers to martial the arguments to VUpdate. Then
+ /* Allocate nArg registers in which to gather the arguments for VUpdate. Then
** create and open the ephemeral table in which the records created from
** these arguments will be temporarily stored. */
assert( v );
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Enable sqlite3_vtab_nochange() */
}
}
if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
/* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into
** the ephemeral table. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Signal an assert() within OP_MakeRecord that it is allowed to
+ ** accept no-change records with serial_type 10 */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC);
+#endif
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid);
}
/* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
- /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and
+ /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and
** invoke the VUpdate method. */
for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i, regArg+i);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be
+ /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be
** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */
saved_flags = db->flags;
);
if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the
+ /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the
** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs,
** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database
** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit
}
/* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
- ** array. */
+ ** array. */
sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
return rc;
/*
** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
-** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of
+** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of
** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
*/
/*
** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
-** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.
+** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.
**
** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
/*
** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
-** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access
+** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access
** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
/*
** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
-** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity.
+** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity.
** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
*/
VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
p->pVTable = 0;
- /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database
- ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments
+ /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database
+ ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments
** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
**
** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
-** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the
+** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the
** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
**
** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
** the database handle mutex is held.
**
-** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously
+** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously
** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
** record.
**
** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
-** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable
+** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable
** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
-** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database
-** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the
+** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database
+** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the
** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
-** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated
+** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated
** database connection.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
*/
if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
- sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName,
+ sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName,
pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
}
#endif
addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
pParse->sArg.z = 0;
if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
-
+
/* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
}
zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
- /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
+ /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
- ** the information we've collected.
+ ** the information we've collected.
**
** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
** to this procedure.
*/
static int vtabCallConstructor(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
Table *pTab,
Module *pMod,
int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
/* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */
for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){
if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName
);
return SQLITE_LOCKED;
int iCol;
u8 oooHidden = 0;
/* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
- ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the
+ ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the
** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from
** the type string. */
/*
** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
-** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned
+** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned
** and an error left in pParse.
**
** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
/*
** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb.
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb.
**
** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point to an English language
** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);
- /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method,
- ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an
+ /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method,
+ ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an
** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
*/
if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){
sParse.declareVtab = 1;
sParse.db = db;
sParse.nQueryLoop = 1;
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr)
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr)
&& sParse.pNewTable
&& !db->mallocFailed
&& !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect
** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
**
-** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks.
+** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks.
*/
static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
int i;
}
/*
-** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the
+** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the
** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
}
/*
-** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the
+** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the
** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
/* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
- ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to
+ ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to
** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
}
if( !pVTab ){
return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ }
pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
if( pModule->xBegin ){
}
}
- /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the
+ /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the
** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
rc = growVTrans(db);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
**
** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is
** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
** an open transaction is invoked.
**
-** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK,
+** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK,
** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
** SQLITE_OK is returned.
** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
**
-** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a
+** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a
** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
*/
assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
-
+
/* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
- ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function
+ ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function
*/
zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
if( zLowerName ){
Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab;
if( pTab!=0 ){
/* Mark the table as Ephemeral prior to deleting it, so that the
- ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in
+ ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in
** the schema. */
pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
** within an xUpdate method.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
- static const unsigned char aMap[] = {
- SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE
+ static const unsigned char aMap[] = {
+ SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE
};
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
/*
-** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide
+** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide
** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
** of the virtual table being implemented.
*/
/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a
** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause.
-** See WhereOrSet for additional information
+** See WhereOrSet for additional information
*/
struct WhereOrCost {
Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */
** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
**
-** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.
+** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.
** The following identity holds:
**
** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
**
-** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in
-** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE
+** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in
+** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE
** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum
** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping
}
/*
-** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This
+** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This
** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table
** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression.
**
/*
** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was
-** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode
+** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode
** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel.
**
** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned.
){
int ret = 0;
#if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS)
- if( pParse->explain==2 )
+ if( sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->explain==2 )
#endif
{
struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
/*
** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an
-** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to
-** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM
+** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to
+** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM
** clause that the scan reads data from.
**
-** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an
+** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an
** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(
**
** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause. The child1
** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization. If both of
-** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be
+** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be
** skipped.
**
** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED. But if the parent
*/
static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
int nLoop = 0;
- while( ALWAYS(pTerm!=0)
- && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
+ assert( pTerm!=0 );
+ while( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
&& (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
&& (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0
){
}
if( pTerm->iParent<0 ) break;
pTerm = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
+ assert( pTerm!=0 );
pTerm->nChild--;
if( pTerm->nChild!=0 ) break;
nLoop++;
/*
** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
-** to the n registers starting at base.
+** to the n registers starting at base.
**
** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries (which are no-ops) at the
** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are
}
/*
-** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is
+** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is
** either a vector of n elements or, if n==1, a scalar expression.
** Before the comparison operation, affinity zAff is to be applied
** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the
}
}
+
+/*
+** pX is an expression of the form: (vector) IN (SELECT ...)
+** In other words, it is a vector IN operator with a SELECT clause on the
+** LHS. But not all terms in the vector are indexable and the terms might
+** not be in the correct order for indexing.
+**
+** This routine makes a copy of the input pX expression and then adjusts
+** the vector on the LHS with corresponding changes to the SELECT so that
+** the vector contains only index terms and those terms are in the correct
+** order. The modified IN expression is returned. The caller is responsible
+** for deleting the returned expression.
+**
+** Example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d,e,f);
+** CREATE INDEX t1x1 ON t1(e,c);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (a,b,c,d,e) IN (SELECT v,w,x,y,z FROM t2)
+** \_______________________________________/
+** The pX expression
+**
+** Since only columns e and c can be used with the index, in that order,
+** the modified IN expression that is returned will be:
+**
+** (e,c) IN (SELECT z,x FROM t2)
+**
+** The reduced pX is different from the original (obviously) and thus is
+** only used for indexing, to improve performance. The original unaltered
+** IN expression must also be run on each output row for correctness.
+*/
+static Expr *removeUnindexableInClauseTerms(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ int iEq, /* Look at loop terms starting here */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop, /* The current loop */
+ Expr *pX /* The IN expression to be reduced */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pX, 0);
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+ ExprList *pOrigRhs = pNew->x.pSelect->pEList; /* Original unmodified RHS */
+ ExprList *pOrigLhs = pNew->pLeft->x.pList; /* Original unmodified LHS */
+ ExprList *pRhs = 0; /* New RHS after modifications */
+ ExprList *pLhs = 0; /* New LHS after mods */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ Select *pSelect; /* Pointer to the SELECT on the RHS */
+
+ for(i=iEq; i<pLoop->nLTerm; i++){
+ if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){
+ int iField = pLoop->aLTerm[i]->iField - 1;
+ assert( pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr!=0 );
+ pRhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pRhs, pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr);
+ pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr = 0;
+ assert( pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr!=0 );
+ pLhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pLhs, pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr);
+ pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrigRhs);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrigLhs);
+ pNew->pLeft->x.pList = pLhs;
+ pNew->x.pSelect->pEList = pRhs;
+ if( pLhs && pLhs->nExpr==1 ){
+ /* Take care here not to generate a TK_VECTOR containing only a
+ ** single value. Since the parser never creates such a vector, some
+ ** of the subroutines do not handle this case. */
+ Expr *p = pLhs->a[0].pExpr;
+ pLhs->a[0].pExpr = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pNew->pLeft);
+ pNew->pLeft = p;
+ }
+ pSelect = pNew->x.pSelect;
+ if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
+ /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the
+ ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an
+ ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the
+ ** result-set. Since the result-set of the SELECT statement may
+ ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer
+ ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization,
+ ** it's easiest just to zero them here. */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
+ for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+ pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ printf("For indexing, change the IN expr:\n");
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pX, 0);
+ printf("Into:\n");
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pNew, 0);
+#endif
+ }
+ return pNew;
+}
+
+
/*
** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality
-** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be
+** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be
** coded.
**
** The current value for the constraint is left in a register, the index
}
}
for(i=iEq;i<pLoop->nLTerm; i++){
- if( ALWAYS(pLoop->aLTerm[i]) && pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ) nEq++;
+ assert( pLoop->aLTerm[i]!=0 );
+ if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ) nEq++;
}
if( (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 || pX->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr==1 ){
eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0, 0);
}else{
- Select *pSelect = pX->x.pSelect;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- u16 savedDbOptFlags = db->dbOptFlags;
- ExprList *pOrigRhs = pSelect->pEList;
- ExprList *pOrigLhs = pX->pLeft->x.pList;
- ExprList *pRhs = 0; /* New Select.pEList for RHS */
- ExprList *pLhs = 0; /* New pX->pLeft vector */
-
- for(i=iEq;i<pLoop->nLTerm; i++){
- if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){
- int iField = pLoop->aLTerm[i]->iField - 1;
- Expr *pNewRhs = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr, 0);
- Expr *pNewLhs = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr, 0);
+ pX = removeUnindexableInClauseTerms(pParse, iEq, pLoop, pX);
- pRhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pRhs, pNewRhs);
- pLhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pLhs, pNewLhs);
- }
- }
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- Expr *pLeft = pX->pLeft;
-
- if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
- /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the
- ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an
- ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the
- ** result-set. Since the result-set of the SELECT statement may
- ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer
- ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization,
- ** it's easiest just to zero them here. */
- ExprList *pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
- for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
- pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* Take care here not to generate a TK_VECTOR containing only a
- ** single value. Since the parser never creates such a vector, some
- ** of the subroutines do not handle this case. */
- if( pLhs->nExpr==1 ){
- pX->pLeft = pLhs->a[0].pExpr;
- }else{
- pLeft->x.pList = pLhs;
- aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int) * nEq);
- testcase( aiMap==0 );
- }
- pSelect->pEList = pRhs;
- db->dbOptFlags |= SQLITE_QueryFlattener;
+ aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*nEq);
eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0, aiMap);
- db->dbOptFlags = savedDbOptFlags;
- testcase( aiMap!=0 && aiMap[0]!=0 );
- pSelect->pEList = pOrigRhs;
- pLeft->x.pList = pOrigLhs;
- pX->pLeft = pLeft;
+ pTerm->pExpr->iTable = pX->iTable;
}
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pLhs);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pRhs);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pX);
+ pX = pTerm->pExpr;
}
if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){
** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
-** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two
+** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two
** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate
** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored
** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
testcase( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR );
VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j)));
}
- }
+ }
/* Evaluate the equality constraints
*/
int r1;
pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
assert( pTerm!=0 );
- /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns.
+ /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns.
** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
if( pTerm->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){
/* No affinity ever needs to be (or should be) applied to a value
- ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The
- ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the
+ ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The
+ ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the
** affinity of the comparison has been applied to the value. */
if( zAff ) zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
/*
** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range constraint
-** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then
+** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then
** set P3 and P5 on the OP_String opcode so that the string will be cast
** to a BLOB at appropriate times.
**
assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 );
pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
assert( pOp!=0 );
- assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8
|| pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed );
pOp->p3 = (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1); /* Register holding counter */
pOp->p5 = (u8)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr&1); /* ASC or DESC */
/*
** Test whether or not expression pExpr, which was part of a WHERE clause,
** should be included in the cursor-hint for a table that is on the rhs
-** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the
+** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the
** expression is not suitable.
**
** An expression is unsuitable if it might evaluate to non NULL even if
** CASE WHEN col THEN 0 ELSE 1 END
*/
static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
- if( pExpr->op==TK_IS
- || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT
- || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_IS
+ || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT
+ || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE
){
pWalker->eCode = 1;
}else if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){
** that accesses any table other than the one identified by
** CCurHint.iTabCur, then do the following:
**
-** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read
+** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read
** the specified column into the new register, and
**
-** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads
+** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads
** from the newly populated register.
**
** Also, if the node is a TK_COLUMN that does access the table idenified
** the parent context. Do not walk the function arguments in this case.
**
** todo: It should be possible to replace this node with a TK_REGISTER
- ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a
+ ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a
** register at this point. The same holds for TK_AGG_COLUMN nodes. */
rc = WRC_Prune;
}
if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue;
- /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT
+ /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT
** JOIN for which the current table is not the rhs are omitted
- ** from the cursor-hint.
+ ** from the cursor-hint.
**
- ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms
+ ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms
** that were specified as part of the WHERE clause must be excluded.
** This is to address the following:
**
** SELECT ... t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.a=t2.b) WHERE t2.c IS NULL;
**
** Say there is a single row in t2 that matches (t1.a=t2.b), but its
- ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is
+ ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is
** pushed down to the cursor, this row is filtered out, causing
** SQLite to synthesize a row of NULL values. Which does match the
** WHERE clause, and so the query returns a row. Which is incorrect.
*/
if( pTabItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){
Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
- if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
|| pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pTabItem->iCursor
){
sWalker.eCode = 0;
if( pExpr!=0 ){
sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintFixExpr;
sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint,
(sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0,
(const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR);
}
/*
** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains
** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This
-** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the
+** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the
** rowid stored in register iRowid.
**
** Normally, this is just:
** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and
** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of OP_DeferredSeek
** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers
-** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open
-** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the
+** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open
+** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the
** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column
** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0.
*/
assert( iIdxCur>0 );
assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 );
-
+
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_DeferredSeek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur);
if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)
&& DbMaskAllZero(sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->writeMask)
iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1;
- omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
+ omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
&& (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0;
VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pOp->opcode, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3);
}
- /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if
+ /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if
** the IN constraint is not satisfied */
pCompare = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, 0, 0);
assert( pCompare!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
int op; /* Cursor seek operation */
- /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding
+ /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding
** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
*/
const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue, 1);
- if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight)
- && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT)
+ if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight)
+ && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT)
){
testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
}else{
}else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
/* Case 4: A scan using an index.
**
- ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality
+ ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality
** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
- ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only
+ ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only
** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
- ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the
- ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all
+ ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the
+ ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all
** optimized:
**
** x=5
** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
- */
+ */
static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
0,
0,
iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip );
- /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that
- ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..."
+ /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that
+ ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..."
** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
nExtraReg = 1;
}
- /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end
- ** of the range.
+ /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end
+ ** of the range.
*/
j = nEq;
if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm);
/* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */
- assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 ||
+ assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 ||
(pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 );
}
if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
/* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
- ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
+ ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
*/
if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC))
}
if( zStartAff ){
updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]);
- }
+ }
nConstraint += nBtm;
testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){
}
}else if( bStopAtNull ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
endEq = 0;
nConstraint++;
}
/* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */
}else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){
if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE) || (
- (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE)
+ (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE)
&& (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE)
)){
iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
}
- /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is
+ /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is
** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index
** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
**
- ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction
+ ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction
** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
- ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the
- ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to
+ ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the
+ ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to
** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
** called on an uninitialized cursor.
*/
**
** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is
** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the
- ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as
+ ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as
** indices.
**
** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term
**
** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet
** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in
- ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no
- ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never
- ** be tested for. */
+ ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no
+ ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never
+ ** be tested for. */
if( iSet ){
jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk);
VdbeCoverage(v);
** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
- ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set
- ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will
+ ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set
+ ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will
** be available.
*/
pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop;
**
** iLoop==1: Code only expressions that are entirely covered by pIdx.
** iLoop==2: Code remaining expressions that do not contain correlated
- ** sub-queries.
+ ** sub-queries.
** iLoop==3: Code all remaining expressions.
**
** An effort is made to skip unnecessary iterations of the loop.
if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
continue;
}
-
+
if( iLoop==1 && !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pE, pLevel->iTabCur, pIdx) ){
iNext = 2;
continue;
}
/* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
- ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.
+ ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.
*/
if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure
** that the collating sequence does not change. For example:
** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on
-** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence
+** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence
** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag
** is not commuted.
*/
** the LHS is numeric and so the optimization still works.
*/
if( sqlite3Isdigit(z[0]) || z[0]=='-' ){
- if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN
- || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+ if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN
+ || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
|| IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab) /* Value might be numeric */
){
sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
** with a wildcard and if (2) the non-wildcard prefix does not end with
** an (illegal 0xff) character. The second condition is necessary so
** that we can increment the prefix key to find an upper bound for the
- ** range search.
+ ** range search.
*/
if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
Expr *pPrefix;
** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
- */
+ */
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
** 9. column IS NOT NULL SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL
**
** In every case, "column" must be a column of a virtual table. If there
-** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the
+** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the
** "expr" expression (even though in forms (6) and (8) the column is on the
** right and the expression is on the left). Also set *peOp2 to the
** appropriate virtual table operator. The return value is 1 or 2 if there
**
** The following is NOT generated:
**
-** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y
+** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y
*/
static void whereCombineDisjuncts(
SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */
** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T
**
** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
-** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and
+** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and
** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
-** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND
+** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND
** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
**
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
- if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op)
+ if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op)
|| pAndTerm->eOperator==WO_AUX
){
b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
/* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceded
- ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term
+ ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term
** and use its inversion. */
testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
}
/* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
- ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is
+ ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is
** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
*/
if( okToChngToIN ){
Expr *pExpr, /* An operand of a comparison operator */
int op /* The specific comparison operator */
){
- /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a
- ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing
+ /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a
+ ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing
** on the first element of the vector. */
assert( TK_GT+1==TK_LE && TK_GT+2==TK_LT && TK_GT+3==TK_GE );
assert( TK_IS<TK_GE && TK_ISNULL<TK_GE && TK_IN<TK_GE );
int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */
Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- unsigned char eOp2; /* op2 value for LIKE/REGEXP/GLOB */
+ unsigned char eOp2 = 0; /* op2 value for LIKE/REGEXP/GLOB */
int nLeft; /* Number of elements on left side vector */
if( db->mallocFailed ){
pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask;
}
if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS;
- if( pRight
+ if( pRight
&& exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, pTerm->prereqRight, aiCurCol, pRight, op)
){
WhereTerm *pNew;
for(i=0; i<2; i++){
Expr *pNewExpr;
int idxNew;
- pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i],
+ pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i],
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0));
transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr);
** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing
** BLOBs.
*/
- if( pWC->op==TK_AND
+ if( pWC->op==TK_AND
&& isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
){
Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
if( noCase ){
/* The point is to increment the last character before the first
** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
- ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the
+ ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the
** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
*/
** to do anything with MATCH functions.
*/
if( pWC->op==TK_AND ){
- Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
+ Expr *pRight = 0, *pLeft = 0;
int res = isAuxiliaryVtabOperator(pExpr, &eOp2, &pLeft, &pRight);
while( res-- > 0 ){
int idxNew;
prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
Expr *pNewExpr;
- pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH,
+ pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH,
0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0));
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && pNewExpr ){
ExprSetProperty(pNewExpr, EP_FromJoin);
**
** This is only required if at least one side of the comparison operation
** is not a sub-select. */
- if( pWC->op==TK_AND
+ if( pWC->op==TK_AND
&& (pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IS)
&& (nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))>1
&& sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight)==nLeft
- && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0
+ && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0
|| (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0)
){
int i;
/* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create
** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object
- ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...)
+ ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...)
** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within
** the vector on the LHS that the virtual term represents.
**
/*
-** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.
+** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.
**
** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the
** end of the WHERE clause. We do not want to analyze these new
/*
** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into
-** new WHERE clause terms.
+** new WHERE clause terms.
**
** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against
** a HIDDEN column in the table.
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include "whereInt.h" */
+/*
+** Extra information appended to the end of sqlite3_index_info but not
+** visible to the xBestIndex function, at least not directly. The
+** sqlite3_vtab_collation() interface knows how to reach it, however.
+**
+** This object is not an API and can be changed from one release to the
+** next. As long as allocateIndexInfo() and sqlite3_vtab_collation()
+** agree on the structure, all will be well.
+*/
+typedef struct HiddenIndexInfo HiddenIndexInfo;
+struct HiddenIndexInfo {
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* The Where clause being analyzed */
+ Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */
+};
+
/* Forward declaration of methods */
static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int);
** operate directly on the rowis returned by a WHERE clause. Return
** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only
** a single row is to be changed. Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass
-** optimization can be used on multiple
+** optimization can be used on multiple
**
** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true)
** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS
** if pIdx!=0 and <op> is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by
** the op parameter. Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found.
**
-** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur.
+** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur.
** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx
** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur.
**
){
Table *pTab;
Index *pIdx;
- int i;
+ int i;
int iBase;
/* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
- ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT
+ ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT
** clause is redundant. */
if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
- /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return
+ /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return
** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
*/
** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code.
**
** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column
-** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine
+** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine
** instead of via table lookup.
**
** If the bIncrRowid parameter is 0, then any OP_Rowid instructions on
char aff;
if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0;
- if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)
+ if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)
&& !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
&& (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS)
){
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-
+
/* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
-** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the
+** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
*/
static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
- Parse *pParse,
- WhereClause *pWC,
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause being analyzed */
Bitmask mUnusable, /* Ignore terms with these prereqs */
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
- ExprList *pOrderBy,
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term that is the vtab */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
u16 *pmNoOmit /* Mask of terms not to omit */
){
int i, j;
struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+ struct HiddenIndexInfo *pHidden;
WhereTerm *pTerm;
int nOrderBy;
sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
nTerm++;
}
- /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current
+ /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current
** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
*/
*/
pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
+ (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
- + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
+ + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy + sizeof(*pHidden) );
if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
return 0;
** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to
** initialize those fields.
*/
- pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
+ pHidden = (struct HiddenIndexInfo*)&pIdxInfo[1];
+ pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pHidden[1];
pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
*(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
*(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
pUsage;
+ pHidden->pWC = pWC;
+ pHidden->pParse = pParse;
for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
u16 op;
if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
assert( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_AUX) );
if( op & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE)
- && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight)
+ && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight)
){
if( i<16 ) mNoOmit |= (1 << i);
if( op==WO_LT ) pIdxCons[j].op = WO_LE;
** Search for "xBestIndex malfunction" below */
for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
}
}
** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that
** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index
** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples
-** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record
-** pRec.
+** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record
+** pRec.
*/
static int whereKeyStats(
Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */
** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples
** in aSample is:
**
- ** aSample[0] = (a, 5)
- ** aSample[1] = (a, 10)
- ** aSample[2] = (b, 5)
- ** aSample[3] = (c, 100)
+ ** aSample[0] = (a, 5)
+ ** aSample[1] = (a, 10)
+ ** aSample[2] = (b, 5)
+ ** aSample[3] = (c, 100)
** aSample[4] = (c, 105)
**
- ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the
- ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize,
+ ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the
+ ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize,
** the code actually searches this set:
**
- ** 0: (a)
- ** 1: (a, 5)
- ** 2: (a, 10)
- ** 3: (a, 10)
- ** 4: (b)
- ** 5: (b, 5)
- ** 6: (c)
- ** 7: (c, 100)
+ ** 0: (a)
+ ** 1: (a, 5)
+ ** 2: (a, 10)
+ ** 3: (a, 10)
+ ** 4: (b)
+ ** 5: (b, 5)
+ ** 6: (c)
+ ** 7: (c, 100)
** 8: (c, 105)
** 9: (c, 105)
**
** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the
- ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on
+ ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on
** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc.
**
** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields.
** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or
- ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above,
- ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it
- ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it
- ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result,
- ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not
+ ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above,
+ ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it
+ ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it
+ ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result,
+ ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not
** cause any problems.
*/
nField = pRec->nField;
iSamp = iTest / nField;
if( iSamp>0 ){
/* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp].
- ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField)
+ ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField)
** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample. */
for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; n<nField; n++){
if( aSample[iSamp-1].anLt[n-1]!=aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] ) break;
assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
assert( iCol==nField-1 );
pRec->nField = nField;
- assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)
- || pParse->db->mallocFailed
+ assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)
+ || pParse->db->mallocFailed
);
}else{
/* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than
** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i. */
assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 );
pRec->nField = iCol+1;
- assert( i==pIdx->nSample
+ assert( i==pIdx->nSample
|| sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0
|| pParse->db->mallocFailed );
aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
}else{
- /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first
+ /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first
** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec
** is larger than all samples in the array. */
tRowcnt iUpper, iGap;
/*
** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower
-** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated
+** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated
** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number
** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account.
**
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
+/*
** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a
** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example:
**
** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?;
**
-** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows
-** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate
+** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows
+** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate
** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based
-** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple
-** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with
+** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple
+** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with
** by the caller.
**
** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values
** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone
** is left as is.
**
-** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise,
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise,
** SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int whereRangeSkipScanEst(
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq);
CollSeq *pColl;
-
+
sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */
sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */
sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */
nDiff = (nUpper - nLower);
if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1;
- /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the
+ /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the
** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback
** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating
** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows
**
** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
**
-** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second
+** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second
** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
**
** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
** then nEq is set to 0.
**
** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
-** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without
-** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of
+** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without
+** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of
** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper.
-**
+**
** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
-** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4.
+** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4.
** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
** rows visited by a factor of 64.
*/
int nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm;
int nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop;
- /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in
+ /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in
** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The
** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the
** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most
** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it
** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the
** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even
- ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and
+ ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and
** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used.
**
** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows
iLower = 0;
iUpper = p->nRowEst0;
}else{
- /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must
+ /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must
** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */
whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
iLower = a[0];
** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended
** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the
** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to
- ** match 1/64 of the index. */
+ ** match 1/64 of the index. */
if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){
nNew -= 20;
}
** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
** non-zero.
**
WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions %s(%d): %d\n",
p->zName, nEq-1, (int)a[1]));
*pnRow = a[1];
-
+
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
**
** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
** non-zero.
**
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left={%d:%d}",
pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->u.leftColumn);
}else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 && pTerm->u.pOrInfo!=0 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld",
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld",
pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable);
}else{
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left=%d", pTerm->leftCursor);
** Free a WhereInfo structure
*/
static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
- if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
- WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
- if( pLevel->pWLoop && (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE) ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
- }
- }
- sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC);
- while( pWInfo->pLoops ){
- WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops;
- pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop;
- whereLoopDelete(db, p);
+ int i;
+ assert( pWInfo!=0 );
+ for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
+ WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+ if( pLevel->pWLoop && (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE) ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
}
- sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pWInfo);
}
+ sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC);
+ while( pWInfo->pLoops ){
+ WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops;
+ pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop;
+ whereLoopDelete(db, p);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pWInfo);
}
/*
**
** Conditions (2) and (3) mean that X is a "proper subset" of Y.
** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought
-** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost
+** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost
** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. Constraint (4)
** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might
** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y. Constraint (5)
}
if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */
}
- if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
+ if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
&& (pY->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
return 0; /* Constraint (5) */
}
if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue;
if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue;
if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){
- /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its
+ /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its
** subset p. */
WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n",
pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1));
/* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero
** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN
** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */
- assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0
+ assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0
|| p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup );
/* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index
**
** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we
** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the
-** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following
+** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following
** conditions are met:
**
** (1) They have the same iTab.
whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
}
#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
p = *ppPrev;
}
if( pLoop->nOut > nRow-iReduce ) pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce;
}
-/*
+/*
** Term pTerm is a vector range comparison operation. The first comparison
** in the vector can be optimized using column nEq of the index. This
** function returns the total number of vector elements that can be used
nCmp = MIN(nCmp, (pIdx->nColumn - nEq));
for(i=1; i<nCmp; i++){
- /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq)
+ /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq)
** of the index. If not, exit the loop. */
char aff; /* Comparison affinity */
char idxaff = 0; /* Indexed columns affinity */
** the right column of the right source table. And that the sort
** order of the index column is the same as the sort order of the
** leftmost index column. */
- if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN
- || pLhs->iTable!=iCur
- || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq]
+ if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN
+ || pLhs->iTable!=iCur
+ || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq]
|| pIdx->aSortOrder[i+nEq]!=pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]
){
break;
#endif
/*
-** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the
+** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the
** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
**
-** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the
-** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq
-** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this
+** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the
+** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq
+** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this
** function returns.
**
** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the
pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf;
assert( nInMul==0
- || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0
- || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0
- || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0
);
if( eOp & WO_IN ){
int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq];
pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq );
- if( iCol==XN_ROWID
- || (iCol>0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1)
+ if( iCol==XN_ROWID
+ || (iCol>=0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1)
){
if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->uniqNotNull==0 ){
pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
/* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to
** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the
- ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all
+ ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all
** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates
** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */
assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
}else{
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
tRowcnt nOut = 0;
- if( nInMul==0
- && pProbe->nSample
+ if( nInMul==0
+ && pProbe->nSample
&& pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol
&& ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect))
){
{
pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]);
if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
- /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a
- ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows
+ /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a
+ ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows
** as (col=?). */
pNew->nOut += 10;
}
/* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
- ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18.
+ ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18.
**
** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
- ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower.
+ ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower.
** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
** more expensive. */
assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
if( (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab)
- && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab)
+ && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab)
){
return 1;
}
** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index
** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index
**
-** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative
+** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative
** estimated average size of the index and table records.
**
** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited
-** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on
+** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on
** the index b-tree:
**
** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index
** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index
**
-** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the
-** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when
+** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the
+** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when
** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.
**
** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount
LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */
WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */
Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */
-
+
pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
- /* Loop over all indices
- */
- for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){
+ /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only
+ ** consider index pProbe. */
+ for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe;
+ pProbe=(pSrc->pIBIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext), iSortIdx++
+ ){
if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
&& !whereUsablePartialIndex(pSrc->iCursor, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){
testcase( pNew->iTab!=pSrc->iCursor ); /* See ticket [98d973b8f5] */
continue; /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */
}
+ if( pProbe->bNoQuery ) continue;
rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0;
pNew->u.btree.nBtm = 0;
if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ) nLookup -= 19;
}
}
-
+
pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, nLookup);
}
ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
pBuilder->nRecValid = 0;
pBuilder->pRec = 0;
#endif
-
- /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
- ** considered. */
- if( pSrc->pIBIndex ) break;
}
return rc;
}
*pbIn = 0;
pNew->prereq = mPrereq;
- /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by
+ /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by
** arguments mUsable and mExclude. */
pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[pIdxCons->iTermOffset];
pIdxCons->usable = 0;
- if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight
+ if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight
&& (pTerm->eOperator & mExclude)==0
){
pIdxCons->usable = 1;
return rc;
}
+/*
+** If this function is invoked from within an xBestIndex() callback, it
+** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the name of the collation
+** sequence associated with element iCons of the sqlite3_index_info.aConstraint
+** array. Or, if iCons is out of range or there is no active xBestIndex
+** call, return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, int iCons){
+ HiddenIndexInfo *pHidden = (HiddenIndexInfo*)&pIdxInfo[1];
+ const char *zRet = 0;
+ if( iCons>=0 && iCons<pIdxInfo->nConstraint ){
+ CollSeq *pC = 0;
+ int iTerm = pIdxInfo->aConstraint[iCons].iTermOffset;
+ Expr *pX = pHidden->pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr;
+ if( pX->pLeft ){
+ pC = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pHidden->pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+ }
+ zRet = (pC ? pC->zName : "BINARY");
+ }
+ return zRet;
+}
/*
** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by
** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are
** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the
** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the
-** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or
-** CROSS JOIN.
+** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or
+** CROSS JOIN.
**
** For example, if the query were:
**
**
** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6).
**
-** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual
-** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by
-** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex.
+** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual
+** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by
+** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex.
** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current
** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with
** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex.
pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab];
assert( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) );
- p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy,
+ p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy,
&mNoOmit);
if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
pNew->rSetup = 0;
/* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan
** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0),
- ** then there is no point in making any further calls to xBestIndex()
+ ** then there is no point in making any further calls to xBestIndex()
** since they will all return the same result (if the xBestIndex()
** implementation is sane). */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (mBest = (pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))!=0 ){
}
}
- /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq)
+ /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq)
** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table. */
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int i;
** btrees or virtual tables.
*/
static int whereLoopAddOr(
- WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
- Bitmask mPrereq,
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+ Bitmask mPrereq,
Bitmask mUnusable
){
WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild;
WhereOrSet sSum, sCur;
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
+
pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){
if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0
- && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0
+ && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0
){
WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
int once = 1;
int i, j;
-
+
sSubBuild = *pBuilder;
sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0;
sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur;
}
sCur.n = 0;
#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
- WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n",
+ WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n",
(int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm));
if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){
sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sSubBuild.pWC);
/* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs
** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding
** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its
- ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty
- ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that
+ ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty
+ ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that
** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the
** following where there is an index on "y":
**
}
/*
-** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables
*/
static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 6th
** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY
** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N:
-**
+**
** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
-** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.
+** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.
**
** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY
** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
** as equivalent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
-** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the
+** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the
** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
*/
static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically
** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause
** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being
- ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that
+ ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that
** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct.
** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL.
**
~ready, eqOpMask, 0);
if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ){
- /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT
+ /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT
** optimization, and then only if they are actually used
** by the query plan */
assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT );
if( j>=pLoop->nLTerm ) continue;
}
if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
- if( sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(pWInfo->pParse,
+ if( sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(pWInfo->pParse,
pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr, pTerm->pExpr)==0 ){
continue;
}
for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
u8 bOnce = 1; /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */
- assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
+ assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
|| (pLoop->aLTerm[j]==0)==(j<pLoop->nSkip)
);
if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq && j>=pLoop->nSkip ){
u16 eOp = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator;
/* Skip over == and IS and ISNULL terms. (Also skip IN terms when
- ** doing WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT processing).
+ ** doing WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT processing).
**
- ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...))
+ ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...))
** expression for which the SELECT returns more than one column,
** check that it is the only column used by this loop. Otherwise,
** if it is one of two or more, none of the columns can be
testcase( isOrderDistinct );
isOrderDistinct = 0;
}
- continue;
+ continue;
}else if( ALWAYS(eOp & WO_IN) ){
/* ALWAYS() justification: eOp is an equality operator due to the
** j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq constraint above. Any equality other
}
/* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column
- ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off
+ ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off
*/
isMatch = 0;
for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){
#endif
/*
-** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have
+** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have
** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in
** order.
*/
int nOrderBy,
int nSorted
){
- /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is
+ /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is
** the number of rows to sort is:
**
** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)).
- **
- ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y
- ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the
+ **
+ ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y
+ ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the
** sorting cost to:
**
** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X)
** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array
** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the
** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of
- ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array
+ ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array
** index. */
aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX;
memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy);
** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results
** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to
** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to
- ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered,
+ ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered,
** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */
aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy;
}
assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
continue;
}
- /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop.
+ /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop.
** Compute its cost */
rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow);
rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted);
WHERETRACE(0x002,
("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n",
- aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy,
+ aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy,
rUnsorted, rCost));
}else{
rCost = rUnsorted;
** same set of loops and has the same isOrdered setting as the
** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace
** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped.
- **
+ **
** The conditional is an expanded vector comparison equivalent to:
** (pTo->rCost,pTo->nRow,pTo->rUnsorted) <= (rCost,nOut,rUnsorted)
*/
- if( pTo->rCost<rCost
+ if( pTo->rCost<rCost
|| (pTo->rCost==rCost
&& (pTo->nRow<nOut
|| (pTo->nRow==nOut && pTo->rUnsorted<=rUnsorted)
mxCost = aTo[0].rCost;
mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow;
for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){
- if( pTo->rCost>mxCost
- || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted)
+ if( pTo->rCost>mxCost
+ || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted)
){
mxCost = pTo->rCost;
mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted;
sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pSpace);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-
+
/* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */
pFrom = aFrom;
for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){
pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
if( nLoop>0 ){
u32 wsFlags = pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags;
- if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
+ if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
&& (wsFlags&(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN))!=(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN)
){
Bitmask m = 0;
&& pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0
){
Bitmask revMask = 0;
- int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy,
+ int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy,
pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask
);
assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
** times for the common case.
**
** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this
-** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the
+** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the
** general-purpose query planner.
*/
static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
int opMask;
assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm );
if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)
- || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0
- || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)
+ || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0
+ || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)
) continue;
opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ;
for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
}
/*
-** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL
-** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are
+** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL
+** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are
** part of sub-select statements.
*/
static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){
** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL.
**
-** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If
+** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If
** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index
** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this
** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is
u8 bFordelete = 0; /* OPFLAG_FORDELETE or zero, as appropriate */
assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || (
- (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0
- && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0
+ (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0
+ && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0
));
/* Only one of WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE or WHERE_USE_LIMIT */
}
/* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
- ** bits in a Bitmask
+ ** bits in a Bitmask
*/
testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
return 0;
}
- /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in
+ /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in
** pTabList. But if the WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set, then we should
** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
pWInfo->iLimit = iAuxArg;
pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
- memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0,
+ memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0,
offsetof(WhereInfo,sWC) - offsetof(WhereInfo,nOBSat));
memset(&pWInfo->a[0], 0, sizeof(WhereLoop)+nTabList*sizeof(WhereLevel));
assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ); /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */
initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo);
sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
-
+
/* Special case: No FROM clause
*/
if( nTabList==0 ){
}
#endif
}
-
+
/* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */
sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC);
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
/* Special case: WHERE terms that do not refer to any tables in the join
** (constant expressions). Evaluate each such term, and jump over all the
- ** generated code if the result is not true.
+ ** generated code if the result is not true.
**
** Do not do this if the expression contains non-deterministic functions
** that are not within a sub-select. This is not strictly required, but
if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){
rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB);
if( rc ) goto whereBeginError;
-
+
#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */
WhereLoop *p;
}
}
#endif
-
+
wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0);
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
}
}
#endif
- /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */
+
+ /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not affect the result.
+ ** For a table to not affect the result, the following must be true:
+ **
+ ** 1) The query must not be an aggregate.
+ ** 2) The table must be the RHS of a LEFT JOIN.
+ ** 3) Either the query must be DISTINCT, or else the ON or USING clause
+ ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to
+ ** at most a single row.
+ ** 4) The table must not be referenced by any part of the query apart
+ ** from its own USING or ON clause.
+ **
+ ** For example, given:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE t1(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v1);
+ ** CREATE TABLE t2(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v2);
+ ** CREATE TABLE t3(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v3);
+ **
+ ** then table t2 can be omitted from the following:
+ **
+ ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1
+ ** LEFT JOIN t2 USING (t1.ipk=t2.ipk)
+ ** LEFT JOIN t3 USING (t1.ipk=t3.ipk)
+ **
+ ** or from:
+ **
+ ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1
+ ** LEFT JOIN t2
+ ** LEFT JOIN t3 USING (t1.ipk=t3.ipk)
+ */
+ notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2
- && pResultSet!=0
+ && pResultSet!=0 /* guarantees condition (1) above */
&& OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin)
){
+ int i;
Bitmask tabUsed = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet);
if( sWLB.pOrderBy ){
tabUsed |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy);
}
- while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){
+ for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=1; i--){
WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd;
- pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop;
- if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ pLoop = pWInfo->a[i].pWLoop;
+ pItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab];
+ if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) continue;
if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0
&& (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
){
- break;
+ continue;
}
- if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break;
+ if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) continue;
pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm;
for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTerm<pEnd; pTerm++){
- if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0
- && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
- ){
- break;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ){
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+ || pTerm->pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pItem->iCursor
+ ){
+ break;
+ }
}
}
- if( pTerm<pEnd ) break;
+ if( pTerm<pEnd ) continue;
WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("-> drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId));
+ notReady &= ~pLoop->maskSelf;
+ for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTerm<pEnd; pTerm++){
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ){
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+ }
+ }
+ if( i!=pWInfo->nLevel-1 ){
+ int nByte = (pWInfo->nLevel-1-i) * sizeof(WhereLevel);
+ memmove(&pWInfo->a[i], &pWInfo->a[i+1], nByte);
+ }
pWInfo->nLevel--;
nTabList--;
}
/* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
+ **
+ ** A one-pass approach can be used if the caller has requested one
+ ** and either (a) the scan visits at most one row or (b) each
+ ** of the following are true:
+ **
+ ** * the caller has indicated that a one-pass approach can be used
+ ** with multiple rows (by setting WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW), and
+ ** * the table is not a virtual table, and
+ ** * either the scan does not use the OR optimization or the caller
+ ** is a DELETE operation (WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK is only specified
+ ** for DELETE).
+ **
+ ** The last qualification is because an UPDATE statement uses
+ ** WhereInfo.aiCurOnePass[1] to determine whether or not it really can
+ ** use a one-pass approach, and this is not set accurately for scans
+ ** that use the OR optimization.
*/
assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 ){
int wsFlags = pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags;
int bOnerow = (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0;
- if( bOnerow
- || ((wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)!=0
- && 0==(wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))
- ){
+ if( bOnerow || (
+ 0!=(wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)
+ && 0==(wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)
+ && (0==(wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK))
+ )){
pWInfo->eOnePass = bOnerow ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_MULTI;
if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) && (wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){
if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW ){
** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
** program.
*/
- notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
for(ii=0; ii<nTabList; ii++){
int addrExplain;
int wsFlags;
}
/*
-** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on
** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
Index *pIdx;
int n;
if( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED
+ && i==pWInfo->nLevel-1 /* Ticket [ef9318757b152e3] 2017-10-21 */
&& (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
&& (pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)->hasStat1
&& (n = pLoop->u.btree.nIdxCol)>0
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v);
assert( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
if( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+ assert( pLevel->iTabCur==pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iTabCur);
}
- if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)
- || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx)
+ if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)
+ || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx)
){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
}
** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases
** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can
** yield a significant performance boost.
- **
+ **
** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
+ || pOp->opcode==OP_Offset
+#endif
+ ){
int x = pOp->p2;
assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab );
if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
pOp->p2 = x;
pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
}
- assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0
+ assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0
|| pWInfo->eOnePass );
}else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
*/
#define YYMALLOCARGTYPE u64
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds information about the
-** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct LimitVal {
- Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */
- Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */
-};
-
/*
** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
pLoop->pNext = pNext;
pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound;
}
- if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 &&
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 &&
(mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 &&
cnt>mxSelect
){
}
}
- /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
- ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
- ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
- */
- static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
- pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
- pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
- }
/* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the
** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
** that created the expression.
*/
- static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token t){
+ static Expr *tokenExpr(Parse *pParse, int op, Token t){
Expr *p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr)+t.n+1);
if( p ){
memset(p, 0, sizeof(Expr));
}
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
p->nHeight = 1;
-#endif
- }
- pOut->pExpr = p;
- pOut->zStart = t.z;
- pOut->zEnd = &t.z[t.n];
- }
-
- /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
- ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
- */
- static void spanBinaryExpr(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */
- int op, /* The binary operation */
- ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand, and output */
- ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */
- ){
- pLeft->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr);
- pLeft->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
- }
-
- /* If doNot is true, then add a TK_NOT Expr-node wrapper around the
- ** outside of *ppExpr.
- */
- static void exprNot(Parse *pParse, int doNot, ExprSpan *pSpan){
- if( doNot ){
- pSpan->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pSpan->pExpr, 0);
+#endif
}
- }
-
- /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
- */
- static void spanUnaryPostfix(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */
- int op, /* The operator */
- ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand, and output */
- Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */
- ){
- pOperand->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0);
- pOperand->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
+ return p;
}
/* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
}
}
- /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
- */
- static void spanUnaryPrefix(
- ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */
- int op, /* The operator */
- ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */
- Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */
- ){
- pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
- pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0);
- pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
- }
-
/* Add a single new term to an ExprList that is used to store a
** list of identifiers. Report an error if the ID list contains
** a COLLATE clause or an ASC or DESC keyword, except ignore the
** the minor type might be the name of the identifier.
** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type.
** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though.
-** This macros defines the minor type for terminal
+** This macros defines the minor type for terminal
** symbols.
** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types.
** This is typically a union of many types, one of
** defined, then do no error processing.
** YYNSTATE the combined number of states.
** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar
+** YYNTOKEN Number of terminal symbols
** YY_MAX_SHIFT Maximum value for shift actions
** YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
** YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
-** YY_MIN_REDUCE Minimum value for reduce actions
-** YY_MAX_REDUCE Maximum value for reduce actions
** YY_ERROR_ACTION The yy_action[] code for syntax error
** YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The yy_action[] code for accept
** YY_NO_ACTION The yy_action[] code for no-op
+** YY_MIN_REDUCE Minimum value for reduce actions
+** YY_MAX_REDUCE Maximum value for reduce actions
*/
#ifndef INTERFACE
# define INTERFACE 1
#endif
/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/
#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
-#define YYNOCODE 252
+#define YYNOCODE 253
#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
#define YYWILDCARD 83
#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
typedef union {
int yyinit;
sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
- Expr* yy72;
- TriggerStep* yy145;
- ExprList* yy148;
- SrcList* yy185;
- ExprSpan yy190;
- int yy194;
- Select* yy243;
- IdList* yy254;
- With* yy285;
- struct TrigEvent yy332;
- struct LimitVal yy354;
- struct {int value; int mask;} yy497;
+ int yy4;
+ struct TrigEvent yy90;
+ TriggerStep* yy203;
+ struct {int value; int mask;} yy215;
+ SrcList* yy259;
+ Expr* yy314;
+ ExprList* yy322;
+ const char* yy336;
+ IdList* yy384;
+ Select* yy387;
+ With* yy451;
} YYMINORTYPE;
#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
#define YYFALLBACK 1
-#define YYNSTATE 455
-#define YYNRULE 329
-#define YY_MAX_SHIFT 454
-#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 664
-#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 992
-#define YY_MIN_REDUCE 993
-#define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1321
-#define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1322
-#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1323
-#define YY_NO_ACTION 1324
+#define YYNSTATE 466
+#define YYNRULE 330
+#define YYNTOKEN 143
+#define YY_MAX_SHIFT 465
+#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 675
+#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 1004
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1005
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1006
+#define YY_NO_ACTION 1007
+#define YY_MIN_REDUCE 1008
+#define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1337
/************* End control #defines *******************************************/
/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement
** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.
+** action integer.
**
** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as
** follows
** N between YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Shift to an arbitrary state then
** and YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE.
**
-** N between YY_MIN_REDUCE Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE
-** and YY_MAX_REDUCE
-**
** N == YY_ERROR_ACTION A syntax error has occurred.
**
** N == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The parser accepts its input.
** N == YY_NO_ACTION No such action. Denotes unused
** slots in the yy_action[] table.
**
+** N between YY_MIN_REDUCE Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE
+** and YY_MAX_REDUCE
+**
** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as either:
**
** (A) N = yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
** (B) N = yy_default[S]
**
-** The (A) formula is preferred. The B formula is used instead if:
-** (1) The yy_shift_ofst[S]+X value is out of range, or
-** (2) yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X, or
-** (3) yy_shift_ofst[S] equal YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
-** (Implementation note: YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT is chosen so that
-** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT+X will be out of range for all possible lookaheads X.
-** Hence only tests (1) and (2) need to be evaluated.)
+** The (A) formula is preferred. The B formula is used instead if
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X.
**
** The formulas above are for computing the action when the lookahead is
** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
-** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
-** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array.
**
** The following are the tables generated in this section:
**
** yy_default[] Default action for each state.
**
*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/
-#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1566)
+#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1541)
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
- /* 0 */ 324, 1323, 155, 155, 2, 203, 94, 94, 94, 93,
- /* 10 */ 350, 98, 98, 98, 98, 91, 95, 95, 94, 94,
- /* 20 */ 94, 93, 350, 268, 99, 100, 90, 971, 971, 847,
- /* 30 */ 850, 839, 839, 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 350,
- /* 40 */ 969, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94, 94,
- /* 50 */ 93, 350, 950, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94,
- /* 60 */ 94, 94, 93, 350, 250, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95,
- /* 70 */ 95, 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 224, 224, 969, 132,
- /* 80 */ 888, 348, 347, 415, 172, 324, 1286, 449, 414, 950,
- /* 90 */ 951, 952, 808, 977, 1032, 950, 300, 786, 428, 132,
- /* 100 */ 975, 362, 976, 9, 9, 787, 132, 52, 52, 99,
- /* 110 */ 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839, 97, 97,
- /* 120 */ 98, 98, 98, 98, 372, 978, 241, 978, 262, 369,
- /* 130 */ 261, 120, 950, 951, 952, 194, 58, 324, 401, 398,
- /* 140 */ 397, 808, 427, 429, 75, 808, 1260, 1260, 132, 396,
- /* 150 */ 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94, 94, 93,
- /* 160 */ 350, 99, 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839,
- /* 170 */ 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 786, 262, 369, 261,
- /* 180 */ 826, 262, 364, 251, 787, 1084, 101, 1114, 72, 324,
- /* 190 */ 227, 1113, 242, 411, 442, 819, 92, 89, 178, 818,
- /* 200 */ 1022, 268, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94,
- /* 210 */ 94, 93, 350, 99, 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850,
- /* 220 */ 839, 839, 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 449, 372,
- /* 230 */ 818, 818, 820, 92, 89, 178, 60, 92, 89, 178,
- /* 240 */ 1025, 324, 357, 930, 1316, 300, 61, 1316, 52, 52,
- /* 250 */ 836, 836, 848, 851, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95,
- /* 260 */ 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 99, 100, 90, 971, 971,
- /* 270 */ 847, 850, 839, 839, 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98,
- /* 280 */ 92, 89, 178, 427, 412, 198, 930, 1317, 454, 995,
- /* 290 */ 1317, 355, 1024, 324, 243, 231, 114, 277, 348, 347,
- /* 300 */ 1242, 950, 416, 1071, 928, 840, 96, 96, 96, 96,
- /* 310 */ 95, 95, 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 99, 100, 90,
- /* 320 */ 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839, 97, 97, 98, 98,
- /* 330 */ 98, 98, 449, 328, 449, 120, 23, 256, 950, 951,
- /* 340 */ 952, 968, 978, 438, 978, 324, 329, 928, 954, 701,
- /* 350 */ 200, 175, 52, 52, 52, 52, 939, 353, 96, 96,
- /* 360 */ 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 99,
- /* 370 */ 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839, 97, 97,
- /* 380 */ 98, 98, 98, 98, 354, 449, 954, 427, 417, 427,
- /* 390 */ 426, 1290, 92, 89, 178, 268, 253, 324, 255, 1058,
- /* 400 */ 1037, 694, 93, 350, 383, 52, 52, 380, 1058, 374,
- /* 410 */ 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94, 94, 93,
- /* 420 */ 350, 99, 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839,
- /* 430 */ 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 228, 449, 167, 449,
- /* 440 */ 427, 407, 157, 446, 446, 446, 349, 349, 349, 324,
- /* 450 */ 310, 316, 991, 827, 320, 242, 411, 51, 51, 36,
- /* 460 */ 36, 254, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94,
- /* 470 */ 94, 93, 350, 99, 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850,
- /* 480 */ 839, 839, 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 194, 316,
- /* 490 */ 929, 401, 398, 397, 224, 224, 1265, 939, 353, 1318,
- /* 500 */ 317, 324, 396, 1063, 1063, 813, 414, 1061, 1061, 950,
- /* 510 */ 299, 448, 992, 268, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95,
- /* 520 */ 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 99, 100, 90, 971, 971,
- /* 530 */ 847, 850, 839, 839, 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98,
- /* 540 */ 757, 1041, 449, 893, 893, 386, 950, 951, 952, 410,
- /* 550 */ 992, 747, 747, 324, 229, 268, 221, 296, 268, 771,
- /* 560 */ 890, 378, 52, 52, 890, 421, 96, 96, 96, 96,
- /* 570 */ 95, 95, 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 99, 100, 90,
- /* 580 */ 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839, 97, 97, 98, 98,
- /* 590 */ 98, 98, 103, 449, 275, 384, 1241, 343, 157, 1207,
- /* 600 */ 909, 669, 670, 671, 176, 197, 196, 195, 324, 298,
- /* 610 */ 319, 1266, 2, 37, 37, 910, 1134, 1040, 96, 96,
- /* 620 */ 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 697,
- /* 630 */ 911, 177, 99, 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839,
- /* 640 */ 839, 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 230, 146, 120,
- /* 650 */ 735, 1235, 826, 270, 1141, 273, 1141, 771, 171, 170,
- /* 660 */ 736, 1141, 82, 324, 80, 268, 697, 819, 158, 268,
- /* 670 */ 378, 818, 78, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94,
- /* 680 */ 94, 94, 93, 350, 120, 950, 393, 99, 100, 90,
- /* 690 */ 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839, 97, 97, 98, 98,
- /* 700 */ 98, 98, 818, 818, 820, 1141, 1070, 370, 331, 133,
- /* 710 */ 1066, 1141, 1250, 198, 268, 324, 1016, 330, 245, 333,
- /* 720 */ 24, 334, 950, 951, 952, 368, 335, 81, 96, 96,
- /* 730 */ 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 99,
- /* 740 */ 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839, 97, 97,
- /* 750 */ 98, 98, 98, 98, 132, 267, 260, 445, 330, 223,
- /* 760 */ 175, 1289, 925, 752, 724, 318, 1073, 324, 751, 246,
- /* 770 */ 385, 301, 301, 378, 329, 361, 344, 414, 1233, 280,
- /* 780 */ 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94, 94, 93,
- /* 790 */ 350, 99, 88, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839, 839,
- /* 800 */ 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 337, 346, 721, 722,
- /* 810 */ 449, 120, 118, 887, 162, 887, 810, 371, 324, 202,
- /* 820 */ 202, 373, 249, 263, 202, 394, 74, 704, 208, 1069,
- /* 830 */ 12, 12, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94, 94,
- /* 840 */ 94, 93, 350, 100, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839,
- /* 850 */ 839, 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 449, 771, 232,
- /* 860 */ 449, 278, 120, 286, 74, 704, 714, 713, 324, 342,
- /* 870 */ 749, 877, 1209, 77, 285, 1255, 780, 52, 52, 202,
- /* 880 */ 27, 27, 418, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94,
- /* 890 */ 94, 94, 93, 350, 90, 971, 971, 847, 850, 839,
- /* 900 */ 839, 97, 97, 98, 98, 98, 98, 86, 444, 877,
- /* 910 */ 3, 1193, 422, 1013, 873, 435, 886, 208, 886, 689,
- /* 920 */ 1091, 257, 116, 822, 447, 1230, 117, 1229, 86, 444,
- /* 930 */ 177, 3, 381, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95, 94,
- /* 940 */ 94, 94, 93, 350, 339, 447, 120, 351, 120, 212,
- /* 950 */ 169, 287, 404, 282, 403, 199, 771, 950, 433, 419,
- /* 960 */ 439, 822, 280, 691, 1039, 264, 269, 132, 351, 153,
- /* 970 */ 826, 376, 74, 272, 274, 276, 83, 84, 1054, 433,
- /* 980 */ 147, 1038, 443, 85, 351, 451, 450, 281, 132, 818,
- /* 990 */ 25, 826, 449, 120, 950, 951, 952, 83, 84, 86,
- /* 1000 */ 444, 691, 3, 408, 85, 351, 451, 450, 449, 5,
- /* 1010 */ 818, 203, 32, 32, 1107, 120, 447, 950, 225, 1140,
- /* 1020 */ 818, 818, 820, 821, 19, 203, 226, 950, 38, 38,
- /* 1030 */ 1087, 314, 314, 313, 215, 311, 120, 449, 678, 351,
- /* 1040 */ 237, 818, 818, 820, 821, 19, 969, 409, 377, 1,
- /* 1050 */ 433, 180, 706, 248, 950, 951, 952, 10, 10, 449,
- /* 1060 */ 969, 247, 826, 1098, 950, 951, 952, 430, 83, 84,
- /* 1070 */ 756, 336, 950, 20, 431, 85, 351, 451, 450, 10,
- /* 1080 */ 10, 818, 86, 444, 969, 3, 950, 449, 302, 303,
- /* 1090 */ 182, 950, 1146, 338, 1021, 1015, 1004, 183, 969, 447,
- /* 1100 */ 132, 181, 76, 444, 21, 3, 449, 10, 10, 950,
- /* 1110 */ 951, 952, 818, 818, 820, 821, 19, 715, 1279, 447,
- /* 1120 */ 389, 233, 351, 950, 951, 952, 10, 10, 950, 951,
- /* 1130 */ 952, 1003, 218, 433, 1005, 325, 1273, 773, 289, 291,
- /* 1140 */ 424, 293, 351, 7, 159, 826, 363, 402, 315, 360,
- /* 1150 */ 1129, 83, 84, 433, 1232, 716, 772, 259, 85, 351,
- /* 1160 */ 451, 450, 358, 375, 818, 826, 360, 359, 399, 1211,
- /* 1170 */ 157, 83, 84, 681, 98, 98, 98, 98, 85, 351,
- /* 1180 */ 451, 450, 323, 252, 818, 295, 1211, 1213, 1235, 173,
- /* 1190 */ 1037, 284, 434, 340, 1204, 818, 818, 820, 821, 19,
- /* 1200 */ 308, 234, 449, 234, 96, 96, 96, 96, 95, 95,
- /* 1210 */ 94, 94, 94, 93, 350, 818, 818, 820, 821, 19,
- /* 1220 */ 909, 120, 39, 39, 1203, 449, 168, 360, 449, 1276,
- /* 1230 */ 367, 449, 135, 449, 986, 910, 449, 1249, 449, 1247,
- /* 1240 */ 449, 205, 983, 449, 370, 40, 40, 1211, 41, 41,
- /* 1250 */ 911, 42, 42, 28, 28, 870, 29, 29, 31, 31,
- /* 1260 */ 43, 43, 379, 44, 44, 449, 59, 449, 332, 449,
- /* 1270 */ 432, 62, 144, 156, 449, 130, 449, 72, 449, 137,
- /* 1280 */ 449, 365, 449, 392, 139, 45, 45, 11, 11, 46,
- /* 1290 */ 46, 140, 1200, 449, 105, 105, 47, 47, 48, 48,
- /* 1300 */ 33, 33, 49, 49, 1126, 449, 141, 366, 449, 185,
- /* 1310 */ 142, 449, 1234, 50, 50, 449, 160, 449, 148, 449,
- /* 1320 */ 1136, 382, 449, 67, 449, 34, 34, 449, 122, 122,
- /* 1330 */ 449, 123, 123, 449, 1198, 124, 124, 56, 56, 35,
- /* 1340 */ 35, 449, 106, 106, 53, 53, 449, 107, 107, 449,
- /* 1350 */ 108, 108, 449, 104, 104, 449, 406, 449, 388, 449,
- /* 1360 */ 189, 121, 121, 449, 190, 449, 119, 119, 449, 112,
- /* 1370 */ 112, 449, 111, 111, 1218, 109, 109, 110, 110, 55,
- /* 1380 */ 55, 266, 752, 57, 57, 54, 54, 751, 26, 26,
- /* 1390 */ 1099, 30, 30, 219, 154, 390, 271, 191, 321, 1006,
- /* 1400 */ 192, 405, 1057, 1056, 1055, 341, 1048, 706, 1047, 1029,
- /* 1410 */ 322, 420, 1028, 71, 1095, 283, 288, 1027, 1288, 204,
- /* 1420 */ 6, 297, 79, 1184, 437, 1096, 1094, 290, 345, 292,
- /* 1430 */ 441, 1093, 294, 102, 425, 73, 423, 213, 1012, 22,
- /* 1440 */ 452, 945, 214, 1077, 216, 217, 238, 453, 306, 304,
- /* 1450 */ 307, 239, 240, 1001, 305, 125, 996, 126, 115, 235,
- /* 1460 */ 127, 665, 352, 166, 244, 179, 356, 113, 885, 883,
- /* 1470 */ 806, 136, 128, 738, 326, 138, 327, 258, 184, 899,
- /* 1480 */ 143, 129, 145, 63, 64, 65, 66, 902, 186, 187,
- /* 1490 */ 898, 8, 13, 188, 134, 265, 891, 202, 980, 387,
- /* 1500 */ 150, 149, 680, 161, 391, 193, 285, 279, 395, 151,
- /* 1510 */ 68, 717, 14, 15, 400, 69, 16, 131, 236, 825,
- /* 1520 */ 824, 853, 746, 750, 4, 70, 174, 413, 220, 222,
- /* 1530 */ 152, 779, 774, 77, 868, 74, 854, 201, 17, 852,
- /* 1540 */ 908, 206, 907, 207, 18, 857, 934, 163, 436, 210,
- /* 1550 */ 935, 164, 209, 165, 440, 856, 823, 312, 690, 87,
- /* 1560 */ 211, 309, 1281, 940, 995, 1280,
+ /* 0 */ 1006, 156, 156, 2, 1302, 90, 87, 179, 90, 87,
+ /* 10 */ 179, 460, 1048, 460, 465, 1010, 460, 333, 1130, 335,
+ /* 20 */ 246, 330, 112, 303, 439, 1258, 304, 419, 1129, 1087,
+ /* 30 */ 72, 798, 50, 50, 50, 50, 331, 30, 30, 799,
+ /* 40 */ 951, 364, 371, 97, 98, 88, 983, 983, 859, 862,
+ /* 50 */ 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96, 120, 371,
+ /* 60 */ 370, 120, 348, 22, 90, 87, 179, 438, 423, 438,
+ /* 70 */ 440, 335, 420, 385, 90, 87, 179, 116, 73, 163,
+ /* 80 */ 848, 848, 860, 863, 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93,
+ /* 90 */ 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 97, 98, 88, 983, 983,
+ /* 100 */ 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96,
+ /* 110 */ 718, 365, 339, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361,
+ /* 120 */ 99, 371, 453, 335, 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93,
+ /* 130 */ 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 852, 94, 94, 94, 94,
+ /* 140 */ 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 97, 98, 88,
+ /* 150 */ 983, 983, 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96,
+ /* 160 */ 96, 96, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 838, 132, 195,
+ /* 170 */ 58, 244, 412, 409, 408, 335, 457, 457, 457, 304,
+ /* 180 */ 59, 332, 831, 407, 394, 962, 830, 391, 94, 94,
+ /* 190 */ 94, 94, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 97,
+ /* 200 */ 98, 88, 983, 983, 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95,
+ /* 210 */ 96, 96, 96, 96, 426, 357, 460, 830, 830, 832,
+ /* 220 */ 91, 361, 962, 963, 964, 195, 459, 335, 412, 409,
+ /* 230 */ 408, 280, 361, 820, 132, 11, 11, 50, 50, 407,
+ /* 240 */ 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91,
+ /* 250 */ 361, 97, 98, 88, 983, 983, 859, 862, 851, 851,
+ /* 260 */ 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96, 460, 221, 460, 264,
+ /* 270 */ 375, 254, 438, 428, 1276, 1276, 383, 1074, 1053, 335,
+ /* 280 */ 245, 422, 299, 713, 271, 271, 1074, 50, 50, 50,
+ /* 290 */ 50, 962, 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93, 92, 92,
+ /* 300 */ 92, 91, 361, 97, 98, 88, 983, 983, 859, 862,
+ /* 310 */ 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96, 90, 87,
+ /* 320 */ 179, 1306, 438, 437, 438, 418, 368, 253, 962, 963,
+ /* 330 */ 964, 335, 360, 360, 360, 706, 359, 358, 324, 962,
+ /* 340 */ 1281, 951, 364, 230, 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93,
+ /* 350 */ 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 97, 98, 88, 983, 983,
+ /* 360 */ 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96,
+ /* 370 */ 769, 460, 120, 226, 226, 366, 962, 963, 964, 1089,
+ /* 380 */ 990, 900, 990, 335, 1057, 425, 421, 839, 759, 759,
+ /* 390 */ 425, 427, 50, 50, 432, 381, 94, 94, 94, 94,
+ /* 400 */ 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 97, 98, 88,
+ /* 410 */ 983, 983, 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96,
+ /* 420 */ 96, 96, 460, 259, 460, 120, 117, 354, 942, 1332,
+ /* 430 */ 942, 1333, 1332, 278, 1333, 335, 680, 681, 682, 825,
+ /* 440 */ 201, 176, 303, 50, 50, 49, 49, 404, 94, 94,
+ /* 450 */ 94, 94, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 97,
+ /* 460 */ 98, 88, 983, 983, 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95,
+ /* 470 */ 96, 96, 96, 96, 199, 460, 380, 265, 433, 380,
+ /* 480 */ 265, 383, 256, 158, 258, 319, 1003, 335, 155, 940,
+ /* 490 */ 177, 940, 273, 379, 276, 322, 34, 34, 302, 962,
+ /* 500 */ 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91,
+ /* 510 */ 361, 97, 98, 88, 983, 983, 859, 862, 851, 851,
+ /* 520 */ 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96, 905, 905, 397, 460,
+ /* 530 */ 301, 158, 101, 319, 941, 340, 962, 963, 964, 313,
+ /* 540 */ 283, 449, 335, 327, 146, 1266, 1004, 257, 234, 248,
+ /* 550 */ 35, 35, 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93, 92, 92,
+ /* 560 */ 92, 91, 361, 709, 785, 1227, 97, 98, 88, 983,
+ /* 570 */ 983, 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96,
+ /* 580 */ 96, 962, 1227, 1229, 245, 422, 838, 198, 197, 196,
+ /* 590 */ 1079, 1079, 1077, 1077, 1004, 1334, 320, 335, 172, 171,
+ /* 600 */ 709, 831, 159, 271, 271, 830, 76, 94, 94, 94,
+ /* 610 */ 94, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 962, 963,
+ /* 620 */ 964, 97, 98, 88, 983, 983, 859, 862, 851, 851,
+ /* 630 */ 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96, 830, 830, 832, 1157,
+ /* 640 */ 1157, 199, 1157, 173, 1227, 231, 232, 1282, 2, 335,
+ /* 650 */ 271, 764, 271, 820, 271, 271, 763, 389, 389, 389,
+ /* 660 */ 132, 79, 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93, 92, 92,
+ /* 670 */ 92, 91, 361, 97, 98, 88, 983, 983, 859, 862,
+ /* 680 */ 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96, 460, 264,
+ /* 690 */ 223, 460, 1257, 783, 1223, 1157, 1086, 1082, 80, 271,
+ /* 700 */ 78, 335, 340, 1031, 341, 344, 345, 902, 346, 10,
+ /* 710 */ 10, 902, 25, 25, 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93,
+ /* 720 */ 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 97, 86, 88, 983, 983,
+ /* 730 */ 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96, 96,
+ /* 740 */ 1157, 270, 395, 117, 233, 263, 235, 70, 456, 341,
+ /* 750 */ 225, 176, 335, 1305, 342, 133, 736, 966, 980, 249,
+ /* 760 */ 1150, 396, 325, 1085, 1028, 178, 94, 94, 94, 94,
+ /* 770 */ 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 98, 88, 983,
+ /* 780 */ 983, 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96,
+ /* 790 */ 96, 783, 783, 132, 120, 966, 120, 120, 120, 798,
+ /* 800 */ 252, 937, 335, 353, 321, 429, 355, 799, 822, 692,
+ /* 810 */ 390, 203, 446, 450, 372, 716, 454, 94, 94, 94,
+ /* 820 */ 94, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 88, 983,
+ /* 830 */ 983, 859, 862, 851, 851, 95, 95, 96, 96, 96,
+ /* 840 */ 96, 84, 455, 1225, 3, 1209, 120, 120, 382, 387,
+ /* 850 */ 120, 203, 1271, 716, 384, 168, 266, 203, 458, 72,
+ /* 860 */ 260, 1246, 84, 455, 178, 3, 378, 94, 94, 94,
+ /* 870 */ 94, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 350, 458,
+ /* 880 */ 1245, 362, 430, 213, 228, 290, 415, 285, 414, 200,
+ /* 890 */ 783, 882, 444, 726, 725, 405, 283, 921, 209, 921,
+ /* 900 */ 281, 132, 362, 72, 838, 289, 147, 733, 734, 392,
+ /* 910 */ 81, 82, 922, 444, 922, 267, 288, 83, 362, 462,
+ /* 920 */ 461, 272, 132, 830, 23, 838, 388, 923, 1216, 923,
+ /* 930 */ 1056, 81, 82, 84, 455, 899, 3, 899, 83, 362,
+ /* 940 */ 462, 461, 761, 962, 830, 75, 1, 443, 275, 747,
+ /* 950 */ 458, 5, 962, 204, 830, 830, 832, 833, 18, 748,
+ /* 960 */ 229, 962, 277, 19, 153, 317, 317, 316, 216, 314,
+ /* 970 */ 279, 460, 689, 362, 1055, 830, 830, 832, 833, 18,
+ /* 980 */ 962, 963, 964, 962, 444, 181, 460, 251, 981, 962,
+ /* 990 */ 963, 964, 8, 8, 20, 250, 838, 1070, 962, 963,
+ /* 1000 */ 964, 417, 81, 82, 768, 204, 347, 36, 36, 83,
+ /* 1010 */ 362, 462, 461, 1054, 284, 830, 84, 455, 1123, 3,
+ /* 1020 */ 962, 963, 964, 460, 183, 962, 981, 764, 889, 1107,
+ /* 1030 */ 460, 184, 763, 458, 132, 182, 74, 455, 460, 3,
+ /* 1040 */ 981, 898, 834, 898, 8, 8, 830, 830, 832, 833,
+ /* 1050 */ 18, 8, 8, 458, 219, 1156, 362, 1103, 349, 8,
+ /* 1060 */ 8, 240, 962, 963, 964, 236, 889, 444, 792, 336,
+ /* 1070 */ 158, 203, 885, 435, 700, 209, 362, 114, 981, 838,
+ /* 1080 */ 834, 227, 334, 1114, 441, 81, 82, 444, 442, 305,
+ /* 1090 */ 784, 306, 83, 362, 462, 461, 369, 1162, 830, 838,
+ /* 1100 */ 460, 1037, 237, 1030, 237, 81, 82, 7, 96, 96,
+ /* 1110 */ 96, 96, 83, 362, 462, 461, 1019, 1018, 830, 1020,
+ /* 1120 */ 1289, 37, 37, 400, 96, 96, 96, 96, 89, 830,
+ /* 1130 */ 830, 832, 833, 18, 1100, 318, 962, 292, 94, 94,
+ /* 1140 */ 94, 94, 93, 93, 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 830,
+ /* 1150 */ 830, 832, 833, 18, 94, 94, 94, 94, 93, 93,
+ /* 1160 */ 92, 92, 92, 91, 361, 359, 358, 226, 226, 727,
+ /* 1170 */ 294, 296, 460, 962, 963, 964, 460, 989, 160, 425,
+ /* 1180 */ 170, 1295, 262, 460, 987, 374, 988, 386, 1145, 255,
+ /* 1190 */ 326, 460, 373, 38, 38, 410, 174, 39, 39, 413,
+ /* 1200 */ 460, 287, 460, 1053, 40, 40, 298, 728, 1220, 990,
+ /* 1210 */ 445, 990, 26, 26, 1219, 460, 311, 460, 169, 1292,
+ /* 1220 */ 460, 27, 27, 29, 29, 998, 460, 206, 135, 995,
+ /* 1230 */ 1265, 1263, 460, 57, 60, 460, 41, 41, 42, 42,
+ /* 1240 */ 460, 43, 43, 460, 343, 351, 460, 9, 9, 460,
+ /* 1250 */ 144, 460, 130, 44, 44, 460, 103, 103, 460, 137,
+ /* 1260 */ 70, 45, 45, 460, 46, 46, 460, 31, 31, 1142,
+ /* 1270 */ 47, 47, 48, 48, 460, 376, 32, 32, 460, 122,
+ /* 1280 */ 122, 460, 157, 460, 123, 123, 139, 124, 124, 460,
+ /* 1290 */ 186, 460, 377, 460, 115, 54, 54, 460, 403, 33,
+ /* 1300 */ 33, 460, 104, 104, 51, 51, 460, 161, 460, 140,
+ /* 1310 */ 105, 105, 106, 106, 102, 102, 460, 141, 121, 121,
+ /* 1320 */ 460, 142, 119, 119, 190, 460, 1152, 110, 110, 109,
+ /* 1330 */ 109, 702, 460, 148, 393, 65, 460, 107, 107, 460,
+ /* 1340 */ 323, 108, 108, 399, 460, 1234, 53, 53, 1214, 269,
+ /* 1350 */ 154, 416, 1115, 55, 55, 220, 401, 52, 52, 191,
+ /* 1360 */ 24, 24, 274, 192, 193, 28, 28, 1021, 328, 702,
+ /* 1370 */ 1073, 352, 1072, 718, 1071, 431, 1111, 1064, 329, 1045,
+ /* 1380 */ 69, 205, 6, 291, 1044, 286, 1112, 1043, 1304, 1110,
+ /* 1390 */ 293, 300, 295, 297, 1063, 1200, 1109, 77, 241, 448,
+ /* 1400 */ 356, 452, 436, 100, 214, 71, 434, 1027, 1093, 21,
+ /* 1410 */ 463, 242, 243, 957, 215, 217, 218, 464, 309, 307,
+ /* 1420 */ 308, 310, 1016, 125, 1250, 1251, 1011, 1249, 126, 127,
+ /* 1430 */ 1248, 113, 676, 337, 238, 338, 134, 363, 167, 1041,
+ /* 1440 */ 1040, 56, 247, 367, 180, 897, 111, 895, 136, 1038,
+ /* 1450 */ 818, 128, 138, 750, 261, 911, 185, 143, 145, 61,
+ /* 1460 */ 62, 63, 64, 129, 914, 187, 188, 910, 118, 12,
+ /* 1470 */ 189, 903, 268, 992, 203, 162, 398, 150, 149, 691,
+ /* 1480 */ 402, 288, 194, 406, 151, 411, 66, 13, 729, 239,
+ /* 1490 */ 282, 14, 67, 131, 837, 836, 865, 758, 15, 4,
+ /* 1500 */ 68, 762, 175, 222, 224, 424, 152, 869, 791, 202,
+ /* 1510 */ 786, 75, 72, 880, 866, 864, 16, 17, 920, 207,
+ /* 1520 */ 919, 208, 447, 946, 164, 211, 947, 210, 165, 451,
+ /* 1530 */ 868, 166, 315, 835, 701, 85, 212, 1297, 312, 952,
+ /* 1540 */ 1296,
};
static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
- /* 0 */ 19, 144, 145, 146, 147, 24, 90, 91, 92, 93,
- /* 10 */ 94, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 88, 89, 90, 91,
- /* 20 */ 92, 93, 94, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48,
- /* 30 */ 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 94,
- /* 40 */ 59, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
- /* 50 */ 93, 94, 59, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 60 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 193, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 194, 195, 97, 79,
- /* 80 */ 11, 88, 89, 152, 26, 19, 171, 152, 206, 96,
- /* 90 */ 97, 98, 72, 100, 179, 59, 152, 31, 163, 79,
- /* 100 */ 107, 219, 109, 172, 173, 39, 79, 172, 173, 43,
- /* 110 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
- /* 120 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 152, 132, 199, 134, 108, 109,
- /* 130 */ 110, 196, 96, 97, 98, 99, 209, 19, 102, 103,
- /* 140 */ 104, 72, 207, 208, 26, 72, 119, 120, 79, 113,
- /* 150 */ 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93,
- /* 160 */ 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,
- /* 170 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 31, 108, 109, 110,
- /* 180 */ 82, 108, 109, 110, 39, 210, 68, 175, 130, 19,
- /* 190 */ 218, 175, 119, 120, 250, 97, 221, 222, 223, 101,
- /* 200 */ 172, 152, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
- /* 210 */ 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,
- /* 220 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 152, 152,
- /* 230 */ 132, 133, 134, 221, 222, 223, 66, 221, 222, 223,
- /* 240 */ 172, 19, 193, 22, 23, 152, 24, 26, 172, 173,
- /* 250 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
- /* 260 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
- /* 270 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57,
- /* 280 */ 221, 222, 223, 207, 208, 46, 22, 23, 148, 149,
- /* 290 */ 26, 242, 172, 19, 154, 218, 156, 23, 88, 89,
- /* 300 */ 241, 59, 163, 163, 83, 101, 84, 85, 86, 87,
- /* 310 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45,
- /* 320 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
- /* 330 */ 56, 57, 152, 157, 152, 196, 196, 16, 96, 97,
- /* 340 */ 98, 26, 132, 250, 134, 19, 107, 83, 59, 23,
- /* 350 */ 211, 212, 172, 173, 172, 173, 1, 2, 84, 85,
- /* 360 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43,
- /* 370 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
- /* 380 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 244, 152, 97, 207, 208, 207,
- /* 390 */ 208, 185, 221, 222, 223, 152, 75, 19, 77, 179,
- /* 400 */ 180, 23, 93, 94, 228, 172, 173, 231, 188, 152,
- /* 410 */ 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93,
- /* 420 */ 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,
- /* 430 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 193, 152, 123, 152,
- /* 440 */ 207, 208, 152, 168, 169, 170, 168, 169, 170, 19,
- /* 450 */ 160, 22, 23, 23, 164, 119, 120, 172, 173, 172,
- /* 460 */ 173, 140, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
- /* 470 */ 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,
- /* 480 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 99, 22,
- /* 490 */ 23, 102, 103, 104, 194, 195, 0, 1, 2, 247,
- /* 500 */ 248, 19, 113, 190, 191, 23, 206, 190, 191, 59,
- /* 510 */ 225, 152, 83, 152, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
- /* 520 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
- /* 530 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57,
- /* 540 */ 90, 181, 152, 108, 109, 110, 96, 97, 98, 115,
- /* 550 */ 83, 117, 118, 19, 193, 152, 23, 152, 152, 26,
- /* 560 */ 29, 152, 172, 173, 33, 152, 84, 85, 86, 87,
- /* 570 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45,
- /* 580 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
- /* 590 */ 56, 57, 22, 152, 16, 64, 193, 207, 152, 193,
- /* 600 */ 12, 7, 8, 9, 152, 108, 109, 110, 19, 152,
- /* 610 */ 164, 146, 147, 172, 173, 27, 163, 181, 84, 85,
- /* 620 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 59,
- /* 630 */ 42, 98, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50,
- /* 640 */ 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 238, 22, 196,
- /* 650 */ 62, 163, 82, 75, 152, 77, 152, 124, 88, 89,
- /* 660 */ 72, 152, 137, 19, 139, 152, 96, 97, 24, 152,
- /* 670 */ 152, 101, 138, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 680 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 196, 59, 19, 43, 44, 45,
- /* 690 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
- /* 700 */ 56, 57, 132, 133, 134, 152, 193, 219, 245, 246,
- /* 710 */ 193, 152, 152, 46, 152, 19, 166, 167, 152, 217,
- /* 720 */ 232, 217, 96, 97, 98, 237, 217, 138, 84, 85,
- /* 730 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43,
- /* 740 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
- /* 750 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 79, 193, 238, 166, 167, 211,
- /* 760 */ 212, 23, 23, 116, 26, 26, 195, 19, 121, 152,
- /* 770 */ 217, 152, 152, 152, 107, 100, 217, 206, 163, 112,
- /* 780 */ 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93,
- /* 790 */ 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,
- /* 800 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 187, 187, 7, 8,
- /* 810 */ 152, 196, 22, 132, 24, 134, 23, 23, 19, 26,
- /* 820 */ 26, 23, 152, 23, 26, 23, 26, 59, 26, 163,
- /* 830 */ 172, 173, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
- /* 840 */ 92, 93, 94, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50,
- /* 850 */ 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 152, 26, 238,
- /* 860 */ 152, 23, 196, 101, 26, 97, 100, 101, 19, 19,
- /* 870 */ 23, 59, 152, 26, 112, 152, 23, 172, 173, 26,
- /* 880 */ 172, 173, 19, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 890 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50,
- /* 900 */ 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 19, 20, 97,
- /* 910 */ 22, 23, 207, 163, 23, 163, 132, 26, 134, 23,
- /* 920 */ 213, 152, 26, 59, 36, 152, 22, 152, 19, 20,
- /* 930 */ 98, 22, 152, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 940 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 94, 36, 196, 59, 196, 99,
- /* 950 */ 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 124, 59, 70, 96,
- /* 960 */ 163, 97, 112, 59, 181, 152, 152, 79, 59, 71,
- /* 970 */ 82, 19, 26, 152, 152, 152, 88, 89, 152, 70,
- /* 980 */ 22, 152, 163, 95, 96, 97, 98, 152, 79, 101,
- /* 990 */ 22, 82, 152, 196, 96, 97, 98, 88, 89, 19,
- /* 1000 */ 20, 97, 22, 163, 95, 96, 97, 98, 152, 22,
- /* 1010 */ 101, 24, 172, 173, 152, 196, 36, 59, 22, 152,
- /* 1020 */ 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 24, 5, 59, 172, 173,
- /* 1030 */ 152, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 196, 152, 17, 59,
- /* 1040 */ 210, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 59, 207, 96, 22,
- /* 1050 */ 70, 30, 106, 32, 96, 97, 98, 172, 173, 152,
- /* 1060 */ 59, 40, 82, 152, 96, 97, 98, 152, 88, 89,
- /* 1070 */ 90, 186, 59, 22, 191, 95, 96, 97, 98, 172,
- /* 1080 */ 173, 101, 19, 20, 97, 22, 59, 152, 152, 152,
- /* 1090 */ 69, 59, 152, 186, 152, 152, 152, 76, 97, 36,
- /* 1100 */ 79, 80, 19, 20, 53, 22, 152, 172, 173, 96,
- /* 1110 */ 97, 98, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 35, 122, 36,
- /* 1120 */ 234, 186, 59, 96, 97, 98, 172, 173, 96, 97,
- /* 1130 */ 98, 152, 233, 70, 152, 114, 152, 124, 210, 210,
- /* 1140 */ 186, 210, 59, 198, 197, 82, 214, 65, 150, 152,
- /* 1150 */ 201, 88, 89, 70, 201, 73, 124, 239, 95, 96,
- /* 1160 */ 97, 98, 141, 239, 101, 82, 169, 170, 176, 152,
- /* 1170 */ 152, 88, 89, 21, 54, 55, 56, 57, 95, 96,
- /* 1180 */ 97, 98, 164, 214, 101, 214, 169, 170, 163, 184,
- /* 1190 */ 180, 175, 227, 111, 175, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136,
- /* 1200 */ 200, 183, 152, 185, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
- /* 1210 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136,
- /* 1220 */ 12, 196, 172, 173, 175, 152, 198, 230, 152, 155,
- /* 1230 */ 78, 152, 243, 152, 60, 27, 152, 159, 152, 159,
- /* 1240 */ 152, 122, 38, 152, 219, 172, 173, 230, 172, 173,
- /* 1250 */ 42, 172, 173, 172, 173, 103, 172, 173, 172, 173,
- /* 1260 */ 172, 173, 237, 172, 173, 152, 240, 152, 159, 152,
- /* 1270 */ 62, 240, 22, 220, 152, 43, 152, 130, 152, 189,
- /* 1280 */ 152, 18, 152, 18, 192, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172,
- /* 1290 */ 173, 192, 140, 152, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172, 173,
- /* 1300 */ 172, 173, 172, 173, 201, 152, 192, 159, 152, 158,
- /* 1310 */ 192, 152, 201, 172, 173, 152, 220, 152, 189, 152,
- /* 1320 */ 189, 159, 152, 137, 152, 172, 173, 152, 172, 173,
- /* 1330 */ 152, 172, 173, 152, 201, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172,
- /* 1340 */ 173, 152, 172, 173, 172, 173, 152, 172, 173, 152,
- /* 1350 */ 172, 173, 152, 172, 173, 152, 90, 152, 61, 152,
- /* 1360 */ 158, 172, 173, 152, 158, 152, 172, 173, 152, 172,
- /* 1370 */ 173, 152, 172, 173, 236, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172,
- /* 1380 */ 173, 235, 116, 172, 173, 172, 173, 121, 172, 173,
- /* 1390 */ 159, 172, 173, 159, 22, 177, 159, 158, 177, 159,
- /* 1400 */ 158, 107, 174, 174, 174, 63, 182, 106, 182, 174,
- /* 1410 */ 177, 125, 176, 107, 216, 174, 215, 174, 174, 159,
- /* 1420 */ 22, 159, 137, 224, 177, 216, 216, 215, 94, 215,
- /* 1430 */ 177, 216, 215, 129, 126, 128, 127, 25, 162, 26,
- /* 1440 */ 161, 13, 153, 205, 153, 6, 226, 151, 202, 204,
- /* 1450 */ 201, 229, 229, 151, 203, 165, 151, 165, 178, 178,
- /* 1460 */ 165, 4, 3, 22, 142, 15, 81, 16, 23, 23,
- /* 1470 */ 120, 131, 111, 20, 249, 123, 249, 16, 125, 1,
- /* 1480 */ 123, 111, 131, 53, 53, 53, 53, 96, 34, 122,
- /* 1490 */ 1, 5, 22, 107, 246, 140, 67, 26, 74, 41,
- /* 1500 */ 107, 67, 20, 24, 19, 105, 112, 23, 66, 22,
- /* 1510 */ 22, 28, 22, 22, 66, 22, 22, 37, 66, 23,
- /* 1520 */ 23, 23, 116, 23, 22, 26, 122, 26, 23, 23,
- /* 1530 */ 22, 96, 124, 26, 23, 26, 23, 34, 34, 23,
- /* 1540 */ 23, 26, 23, 22, 34, 11, 23, 22, 24, 122,
- /* 1550 */ 23, 22, 26, 22, 24, 23, 23, 15, 23, 22,
- /* 1560 */ 122, 23, 122, 1, 251, 122,
+ /* 0 */ 144, 145, 146, 147, 172, 222, 223, 224, 222, 223,
+ /* 10 */ 224, 152, 180, 152, 148, 149, 152, 173, 176, 19,
+ /* 20 */ 154, 173, 156, 152, 163, 242, 152, 163, 176, 163,
+ /* 30 */ 26, 31, 173, 174, 173, 174, 173, 173, 174, 39,
+ /* 40 */ 1, 2, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,
+ /* 50 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 197, 169,
+ /* 60 */ 170, 197, 188, 197, 222, 223, 224, 208, 209, 208,
+ /* 70 */ 209, 19, 208, 152, 222, 223, 224, 22, 26, 24,
+ /* 80 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 90 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
+ /* 100 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57,
+ /* 110 */ 106, 245, 157, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94,
+ /* 120 */ 68, 231, 251, 19, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 130 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 101, 84, 85, 86, 87,
+ /* 140 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45,
+ /* 150 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
+ /* 160 */ 56, 57, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 82, 79, 99,
+ /* 170 */ 66, 200, 102, 103, 104, 19, 168, 169, 170, 152,
+ /* 180 */ 24, 210, 97, 113, 229, 59, 101, 232, 84, 85,
+ /* 190 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43,
+ /* 200 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+ /* 210 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 152, 188, 152, 132, 133, 134,
+ /* 220 */ 93, 94, 96, 97, 98, 99, 152, 19, 102, 103,
+ /* 230 */ 104, 23, 94, 72, 79, 173, 174, 173, 174, 113,
+ /* 240 */ 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93,
+ /* 250 */ 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,
+ /* 260 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 152, 171, 152, 108,
+ /* 270 */ 109, 110, 208, 209, 119, 120, 152, 180, 181, 19,
+ /* 280 */ 119, 120, 152, 23, 152, 152, 189, 173, 174, 173,
+ /* 290 */ 174, 59, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
+ /* 300 */ 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,
+ /* 310 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 222, 223,
+ /* 320 */ 224, 186, 208, 209, 208, 209, 194, 194, 96, 97,
+ /* 330 */ 98, 19, 168, 169, 170, 23, 88, 89, 163, 59,
+ /* 340 */ 0, 1, 2, 219, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 350 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
+ /* 360 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57,
+ /* 370 */ 90, 152, 197, 195, 196, 243, 96, 97, 98, 196,
+ /* 380 */ 132, 11, 134, 19, 182, 207, 115, 23, 117, 118,
+ /* 390 */ 207, 163, 173, 174, 152, 220, 84, 85, 86, 87,
+ /* 400 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45,
+ /* 410 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
+ /* 420 */ 56, 57, 152, 16, 152, 197, 171, 208, 22, 23,
+ /* 430 */ 22, 23, 26, 16, 26, 19, 7, 8, 9, 23,
+ /* 440 */ 212, 213, 152, 173, 174, 173, 174, 19, 84, 85,
+ /* 450 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43,
+ /* 460 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+ /* 470 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 46, 152, 109, 110, 208, 109,
+ /* 480 */ 110, 152, 75, 152, 77, 22, 23, 19, 233, 83,
+ /* 490 */ 152, 83, 75, 238, 77, 164, 173, 174, 226, 59,
+ /* 500 */ 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93,
+ /* 510 */ 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,
+ /* 520 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 108, 109, 110, 152,
+ /* 530 */ 152, 152, 22, 22, 23, 107, 96, 97, 98, 160,
+ /* 540 */ 112, 251, 19, 164, 22, 152, 83, 140, 219, 152,
+ /* 550 */ 173, 174, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
+ /* 560 */ 92, 93, 94, 59, 124, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46,
+ /* 570 */ 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56,
+ /* 580 */ 57, 59, 169, 170, 119, 120, 82, 108, 109, 110,
+ /* 590 */ 191, 192, 191, 192, 83, 248, 249, 19, 88, 89,
+ /* 600 */ 96, 97, 24, 152, 152, 101, 138, 84, 85, 86,
+ /* 610 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 96, 97,
+ /* 620 */ 98, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,
+ /* 630 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 132, 133, 134, 152,
+ /* 640 */ 152, 46, 152, 26, 231, 194, 194, 146, 147, 19,
+ /* 650 */ 152, 116, 152, 72, 152, 152, 121, 152, 152, 152,
+ /* 660 */ 79, 138, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
+ /* 670 */ 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,
+ /* 680 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 152, 108,
+ /* 690 */ 23, 152, 194, 26, 194, 152, 194, 194, 137, 152,
+ /* 700 */ 139, 19, 107, 166, 167, 218, 218, 29, 218, 173,
+ /* 710 */ 174, 33, 173, 174, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 720 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
+ /* 730 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57,
+ /* 740 */ 152, 194, 64, 171, 239, 239, 239, 130, 166, 167,
+ /* 750 */ 212, 213, 19, 23, 246, 247, 26, 59, 26, 152,
+ /* 760 */ 163, 218, 163, 163, 163, 98, 84, 85, 86, 87,
+ /* 770 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 44, 45, 46,
+ /* 780 */ 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56,
+ /* 790 */ 57, 124, 26, 79, 197, 97, 197, 197, 197, 31,
+ /* 800 */ 152, 23, 19, 19, 26, 19, 218, 39, 23, 21,
+ /* 810 */ 238, 26, 163, 163, 100, 59, 163, 84, 85, 86,
+ /* 820 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 45, 46,
+ /* 830 */ 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56,
+ /* 840 */ 57, 19, 20, 152, 22, 23, 197, 197, 23, 19,
+ /* 850 */ 197, 26, 152, 97, 23, 123, 23, 26, 36, 26,
+ /* 860 */ 152, 152, 19, 20, 98, 22, 78, 84, 85, 86,
+ /* 870 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 94, 36,
+ /* 880 */ 152, 59, 96, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105,
+ /* 890 */ 124, 103, 70, 100, 101, 23, 112, 12, 26, 12,
+ /* 900 */ 23, 79, 59, 26, 82, 101, 22, 7, 8, 152,
+ /* 910 */ 88, 89, 27, 70, 27, 152, 112, 95, 96, 97,
+ /* 920 */ 98, 152, 79, 101, 22, 82, 96, 42, 140, 42,
+ /* 930 */ 182, 88, 89, 19, 20, 132, 22, 134, 95, 96,
+ /* 940 */ 97, 98, 23, 59, 101, 26, 22, 62, 152, 62,
+ /* 950 */ 36, 22, 59, 24, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 72,
+ /* 960 */ 5, 59, 152, 22, 71, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
+ /* 970 */ 152, 152, 17, 59, 182, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136,
+ /* 980 */ 96, 97, 98, 59, 70, 30, 152, 32, 59, 96,
+ /* 990 */ 97, 98, 173, 174, 53, 40, 82, 152, 96, 97,
+ /* 1000 */ 98, 90, 88, 89, 90, 24, 187, 173, 174, 95,
+ /* 1010 */ 96, 97, 98, 152, 152, 101, 19, 20, 152, 22,
+ /* 1020 */ 96, 97, 98, 152, 69, 59, 97, 116, 59, 214,
+ /* 1030 */ 152, 76, 121, 36, 79, 80, 19, 20, 152, 22,
+ /* 1040 */ 59, 132, 59, 134, 173, 174, 132, 133, 134, 135,
+ /* 1050 */ 136, 173, 174, 36, 234, 152, 59, 152, 187, 173,
+ /* 1060 */ 174, 211, 96, 97, 98, 187, 97, 70, 23, 114,
+ /* 1070 */ 152, 26, 23, 187, 23, 26, 59, 26, 97, 82,
+ /* 1080 */ 97, 22, 164, 152, 152, 88, 89, 70, 192, 152,
+ /* 1090 */ 124, 152, 95, 96, 97, 98, 141, 152, 101, 82,
+ /* 1100 */ 152, 152, 184, 152, 186, 88, 89, 199, 54, 55,
+ /* 1110 */ 56, 57, 95, 96, 97, 98, 152, 152, 101, 152,
+ /* 1120 */ 152, 173, 174, 235, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 132,
+ /* 1130 */ 133, 134, 135, 136, 211, 150, 59, 211, 84, 85,
+ /* 1140 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 132,
+ /* 1150 */ 133, 134, 135, 136, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 1160 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 88, 89, 195, 196, 35,
+ /* 1170 */ 211, 211, 152, 96, 97, 98, 152, 100, 198, 207,
+ /* 1180 */ 171, 122, 240, 152, 107, 215, 109, 240, 202, 215,
+ /* 1190 */ 202, 152, 220, 173, 174, 177, 185, 173, 174, 65,
+ /* 1200 */ 152, 176, 152, 181, 173, 174, 215, 73, 176, 132,
+ /* 1210 */ 228, 134, 173, 174, 176, 152, 201, 152, 199, 155,
+ /* 1220 */ 152, 173, 174, 173, 174, 60, 152, 122, 244, 38,
+ /* 1230 */ 159, 159, 152, 241, 241, 152, 173, 174, 173, 174,
+ /* 1240 */ 152, 173, 174, 152, 159, 111, 152, 173, 174, 152,
+ /* 1250 */ 22, 152, 43, 173, 174, 152, 173, 174, 152, 190,
+ /* 1260 */ 130, 173, 174, 152, 173, 174, 152, 173, 174, 202,
+ /* 1270 */ 173, 174, 173, 174, 152, 18, 173, 174, 152, 173,
+ /* 1280 */ 174, 152, 221, 152, 173, 174, 193, 173, 174, 152,
+ /* 1290 */ 158, 152, 159, 152, 22, 173, 174, 152, 18, 173,
+ /* 1300 */ 174, 152, 173, 174, 173, 174, 152, 221, 152, 193,
+ /* 1310 */ 173, 174, 173, 174, 173, 174, 152, 193, 173, 174,
+ /* 1320 */ 152, 193, 173, 174, 158, 152, 190, 173, 174, 173,
+ /* 1330 */ 174, 59, 152, 190, 159, 137, 152, 173, 174, 152,
+ /* 1340 */ 202, 173, 174, 61, 152, 237, 173, 174, 202, 236,
+ /* 1350 */ 22, 107, 159, 173, 174, 159, 178, 173, 174, 158,
+ /* 1360 */ 173, 174, 159, 158, 158, 173, 174, 159, 178, 97,
+ /* 1370 */ 175, 63, 175, 106, 175, 125, 217, 183, 178, 175,
+ /* 1380 */ 107, 159, 22, 216, 177, 175, 217, 175, 175, 217,
+ /* 1390 */ 216, 159, 216, 216, 183, 225, 217, 137, 227, 178,
+ /* 1400 */ 94, 178, 126, 129, 25, 128, 127, 162, 206, 26,
+ /* 1410 */ 161, 230, 230, 13, 153, 153, 6, 151, 203, 205,
+ /* 1420 */ 204, 202, 151, 165, 171, 171, 151, 171, 165, 165,
+ /* 1430 */ 171, 179, 4, 250, 179, 250, 247, 3, 22, 171,
+ /* 1440 */ 171, 171, 142, 81, 15, 23, 16, 23, 131, 171,
+ /* 1450 */ 120, 111, 123, 20, 16, 1, 125, 123, 131, 53,
+ /* 1460 */ 53, 53, 53, 111, 96, 34, 122, 1, 5, 22,
+ /* 1470 */ 107, 67, 140, 74, 26, 24, 41, 107, 67, 20,
+ /* 1480 */ 19, 112, 105, 66, 22, 66, 22, 22, 28, 66,
+ /* 1490 */ 23, 22, 22, 37, 23, 23, 23, 116, 22, 22,
+ /* 1500 */ 26, 23, 122, 23, 23, 26, 22, 11, 96, 34,
+ /* 1510 */ 124, 26, 26, 23, 23, 23, 34, 34, 23, 26,
+ /* 1520 */ 23, 22, 24, 23, 22, 122, 23, 26, 22, 24,
+ /* 1530 */ 23, 22, 15, 23, 23, 22, 122, 122, 23, 1,
+ /* 1540 */ 122, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1550 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1560 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1570 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1580 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1590 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1600 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1610 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1620 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1630 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1640 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1650 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1660 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1670 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1680 */ 252, 252, 252, 252,
};
-#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (1566)
-#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (454)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-84)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1562)
-static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ 355, 888, 1021, 909, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 20, -19,
- /* 10 */ 66, 66, 170, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063,
- /* 20 */ -7, -7, 36, 73, 69, 27, 118, 222, 274, 326,
- /* 30 */ 378, 430, 482, 534, 589, 644, 696, 696, 696, 696,
- /* 40 */ 696, 696, 696, 696, 696, 696, 696, 696, 696, 696,
- /* 50 */ 696, 696, 696, 748, 696, 799, 849, 849, 980, 1063,
- /* 60 */ 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063,
- /* 70 */ 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063,
- /* 80 */ 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063,
- /* 90 */ 1083, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063,
- /* 100 */ 1063, 1063, 1063, 1063, -43, 1120, 1120, 1120, 1120, 1120,
- /* 110 */ -31, -72, -84, 242, 1152, 667, 210, 210, 242, 309,
- /* 120 */ 336, -55, 1566, 1566, 1566, 850, 850, 850, 626, 626,
- /* 130 */ 588, 588, 898, 221, 264, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242,
- /* 140 */ 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242,
- /* 150 */ 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 496, 675, 289, 289, 336,
- /* 160 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1566, 1566, 1566, 570,
- /* 170 */ 98, 98, 958, 389, 450, 968, 1013, 1032, 1027, 242,
- /* 180 */ 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242,
- /* 190 */ 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 1082, 1082, 1082, 242, 242,
- /* 200 */ 533, 242, 242, 242, 987, 242, 242, 1208, 242, 242,
- /* 210 */ 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 242, 435, 531,
- /* 220 */ 1001, 1001, 1001, 832, 434, 1266, 594, 58, 863, 863,
- /* 230 */ 952, 58, 952, 946, 738, 239, 145, 863, 525, 145,
- /* 240 */ 145, 315, 647, 790, 1174, 1119, 1119, 1204, 1204, 1119,
- /* 250 */ 1250, 1232, 1147, 1263, 1263, 1263, 1263, 1119, 1265, 1147,
- /* 260 */ 1250, 1232, 1232, 1147, 1119, 1265, 1186, 1297, 1119, 1119,
- /* 270 */ 1265, 1372, 1119, 1265, 1119, 1265, 1372, 1294, 1294, 1294,
- /* 280 */ 1342, 1372, 1294, 1301, 1294, 1342, 1294, 1294, 1286, 1306,
- /* 290 */ 1286, 1306, 1286, 1306, 1286, 1306, 1119, 1398, 1119, 1285,
- /* 300 */ 1372, 1334, 1334, 1372, 1304, 1308, 1307, 1309, 1147, 1412,
- /* 310 */ 1413, 1428, 1428, 1439, 1439, 1439, 1566, 1566, 1566, 1566,
- /* 320 */ 1566, 1566, 1566, 1566, 204, 321, 429, 467, 578, 497,
- /* 330 */ 904, 739, 1051, 793, 794, 798, 800, 802, 838, 768,
- /* 340 */ 766, 801, 762, 847, 853, 812, 891, 681, 784, 896,
- /* 350 */ 864, 996, 1457, 1459, 1441, 1322, 1450, 1385, 1451, 1445,
- /* 360 */ 1446, 1350, 1340, 1361, 1352, 1453, 1353, 1461, 1478, 1357,
- /* 370 */ 1351, 1430, 1431, 1432, 1433, 1370, 1391, 1454, 1367, 1489,
- /* 380 */ 1486, 1470, 1386, 1355, 1429, 1471, 1434, 1424, 1458, 1393,
- /* 390 */ 1479, 1482, 1485, 1394, 1400, 1487, 1442, 1488, 1490, 1484,
- /* 400 */ 1491, 1448, 1483, 1493, 1452, 1480, 1496, 1497, 1498, 1499,
- /* 410 */ 1406, 1494, 1500, 1502, 1501, 1404, 1505, 1506, 1435, 1503,
- /* 420 */ 1508, 1408, 1507, 1504, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1507, 1513, 1516,
- /* 430 */ 1517, 1515, 1519, 1521, 1534, 1523, 1525, 1524, 1526, 1527,
- /* 440 */ 1529, 1530, 1526, 1532, 1531, 1533, 1535, 1537, 1427, 1438,
- /* 450 */ 1440, 1443, 1538, 1542, 1562,
+#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (465)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (0)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1538)
+static const unsigned short int yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /* 0 */ 39, 822, 955, 843, 997, 997, 997, 997, 0, 0,
+ /* 10 */ 104, 630, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 1077,
+ /* 20 */ 1077, 126, 161, 155, 52, 156, 208, 260, 312, 364,
+ /* 30 */ 416, 468, 523, 578, 630, 630, 630, 630, 630, 630,
+ /* 40 */ 630, 630, 630, 630, 630, 630, 630, 630, 630, 630,
+ /* 50 */ 630, 682, 630, 733, 783, 783, 914, 997, 997, 997,
+ /* 60 */ 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997,
+ /* 70 */ 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997,
+ /* 80 */ 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 1017, 997,
+ /* 90 */ 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997, 997,
+ /* 100 */ 997, 997, 1070, 1054, 1054, 1054, 1054, 1054, 40, 25,
+ /* 110 */ 72, 232, 788, 428, 248, 248, 232, 581, 367, 127,
+ /* 120 */ 465, 138, 1541, 1541, 1541, 784, 784, 784, 522, 522,
+ /* 130 */ 887, 887, 893, 406, 408, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232,
+ /* 140 */ 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232,
+ /* 150 */ 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 370, 340, 714, 698, 698,
+ /* 160 */ 465, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 1541, 1541, 1541,
+ /* 170 */ 504, 85, 85, 884, 70, 280, 902, 440, 966, 924,
+ /* 180 */ 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232,
+ /* 190 */ 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 1134, 1134, 1134, 232,
+ /* 200 */ 232, 667, 232, 232, 232, 929, 232, 232, 885, 232,
+ /* 210 */ 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 232, 418,
+ /* 220 */ 678, 981, 981, 981, 981, 766, 271, 911, 510, 429,
+ /* 230 */ 617, 786, 786, 830, 617, 830, 4, 730, 595, 768,
+ /* 240 */ 786, 561, 768, 768, 732, 535, 55, 1165, 1105, 1105,
+ /* 250 */ 1191, 1191, 1105, 1228, 1209, 1130, 1257, 1257, 1257, 1257,
+ /* 260 */ 1105, 1280, 1130, 1228, 1209, 1209, 1130, 1105, 1280, 1198,
+ /* 270 */ 1282, 1105, 1105, 1280, 1328, 1105, 1280, 1105, 1280, 1328,
+ /* 280 */ 1244, 1244, 1244, 1308, 1328, 1244, 1267, 1244, 1308, 1244,
+ /* 290 */ 1244, 1250, 1273, 1250, 1273, 1250, 1273, 1250, 1273, 1105,
+ /* 300 */ 1360, 1105, 1260, 1328, 1306, 1306, 1328, 1274, 1276, 1277,
+ /* 310 */ 1279, 1130, 1379, 1383, 1400, 1400, 1410, 1410, 1410, 1541,
+ /* 320 */ 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541,
+ /* 330 */ 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541, 1541, 34, 407, 463, 511, 417,
+ /* 340 */ 479, 1272, 778, 941, 785, 825, 831, 833, 872, 877,
+ /* 350 */ 756, 793, 900, 804, 919, 1045, 969, 1049, 803, 909,
+ /* 360 */ 1051, 983, 1059, 1428, 1434, 1416, 1300, 1429, 1362, 1430,
+ /* 370 */ 1422, 1424, 1330, 1317, 1340, 1329, 1433, 1331, 1438, 1454,
+ /* 380 */ 1334, 1327, 1406, 1407, 1408, 1409, 1352, 1368, 1431, 1344,
+ /* 390 */ 1466, 1463, 1447, 1363, 1332, 1404, 1448, 1411, 1399, 1435,
+ /* 400 */ 1370, 1451, 1459, 1461, 1369, 1377, 1462, 1417, 1464, 1465,
+ /* 410 */ 1467, 1469, 1419, 1460, 1470, 1423, 1456, 1471, 1472, 1473,
+ /* 420 */ 1474, 1381, 1476, 1478, 1477, 1479, 1380, 1480, 1481, 1412,
+ /* 430 */ 1475, 1484, 1386, 1485, 1482, 1486, 1483, 1490, 1485, 1491,
+ /* 440 */ 1492, 1495, 1493, 1497, 1499, 1496, 1500, 1502, 1498, 1501,
+ /* 450 */ 1503, 1506, 1505, 1501, 1507, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1513, 1403,
+ /* 460 */ 1414, 1415, 1418, 1515, 1517, 1538,
};
-#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-144)
-#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (323)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-143)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1305)
+#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (334)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-217)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1278)
static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ -143, -65, 140, 840, 76, 180, 182, 233, 488, -25,
- /* 10 */ 12, 16, 59, 885, 907, 935, 390, 705, 954, 285,
- /* 20 */ 997, 1017, 1018, -118, 1025, 139, 171, 171, 171, 171,
- /* 30 */ 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171,
- /* 40 */ 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171,
- /* 50 */ 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, -69, 287,
- /* 60 */ 441, 658, 708, 856, 1050, 1073, 1076, 1079, 1081, 1084,
- /* 70 */ 1086, 1088, 1091, 1113, 1115, 1117, 1122, 1124, 1126, 1128,
- /* 80 */ 1130, 1141, 1153, 1156, 1159, 1163, 1165, 1167, 1170, 1172,
- /* 90 */ 1175, 1178, 1181, 1189, 1194, 1197, 1200, 1203, 1205, 1207,
- /* 100 */ 1211, 1213, 1216, 1219, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171, 171,
- /* 110 */ 171, 171, 171, 49, 176, 220, 275, 278, 290, 171,
- /* 120 */ 300, 171, 171, 171, 171, -85, -85, -85, -28, 77,
- /* 130 */ 313, 317, -56, 252, 252, 446, -129, 243, 361, 403,
- /* 140 */ 406, 513, 517, 409, 502, 518, 504, 509, 621, 553,
- /* 150 */ 562, 619, 559, 93, 620, 465, 453, 550, 591, 571,
- /* 160 */ 615, 666, 750, 752, 797, 819, 463, 548, -73, 28,
- /* 170 */ 68, 120, 257, 206, 359, 405, 413, 452, 457, 560,
- /* 180 */ 566, 617, 670, 720, 723, 769, 773, 775, 780, 813,
- /* 190 */ 814, 821, 822, 823, 826, 360, 436, 783, 829, 835,
- /* 200 */ 707, 862, 867, 878, 830, 911, 915, 883, 936, 937,
- /* 210 */ 940, 359, 942, 943, 944, 979, 982, 984, 886, 899,
- /* 220 */ 928, 929, 931, 707, 947, 945, 998, 949, 932, 969,
- /* 230 */ 918, 953, 924, 992, 1005, 1010, 1016, 971, 965, 1019,
- /* 240 */ 1049, 1000, 1028, 1074, 989, 1078, 1080, 1026, 1031, 1109,
- /* 250 */ 1053, 1090, 1103, 1092, 1099, 1114, 1118, 1148, 1151, 1111,
- /* 260 */ 1096, 1129, 1131, 1133, 1162, 1202, 1138, 1146, 1231, 1234,
- /* 270 */ 1206, 1218, 1237, 1239, 1240, 1242, 1221, 1228, 1229, 1230,
- /* 280 */ 1224, 1233, 1235, 1236, 1241, 1226, 1243, 1244, 1198, 1201,
- /* 290 */ 1209, 1212, 1210, 1214, 1215, 1217, 1260, 1199, 1262, 1220,
- /* 300 */ 1247, 1222, 1223, 1253, 1238, 1245, 1251, 1246, 1249, 1276,
- /* 310 */ 1279, 1289, 1291, 1296, 1302, 1305, 1225, 1227, 1248, 1290,
- /* 320 */ 1292, 1280, 1281, 1295,
+ /* 0 */ -144, -139, -134, -136, -141, 64, 114, 116, -158, -148,
+ /* 10 */ -217, 96, 819, 871, 878, 219, 270, 886, 272, -110,
+ /* 20 */ 413, 918, 972, 228, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214,
+ /* 30 */ -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214,
+ /* 40 */ -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214,
+ /* 50 */ -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, 62, 323, 377, 536,
+ /* 60 */ 539, 834, 948, 1020, 1024, 1031, 1039, 1048, 1050, 1063,
+ /* 70 */ 1065, 1068, 1074, 1080, 1083, 1088, 1091, 1094, 1097, 1099,
+ /* 80 */ 1103, 1106, 1111, 1114, 1122, 1126, 1129, 1131, 1137, 1139,
+ /* 90 */ 1141, 1145, 1149, 1154, 1156, 1164, 1168, 1173, 1180, 1184,
+ /* 100 */ 1187, 1192, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214, -214,
+ /* 110 */ -214, 132, -45, 97, 8, 164, 379, 175, 255, -214,
+ /* 120 */ 178, -214, -214, -214, -214, -168, -168, -168, 124, 329,
+ /* 130 */ 399, 401, -129, 347, 347, 331, 133, 451, 452, 498,
+ /* 140 */ 500, 502, 503, 505, 487, 506, 488, 490, 507, 543,
+ /* 150 */ 547, -126, 588, 290, 27, 572, 501, 597, 537, 582,
+ /* 160 */ 183, 599, 600, 601, 649, 650, 653, 508, 538, -29,
+ /* 170 */ -156, -152, -137, -79, 135, 74, 130, 242, 338, 378,
+ /* 180 */ 393, 397, 607, 648, 691, 700, 708, 709, 728, 757,
+ /* 190 */ 763, 769, 796, 810, 818, 845, 202, 748, 792, 861,
+ /* 200 */ 862, 815, 866, 903, 905, 850, 931, 932, 896, 937,
+ /* 210 */ 939, 945, 74, 949, 951, 964, 965, 967, 968, 888,
+ /* 220 */ 820, 923, 926, 959, 960, 815, 980, 908, 1009, 985,
+ /* 230 */ 986, 970, 974, 942, 988, 947, 1018, 1011, 1022, 1025,
+ /* 240 */ 991, 982, 1032, 1038, 1015, 1019, 1064, 984, 1071, 1072,
+ /* 250 */ 992, 993, 1085, 1061, 1069, 1067, 1093, 1116, 1124, 1128,
+ /* 260 */ 1133, 1132, 1138, 1086, 1136, 1143, 1146, 1175, 1166, 1108,
+ /* 270 */ 1113, 1193, 1196, 1201, 1178, 1203, 1205, 1208, 1206, 1190,
+ /* 280 */ 1195, 1197, 1199, 1194, 1200, 1204, 1207, 1210, 1211, 1212,
+ /* 290 */ 1213, 1159, 1167, 1169, 1174, 1172, 1176, 1179, 1177, 1222,
+ /* 300 */ 1170, 1232, 1171, 1221, 1181, 1182, 1223, 1202, 1214, 1216,
+ /* 310 */ 1215, 1219, 1245, 1249, 1261, 1262, 1266, 1271, 1275, 1183,
+ /* 320 */ 1185, 1189, 1258, 1253, 1254, 1256, 1259, 1263, 1252, 1255,
+ /* 330 */ 1268, 1269, 1270, 1278, 1264,
};
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
- /* 0 */ 1270, 1260, 1260, 1260, 1193, 1193, 1193, 1193, 1260, 1088,
- /* 10 */ 1117, 1117, 1244, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1192,
- /* 20 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1260, 1092, 1123, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 30 */ 1322, 1194, 1195, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1243, 1245, 1133, 1132,
- /* 40 */ 1131, 1130, 1226, 1104, 1128, 1121, 1125, 1194, 1188, 1189,
- /* 50 */ 1187, 1191, 1195, 1322, 1124, 1158, 1172, 1157, 1322, 1322,
- /* 60 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 70 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 80 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 90 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 100 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1166, 1171, 1178, 1170, 1167, 1160,
- /* 110 */ 1159, 1161, 1162, 1322, 1011, 1059, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1163,
- /* 120 */ 1322, 1164, 1175, 1174, 1173, 1251, 1278, 1277, 1322, 1322,
- /* 130 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 140 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 150 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1270, 1260, 1017, 1017, 1322,
- /* 160 */ 1260, 1260, 1260, 1260, 1260, 1260, 1256, 1092, 1083, 1322,
- /* 170 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 180 */ 1248, 1246, 1322, 1208, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 190 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 200 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1088, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 210 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1272, 1322, 1221,
- /* 220 */ 1088, 1088, 1088, 1090, 1072, 1082, 997, 1127, 1106, 1106,
- /* 230 */ 1311, 1127, 1311, 1034, 1292, 1031, 1117, 1106, 1190, 1117,
- /* 240 */ 1117, 1089, 1082, 1322, 1314, 1097, 1097, 1313, 1313, 1097,
- /* 250 */ 1138, 1062, 1127, 1068, 1068, 1068, 1068, 1097, 1008, 1127,
- /* 260 */ 1138, 1062, 1062, 1127, 1097, 1008, 1225, 1308, 1097, 1097,
- /* 270 */ 1008, 1201, 1097, 1008, 1097, 1008, 1201, 1060, 1060, 1060,
- /* 280 */ 1049, 1201, 1060, 1034, 1060, 1049, 1060, 1060, 1110, 1105,
- /* 290 */ 1110, 1105, 1110, 1105, 1110, 1105, 1097, 1196, 1097, 1322,
- /* 300 */ 1201, 1205, 1205, 1201, 1122, 1111, 1120, 1118, 1127, 1014,
- /* 310 */ 1052, 1275, 1275, 1271, 1271, 1271, 1319, 1319, 1256, 1287,
- /* 320 */ 1287, 1036, 1036, 1287, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 330 */ 1282, 1322, 1210, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 340 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 350 */ 1322, 1143, 1322, 993, 1253, 1322, 1322, 1252, 1322, 1322,
- /* 360 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 370 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1310, 1322,
- /* 380 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1224, 1223, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 390 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 400 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 410 */ 1074, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1296, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322,
- /* 420 */ 1322, 1322, 1119, 1322, 1112, 1322, 1322, 1301, 1322, 1322,
- /* 430 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1262, 1322,
- /* 440 */ 1322, 1322, 1261, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1145, 1322,
- /* 450 */ 1144, 1148, 1322, 1002, 1322,
+ /* 0 */ 1286, 1276, 1276, 1276, 1209, 1209, 1209, 1209, 1133, 1133,
+ /* 10 */ 1260, 1036, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1208, 1005,
+ /* 20 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1108, 1139, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1210,
+ /* 30 */ 1211, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1259, 1261, 1149, 1148, 1147, 1146,
+ /* 40 */ 1242, 1120, 1144, 1137, 1141, 1210, 1204, 1205, 1203, 1207,
+ /* 50 */ 1211, 1005, 1140, 1174, 1188, 1173, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 60 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 70 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 80 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 90 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 100 */ 1005, 1005, 1182, 1187, 1194, 1186, 1183, 1176, 1175, 1177,
+ /* 110 */ 1178, 1005, 1026, 1075, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1276, 1036, 1179,
+ /* 120 */ 1005, 1180, 1191, 1190, 1189, 1267, 1294, 1293, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 130 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 140 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 150 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1036, 1286, 1276, 1032, 1032,
+ /* 160 */ 1005, 1276, 1276, 1276, 1276, 1276, 1276, 1272, 1108, 1099,
+ /* 170 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 180 */ 1005, 1264, 1262, 1005, 1224, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 190 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 200 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1104, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 210 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1288, 1005,
+ /* 220 */ 1237, 1104, 1104, 1104, 1104, 1106, 1088, 1098, 1036, 1012,
+ /* 230 */ 1143, 1122, 1122, 1327, 1143, 1327, 1050, 1308, 1047, 1133,
+ /* 240 */ 1122, 1206, 1133, 1133, 1105, 1098, 1005, 1330, 1113, 1113,
+ /* 250 */ 1329, 1329, 1113, 1154, 1078, 1143, 1084, 1084, 1084, 1084,
+ /* 260 */ 1113, 1023, 1143, 1154, 1078, 1078, 1143, 1113, 1023, 1241,
+ /* 270 */ 1324, 1113, 1113, 1023, 1217, 1113, 1023, 1113, 1023, 1217,
+ /* 280 */ 1076, 1076, 1076, 1065, 1217, 1076, 1050, 1076, 1065, 1076,
+ /* 290 */ 1076, 1126, 1121, 1126, 1121, 1126, 1121, 1126, 1121, 1113,
+ /* 300 */ 1212, 1113, 1005, 1217, 1221, 1221, 1217, 1138, 1127, 1136,
+ /* 310 */ 1134, 1143, 1029, 1068, 1291, 1291, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1335,
+ /* 320 */ 1335, 1272, 1303, 1036, 1036, 1036, 1036, 1303, 1052, 1052,
+ /* 330 */ 1036, 1036, 1036, 1036, 1303, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 340 */ 1005, 1298, 1005, 1226, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 350 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 360 */ 1005, 1005, 1159, 1005, 1008, 1269, 1005, 1005, 1268, 1005,
+ /* 370 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 380 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1326,
+ /* 390 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1240, 1239, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 400 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 410 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 420 */ 1005, 1090, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1312, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005,
+ /* 430 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1135, 1005, 1128, 1005, 1005, 1317, 1005,
+ /* 440 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1278,
+ /* 450 */ 1005, 1005, 1005, 1277, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1005, 1161,
+ /* 460 */ 1005, 1160, 1164, 1005, 1017, 1005,
};
/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/
-/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.
+/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.
** If a construct like the following:
-**
+**
** %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
#endif /* NDEBUG */
#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
+/*
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL
+** by making either argument NULL
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+#if defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG)
/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
** are required. The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const yyTokenName[] = {
- "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY",
- "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED",
- "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END",
- "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO",
- "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT",
- "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP",
- "AS", "WITHOUT", "COMMA", "ABORT",
- "ACTION", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", "ASC",
- "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "BY", "CASCADE",
- "CAST", "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC",
- "DETACH", "EACH", "FAIL", "OR",
- "AND", "IS", "MATCH", "LIKE_KW",
- "BETWEEN", "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL",
- "NE", "EQ", "GT", "LE",
- "LT", "GE", "ESCAPE", "ID",
- "COLUMNKW", "FOR", "IGNORE", "INITIALLY",
- "INSTEAD", "NO", "KEY", "OF",
- "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", "RAISE", "RECURSIVE",
- "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW", "TRIGGER",
- "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "WITH",
- "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY",
- "BITAND", "BITOR", "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT",
- "PLUS", "MINUS", "STAR", "SLASH",
- "REM", "CONCAT", "COLLATE", "BITNOT",
- "INDEXED", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT",
- "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE",
- "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON",
- "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "SET",
- "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION",
- "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT",
- "VALUES", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM",
- "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP",
- "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO",
- "FLOAT", "BLOB", "INTEGER", "VARIABLE",
- "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", "ELSE",
- "INDEX", "ALTER", "ADD", "error",
- "input", "cmdlist", "ecmd", "explain",
- "cmdx", "cmd", "transtype", "trans_opt",
- "nm", "savepoint_opt", "create_table", "create_table_args",
- "createkw", "temp", "ifnotexists", "dbnm",
- "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "table_options", "select",
- "columnname", "carglist", "typetoken", "typename",
- "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", "ccons",
- "term", "expr", "onconf", "sortorder",
- "autoinc", "eidlist_opt", "refargs", "defer_subclause",
- "refarg", "refact", "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist",
- "tconscomma", "tcons", "sortlist", "eidlist",
- "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype",
- "ifexists", "fullname", "selectnowith", "oneselect",
- "with", "multiselect_op", "distinct", "selcollist",
- "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt", "having_opt",
- "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "values", "nexprlist",
- "exprlist", "sclp", "as", "seltablist",
- "stl_prefix", "joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt",
- "using_opt", "idlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd",
- "idlist_opt", "likeop", "between_op", "in_op",
- "paren_exprlist", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else",
- "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", "trigger_decl",
- "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause",
- "when_clause", "trigger_cmd", "trnm", "tridxby",
- "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt",
- "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken",
- "lp", "anylist", "wqlist",
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = {
+ /* 0 */ "$",
+ /* 1 */ "SEMI",
+ /* 2 */ "EXPLAIN",
+ /* 3 */ "QUERY",
+ /* 4 */ "PLAN",
+ /* 5 */ "BEGIN",
+ /* 6 */ "TRANSACTION",
+ /* 7 */ "DEFERRED",
+ /* 8 */ "IMMEDIATE",
+ /* 9 */ "EXCLUSIVE",
+ /* 10 */ "COMMIT",
+ /* 11 */ "END",
+ /* 12 */ "ROLLBACK",
+ /* 13 */ "SAVEPOINT",
+ /* 14 */ "RELEASE",
+ /* 15 */ "TO",
+ /* 16 */ "TABLE",
+ /* 17 */ "CREATE",
+ /* 18 */ "IF",
+ /* 19 */ "NOT",
+ /* 20 */ "EXISTS",
+ /* 21 */ "TEMP",
+ /* 22 */ "LP",
+ /* 23 */ "RP",
+ /* 24 */ "AS",
+ /* 25 */ "WITHOUT",
+ /* 26 */ "COMMA",
+ /* 27 */ "ABORT",
+ /* 28 */ "ACTION",
+ /* 29 */ "AFTER",
+ /* 30 */ "ANALYZE",
+ /* 31 */ "ASC",
+ /* 32 */ "ATTACH",
+ /* 33 */ "BEFORE",
+ /* 34 */ "BY",
+ /* 35 */ "CASCADE",
+ /* 36 */ "CAST",
+ /* 37 */ "CONFLICT",
+ /* 38 */ "DATABASE",
+ /* 39 */ "DESC",
+ /* 40 */ "DETACH",
+ /* 41 */ "EACH",
+ /* 42 */ "FAIL",
+ /* 43 */ "OR",
+ /* 44 */ "AND",
+ /* 45 */ "IS",
+ /* 46 */ "MATCH",
+ /* 47 */ "LIKE_KW",
+ /* 48 */ "BETWEEN",
+ /* 49 */ "IN",
+ /* 50 */ "ISNULL",
+ /* 51 */ "NOTNULL",
+ /* 52 */ "NE",
+ /* 53 */ "EQ",
+ /* 54 */ "GT",
+ /* 55 */ "LE",
+ /* 56 */ "LT",
+ /* 57 */ "GE",
+ /* 58 */ "ESCAPE",
+ /* 59 */ "ID",
+ /* 60 */ "COLUMNKW",
+ /* 61 */ "FOR",
+ /* 62 */ "IGNORE",
+ /* 63 */ "INITIALLY",
+ /* 64 */ "INSTEAD",
+ /* 65 */ "NO",
+ /* 66 */ "KEY",
+ /* 67 */ "OF",
+ /* 68 */ "OFFSET",
+ /* 69 */ "PRAGMA",
+ /* 70 */ "RAISE",
+ /* 71 */ "RECURSIVE",
+ /* 72 */ "REPLACE",
+ /* 73 */ "RESTRICT",
+ /* 74 */ "ROW",
+ /* 75 */ "TRIGGER",
+ /* 76 */ "VACUUM",
+ /* 77 */ "VIEW",
+ /* 78 */ "VIRTUAL",
+ /* 79 */ "WITH",
+ /* 80 */ "REINDEX",
+ /* 81 */ "RENAME",
+ /* 82 */ "CTIME_KW",
+ /* 83 */ "ANY",
+ /* 84 */ "BITAND",
+ /* 85 */ "BITOR",
+ /* 86 */ "LSHIFT",
+ /* 87 */ "RSHIFT",
+ /* 88 */ "PLUS",
+ /* 89 */ "MINUS",
+ /* 90 */ "STAR",
+ /* 91 */ "SLASH",
+ /* 92 */ "REM",
+ /* 93 */ "CONCAT",
+ /* 94 */ "COLLATE",
+ /* 95 */ "BITNOT",
+ /* 96 */ "INDEXED",
+ /* 97 */ "STRING",
+ /* 98 */ "JOIN_KW",
+ /* 99 */ "CONSTRAINT",
+ /* 100 */ "DEFAULT",
+ /* 101 */ "NULL",
+ /* 102 */ "PRIMARY",
+ /* 103 */ "UNIQUE",
+ /* 104 */ "CHECK",
+ /* 105 */ "REFERENCES",
+ /* 106 */ "AUTOINCR",
+ /* 107 */ "ON",
+ /* 108 */ "INSERT",
+ /* 109 */ "DELETE",
+ /* 110 */ "UPDATE",
+ /* 111 */ "SET",
+ /* 112 */ "DEFERRABLE",
+ /* 113 */ "FOREIGN",
+ /* 114 */ "DROP",
+ /* 115 */ "UNION",
+ /* 116 */ "ALL",
+ /* 117 */ "EXCEPT",
+ /* 118 */ "INTERSECT",
+ /* 119 */ "SELECT",
+ /* 120 */ "VALUES",
+ /* 121 */ "DISTINCT",
+ /* 122 */ "DOT",
+ /* 123 */ "FROM",
+ /* 124 */ "JOIN",
+ /* 125 */ "USING",
+ /* 126 */ "ORDER",
+ /* 127 */ "GROUP",
+ /* 128 */ "HAVING",
+ /* 129 */ "LIMIT",
+ /* 130 */ "WHERE",
+ /* 131 */ "INTO",
+ /* 132 */ "FLOAT",
+ /* 133 */ "BLOB",
+ /* 134 */ "INTEGER",
+ /* 135 */ "VARIABLE",
+ /* 136 */ "CASE",
+ /* 137 */ "WHEN",
+ /* 138 */ "THEN",
+ /* 139 */ "ELSE",
+ /* 140 */ "INDEX",
+ /* 141 */ "ALTER",
+ /* 142 */ "ADD",
+ /* 143 */ "error",
+ /* 144 */ "input",
+ /* 145 */ "cmdlist",
+ /* 146 */ "ecmd",
+ /* 147 */ "explain",
+ /* 148 */ "cmdx",
+ /* 149 */ "cmd",
+ /* 150 */ "transtype",
+ /* 151 */ "trans_opt",
+ /* 152 */ "nm",
+ /* 153 */ "savepoint_opt",
+ /* 154 */ "create_table",
+ /* 155 */ "create_table_args",
+ /* 156 */ "createkw",
+ /* 157 */ "temp",
+ /* 158 */ "ifnotexists",
+ /* 159 */ "dbnm",
+ /* 160 */ "columnlist",
+ /* 161 */ "conslist_opt",
+ /* 162 */ "table_options",
+ /* 163 */ "select",
+ /* 164 */ "columnname",
+ /* 165 */ "carglist",
+ /* 166 */ "typetoken",
+ /* 167 */ "typename",
+ /* 168 */ "signed",
+ /* 169 */ "plus_num",
+ /* 170 */ "minus_num",
+ /* 171 */ "scanpt",
+ /* 172 */ "ccons",
+ /* 173 */ "term",
+ /* 174 */ "expr",
+ /* 175 */ "onconf",
+ /* 176 */ "sortorder",
+ /* 177 */ "autoinc",
+ /* 178 */ "eidlist_opt",
+ /* 179 */ "refargs",
+ /* 180 */ "defer_subclause",
+ /* 181 */ "refarg",
+ /* 182 */ "refact",
+ /* 183 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 184 */ "conslist",
+ /* 185 */ "tconscomma",
+ /* 186 */ "tcons",
+ /* 187 */ "sortlist",
+ /* 188 */ "eidlist",
+ /* 189 */ "defer_subclause_opt",
+ /* 190 */ "orconf",
+ /* 191 */ "resolvetype",
+ /* 192 */ "raisetype",
+ /* 193 */ "ifexists",
+ /* 194 */ "fullname",
+ /* 195 */ "selectnowith",
+ /* 196 */ "oneselect",
+ /* 197 */ "with",
+ /* 198 */ "multiselect_op",
+ /* 199 */ "distinct",
+ /* 200 */ "selcollist",
+ /* 201 */ "from",
+ /* 202 */ "where_opt",
+ /* 203 */ "groupby_opt",
+ /* 204 */ "having_opt",
+ /* 205 */ "orderby_opt",
+ /* 206 */ "limit_opt",
+ /* 207 */ "values",
+ /* 208 */ "nexprlist",
+ /* 209 */ "exprlist",
+ /* 210 */ "sclp",
+ /* 211 */ "as",
+ /* 212 */ "seltablist",
+ /* 213 */ "stl_prefix",
+ /* 214 */ "joinop",
+ /* 215 */ "indexed_opt",
+ /* 216 */ "on_opt",
+ /* 217 */ "using_opt",
+ /* 218 */ "idlist",
+ /* 219 */ "setlist",
+ /* 220 */ "insert_cmd",
+ /* 221 */ "idlist_opt",
+ /* 222 */ "likeop",
+ /* 223 */ "between_op",
+ /* 224 */ "in_op",
+ /* 225 */ "paren_exprlist",
+ /* 226 */ "case_operand",
+ /* 227 */ "case_exprlist",
+ /* 228 */ "case_else",
+ /* 229 */ "uniqueflag",
+ /* 230 */ "collate",
+ /* 231 */ "nmnum",
+ /* 232 */ "trigger_decl",
+ /* 233 */ "trigger_cmd_list",
+ /* 234 */ "trigger_time",
+ /* 235 */ "trigger_event",
+ /* 236 */ "foreach_clause",
+ /* 237 */ "when_clause",
+ /* 238 */ "trigger_cmd",
+ /* 239 */ "trnm",
+ /* 240 */ "tridxby",
+ /* 241 */ "database_kw_opt",
+ /* 242 */ "key_opt",
+ /* 243 */ "add_column_fullname",
+ /* 244 */ "kwcolumn_opt",
+ /* 245 */ "create_vtab",
+ /* 246 */ "vtabarglist",
+ /* 247 */ "vtabarg",
+ /* 248 */ "vtabargtoken",
+ /* 249 */ "lp",
+ /* 250 */ "anylist",
+ /* 251 */ "wqlist",
};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+#endif /* defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) */
#ifndef NDEBUG
/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
/* 25 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
/* 26 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
/* 27 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING",
- /* 28 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /* 29 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
- /* 30 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
- /* 31 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
- /* 32 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
- /* 33 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED",
- /* 34 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
- /* 35 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
- /* 36 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
- /* 37 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
- /* 38 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs",
- /* 39 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
- /* 40 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
- /* 41 */ "autoinc ::=",
- /* 42 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
- /* 43 */ "refargs ::=",
- /* 44 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
- /* 45 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
- /* 46 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
- /* 47 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
- /* 48 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
- /* 49 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
- /* 50 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
- /* 51 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
- /* 52 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
- /* 53 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
- /* 54 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /* 55 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /* 56 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
- /* 57 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
- /* 58 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
- /* 59 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
- /* 60 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA",
- /* 61 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /* 62 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf",
- /* 63 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf",
- /* 64 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
- /* 65 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
- /* 66 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
- /* 67 */ "onconf ::=",
- /* 68 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
- /* 69 */ "orconf ::=",
- /* 70 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
- /* 71 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
- /* 72 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
- /* 73 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
- /* 74 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
- /* 75 */ "ifexists ::=",
- /* 76 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select",
- /* 77 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
- /* 78 */ "cmd ::= select",
- /* 79 */ "select ::= with selectnowith",
- /* 80 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect",
- /* 81 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
- /* 82 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
- /* 83 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
- /* 84 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
- /* 85 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP",
- /* 86 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP",
- /* 87 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
- /* 88 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
- /* 89 */ "distinct ::=",
- /* 90 */ "sclp ::=",
- /* 91 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
- /* 92 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
- /* 93 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
- /* 94 */ "as ::= AS nm",
- /* 95 */ "as ::=",
- /* 96 */ "from ::=",
- /* 97 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
- /* 98 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
- /* 99 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
- /* 100 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
- /* 101 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 102 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 103 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 104 */ "dbnm ::=",
- /* 105 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
- /* 106 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
- /* 107 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
- /* 108 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
- /* 109 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
- /* 110 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
- /* 111 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
- /* 112 */ "on_opt ::=",
- /* 113 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
- /* 114 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
- /* 115 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
- /* 116 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP",
- /* 117 */ "using_opt ::=",
- /* 118 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
- /* 119 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
- /* 120 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder",
- /* 121 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder",
- /* 122 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
- /* 123 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
- /* 124 */ "sortorder ::=",
- /* 125 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
- /* 126 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
- /* 127 */ "having_opt ::=",
- /* 128 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
- /* 129 */ "limit_opt ::=",
- /* 130 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
- /* 131 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
- /* 132 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
- /* 133 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
- /* 134 */ "where_opt ::=",
- /* 135 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
- /* 136 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 137 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
- /* 138 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr",
- /* 139 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
- /* 140 */ "setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr",
- /* 141 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select",
- /* 142 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
- /* 143 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
- /* 144 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
- /* 145 */ "idlist_opt ::=",
- /* 146 */ "idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP",
- /* 147 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm",
- /* 148 */ "idlist ::= nm",
- /* 149 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
- /* 150 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED",
- /* 151 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 152 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 153 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
- /* 154 */ "term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB",
- /* 155 */ "term ::= STRING",
- /* 156 */ "term ::= INTEGER",
- /* 157 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
- /* 158 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING",
- /* 159 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
- /* 160 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP",
- /* 161 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP",
- /* 162 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
- /* 163 */ "expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP",
- /* 164 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
- /* 165 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
- /* 166 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
- /* 167 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
- /* 168 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
- /* 169 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
- /* 170 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
- /* 171 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
- /* 172 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH",
- /* 173 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
- /* 174 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
- /* 175 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
- /* 176 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
- /* 177 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
- /* 178 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
- /* 179 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
- /* 180 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
- /* 181 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
- /* 182 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
- /* 183 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
- /* 184 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
- /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
- /* 186 */ "in_op ::= IN",
- /* 187 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
- /* 188 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
- /* 189 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
- /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
- /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist",
- /* 192 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
- /* 193 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
- /* 194 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 195 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 196 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
- /* 197 */ "case_else ::=",
- /* 198 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
- /* 199 */ "case_operand ::=",
- /* 200 */ "exprlist ::=",
- /* 201 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
- /* 202 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
- /* 203 */ "paren_exprlist ::=",
- /* 204 */ "paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP",
- /* 205 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt",
- /* 206 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
- /* 207 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
- /* 208 */ "eidlist_opt ::=",
- /* 209 */ "eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP",
- /* 210 */ "eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
- /* 211 */ "eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
- /* 212 */ "collate ::=",
- /* 213 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
- /* 214 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
- /* 215 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
- /* 216 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
- /* 217 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
- /* 218 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
- /* 219 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
- /* 220 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
- /* 221 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
- /* 222 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 223 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 224 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
- /* 225 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
- /* 226 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER",
- /* 227 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
- /* 228 */ "trigger_time ::=",
- /* 229 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
- /* 230 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
- /* 231 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist",
- /* 232 */ "when_clause ::=",
- /* 233 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
- /* 234 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 235 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 236 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 237 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
- /* 238 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
- /* 239 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 240 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select",
- /* 241 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt",
- /* 242 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
- /* 243 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
- /* 244 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
- /* 245 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
- /* 246 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
- /* 247 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
- /* 248 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
- /* 249 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
- /* 250 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
- /* 251 */ "key_opt ::=",
- /* 252 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
- /* 253 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
- /* 254 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
- /* 255 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
- /* 256 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
- /* 257 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
- /* 258 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist",
- /* 259 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
- /* 260 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
- /* 261 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
- /* 262 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm",
- /* 263 */ "vtabarg ::=",
- /* 264 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
- /* 265 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
- /* 266 */ "lp ::= LP",
- /* 267 */ "with ::=",
- /* 268 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist",
- /* 269 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist",
- /* 270 */ "wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP",
- /* 271 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP",
- /* 272 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
- /* 273 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
- /* 274 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
- /* 275 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
- /* 276 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
- /* 277 */ "explain ::=",
- /* 278 */ "trans_opt ::=",
- /* 279 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
- /* 280 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
- /* 281 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
- /* 282 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
- /* 283 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
- /* 284 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist",
- /* 285 */ "columnlist ::= columnname carglist",
- /* 286 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED",
- /* 287 */ "nm ::= STRING",
- /* 288 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 289 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
- /* 290 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING",
- /* 291 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
- /* 292 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
- /* 293 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons",
- /* 294 */ "carglist ::=",
- /* 295 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
- /* 296 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
- /* 297 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons",
- /* 298 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
- /* 299 */ "tconscomma ::=",
- /* 300 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
- /* 301 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
- /* 302 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect",
- /* 303 */ "oneselect ::= values",
- /* 304 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
- /* 305 */ "as ::= ID|STRING",
- /* 306 */ "expr ::= term",
- /* 307 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH",
- /* 308 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
- /* 309 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
- /* 310 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
- /* 311 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
- /* 312 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
- /* 313 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
- /* 314 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 315 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
- /* 316 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
- /* 317 */ "trnm ::= nm",
- /* 318 */ "tridxby ::=",
- /* 319 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
- /* 320 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
- /* 321 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
- /* 322 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
- /* 323 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
- /* 324 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
- /* 325 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
- /* 326 */ "anylist ::=",
- /* 327 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
- /* 328 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
+ /* 28 */ "scanpt ::=",
+ /* 29 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /* 30 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt term scanpt",
+ /* 31 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
+ /* 32 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term scanpt",
+ /* 33 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term scanpt",
+ /* 34 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 35 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /* 36 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
+ /* 37 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /* 38 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
+ /* 39 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs",
+ /* 40 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 41 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 42 */ "autoinc ::=",
+ /* 43 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
+ /* 44 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /* 45 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /* 46 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /* 47 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /* 48 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /* 49 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /* 50 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /* 51 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /* 52 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /* 53 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /* 54 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
+ /* 55 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 56 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 57 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /* 58 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /* 59 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /* 60 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /* 61 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA",
+ /* 62 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /* 63 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf",
+ /* 64 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf",
+ /* 65 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /* 66 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /* 67 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /* 68 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /* 69 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /* 70 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /* 71 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /* 72 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /* 73 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 74 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
+ /* 75 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
+ /* 76 */ "ifexists ::=",
+ /* 77 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select",
+ /* 78 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
+ /* 79 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /* 80 */ "select ::= with selectnowith",
+ /* 81 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /* 82 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 83 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 84 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
+ /* 85 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 86 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP",
+ /* 87 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 88 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 89 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 90 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 91 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 92 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as",
+ /* 93 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR",
+ /* 94 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 95 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 96 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 97 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 98 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 99 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 100 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 101 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 102 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 103 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 104 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 105 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 106 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 107 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 108 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
+ /* 109 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 110 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 111 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 112 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 113 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 114 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
+ /* 115 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 116 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 117 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP",
+ /* 118 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 119 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 120 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 121 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder",
+ /* 122 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder",
+ /* 123 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 124 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 125 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 126 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 127 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
+ /* 128 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 129 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 130 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 131 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
+ /* 132 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
+ /* 133 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
+ /* 134 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
+ /* 135 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 136 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 137 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 138 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 139 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr",
+ /* 140 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 141 */ "setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr",
+ /* 142 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select",
+ /* 143 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
+ /* 144 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 145 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 146 */ "idlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 147 */ "idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP",
+ /* 148 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm",
+ /* 149 */ "idlist ::= nm",
+ /* 150 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 151 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 152 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 153 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 154 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 155 */ "term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB",
+ /* 156 */ "term ::= STRING",
+ /* 157 */ "term ::= INTEGER",
+ /* 158 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 159 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 160 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
+ /* 161 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP",
+ /* 162 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP",
+ /* 163 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
+ /* 164 */ "expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP",
+ /* 165 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 166 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 167 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
+ /* 168 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
+ /* 169 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 170 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
+ /* 171 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
+ /* 172 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 173 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH",
+ /* 174 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 175 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
+ /* 176 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
+ /* 177 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 178 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
+ /* 179 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
+ /* 180 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 181 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 182 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 184 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 185 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 187 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 188 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 190 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 195 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 196 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 197 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 198 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 199 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 200 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 201 */ "exprlist ::=",
+ /* 202 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 203 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
+ /* 204 */ "paren_exprlist ::=",
+ /* 205 */ "paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 206 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt",
+ /* 207 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 208 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 209 */ "eidlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 210 */ "eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP",
+ /* 211 */ "eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 212 */ "eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 213 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 214 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 215 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
+ /* 216 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 217 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 218 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 219 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
+ /* 220 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
+ /* 221 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 222 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
+ /* 223 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 224 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 225 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 226 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 227 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER",
+ /* 228 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 229 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 230 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
+ /* 231 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 232 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist",
+ /* 233 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 234 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 235 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 236 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 237 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 238 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 239 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 240 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt",
+ /* 241 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select scanpt",
+ /* 242 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt",
+ /* 243 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt",
+ /* 244 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 245 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 246 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 247 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 248 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 249 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
+ /* 250 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
+ /* 251 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
+ /* 252 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 253 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
+ /* 254 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
+ /* 255 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
+ /* 256 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
+ /* 257 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
+ /* 258 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
+ /* 259 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist",
+ /* 260 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
+ /* 261 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
+ /* 262 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
+ /* 263 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm",
+ /* 264 */ "vtabarg ::=",
+ /* 265 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
+ /* 266 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
+ /* 267 */ "lp ::= LP",
+ /* 268 */ "with ::=",
+ /* 269 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist",
+ /* 270 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist",
+ /* 271 */ "wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP",
+ /* 272 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP",
+ /* 273 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /* 274 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /* 275 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /* 276 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /* 277 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /* 278 */ "explain ::=",
+ /* 279 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /* 280 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /* 281 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /* 282 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
+ /* 283 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
+ /* 284 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /* 285 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist",
+ /* 286 */ "columnlist ::= columnname carglist",
+ /* 287 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 288 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /* 289 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 290 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
+ /* 291 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING",
+ /* 292 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /* 293 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /* 294 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons",
+ /* 295 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /* 296 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /* 297 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /* 298 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons",
+ /* 299 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /* 300 */ "tconscomma ::=",
+ /* 301 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 302 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /* 303 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect",
+ /* 304 */ "oneselect ::= values",
+ /* 305 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 306 */ "as ::= ID|STRING",
+ /* 307 */ "expr ::= term",
+ /* 308 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH",
+ /* 309 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
+ /* 310 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
+ /* 311 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
+ /* 312 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
+ /* 313 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
+ /* 314 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
+ /* 315 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 316 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 317 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 318 */ "trnm ::= nm",
+ /* 319 */ "tridxby ::=",
+ /* 320 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 321 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 322 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
+ /* 323 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
+ /* 324 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
+ /* 325 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
+ /* 326 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
+ /* 327 */ "anylist ::=",
+ /* 328 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
+ /* 329 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */
#endif
p->yystksz = newSize;
}
- return pNew==0;
+ return pNew==0;
}
#endif
}
#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
-/*
+/*
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal
** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is
-** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the
+** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the
** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
** directives of the input grammar.
*/
/* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen
** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
- ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
+ ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
**
** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
*/
/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
case 163: /* select */
- case 194: /* selectnowith */
- case 195: /* oneselect */
- case 206: /* values */
+ case 195: /* selectnowith */
+ case 196: /* oneselect */
+ case 207: /* values */
{
-sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy243));
+sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy387));
}
break;
- case 172: /* term */
- case 173: /* expr */
+ case 173: /* term */
+ case 174: /* expr */
+ case 202: /* where_opt */
+ case 204: /* having_opt */
+ case 216: /* on_opt */
+ case 226: /* case_operand */
+ case 228: /* case_else */
+ case 237: /* when_clause */
+ case 242: /* key_opt */
{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy190).pExpr);
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy314));
}
break;
- case 177: /* eidlist_opt */
- case 186: /* sortlist */
- case 187: /* eidlist */
- case 199: /* selcollist */
- case 202: /* groupby_opt */
- case 204: /* orderby_opt */
- case 207: /* nexprlist */
- case 208: /* exprlist */
- case 209: /* sclp */
- case 218: /* setlist */
- case 224: /* paren_exprlist */
- case 226: /* case_exprlist */
+ case 178: /* eidlist_opt */
+ case 187: /* sortlist */
+ case 188: /* eidlist */
+ case 200: /* selcollist */
+ case 203: /* groupby_opt */
+ case 205: /* orderby_opt */
+ case 208: /* nexprlist */
+ case 209: /* exprlist */
+ case 210: /* sclp */
+ case 219: /* setlist */
+ case 225: /* paren_exprlist */
+ case 227: /* case_exprlist */
{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy148));
+sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy322));
}
break;
- case 193: /* fullname */
- case 200: /* from */
- case 211: /* seltablist */
- case 212: /* stl_prefix */
+ case 194: /* fullname */
+ case 201: /* from */
+ case 212: /* seltablist */
+ case 213: /* stl_prefix */
{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy185));
+sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy259));
}
break;
- case 196: /* with */
- case 250: /* wqlist */
+ case 197: /* with */
+ case 251: /* wqlist */
{
-sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy285));
+sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy451));
}
break;
- case 201: /* where_opt */
- case 203: /* having_opt */
- case 215: /* on_opt */
- case 225: /* case_operand */
- case 227: /* case_else */
- case 236: /* when_clause */
- case 241: /* key_opt */
+ case 217: /* using_opt */
+ case 218: /* idlist */
+ case 221: /* idlist_opt */
{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy72));
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy384));
}
break;
- case 216: /* using_opt */
- case 217: /* idlist */
- case 220: /* idlist_opt */
+ case 233: /* trigger_cmd_list */
+ case 238: /* trigger_cmd */
{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy254));
+sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy203));
}
break;
- case 232: /* trigger_cmd_list */
- case 237: /* trigger_cmd */
+ case 235: /* trigger_event */
{
-sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy145));
-}
- break;
- case 234: /* trigger_event */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy332).b);
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy90).b);
}
break;
/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
}
#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
-/*
+/*
** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
}
#endif
+/* This array of booleans keeps track of the parser statement
+** coverage. The element yycoverage[X][Y] is set when the parser
+** is in state X and has a lookahead token Y. In a well-tested
+** systems, every element of this matrix should end up being set.
+*/
+#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
+static unsigned char yycoverage[YYNSTATE][YYNTOKEN];
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write into out a description of every state/lookahead combination that
+**
+** (1) has not been used by the parser, and
+** (2) is not a syntax error.
+**
+** Return the number of missed state/lookahead combinations.
+*/
+#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserCoverage(FILE *out){
+ int stateno, iLookAhead, i;
+ int nMissed = 0;
+ for(stateno=0; stateno<YYNSTATE; stateno++){
+ i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+ for(iLookAhead=0; iLookAhead<YYNTOKEN; iLookAhead++){
+ if( yy_lookahead[i+iLookAhead]!=iLookAhead ) continue;
+ if( yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead]==0 ) nMissed++;
+ if( out ){
+ fprintf(out,"State %d lookahead %s %s\n", stateno,
+ yyTokenName[iLookAhead],
+ yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] ? "ok" : "missed");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return nMissed;
+}
+#endif
+
/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
){
int i;
int stateno = pParser->yytos->stateno;
-
- if( stateno>=YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno;
+
+ if( stateno>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno;
assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
+#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
+ yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1;
+#endif
do{
i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+ assert( i>=0 && i+YYNTOKEN<=sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0]) );
assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+ assert( iLookAhead < YYNTOKEN );
i += iLookAhead;
- if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+ if( yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */
if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
#ifdef YYWILDCARD
{
int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
- if(
+ if(
#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
j>=0 &&
#endif
assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
#endif
i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
- assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
i += iLookAhead;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState){
+static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState, const char *zTag){
if( yyTraceFILE ){
if( yyNewState<YYNSTATE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s', go to state %d\n",
- yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major],
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%s%s '%s', go to state %d\n",
+ yyTracePrompt, zTag, yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major],
yyNewState);
}else{
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s'\n",
- yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major]);
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%s%s '%s', pending reduce %d\n",
+ yyTracePrompt, zTag, yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major],
+ yyNewState - YY_MIN_REDUCE);
}
}
}
#else
-# define yyTraceShift(X,Y)
+# define yyTraceShift(X,Y,Z)
#endif
/*
assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack) );
}
#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
if( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystackEnd ){
yypParser->yytos--;
yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
yytos->minor.yy0 = yyMinor;
- yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState);
+ yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState, "Shift");
}
/* The following table contains information about every rule that
YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
signed char nrhs; /* Negative of the number of RHS symbols in the rule */
} yyRuleInfo[] = {
- { 147, -1 },
- { 147, -3 },
- { 148, -1 },
- { 149, -3 },
- { 150, 0 },
- { 150, -1 },
- { 150, -1 },
- { 150, -1 },
- { 149, -2 },
- { 149, -2 },
- { 149, -2 },
- { 149, -3 },
- { 149, -5 },
- { 154, -6 },
- { 156, -1 },
- { 158, 0 },
- { 158, -3 },
- { 157, -1 },
- { 157, 0 },
- { 155, -5 },
- { 155, -2 },
- { 162, 0 },
- { 162, -2 },
- { 164, -2 },
- { 166, 0 },
- { 166, -4 },
- { 166, -6 },
- { 167, -2 },
- { 171, -2 },
- { 171, -2 },
- { 171, -4 },
- { 171, -3 },
- { 171, -3 },
- { 171, -2 },
- { 171, -3 },
- { 171, -5 },
- { 171, -2 },
- { 171, -4 },
- { 171, -4 },
- { 171, -1 },
- { 171, -2 },
- { 176, 0 },
- { 176, -1 },
- { 178, 0 },
- { 178, -2 },
- { 180, -2 },
- { 180, -3 },
- { 180, -3 },
- { 180, -3 },
- { 181, -2 },
- { 181, -2 },
- { 181, -1 },
- { 181, -1 },
- { 181, -2 },
- { 179, -3 },
- { 179, -2 },
- { 182, 0 },
- { 182, -2 },
- { 182, -2 },
- { 161, 0 },
- { 184, -1 },
- { 185, -2 },
- { 185, -7 },
- { 185, -5 },
- { 185, -5 },
- { 185, -10 },
- { 188, 0 },
- { 174, 0 },
- { 174, -3 },
- { 189, 0 },
- { 189, -2 },
- { 190, -1 },
- { 190, -1 },
- { 149, -4 },
- { 192, -2 },
- { 192, 0 },
- { 149, -9 },
- { 149, -4 },
- { 149, -1 },
- { 163, -2 },
- { 194, -3 },
- { 197, -1 },
- { 197, -2 },
- { 197, -1 },
- { 195, -9 },
- { 206, -4 },
- { 206, -5 },
- { 198, -1 },
- { 198, -1 },
- { 198, 0 },
- { 209, 0 },
- { 199, -3 },
- { 199, -2 },
- { 199, -4 },
- { 210, -2 },
- { 210, 0 },
- { 200, 0 },
- { 200, -2 },
- { 212, -2 },
- { 212, 0 },
- { 211, -7 },
- { 211, -9 },
- { 211, -7 },
- { 211, -7 },
- { 159, 0 },
- { 159, -2 },
- { 193, -2 },
- { 213, -1 },
- { 213, -2 },
- { 213, -3 },
- { 213, -4 },
- { 215, -2 },
- { 215, 0 },
- { 214, 0 },
- { 214, -3 },
- { 214, -2 },
- { 216, -4 },
- { 216, 0 },
- { 204, 0 },
- { 204, -3 },
- { 186, -4 },
- { 186, -2 },
- { 175, -1 },
- { 175, -1 },
- { 175, 0 },
- { 202, 0 },
- { 202, -3 },
- { 203, 0 },
- { 203, -2 },
- { 205, 0 },
- { 205, -2 },
- { 205, -4 },
- { 205, -4 },
- { 149, -6 },
- { 201, 0 },
- { 201, -2 },
- { 149, -8 },
- { 218, -5 },
- { 218, -7 },
- { 218, -3 },
- { 218, -5 },
- { 149, -6 },
- { 149, -7 },
- { 219, -2 },
- { 219, -1 },
- { 220, 0 },
- { 220, -3 },
- { 217, -3 },
- { 217, -1 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -1 },
- { 173, -1 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 172, -1 },
- { 172, -1 },
- { 172, -1 },
- { 173, -1 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -6 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 173, -4 },
- { 172, -1 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 221, -2 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 173, -2 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -4 },
- { 173, -2 },
- { 173, -2 },
- { 173, -2 },
- { 173, -2 },
- { 222, -1 },
- { 222, -2 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 223, -1 },
- { 223, -2 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 173, -3 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 173, -4 },
- { 173, -5 },
- { 226, -5 },
- { 226, -4 },
- { 227, -2 },
- { 227, 0 },
- { 225, -1 },
- { 225, 0 },
- { 208, 0 },
- { 207, -3 },
- { 207, -1 },
- { 224, 0 },
- { 224, -3 },
- { 149, -12 },
- { 228, -1 },
- { 228, 0 },
- { 177, 0 },
- { 177, -3 },
- { 187, -5 },
- { 187, -3 },
- { 229, 0 },
- { 229, -2 },
- { 149, -4 },
- { 149, -1 },
- { 149, -2 },
- { 149, -3 },
- { 149, -5 },
- { 149, -6 },
- { 149, -5 },
- { 149, -6 },
- { 169, -2 },
- { 170, -2 },
- { 149, -5 },
- { 231, -11 },
- { 233, -1 },
- { 233, -2 },
- { 233, 0 },
- { 234, -1 },
- { 234, -1 },
- { 234, -3 },
- { 236, 0 },
- { 236, -2 },
- { 232, -3 },
- { 232, -2 },
- { 238, -3 },
- { 239, -3 },
- { 239, -2 },
- { 237, -7 },
- { 237, -5 },
- { 237, -5 },
- { 237, -1 },
- { 173, -4 },
- { 173, -6 },
- { 191, -1 },
- { 191, -1 },
- { 191, -1 },
- { 149, -4 },
- { 149, -6 },
- { 149, -3 },
- { 241, 0 },
- { 241, -2 },
- { 149, -1 },
- { 149, -3 },
- { 149, -1 },
- { 149, -3 },
- { 149, -6 },
- { 149, -7 },
- { 242, -1 },
- { 149, -1 },
- { 149, -4 },
- { 244, -8 },
- { 246, 0 },
- { 247, -1 },
- { 247, -3 },
- { 248, -1 },
- { 196, 0 },
- { 196, -2 },
- { 196, -3 },
- { 250, -6 },
- { 250, -8 },
- { 144, -1 },
- { 145, -2 },
- { 145, -1 },
- { 146, -1 },
- { 146, -3 },
- { 147, 0 },
- { 151, 0 },
- { 151, -1 },
- { 151, -2 },
- { 153, -1 },
- { 153, 0 },
- { 149, -2 },
- { 160, -4 },
- { 160, -2 },
- { 152, -1 },
- { 152, -1 },
- { 152, -1 },
- { 166, -1 },
- { 167, -1 },
- { 168, -1 },
- { 168, -1 },
- { 165, -2 },
- { 165, 0 },
- { 171, -2 },
- { 161, -2 },
- { 183, -3 },
- { 183, -1 },
- { 184, 0 },
- { 188, -1 },
- { 190, -1 },
- { 194, -1 },
- { 195, -1 },
- { 209, -2 },
- { 210, -1 },
- { 173, -1 },
- { 221, -1 },
- { 208, -1 },
- { 230, -1 },
- { 230, -1 },
- { 230, -1 },
- { 230, -1 },
- { 230, -1 },
- { 169, -1 },
- { 235, 0 },
- { 235, -3 },
- { 238, -1 },
- { 239, 0 },
- { 240, -1 },
- { 240, 0 },
- { 243, 0 },
- { 243, -1 },
- { 245, -1 },
- { 245, -3 },
- { 246, -2 },
- { 249, 0 },
- { 249, -4 },
- { 249, -2 },
+ { 147, -1 }, /* (0) explain ::= EXPLAIN */
+ { 147, -3 }, /* (1) explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+ { 148, -1 }, /* (2) cmdx ::= cmd */
+ { 149, -3 }, /* (3) cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
+ { 150, 0 }, /* (4) transtype ::= */
+ { 150, -1 }, /* (5) transtype ::= DEFERRED */
+ { 150, -1 }, /* (6) transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */
+ { 150, -1 }, /* (7) transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */
+ { 149, -2 }, /* (8) cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt */
+ { 149, -2 }, /* (9) cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
+ { 149, -2 }, /* (10) cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
+ { 149, -3 }, /* (11) cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
+ { 149, -5 }, /* (12) cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
+ { 154, -6 }, /* (13) create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
+ { 156, -1 }, /* (14) createkw ::= CREATE */
+ { 158, 0 }, /* (15) ifnotexists ::= */
+ { 158, -3 }, /* (16) ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
+ { 157, -1 }, /* (17) temp ::= TEMP */
+ { 157, 0 }, /* (18) temp ::= */
+ { 155, -5 }, /* (19) create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */
+ { 155, -2 }, /* (20) create_table_args ::= AS select */
+ { 162, 0 }, /* (21) table_options ::= */
+ { 162, -2 }, /* (22) table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */
+ { 164, -2 }, /* (23) columnname ::= nm typetoken */
+ { 166, 0 }, /* (24) typetoken ::= */
+ { 166, -4 }, /* (25) typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
+ { 166, -6 }, /* (26) typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
+ { 167, -2 }, /* (27) typename ::= typename ID|STRING */
+ { 171, 0 }, /* (28) scanpt ::= */
+ { 172, -2 }, /* (29) ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
+ { 172, -4 }, /* (30) ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt term scanpt */
+ { 172, -4 }, /* (31) ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
+ { 172, -4 }, /* (32) ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term scanpt */
+ { 172, -4 }, /* (33) ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term scanpt */
+ { 172, -3 }, /* (34) ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt ID|INDEXED */
+ { 172, -3 }, /* (35) ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
+ { 172, -5 }, /* (36) ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
+ { 172, -2 }, /* (37) ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
+ { 172, -4 }, /* (38) ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
+ { 172, -4 }, /* (39) ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */
+ { 172, -1 }, /* (40) ccons ::= defer_subclause */
+ { 172, -2 }, /* (41) ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */
+ { 177, 0 }, /* (42) autoinc ::= */
+ { 177, -1 }, /* (43) autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */
+ { 179, 0 }, /* (44) refargs ::= */
+ { 179, -2 }, /* (45) refargs ::= refargs refarg */
+ { 181, -2 }, /* (46) refarg ::= MATCH nm */
+ { 181, -3 }, /* (47) refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */
+ { 181, -3 }, /* (48) refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+ { 181, -3 }, /* (49) refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+ { 182, -2 }, /* (50) refact ::= SET NULL */
+ { 182, -2 }, /* (51) refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+ { 182, -1 }, /* (52) refact ::= CASCADE */
+ { 182, -1 }, /* (53) refact ::= RESTRICT */
+ { 182, -2 }, /* (54) refact ::= NO ACTION */
+ { 180, -3 }, /* (55) defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+ { 180, -2 }, /* (56) defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+ { 183, 0 }, /* (57) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */
+ { 183, -2 }, /* (58) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */
+ { 183, -2 }, /* (59) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */
+ { 161, 0 }, /* (60) conslist_opt ::= */
+ { 185, -1 }, /* (61) tconscomma ::= COMMA */
+ { 186, -2 }, /* (62) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
+ { 186, -7 }, /* (63) tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */
+ { 186, -5 }, /* (64) tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */
+ { 186, -5 }, /* (65) tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+ { 186, -10 }, /* (66) tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+ { 189, 0 }, /* (67) defer_subclause_opt ::= */
+ { 175, 0 }, /* (68) onconf ::= */
+ { 175, -3 }, /* (69) onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */
+ { 190, 0 }, /* (70) orconf ::= */
+ { 190, -2 }, /* (71) orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
+ { 191, -1 }, /* (72) resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+ { 191, -1 }, /* (73) resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+ { 149, -4 }, /* (74) cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+ { 193, -2 }, /* (75) ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */
+ { 193, 0 }, /* (76) ifexists ::= */
+ { 149, -9 }, /* (77) cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */
+ { 149, -4 }, /* (78) cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+ { 149, -1 }, /* (79) cmd ::= select */
+ { 163, -2 }, /* (80) select ::= with selectnowith */
+ { 195, -3 }, /* (81) selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */
+ { 198, -1 }, /* (82) multiselect_op ::= UNION */
+ { 198, -2 }, /* (83) multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+ { 198, -1 }, /* (84) multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */
+ { 196, -9 }, /* (85) oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+ { 207, -4 }, /* (86) values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */
+ { 207, -5 }, /* (87) values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */
+ { 199, -1 }, /* (88) distinct ::= DISTINCT */
+ { 199, -1 }, /* (89) distinct ::= ALL */
+ { 199, 0 }, /* (90) distinct ::= */
+ { 210, 0 }, /* (91) sclp ::= */
+ { 200, -5 }, /* (92) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as */
+ { 200, -3 }, /* (93) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR */
+ { 200, -5 }, /* (94) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR */
+ { 211, -2 }, /* (95) as ::= AS nm */
+ { 211, 0 }, /* (96) as ::= */
+ { 201, 0 }, /* (97) from ::= */
+ { 201, -2 }, /* (98) from ::= FROM seltablist */
+ { 213, -2 }, /* (99) stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
+ { 213, 0 }, /* (100) stl_prefix ::= */
+ { 212, -7 }, /* (101) seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
+ { 212, -9 }, /* (102) seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ { 212, -7 }, /* (103) seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ { 212, -7 }, /* (104) seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ { 159, 0 }, /* (105) dbnm ::= */
+ { 159, -2 }, /* (106) dbnm ::= DOT nm */
+ { 194, -2 }, /* (107) fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+ { 214, -1 }, /* (108) joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+ { 214, -2 }, /* (109) joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+ { 214, -3 }, /* (110) joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+ { 214, -4 }, /* (111) joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+ { 216, -2 }, /* (112) on_opt ::= ON expr */
+ { 216, 0 }, /* (113) on_opt ::= */
+ { 215, 0 }, /* (114) indexed_opt ::= */
+ { 215, -3 }, /* (115) indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+ { 215, -2 }, /* (116) indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+ { 217, -4 }, /* (117) using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */
+ { 217, 0 }, /* (118) using_opt ::= */
+ { 205, 0 }, /* (119) orderby_opt ::= */
+ { 205, -3 }, /* (120) orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+ { 187, -4 }, /* (121) sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */
+ { 187, -2 }, /* (122) sortlist ::= expr sortorder */
+ { 176, -1 }, /* (123) sortorder ::= ASC */
+ { 176, -1 }, /* (124) sortorder ::= DESC */
+ { 176, 0 }, /* (125) sortorder ::= */
+ { 203, 0 }, /* (126) groupby_opt ::= */
+ { 203, -3 }, /* (127) groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */
+ { 204, 0 }, /* (128) having_opt ::= */
+ { 204, -2 }, /* (129) having_opt ::= HAVING expr */
+ { 206, 0 }, /* (130) limit_opt ::= */
+ { 206, -2 }, /* (131) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+ { 206, -4 }, /* (132) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+ { 206, -4 }, /* (133) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+ { 149, -6 }, /* (134) cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+ { 202, 0 }, /* (135) where_opt ::= */
+ { 202, -2 }, /* (136) where_opt ::= WHERE expr */
+ { 149, -8 }, /* (137) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+ { 219, -5 }, /* (138) setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+ { 219, -7 }, /* (139) setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */
+ { 219, -3 }, /* (140) setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+ { 219, -5 }, /* (141) setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */
+ { 149, -6 }, /* (142) cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select */
+ { 149, -7 }, /* (143) cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+ { 220, -2 }, /* (144) insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
+ { 220, -1 }, /* (145) insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
+ { 221, 0 }, /* (146) idlist_opt ::= */
+ { 221, -3 }, /* (147) idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */
+ { 218, -3 }, /* (148) idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */
+ { 218, -1 }, /* (149) idlist ::= nm */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (150) expr ::= LP expr RP */
+ { 174, -1 }, /* (151) expr ::= ID|INDEXED */
+ { 174, -1 }, /* (152) expr ::= JOIN_KW */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (153) expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (154) expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+ { 173, -1 }, /* (155) term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB */
+ { 173, -1 }, /* (156) term ::= STRING */
+ { 173, -1 }, /* (157) term ::= INTEGER */
+ { 174, -1 }, /* (158) expr ::= VARIABLE */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (159) expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */
+ { 174, -6 }, /* (160) expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (161) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */
+ { 174, -4 }, /* (162) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */
+ { 173, -1 }, /* (163) term ::= CTIME_KW */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (164) expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (165) expr ::= expr AND expr */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (166) expr ::= expr OR expr */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (167) expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (168) expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (169) expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (170) expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (171) expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (172) expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */
+ { 222, -2 }, /* (173) likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (174) expr ::= expr likeop expr */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (175) expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
+ { 174, -2 }, /* (176) expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (177) expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (178) expr ::= expr IS expr */
+ { 174, -4 }, /* (179) expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
+ { 174, -2 }, /* (180) expr ::= NOT expr */
+ { 174, -2 }, /* (181) expr ::= BITNOT expr */
+ { 174, -2 }, /* (182) expr ::= MINUS expr */
+ { 174, -2 }, /* (183) expr ::= PLUS expr */
+ { 223, -1 }, /* (184) between_op ::= BETWEEN */
+ { 223, -2 }, /* (185) between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (186) expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
+ { 224, -1 }, /* (187) in_op ::= IN */
+ { 224, -2 }, /* (188) in_op ::= NOT IN */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (189) expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
+ { 174, -3 }, /* (190) expr ::= LP select RP */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (191) expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (192) expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */
+ { 174, -4 }, /* (193) expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
+ { 174, -5 }, /* (194) expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
+ { 227, -5 }, /* (195) case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
+ { 227, -4 }, /* (196) case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
+ { 228, -2 }, /* (197) case_else ::= ELSE expr */
+ { 228, 0 }, /* (198) case_else ::= */
+ { 226, -1 }, /* (199) case_operand ::= expr */
+ { 226, 0 }, /* (200) case_operand ::= */
+ { 209, 0 }, /* (201) exprlist ::= */
+ { 208, -3 }, /* (202) nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
+ { 208, -1 }, /* (203) nexprlist ::= expr */
+ { 225, 0 }, /* (204) paren_exprlist ::= */
+ { 225, -3 }, /* (205) paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */
+ { 149, -12 }, /* (206) cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */
+ { 229, -1 }, /* (207) uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
+ { 229, 0 }, /* (208) uniqueflag ::= */
+ { 178, 0 }, /* (209) eidlist_opt ::= */
+ { 178, -3 }, /* (210) eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */
+ { 188, -5 }, /* (211) eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
+ { 188, -3 }, /* (212) eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
+ { 230, 0 }, /* (213) collate ::= */
+ { 230, -2 }, /* (214) collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */
+ { 149, -4 }, /* (215) cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
+ { 149, -1 }, /* (216) cmd ::= VACUUM */
+ { 149, -2 }, /* (217) cmd ::= VACUUM nm */
+ { 149, -3 }, /* (218) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
+ { 149, -5 }, /* (219) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
+ { 149, -6 }, /* (220) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
+ { 149, -5 }, /* (221) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
+ { 149, -6 }, /* (222) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
+ { 169, -2 }, /* (223) plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */
+ { 170, -2 }, /* (224) minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */
+ { 149, -5 }, /* (225) cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
+ { 232, -11 }, /* (226) trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
+ { 234, -1 }, /* (227) trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER */
+ { 234, -2 }, /* (228) trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
+ { 234, 0 }, /* (229) trigger_time ::= */
+ { 235, -1 }, /* (230) trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
+ { 235, -1 }, /* (231) trigger_event ::= UPDATE */
+ { 235, -3 }, /* (232) trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */
+ { 237, 0 }, /* (233) when_clause ::= */
+ { 237, -2 }, /* (234) when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
+ { 233, -3 }, /* (235) trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
+ { 233, -2 }, /* (236) trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
+ { 239, -3 }, /* (237) trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
+ { 240, -3 }, /* (238) tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+ { 240, -2 }, /* (239) tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
+ { 238, -8 }, /* (240) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */
+ { 238, -7 }, /* (241) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select scanpt */
+ { 238, -6 }, /* (242) trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */
+ { 238, -3 }, /* (243) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */
+ { 174, -4 }, /* (244) expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
+ { 174, -6 }, /* (245) expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
+ { 192, -1 }, /* (246) raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
+ { 192, -1 }, /* (247) raisetype ::= ABORT */
+ { 192, -1 }, /* (248) raisetype ::= FAIL */
+ { 149, -4 }, /* (249) cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
+ { 149, -6 }, /* (250) cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
+ { 149, -3 }, /* (251) cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
+ { 242, 0 }, /* (252) key_opt ::= */
+ { 242, -2 }, /* (253) key_opt ::= KEY expr */
+ { 149, -1 }, /* (254) cmd ::= REINDEX */
+ { 149, -3 }, /* (255) cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
+ { 149, -1 }, /* (256) cmd ::= ANALYZE */
+ { 149, -3 }, /* (257) cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
+ { 149, -6 }, /* (258) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
+ { 149, -7 }, /* (259) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */
+ { 243, -1 }, /* (260) add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
+ { 149, -1 }, /* (261) cmd ::= create_vtab */
+ { 149, -4 }, /* (262) cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
+ { 245, -8 }, /* (263) create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */
+ { 247, 0 }, /* (264) vtabarg ::= */
+ { 248, -1 }, /* (265) vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
+ { 248, -3 }, /* (266) vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */
+ { 249, -1 }, /* (267) lp ::= LP */
+ { 197, 0 }, /* (268) with ::= */
+ { 197, -2 }, /* (269) with ::= WITH wqlist */
+ { 197, -3 }, /* (270) with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */
+ { 251, -6 }, /* (271) wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+ { 251, -8 }, /* (272) wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+ { 144, -1 }, /* (273) input ::= cmdlist */
+ { 145, -2 }, /* (274) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */
+ { 145, -1 }, /* (275) cmdlist ::= ecmd */
+ { 146, -1 }, /* (276) ecmd ::= SEMI */
+ { 146, -3 }, /* (277) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */
+ { 147, 0 }, /* (278) explain ::= */
+ { 151, 0 }, /* (279) trans_opt ::= */
+ { 151, -1 }, /* (280) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */
+ { 151, -2 }, /* (281) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */
+ { 153, -1 }, /* (282) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */
+ { 153, 0 }, /* (283) savepoint_opt ::= */
+ { 149, -2 }, /* (284) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */
+ { 160, -4 }, /* (285) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */
+ { 160, -2 }, /* (286) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */
+ { 152, -1 }, /* (287) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */
+ { 152, -1 }, /* (288) nm ::= STRING */
+ { 152, -1 }, /* (289) nm ::= JOIN_KW */
+ { 166, -1 }, /* (290) typetoken ::= typename */
+ { 167, -1 }, /* (291) typename ::= ID|STRING */
+ { 168, -1 }, /* (292) signed ::= plus_num */
+ { 168, -1 }, /* (293) signed ::= minus_num */
+ { 165, -2 }, /* (294) carglist ::= carglist ccons */
+ { 165, 0 }, /* (295) carglist ::= */
+ { 172, -2 }, /* (296) ccons ::= NULL onconf */
+ { 161, -2 }, /* (297) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
+ { 184, -3 }, /* (298) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */
+ { 184, -1 }, /* (299) conslist ::= tcons */
+ { 185, 0 }, /* (300) tconscomma ::= */
+ { 189, -1 }, /* (301) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */
+ { 191, -1 }, /* (302) resolvetype ::= raisetype */
+ { 195, -1 }, /* (303) selectnowith ::= oneselect */
+ { 196, -1 }, /* (304) oneselect ::= values */
+ { 210, -2 }, /* (305) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
+ { 211, -1 }, /* (306) as ::= ID|STRING */
+ { 174, -1 }, /* (307) expr ::= term */
+ { 222, -1 }, /* (308) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */
+ { 209, -1 }, /* (309) exprlist ::= nexprlist */
+ { 231, -1 }, /* (310) nmnum ::= plus_num */
+ { 231, -1 }, /* (311) nmnum ::= nm */
+ { 231, -1 }, /* (312) nmnum ::= ON */
+ { 231, -1 }, /* (313) nmnum ::= DELETE */
+ { 231, -1 }, /* (314) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */
+ { 169, -1 }, /* (315) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */
+ { 236, 0 }, /* (316) foreach_clause ::= */
+ { 236, -3 }, /* (317) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */
+ { 239, -1 }, /* (318) trnm ::= nm */
+ { 240, 0 }, /* (319) tridxby ::= */
+ { 241, -1 }, /* (320) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */
+ { 241, 0 }, /* (321) database_kw_opt ::= */
+ { 244, 0 }, /* (322) kwcolumn_opt ::= */
+ { 244, -1 }, /* (323) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */
+ { 246, -1 }, /* (324) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */
+ { 246, -3 }, /* (325) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */
+ { 247, -2 }, /* (326) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */
+ { 250, 0 }, /* (327) anylist ::= */
+ { 250, -4 }, /* (328) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */
+ { 250, -2 }, /* (329) anylist ::= anylist ANY */
};
static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */
/*
** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
** follow the reduce.
+**
+** The yyLookahead and yyLookaheadToken parameters provide reduce actions
+** access to the lookahead token (if any). The yyLookahead will be YYNOCODE
+** if the lookahead token has already been consumed. As this procedure is
+** only called from one place, optimizing compilers will in-line it, which
+** means that the extra parameters have no performance impact.
*/
static void yy_reduce(
yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */
- unsigned int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+ unsigned int yyruleno, /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+ int yyLookahead, /* Lookahead token, or YYNOCODE if none */
+ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyLookaheadToken /* Value of the lookahead token */
){
int yygoto; /* The next state */
int yyact; /* The next action */
yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */
int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */
sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+ (void)yyLookahead;
+ (void)yyLookaheadToken;
yymsp = yypParser->yytos;
#ifndef NDEBUG
if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s], go to state %d.\n", yyTracePrompt,
- yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[yysize].stateno);
+ if( yysize ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s], go to state %d.\n",
+ yyTracePrompt,
+ yyruleno, yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[yysize].stateno);
+ }else{
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s].\n",
+ yyTracePrompt, yyruleno, yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+ }
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */
assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack));
}
#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
if( yypParser->yytos>=yypParser->yystackEnd ){
yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
return;
{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
break;
case 3: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
-{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);}
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);}
break;
case 4: /* transtype ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy4 = TK_DEFERRED;}
break;
case 5: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
case 6: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==6);
case 7: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==7);
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/}
break;
case 8: /* cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt */
case 9: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==9);
break;
case 13: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
{
- sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy194,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy4,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);
}
break;
case 14: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
case 15: /* ifnotexists ::= */
case 18: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18);
case 21: /* table_options ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21);
- case 41: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41);
- case 56: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==56);
- case 66: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==66);
- case 75: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75);
- case 89: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89);
- case 212: /* collate ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==212);
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = 0;}
+ case 42: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
+ case 57: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57);
+ case 67: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==67);
+ case 76: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==76);
+ case 90: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90);
+ case 213: /* collate ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==213);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy4 = 0;}
break;
case 16: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 = 1;}
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 = 1;}
break;
case 17: /* temp ::= TEMP */
- case 42: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = 1;}
+ case 43: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = 1;}
break;
case 19: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */
{
- sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,0);
+ sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0);
}
break;
case 20: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
{
- sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy243);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243);
+ sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
}
break;
case 22: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */
{
if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
}else{
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = 0;
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = 0;
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);
}
}
{sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
case 24: /* typetoken ::= */
- case 59: /* conslist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==59);
- case 95: /* as ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==95);
+ case 60: /* conslist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60);
+ case 96: /* as ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==96);
{yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z = 0;}
break;
case 25: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
case 27: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
break;
- case 28: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
- case 61: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==61);
+ case 28: /* scanpt ::= */
+{
+ assert( yyLookahead!=YYNOCODE );
+ yymsp[1].minor.yy336 = yyLookaheadToken.z;
+}
+ break;
+ case 29: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
+ case 62: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62);
{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
break;
- case 29: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
- case 31: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31);
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190);}
+ case 30: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt term scanpt */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[-2].minor.yy336,yymsp[0].minor.yy336);}
break;
- case 30: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190);}
+ case 31: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z+1,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);}
break;
- case 32: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
+ case 32: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term scanpt */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy336);}
+ break;
+ case 33: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term scanpt */
{
- ExprSpan v;
- v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
- v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
- v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.zEnd;
- sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+ Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, 0);
+ sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy336);
}
break;
- case 33: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */
+ case 34: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt ID|INDEXED */
{
- ExprSpan v;
- spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+ Expr *p = tokenExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z+yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n);
}
break;
- case 34: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
-{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy194);}
+ case 35: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
break;
- case 35: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy194,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194);}
+ case 36: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);}
break;
- case 36: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,0,0,0,0,
+ case 37: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0,
SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);}
break;
- case 37: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr);}
+ case 38: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314);}
break;
- case 38: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */
-{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);}
+ case 39: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
break;
- case 39: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
-{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);}
+ case 40: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
break;
- case 40: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */
+ case 41: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */
{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 43: /* refargs ::= */
-{ yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
+ case 44: /* refargs ::= */
+{ yymsp[1].minor.yy4 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
break;
- case 44: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
-{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy497.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy497.value; }
+ case 45: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy215.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy215.value; }
break;
- case 45: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
-{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy497.value = 0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy497.mask = 0x000000; }
+ case 46: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy215.value = 0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy215.mask = 0x000000; }
break;
- case 46: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */
-{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.value = 0; yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.mask = 0x000000; }
+ case 47: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */
+{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy215.value = 0; yymsp[-2].minor.yy215.mask = 0x000000; }
break;
- case 47: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
-{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy194; yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+ case 48: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4; yymsp[-2].minor.yy215.mask = 0x0000ff; }
break;
- case 48: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
-{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy194<<8; yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+ case 49: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4<<8; yymsp[-2].minor.yy215.mask = 0x00ff00; }
break;
- case 49: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
-{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ case 50: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 50: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
-{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ case 51: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 51: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
-{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ case 52: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 52: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
-{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ case 53: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 53: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
-{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ case 54: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 54: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 = 0;}
+ case 55: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 = 0;}
break;
- case 55: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
- case 70: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70);
- case 143: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==143);
-{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].minor.yy194;}
+ case 56: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+ case 71: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71);
+ case 144: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==144);
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = yymsp[0].minor.yy4;}
break;
- case 57: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */
- case 74: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==74);
- case 184: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==184);
- case 187: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187);
- case 213: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==213);
-{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = 1;}
+ case 58: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */
+ case 75: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75);
+ case 185: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==185);
+ case 188: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188);
+ case 214: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==214);
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = 1;}
break;
- case 58: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */
-{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = 0;}
+ case 59: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = 0;}
break;
- case 60: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */
+ case 61: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */
{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;}
break;
- case 62: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194,0);}
+ case 63: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4,0);}
break;
- case 63: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,0,0,0,0,
+ case 64: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0,
SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);}
break;
- case 64: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);}
+ case 65: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314);}
break;
- case 65: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+ case 66: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
{
- sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);
- sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
+ sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 67: /* onconf ::= */
- case 69: /* orconf ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==69);
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = OE_Default;}
+ case 68: /* onconf ::= */
+ case 70: /* orconf ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy4 = OE_Default;}
break;
- case 68: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].minor.yy194;}
+ case 69: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 = yymsp[0].minor.yy4;}
break;
- case 71: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Ignore;}
+ case 72: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = OE_Ignore;}
break;
- case 72: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
- case 144: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==144);
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Replace;}
+ case 73: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+ case 145: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==145);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = OE_Replace;}
break;
- case 73: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+ case 74: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 76: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */
+ case 77: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */
{
- sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-8].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-7].minor.yy194, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-8].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-7].minor.yy4, yymsp[-5].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 77: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+ case 78: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 78: /* cmd ::= select */
+ case 79: /* cmd ::= select */
{
SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
- sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, &dest);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, &dest);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
}
break;
- case 79: /* select ::= with selectnowith */
+ case 80: /* select ::= with selectnowith */
{
- Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy243;
+ Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;
if( p ){
- p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy285;
+ p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy451;
parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p);
}else{
- sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy285);
+ sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy451);
}
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy243 = p; /*A-overwrites-W*/
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy387 = p; /*A-overwrites-W*/
}
break;
- case 80: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */
+ case 81: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */
{
- Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy243;
- Select *pLhs = yymsp[-2].minor.yy243;
+ Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;
+ Select *pLhs = yymsp[-2].minor.yy387;
if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){
SrcList *pFrom;
Token x;
x.n = 0;
parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, pRhs);
pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0);
- pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0);
}
if( pRhs ){
- pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy194;
+ pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy4;
pRhs->pPrior = pLhs;
if( ALWAYS(pLhs) ) pLhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
pRhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy194!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1;
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy4!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1;
}else{
sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pLhs);
}
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 = pRhs;
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy387 = pRhs;
}
break;
- case 81: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */
- case 83: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83);
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-OP*/}
+ case 82: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */
+ case 84: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-OP*/}
break;
- case 82: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
-{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = TK_ALL;}
+ case 83: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = TK_ALL;}
break;
- case 84: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+ case 85: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
{
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
Token s = yymsp[-8].minor.yy0; /*A-overwrites-S*/
#endif
- yymsp[-8].minor.yy243 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy148,yymsp[-5].minor.yy185,yymsp[-4].minor.yy72,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[-2].minor.yy72,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[-7].minor.yy194,yymsp[0].minor.yy354.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy354.pOffset);
+ yymsp[-8].minor.yy387 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy322,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy314,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[-7].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
/* Populate the Select.zSelName[] string that is used to help with
** query planner debugging, to differentiate between multiple Select
** comment to be the zSelName value. Otherwise, the label is #N where
** is an integer that is incremented with each SELECT statement seen.
*/
- if( yymsp[-8].minor.yy243!=0 ){
+ if( yymsp[-8].minor.yy387!=0 ){
const char *z = s.z+6;
int i;
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy243->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy243->zSelName, "#%d",
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName, "#%d",
++pParse->nSelect);
while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
if( z[0]=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
z += 2;
while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
for(i=0; sqlite3Isalnum(z[i]); i++){}
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy243->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy243->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z);
}
}
#endif /* SELECTRACE_ENABLED */
}
break;
- case 85: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */
+ case 86: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */
{
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy243 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy387 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0);
}
break;
- case 86: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */
+ case 87: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */
{
- Select *pRight, *pLeft = yymsp[-4].minor.yy243;
- pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values|SF_MultiValue,0,0);
+ Select *pRight, *pLeft = yymsp[-4].minor.yy387;
+ pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values|SF_MultiValue,0);
if( ALWAYS(pLeft) ) pLeft->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
if( pRight ){
pRight->op = TK_ALL;
pRight->pPrior = pLeft;
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy243 = pRight;
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy387 = pRight;
}else{
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy243 = pLeft;
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy387 = pLeft;
}
}
break;
- case 87: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = SF_Distinct;}
+ case 88: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = SF_Distinct;}
break;
- case 88: /* distinct ::= ALL */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = SF_All;}
+ case 89: /* distinct ::= ALL */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = SF_All;}
break;
- case 90: /* sclp ::= */
- case 118: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==118);
- case 125: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==125);
- case 200: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200);
- case 203: /* paren_exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
- case 208: /* eidlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==208);
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy148 = 0;}
+ case 91: /* sclp ::= */
+ case 119: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
+ case 126: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==126);
+ case 201: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
+ case 204: /* paren_exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
+ case 209: /* eidlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==209);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy322 = 0;}
break;
- case 91: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
+ case 92: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as */
{
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
- sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314);
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322,yymsp[-3].minor.yy336,yymsp[-1].minor.yy336);
}
break;
- case 92: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
+ case 93: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR */
{
Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ASTERISK, 0);
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, p);
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, p);
}
break;
- case 93: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
+ case 94: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR */
{
Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ASTERISK, 0, 0);
Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight);
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148, pDot);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, pDot);
}
break;
- case 94: /* as ::= AS nm */
- case 105: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==105);
- case 222: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222);
- case 223: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223);
+ case 95: /* as ::= AS nm */
+ case 106: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==106);
+ case 223: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223);
+ case 224: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==224);
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
break;
- case 96: /* from ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy185 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yymsp[1].minor.yy185));}
+ case 97: /* from ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy259 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yymsp[1].minor.yy259));}
break;
- case 97: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
+ case 98: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
{
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy185 = yymsp[0].minor.yy185;
- sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-1].minor.yy185);
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259;
+ sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-1].minor.yy259);
}
break;
- case 98: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
+ case 99: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
{
- if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy185 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy185->nSrc>0) ) yymsp[-1].minor.yy185->a[yymsp[-1].minor.yy185->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy194;
+ if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy259 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy259->nSrc>0) ) yymsp[-1].minor.yy259->a[yymsp[-1].minor.yy259->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
}
break;
- case 99: /* stl_prefix ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy185 = 0;}
+ case 100: /* stl_prefix ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy259 = 0;}
break;
- case 100: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
+ case 101: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
{
- yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy185, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+ yymsp[-6].minor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 101: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ case 102: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */
{
- yymsp[-8].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-8].minor.yy185,&yymsp[-7].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
- sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, yymsp[-8].minor.yy185, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148);
+ yymsp[-8].minor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-8].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-7].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
+ sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, yymsp[-8].minor.yy259, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322);
}
break;
- case 102: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ case 103: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
{
- yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy243,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
+ yymsp[-6].minor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy387,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
}
break;
- case 103: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ case 104: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
{
- if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy185==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy72==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy254==0 ){
- yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy185;
- }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy185->nSrc==1 ){
- yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
- if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 ){
- struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yymsp[-6].minor.yy185->a[yymsp[-6].minor.yy185->nSrc-1];
- struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy185->a;
+ if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy259==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy314==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy384==0 ){
+ yymsp[-6].minor.yy259 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy259;
+ }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy259->nSrc==1 ){
+ yymsp[-6].minor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
+ if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy259 ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yymsp[-6].minor.yy259->a[yymsp[-6].minor.yy259->nSrc-1];
+ struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy259->a;
pNew->zName = pOld->zName;
pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase;
pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect;
pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0;
pOld->pSelect = 0;
}
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy185);
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259);
}else{
Select *pSubquery;
- sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy185);
- pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy185,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0);
- yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
+ sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy259);
+ pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0);
+ yymsp[-6].minor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
}
}
break;
- case 104: /* dbnm ::= */
- case 113: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==113);
+ case 105: /* dbnm ::= */
+ case 114: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==114);
{yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n=0;}
break;
- case 106: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
-{yymsp[-1].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+ case 107: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
break;
- case 107: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
-{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = JT_INNER; }
+ case 108: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = JT_INNER; }
break;
- case 108: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
-{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/}
+ case 109: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/}
break;
- case 109: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/}
+ case 110: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/}
break;
- case 110: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
-{yymsp[-3].minor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*X-overwrites-A*/}
+ case 111: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+{yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*X-overwrites-A*/}
break;
- case 111: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
- case 128: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128);
- case 135: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==135);
- case 196: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==196);
-{yymsp[-1].minor.yy72 = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr;}
+ case 112: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
+ case 129: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==129);
+ case 136: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==136);
+ case 197: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==197);
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy314;}
break;
- case 112: /* on_opt ::= */
- case 127: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
- case 134: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==134);
- case 197: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==197);
- case 199: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199);
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy72 = 0;}
+ case 113: /* on_opt ::= */
+ case 128: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128);
+ case 130: /* limit_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==130);
+ case 135: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==135);
+ case 198: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==198);
+ case 200: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy314 = 0;}
break;
- case 114: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+ case 115: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */
{yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
break;
- case 115: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+ case 116: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=1;}
break;
- case 116: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */
-{yymsp[-3].minor.yy254 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy254;}
+ case 117: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */
+{yymsp[-3].minor.yy384 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy384;}
break;
- case 117: /* using_opt ::= */
- case 145: /* idlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==145);
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy254 = 0;}
+ case 118: /* using_opt ::= */
+ case 146: /* idlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy384 = 0;}
break;
- case 119: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
- case 126: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==126);
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = yymsp[0].minor.yy148;}
+ case 120: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+ case 127: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy322 = yymsp[0].minor.yy322;}
break;
- case 120: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */
+ case 121: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */
{
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 121: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */
+ case 122: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */
{
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr); /*A-overwrites-Y*/
- sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314); /*A-overwrites-Y*/
+ sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 122: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
- break;
- case 123: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+ case 123: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
break;
- case 124: /* sortorder ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED;}
+ case 124: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
break;
- case 129: /* limit_opt ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy354.pLimit = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy354.pOffset = 0;}
+ case 125: /* sortorder ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED;}
break;
- case 130: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
-{yymsp[-1].minor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr; yymsp[-1].minor.yy354.pOffset = 0;}
+ case 131: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,0);}
break;
- case 131: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
-{yymsp[-3].minor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr; yymsp[-3].minor.yy354.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr;}
+ case 132: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+{yymsp[-3].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy314);}
break;
- case 132: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
-{yymsp[-3].minor.yy354.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr; yymsp[-3].minor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr;}
+ case 133: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+{yymsp[-3].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314);}
break;
- case 133: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+ case 134: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
{
- sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy285, 1);
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy185,yymsp[0].minor.yy72);
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy451, 1);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,0,0);
}
break;
- case 136: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+ case 137: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
{
- sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy285, 1);
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy185, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,"set list");
- sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy185,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy72,yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy451, 1);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,"set list");
+ sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,yymsp[-5].minor.yy4,0,0);
}
break;
- case 137: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+ case 138: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
{
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
}
break;
- case 138: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */
+ case 139: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */
{
- yymsp[-6].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy148, yymsp[-3].minor.yy254, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+ yymsp[-6].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy322, yymsp[-3].minor.yy384, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
}
break;
- case 139: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+ case 140: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
{
- yylhsminor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yylhsminor.yy148, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+ yylhsminor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yylhsminor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
}
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = yylhsminor.yy148;
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy322 = yylhsminor.yy322;
break;
- case 140: /* setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */
+ case 141: /* setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */
{
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, 0, yymsp[-3].minor.yy254, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, 0, yymsp[-3].minor.yy384, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
}
break;
- case 141: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select */
+ case 142: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select */
{
- sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy285, 1);
- sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-1].minor.yy254, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy451, 1);
+ sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, yymsp[-4].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 142: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+ case 143: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
{
- sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy285, 1);
- sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy185, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy254, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy451, 1);
+ sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy384, yymsp[-5].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 146: /* idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy254 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy254;}
+ case 147: /* idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy384 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy384;}
break;
- case 147: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy254 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy254,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 148: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy384,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 148: /* idlist ::= nm */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy254 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-Y*/}
+ case 149: /* idlist ::= nm */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-Y*/}
break;
- case 149: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
-{spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/ yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr;}
+ case 150: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy314;}
break;
- case 150: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */
- case 151: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151);
-{spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,pParse,TK_ID,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+ case 151: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */
+ case 152: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==152);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy314=tokenExpr(pParse,TK_ID,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
break;
- case 152: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+ case 153: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
{
Expr *temp1 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
Expr *temp2 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
- spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2);
+ yylhsminor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2);
}
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 = yylhsminor.yy314;
break;
- case 153: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+ case 154: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
{
Expr *temp1 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, 1);
Expr *temp2 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
Expr *temp3 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3);
- spanSet(&yymsp[-4].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4);
+ yylhsminor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4);
}
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = yylhsminor.yy314;
break;
- case 154: /* term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB */
- case 155: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155);
-{spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+ case 155: /* term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB */
+ case 156: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==156);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy314=tokenExpr(pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
break;
- case 156: /* term ::= INTEGER */
+ case 157: /* term ::= INTEGER */
{
- yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
- yylhsminor.yy190.zStart = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z;
- yylhsminor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+ yylhsminor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
}
- yymsp[0].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy314 = yylhsminor.yy314;
break;
- case 157: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
+ case 158: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
{
if( !(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1])) ){
u32 n = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
- spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy190, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr, n);
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy314 = tokenExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, n);
}else{
/* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers
** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */
Token t = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; /*A-overwrites-X*/
assert( t.n>=2 );
- spanSet(&yymsp[0].minor.yy190, &t, &t);
if( pParse->nested==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &t);
- yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr = 0;
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy314 = 0;
}else{
- yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0);
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&t.z[1], &yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr->iTable);
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0);
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy314 ) sqlite3GetInt32(&t.z[1], &yymsp[0].minor.yy314->iTable);
}
}
}
break;
- case 158: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */
+ case 159: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */
{
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
}
break;
- case 159: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+ case 160: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
{
- spanSet(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
- yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_CAST, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1);
- sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
+ yymsp[-5].minor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_CAST, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, yymsp[-5].minor.yy314, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, 0);
}
break;
- case 160: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */
+ case 161: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */
{
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy148 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
}
- yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy190,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy194==SF_Distinct && yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr ){
- yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
+ yylhsminor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4==SF_Distinct && yylhsminor.yy314 ){
+ yylhsminor.yy314->flags |= EP_Distinct;
}
}
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = yylhsminor.yy314;
break;
- case 161: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */
+ case 162: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */
{
- yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy190,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yylhsminor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
}
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy314 = yylhsminor.yy314;
break;
- case 162: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
+ case 163: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
{
- yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy190, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yylhsminor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
- yymsp[0].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy314 = yylhsminor.yy314;
break;
- case 163: /* expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */
+ case 164: /* expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */
{
- ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VECTOR, 0, 0);
- if( yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr ){
- yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
- spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy190, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VECTOR, 0, 0);
+ if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 ){
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314->x.pList = pList;
}else{
sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
}
}
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
break;
- case 164: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
- case 165: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==165);
- case 166: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==166);
- case 167: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==167);
- case 168: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168);
- case 169: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169);
- case 170: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170);
- case 171: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171);
-{spanBinaryExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190);}
+ case 165: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+ case 166: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==166);
+ case 167: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==167);
+ case 168: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168);
+ case 169: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169);
+ case 170: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170);
+ case 171: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171);
+ case 172: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==172);
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy314=sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy314);}
break;
- case 172: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */
+ case 173: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0=yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n|=0x80000000; /*yymsp[-1].minor.yy0-overwrite-yymsp[0].minor.yy0*/}
break;
- case 173: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
+ case 174: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
{
ExprList *pList;
int bNot = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n & 0x80000000;
yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n &= 0x7fffffff;
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- exprNot(pParse, bNot, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy190);
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.zEnd;
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314);
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ if( bNot ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314, 0);
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy314->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
}
break;
- case 174: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
+ case 175: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
{
ExprList *pList;
int bNot = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n & 0x80000000;
yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n &= 0x7fffffff;
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- exprNot(pParse, bNot, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.zEnd;
- if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+ if( bNot ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
+ if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy314->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
}
break;
- case 175: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
-{spanUnaryPostfix(pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 176: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,0);}
break;
- case 176: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
-{spanUnaryPostfix(pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 177: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_NOTNULL,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,0);}
break;
- case 177: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
+ case 178: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
{
- spanBinaryExpr(pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190);
- binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_IS,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
+ binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314, TK_ISNULL);
}
break;
- case 178: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
+ case 179: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
{
- spanBinaryExpr(pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190);
- binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_ISNOT,yymsp[-3].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
+ binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, TK_NOTNULL);
}
break;
- case 179: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
- case 180: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/}
+ case 180: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
+ case 181: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==181);
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, 0);/*A-overwrites-B*/}
break;
- case 181: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/}
+ case 182: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, 0);}
break;
- case 182: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/}
+ case 183: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, 0);}
break;
- case 183: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */
- case 186: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==186);
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = 0;}
+ case 184: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */
+ case 187: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = 0;}
break;
- case 185: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
+ case 186: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
{
- ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
- if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr ){
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
+ ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
+ if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 ){
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314->x.pList = pList;
}else{
sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
- }
- exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.zEnd;
+ }
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
}
break;
- case 188: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
+ case 189: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
{
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy148==0 ){
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322==0 ){
/* Expressions of the form
**
** expr1 IN ()
** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
** regardless of the value of expr1.
*/
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER,&sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy194],1);
- }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->nExpr==1 ){
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER,&sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy4],1);
+ }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->nExpr==1 ){
/* Expressions of the form:
**
** expr1 IN (?1)
** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison. Otherwise,
** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN.
*/
- Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->a[0].pExpr;
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->a[0].pExpr = 0;
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148);
+ Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->a[0].pExpr;
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->a[0].pExpr = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322);
/* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected
** before now and control would have never reached this point */
if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){
pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic;
}
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, pRHS);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, pRHS);
}else{
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
- if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr ){
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy148;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
+ if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 ){
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314);
}else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322);
}
- exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
}
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
- case 189: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
+ case 190: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
{
- spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0);
- sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243);
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
}
break;
- case 190: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
+ case 191: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
{
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
- sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243);
- exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
+ sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
}
break;
- case 191: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */
+ case 192: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */
{
SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy148 ) sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, pSelect ? pSrc : 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy148);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
- sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, pSelect);
- exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n];
+ Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy322 ) sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, pSelect ? pSrc : 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy322);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
+ sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, pSelect);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314, 0);
}
break;
- case 192: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
+ case 193: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
{
Expr *p;
- spanSet(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/
- p = yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0);
- sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, p, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243);
+ p = yymsp[-3].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, p, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
}
break;
- case 193: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
+ case 194: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
{
- spanSet(&yymsp[-4].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-C*/
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy72, 0);
- if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr ){
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy72 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy148;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, 0);
+ if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy314 ){
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy314->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy314 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy322;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy314);
}else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy72);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314);
}
}
break;
- case 194: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
+ case 195: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
{
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
}
break;
- case 195: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
+ case 196: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
{
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy314);
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
}
break;
- case 198: /* case_operand ::= expr */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy72 = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr; /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+ case 199: /* case_operand ::= expr */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy314; /*A-overwrites-X*/}
break;
- case 201: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);}
+ case 202: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy314);}
break;
- case 202: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr); /*A-overwrites-Y*/}
+ case 203: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy314); /*A-overwrites-Y*/}
break;
- case 204: /* paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */
- case 209: /* eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==209);
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy148;}
+ case 205: /* paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */
+ case 210: /* eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210);
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy322 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;}
break;
- case 205: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */
+ case 206: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */
{
- sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,
- sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[-10].minor.yy194,
- &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy194, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF);
+ sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,
+ sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-10].minor.yy4,
+ &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy4, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF);
}
break;
- case 206: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
- case 246: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==246);
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Abort;}
+ case 207: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
+ case 247: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = OE_Abort;}
break;
- case 207: /* uniqueflag ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = OE_None;}
+ case 208: /* uniqueflag ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy4 = OE_None;}
break;
- case 210: /* eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
+ case 211: /* eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
{
- yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194, yymsp[0].minor.yy194);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy322 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 211: /* eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
+ case 212: /* eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
{
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194, yymsp[0].minor.yy194); /*A-overwrites-Y*/
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy322 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4, yymsp[0].minor.yy4); /*A-overwrites-Y*/
}
break;
- case 214: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
-{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);}
+ case 215: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);}
break;
- case 215: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
+ case 216: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0);}
break;
- case 216: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */
+ case 217: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */
{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 217: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
+ case 218: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
break;
- case 218: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
+ case 219: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
break;
- case 219: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
+ case 220: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
break;
- case 220: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
+ case 221: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);}
break;
- case 221: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
+ case 222: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);}
break;
- case 224: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
+ case 225: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
{
Token all;
all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
- sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy145, &all);
+ sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy203, &all);
}
break;
- case 225: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
+ case 226: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
{
- sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194, yymsp[-4].minor.yy332.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy332.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, yymsp[-10].minor.yy194, yymsp[-8].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-10].minor.yy4, yymsp[-8].minor.yy4);
yymsp[-10].minor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-T*/
}
break;
- case 226: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER */
-{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ }
+ case 227: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ }
break;
- case 227: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
-{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+ case 228: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 = TK_INSTEAD;}
break;
- case 228: /* trigger_time ::= */
-{ yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = TK_BEFORE; }
+ case 229: /* trigger_time ::= */
+{ yymsp[1].minor.yy4 = TK_BEFORE; }
break;
- case 229: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
- case 230: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==230);
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy332.a = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ yymsp[0].minor.yy332.b = 0;}
+ case 230: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
+ case 231: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==231);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy90.a = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ yymsp[0].minor.yy90.b = 0;}
break;
- case 231: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */
-{yymsp[-2].minor.yy332.a = TK_UPDATE; yymsp[-2].minor.yy332.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy254;}
+ case 232: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy90.a = TK_UPDATE; yymsp[-2].minor.yy90.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy384;}
break;
- case 232: /* when_clause ::= */
- case 251: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==251);
-{ yymsp[1].minor.yy72 = 0; }
+ case 233: /* when_clause ::= */
+ case 252: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==252);
+{ yymsp[1].minor.yy314 = 0; }
break;
- case 233: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
- case 252: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==252);
-{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy72 = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr; }
+ case 234: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
+ case 253: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==253);
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy314; }
break;
- case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
+ case 235: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
{
- assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy145!=0 );
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy145->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145;
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy145->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145;
+ assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy203!=0 );
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
}
break;
- case 235: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{
- assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy145!=0 );
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy145->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145;
+ case 236: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{
+ assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy203!=0 );
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
}
break;
- case 236: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
+ case 237: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
{
yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
"statements within triggers");
}
break;
- case 237: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+ case 238: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
"within triggers");
}
break;
- case 238: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
+ case 239: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
"within triggers");
}
break;
- case 239: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
-{yymsp[-6].minor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);}
+ case 240: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */
+{yylhsminor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, yymsp[-6].minor.yy4, yymsp[-7].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy336);}
+ yymsp[-7].minor.yy203 = yylhsminor.yy203;
break;
- case 240: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select */
-{yymsp[-4].minor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy254, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194);/*A-overwrites-R*/}
+ case 241: /* trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select scanpt */
+{yylhsminor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy384,yymsp[-1].minor.yy387,yymsp[-5].minor.yy4,yymsp[-6].minor.yy336,yymsp[0].minor.yy336);/*yylhsminor.yy203-overwrites-yymsp[-5].minor.yy4*/}
+ yymsp[-6].minor.yy203 = yylhsminor.yy203;
break;
- case 241: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
-{yymsp[-4].minor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy72);}
+ case 242: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */
+{yylhsminor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy336);}
+ yymsp[-5].minor.yy203 = yylhsminor.yy203;
break;
- case 242: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+ case 243: /* trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */
+{yylhsminor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387, yymsp[-2].minor.yy336, yymsp[0].minor.yy336); /*yylhsminor.yy203-overwrites-yymsp[-1].minor.yy387*/}
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy203 = yylhsminor.yy203;
break;
- case 243: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
+ case 244: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
{
- spanSet(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0);
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr ){
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy314 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy314 ){
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy314->affinity = OE_Ignore;
}
}
break;
- case 244: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
+ case 245: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
{
- spanSet(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
- yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1);
- if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr ) {
- yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy194;
+ yymsp[-5].minor.yy314 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1);
+ if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy314 ) {
+ yymsp[-5].minor.yy314->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy4;
}
}
break;
- case 245: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Rollback;}
+ case 246: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = OE_Rollback;}
break;
- case 247: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
-{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Fail;}
+ case 248: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy4 = OE_Fail;}
break;
- case 248: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
+ case 249: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy185,yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 249: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
+ case 250: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
{
- sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy72);
+ sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
}
break;
- case 250: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
+ case 251: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
{
- sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+ sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
}
break;
- case 253: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
+ case 254: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
break;
- case 254: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
+ case 255: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 255: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
+ case 256: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
break;
- case 256: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
+ case 257: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 257: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
+ case 258: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
{
- sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy185,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 258: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */
+ case 259: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */
{
yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 259: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
+ case 260: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
{
disableLookaside(pParse);
- sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185);
+ sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259);
}
break;
- case 260: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
+ case 261: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
break;
- case 261: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
+ case 262: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 262: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */
+ case 263: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */
{
- sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194);
+ sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 263: /* vtabarg ::= */
+ case 264: /* vtabarg ::= */
{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
break;
- case 264: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
- case 265: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265);
- case 266: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266);
+ case 265: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
+ case 266: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266);
+ case 267: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==267);
{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 267: /* with ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy285 = 0;}
+ case 268: /* with ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy451 = 0;}
break;
- case 268: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */
-{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy285 = yymsp[0].minor.yy285; }
+ case 269: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy451 = yymsp[0].minor.yy451; }
break;
- case 269: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */
-{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy285 = yymsp[0].minor.yy285; }
+ case 270: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */
+{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy451 = yymsp[0].minor.yy451; }
break;
- case 270: /* wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+ case 271: /* wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */
{
- yymsp[-5].minor.yy285 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243); /*A-overwrites-X*/
+ yymsp[-5].minor.yy451 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); /*A-overwrites-X*/
}
break;
- case 271: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+ case 272: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */
{
- yymsp[-7].minor.yy285 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy285, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243);
+ yymsp[-7].minor.yy451 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy451, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
}
break;
default:
- /* (272) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==272);
- /* (273) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273);
- /* (274) cmdlist ::= ecmd (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=274);
- /* (275) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275);
- /* (276) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==276);
- /* (277) explain ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277);
- /* (278) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==278);
- /* (279) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
- /* (280) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280);
- /* (281) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281);
- /* (282) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==282);
- /* (283) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==283);
- /* (284) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==284);
- /* (285) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285);
- /* (286) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==286);
- /* (287) nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287);
- /* (288) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==288);
- /* (289) typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==289);
- /* (290) typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==290);
- /* (291) signed ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=291);
- /* (292) signed ::= minus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=292);
- /* (293) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==293);
- /* (294) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==294);
- /* (295) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==295);
- /* (296) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296);
- /* (297) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297);
- /* (298) conslist ::= tcons (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=298);
- /* (299) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299);
- /* (300) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=300);
- /* (301) resolvetype ::= raisetype (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=301);
- /* (302) selectnowith ::= oneselect (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=302);
- /* (303) oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303);
- /* (304) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304);
- /* (305) as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305);
- /* (306) expr ::= term (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=306);
- /* (307) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307);
- /* (308) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308);
- /* (309) nmnum ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=309);
- /* (310) nmnum ::= nm (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=310);
- /* (311) nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==311);
- /* (312) nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312);
- /* (313) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313);
- /* (314) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314);
- /* (315) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315);
- /* (316) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==316);
- /* (317) trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317);
- /* (318) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318);
- /* (319) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319);
- /* (320) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
- /* (321) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321);
- /* (322) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322);
- /* (323) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==323);
- /* (324) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
- /* (325) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325);
- /* (326) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326);
- /* (327) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327);
- /* (328) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328);
+ /* (273) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273);
+ /* (274) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==274);
+ /* (275) cmdlist ::= ecmd (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=275);
+ /* (276) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==276);
+ /* (277) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277);
+ /* (278) explain ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==278);
+ /* (279) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
+ /* (280) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280);
+ /* (281) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281);
+ /* (282) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==282);
+ /* (283) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==283);
+ /* (284) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==284);
+ /* (285) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285);
+ /* (286) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==286);
+ /* (287) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287);
+ /* (288) nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==288);
+ /* (289) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==289);
+ /* (290) typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==290);
+ /* (291) typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291);
+ /* (292) signed ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=292);
+ /* (293) signed ::= minus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=293);
+ /* (294) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==294);
+ /* (295) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==295);
+ /* (296) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296);
+ /* (297) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297);
+ /* (298) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298);
+ /* (299) conslist ::= tcons (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=299);
+ /* (300) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==300);
+ /* (301) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=301);
+ /* (302) resolvetype ::= raisetype (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=302);
+ /* (303) selectnowith ::= oneselect (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=303);
+ /* (304) oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304);
+ /* (305) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305);
+ /* (306) as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306);
+ /* (307) expr ::= term (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=307);
+ /* (308) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308);
+ /* (309) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==309);
+ /* (310) nmnum ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=310);
+ /* (311) nmnum ::= nm (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=311);
+ /* (312) nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312);
+ /* (313) nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313);
+ /* (314) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314);
+ /* (315) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315);
+ /* (316) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==316);
+ /* (317) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317);
+ /* (318) trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318);
+ /* (319) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319);
+ /* (320) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
+ /* (321) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321);
+ /* (322) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322);
+ /* (323) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==323);
+ /* (324) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
+ /* (325) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325);
+ /* (326) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326);
+ /* (327) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327);
+ /* (328) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328);
+ /* (329) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==329);
break;
/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/
};
/* It is not possible for a REDUCE to be followed by an error */
assert( yyact!=YY_ERROR_ACTION );
- if( yyact==YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ){
- yypParser->yytos += yysize;
- yy_accept(yypParser);
- }else{
- yymsp += yysize+1;
- yypParser->yytos = yymsp;
- yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
- yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
- yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact);
- }
+ yymsp += yysize+1;
+ yypParser->yytos = yymsp;
+ yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
+ yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
+ yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact, "... then shift");
}
/*
/************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/
UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
- assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+ if( TOKEN.z[0] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete input");
+ }
/************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/
sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s'\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+ int stateno = yypParser->yytos->stateno;
+ if( stateno < YY_MIN_REDUCE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' in state %d\n",
+ yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor],stateno);
+ }else{
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' with pending reduce %d\n",
+ yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor],stateno-YY_MIN_REDUCE);
+ }
}
#endif
do{
yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
- if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
+ if( yyact >= YY_MIN_REDUCE ){
+ yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE,yymajor,yyminor);
+ }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,yyminor);
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
#endif
yymajor = YYNOCODE;
- }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_REDUCE ){
- yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE);
+ }else if( yyact==YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ){
+ yypParser->yytos--;
+ yy_accept(yypParser);
+ return;
}else{
assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
/* A syntax error has occurred.
** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
- ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
+ ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
**
** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
**
yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor);
yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-
+
#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
/* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
**
** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just
** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need
** to adjust the encoding. The mapping is only valid for alphabetics
-** which are the only characters for which this feature is used.
+** which are the only characters for which this feature is used.
**
** Used by keywordhash.h
*/
/*
** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
-** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
+** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
**
** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
};
/* aKWCode[i] is the parser symbol code for the i-th keyword */
static const unsigned char aKWCode[124] = {
- TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
- TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
- TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
- TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
- TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT,
- TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,
- TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP,
- TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP,
- TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_BETWEEN,
- TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW,
- TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE,
- TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN,
- TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA,
- TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN,
- TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND,
- TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST,
- TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW,
- TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS,
- TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW,
- TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING,
- TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL,
+ TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
+ TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
+ TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
+ TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
+ TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
+ TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT,
+ TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,
+ TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP,
+ TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP,
+ TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_BETWEEN,
+ TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW,
+ TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE,
+ TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN,
+ TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA,
+ TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN,
+ TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND,
+ TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST,
+ TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW,
+ TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS,
+ TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW,
+ TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING,
+ TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL,
};
/* Check to see if z[0..n-1] is a keyword. If it is, write the
** parser symbol code for that keyword into *pType. Always
** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false.
**
** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
+** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
**
** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
** end result.
**
** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do.
+** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do.
** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
** But the feature is undocumented.
*/
/*
-** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0].
+** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0].
** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
*tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
}
if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
- ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
+ ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
|| ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
)
){
/*
** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is
** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs
-** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
+** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
** error message.
*/
}else{
tokenType = TK_SEMI;
}
- zSql -= n;
+ n = 0;
}
if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){
assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL );
#endif
if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
+ /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
*/
** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
** semicolon.
**
-** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
+** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
** a statement.
**
** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
*/
/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+#endif
+
#if 0
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS)
/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
/*
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
-** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro.
+** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro.
*/
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
#endif
/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
-** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.
+** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
/*
-** Initialize SQLite.
+** Initialize SQLite.
**
** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
-** sqlite3_open().
+** sqlite3_open().
**
** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
*/
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
- /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
+ /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
rc = sqlite3OsInit();
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
+ sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into
** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page
** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */
- *va_arg(ap, int*) =
+ *va_arg(ap, int*) =
sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() +
sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() +
sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1();
sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
break;
}
-
+
/* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument.
** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
** NULL.
/*
** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
**
** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
void *pStart;
-
+
if( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)>0 ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
/* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
- ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
+ ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
** both at the same time.
*/
if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
{ SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, SQLITE_LoadExtension },
{ SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE, SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose },
{ SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG, SQLITE_EnableQPSG },
+ { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP, SQLITE_TriggerEQP },
};
unsigned int i;
rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
}
/*
-** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE.
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE.
**
** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent
** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
/*
** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.
*/
static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){
int j;
/* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
- ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
+ ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
** structure?
*/
sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback().
+ /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback().
** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has
** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken
** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between
case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break;
case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break;
case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break;
- case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT"; break;
case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break;
case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break;
+ case SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY";break;
case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break;
case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break;
case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break;
}else{
p->nBusy++;
}
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
/*
** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
int nOps,
- int (*xProgress)(void*),
+ int (*xProgress)(void*),
void *pArg
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
+** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
sqlite3 *db,
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( zFunctionName==0 ||
- (xSFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) ||
+ (xSFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) ||
(!xSFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
(!xSFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
(nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
extraFlags = enc & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY);
-
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
#else
enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
#endif
-
+
/* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
if( db->nVdbeActive ){
- sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
"unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
assert( !db->mallocFailed );
return SQLITE_BUSY;
**
** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
+** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
**
** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
/*
** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.
+** is returned.
**
** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL
** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
-** profile function is returned.
+** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
+** profile function is returned.
**
** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL
** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
** wal_autocheckpoint()).
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
void *pClientData, /* Argument */
sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */
/*
** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
-** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are
+** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are
** checkpointed.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
** not currently open in WAL mode.
**
-** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this
-** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If
-** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is
+** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this
+** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If
+** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is
** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
**
** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3 *db){
return db ? db->iSysErrno : 0;
-}
+}
/*
** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the
*/
static int createCollation(
sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
+ const char *zName,
u8 enc,
void* pCtx,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
){
CollSeq *pColl;
int enc2;
-
+
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
/* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
- /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
+ /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
*/
pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
if( db->nVdbeActive ){
- sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
"unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
** to be called.
- */
+ */
if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
int j;
** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
-** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains
+** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains
** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
-** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the
+** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
** this buffer.
**
** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
*/
const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
- sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */
+ sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */
char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
){
int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */
u64 nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
- /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen
+ /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen
** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */
flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
/* The following condition causes URIs with five leading / characters
** like file://///host/path to be converted into UNCs like //host/path.
** The correct URI for that UNC has only two or four leading / characters
- ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a
+ ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a
** common error, we are told, so we handle it as a special case. */
if( strncmp(zUri+7, "///", 3)==0 ){ iIn++; }
}else if( strncmp(zUri+5, "//localhost/", 12)==0 ){
iIn = 7;
while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s",
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s",
iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto parse_uri_out;
}
#endif
- /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer.
- ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way.
+ /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer.
+ ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way.
**
** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
** on the parsing context. As follows:
eState = 0;
while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
iIn++;
- if( c=='%'
- && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn])
- && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1])
+ if( c=='%'
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn])
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1])
){
int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
- while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#'
+ while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#'
&& (eState!=0 || c!='?')
&& (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
&& (eState!=2 || c!='&')
zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
- /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted
+ /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted
** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
** method. */
if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
{ "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
- { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE },
+ { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE },
{ "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
{ "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY },
{ 0, 0 }
/*
** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
** is UTF-8 encoded.
*/
static int openDatabase(
}else{
isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
}
+
if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
}else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
/* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
- if( isThreadsafe ){
+ if( isThreadsafe
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS
+ || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex
+#endif
+ ){
db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
if( db->mutex==0 ){
sqlite3_free(db);
db = 0;
goto opendb_out;
}
+ if( isThreadsafe==0 ){
+ sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(db->mutex);
+ }
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
db->errMask = 0xff;
goto opendb_out;
}
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all
- ** strings is BINARY.
+ ** strings is BINARY.
*/
db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0);
assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
/* Parse the filename/URI argument
**
- ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.
+ ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.
** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we
** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations
db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
/* The default safety_level for the main database is FULL; for the temp
- ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults.
+ ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults.
*/
db->aDb[0].zDbSName = "main";
db->aDb[0].safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
/* Register any built-in FTS5 module before loading the automatic
- ** extensions. This allows automatic extensions to register FTS5
+ ** extensions. This allows automatic extensions to register FTS5
** tokenizers and auxiliary functions. */
if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3Fts5Init(db);
}
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS)
if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
}
** Open a new database handle.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
- const char *zFilename,
- sqlite3 **ppDb
+ const char *zFilename,
+ sqlite3 **ppDb
){
return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
** Open a new database handle.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
- const void *zFilename,
+ const void *zFilename,
sqlite3 **ppDb
){
char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int enc,
void* pCtx,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int enc,
void* pCtx,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
void(*xDel)(void*)
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
- sqlite3* db,
+ sqlite3* db,
const void *zName,
- int enc,
+ int enc,
void* pCtx,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pCollNeededArg,
void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pCollNeededArg,
void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
** a low-level error is first detected.
*/
-static int reportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType){
sqlite3_log(iErr, "%s at line %d of [%.10s]",
zType, lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
return iErr;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- return reportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, "database corruption");
+ return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, "database corruption");
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- return reportError(SQLITE_MISUSE, lineno, "misuse");
+ return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_MISUSE, lineno, "misuse");
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- return reportError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, lineno, "cannot open file");
+ return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, lineno, "cannot open file");
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int lineno, Pgno pgno){
char zMsg[100];
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zMsg), zMsg, "database corruption page %d", pgno);
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- return reportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, zMsg);
+ return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, zMsg);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int lineno){
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- return reportError(SQLITE_NOMEM, lineno, "OOM");
+ return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_NOMEM, lineno, "OOM");
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int lineno){
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- return reportError(SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM, lineno, "I/O OOM error");
+ return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM, lineno, "I/O OOM error");
}
#endif
/* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
+ **
+ ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
+ ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
**
- ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
- ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
- **
- ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
+ ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
- */
+ */
if( pCol ){
zDataType = sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,0);
zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
- /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep()
+ /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep()
** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
*/
rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
/*
** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
**
- ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
+ ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
** are benign.
*/
case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time
** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time
** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time
- */
+ */
case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: {
rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
break;
/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
**
- ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The
+ ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The
** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal
** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the
** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
**
** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
- **
+ **
** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
** is built using separate source files.
rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
break;
}
-#endif
+#endif
/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
**
/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr);
**
- ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context
+ ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context
** pointer ptr.
*/
case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: {
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
break;
}
+
+#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE, FILE *out)
+ **
+ ** This test control (only available when SQLite is compiled with
+ ** -DYYCOVERAGE) writes a report onto "out" that shows all
+ ** state/lookahead combinations in the parser state machine
+ ** which are never exercised. If any state is missed, make the
+ ** return code SQLITE_ERROR.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE: {
+ FILE *out = va_arg(ap, FILE*);
+ if( sqlite3ParserCoverage(out) ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* defined(YYCOVERAGE) */
}
va_end(ap);
#endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */
/*
** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
**
** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
/*
-** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently
+** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently
** being read by handle db.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
const char *zDb,
sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot
){
** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot idendified by pSnapshot.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_open(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zDb,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zDb,
sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
){
int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
int i, n;
int nOpt;
const char **azCompileOpt;
-
+
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
if( zOptName==0 ){
(void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
- /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is
+ /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is
** adequate. No need for a binary search. */
for(i=0; i<nOpt; i++){
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
+** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
** properties of the blocked connections list:
**
-** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
+** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
**
-** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
+** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
** xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
**
** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
sqlite3 **pp;
assertMutexHeld();
for(
- pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
- *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
+ pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
+ *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
);
db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
db->pUnlockArg = 0;
}else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
- /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
+ /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
- ** immediately.
+ ** immediately.
*/
xNotify(&pArg, 1);
}else{
}
/*
-** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
+** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
/*
** This function is called when
-** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
+** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
** by database connection db have been released.
**
** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
}else{
/* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
- ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
+ ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
**
** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
- ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
+ ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
** arrive.
**
** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
- ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
+ ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
** context pointers the application will receive two or more
** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
- ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
+ ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
** circumstances.
*/
}
/*
-** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
+** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
-** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first
+** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first
** word of the document has a position of 0.
**
** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
**
** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
-** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur
+** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur
** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1.
** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
**
-** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an
+** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an
** array of varint-encoded docids.
**
**** Segment leaf nodes ****
#ifndef _FTSINT_H
#define _FTSINT_H
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
-** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
**
** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
**
- ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
+ ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by
/*
** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
- ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
+ ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
*/
int (*xOpen)(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
);
/*
- ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
+ ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
*/
int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
**
- ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
+ ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
**
** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
- ** to xNext() or xClose().
+ ** to xNext() or xClose().
*/
/* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
*/
- /*
+ /*
** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
*/
int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
} *ht;
};
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
** is respected in comparisons.
**
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
**
-** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
*/
#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
/*
** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree
-** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform
+** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform
** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large
** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts
** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow).
#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
/*
-** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the
+** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the
** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
-** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new
+** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new
** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
*/
#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
/*
** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
-** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables.
+** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables.
**
** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
**
-** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In
-** theory though this may happen, but only after at least
+** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In
+** theory though this may happen, but only after at least
** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
*/
#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024
** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
*/
#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */
-#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */
+#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */
/*
** This section provides definitions to allow the
-** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the
+** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the
** amalgamation.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/*
** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */
u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */
- /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these
- ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call.
+ /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these
+ ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call.
*/
sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40];
sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt; /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */
char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */
sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
- /*
- ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index
+ /*
+ ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index
** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one
** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature).
** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid.
** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
**
- ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the
+ ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the
** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including
** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash
- ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most
+ ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most
** recently inserted record.
*/
int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */
**
** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
-**
+**
** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a,
-** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1"
+** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1"
** indicating that all columns should be searched,
** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
*/
char *pOrPoslist;
i64 iOrDocid;
- /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing
- ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase.
+ /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing
+ ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase.
*/
int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
/*
** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
**
-** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist
-** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results
-** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial
-** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this
+** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist
+** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results
+** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial
+** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this
** buffer.
**
** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
**
-** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed
+** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed
** when the expression node is.
*/
struct Fts3Expr {
/*
** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
-** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
** example, the following:
**
** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *,
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *,
int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *,
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *,
sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
/* #include <stdarg.h> */
/* #include "fts3.h" */
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif
# endif
#endif
-/*
+/*
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
** The number of bytes written is returned.
v = (*ptr++); \
if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
-/*
+/*
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
** The value is stored in *v.
}
/*
-** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to
+** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to
** a non-negative 32-bit integer before it is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */
/* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
- if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';
+ if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';
while( z[iIn] ){
if( z[iIn]==quote ){
** varint is part of.
*/
static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
- char **pp,
- char *pStart,
+ char **pp,
+ char *pStart,
sqlite3_int64 *pVal
){
sqlite3_int64 iVal;
char *p;
- /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are
+ /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are
** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
** clear on character p[-1]. */
for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
** and xCreate() methods.
**
-** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
** before returning.
*/
/* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)",
+ "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)",
zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid
);
if( !zCols || !zSql ){
** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
- fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db,
+ fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db,
"CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'"
"(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
p->zDb, p->zName
zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid);
}
if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
+
/* Create the content table */
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
);
}
/* Create other tables */
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
p->zDb, p->zName
);
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
"level INTEGER,"
"idx INTEGER,"
p->zDb, p->zName
);
if( p->bHasDocsize ){
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
p->zDb, p->zName
);
/*
** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
**
-** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
** before returning.
*/
int rc; /* Return code */
char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
-
+
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
if( !zSql ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
**
** <key> = <value>
**
-** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value>
+** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value>
** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
*/
static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
- const char *z,
+ const char *z,
int *pnKey,
char **pzValue
){
}
/*
-** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that
+** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that
** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following:
**
** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid);
}
}
- fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x",
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x",
p->zDb,
(p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName),
(p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content")
**
** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
-** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three
+** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three
** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
**
** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
/*
** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer
-** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then
+** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then
** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of
** the integer value.
**
-** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value.
+** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value.
**
** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and
** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned.
char **pzErr /* OUT: error message */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */
+ char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
char *zVal;
/* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
- if( !pTokenizer
+ if( !pTokenizer
&& strlen(z)>8
- && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8)
+ && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8)
&& 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
){
rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
break;
case 4: /* ORDER */
- if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3))
- && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4))
+ if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3))
+ && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4))
){
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){
- sqlite3_free(zCompress);
- sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+ sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+ sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
zCompress = 0;
zUncompress = 0;
if( nCol==0 ){
- sqlite3_free((void*)aCol);
+ sqlite3_free((void*)aCol);
aCol = 0;
rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr);
/* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
- ** column from the aCol[] array. */
+ ** column from the aCol[] array. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
int j;
for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
/* Fill in the azColumn array */
for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
- char *z;
+ char *z;
int n = 0;
z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
if( n>0 ){
for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
char *zNot = azNotindexed[i];
if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot)
- && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n)
+ && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n)
){
p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1;
sqlite3_free(zNot);
p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
- /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the
+ /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the
** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
*/
if( isCreate ){
#endif
}
-/*
+/*
** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
**
-** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid.
+** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid.
** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
** 3. Linear scan of %_content table.
*/
int iIdx;
/* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
- ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient
+ ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient
** strategy is possible.
*/
pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
**
** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
- ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even
+ ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even
** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
- ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested
+ ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested
** context" error.
*/
- if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
&& pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
){
pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
}
/* Equality constraint on the langid column */
- if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
&& pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2
){
iLangidCons = i;
if( iCons>=0 ){
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
- }
+ }
if( iLangidCons>=0 ){
pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
- }
+ }
if( iDocidGe>=0 ){
pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
- }
+ }
if( iDocidLe>=0 ){
pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
- }
+ }
/* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
- ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible.
+ ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible.
*/
if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
/* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
- ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+ ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
*ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
/*
** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return
-** SQLITE_OK on success.
+** SQLITE_OK on success.
*/
static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/*
** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
-** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this
+** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this
** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
**
int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */
sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */
- /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every
+ /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every
** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
- ** node into variable iChild.
+ ** node into variable iChild.
**
** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
if( zCsr>zEnd ){
return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
-
+
while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
int cmp; /* memcmp() result */
int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */
int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */
int nBuffer; /* Total term size */
-
+
/* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
** the size of zBuffer if required. */
if( !isFirstTerm ){
}
isFirstTerm = 0;
zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
-
+
assert( nPrefix>=0 && nSuffix>=0 );
if( &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){
rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
/* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
- ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree
- ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search
+ ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree
+ ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search
** iChild.
**
** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
**
-** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the
+** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the
** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
** term is a prefix.
**
-** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain
-** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the
+** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain
+** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the
** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
**
** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
+*/
static int fts3SelectLeaf(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */
}
/*
-** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3
+** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3
** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
*/
static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
}
/*
-** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
** first byte after the position-list.
**
-** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for
+** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for
** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this
** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
char c = 0;
- /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3
+ /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3
** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
** of some other, multi-byte, value.
**
- ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not
+ ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not
** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
** last byte in the position-list.
}
/*
-** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
**
** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
** (1)).
**
-** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to
+** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to
** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
** point to the next value before returning.
** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new
** column list.
**
-** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before
+** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before
** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
** written (0 if iCol==0).
*/
/* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
- ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each
+ ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each
** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
do {
- fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2);
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2);
iPrev -= 2;
if( i1==i2 ){
fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
**
-** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for
+** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for
** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
- if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
+ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
p1++;
p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
}
- if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){
+ if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){
p2++;
p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
}
fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
while( 1 ){
- if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken
- || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken)
+ if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken
+ || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken)
){
sqlite3_int64 iSave;
iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
/* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
- ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next
- ** column-number in the position list.
+ ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next
+ ** column-number in the position list.
*/
else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
/*
** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
-** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression
+** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression
** like:
**
** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
**
-** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR
-** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position
-** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2"
+** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR
+** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position
+** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2"
** in the example above).
**
** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
return res;
}
-/*
+/*
** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially
** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query.
** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details.
** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint.
**
** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning.
-** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this
+** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this
** function returns.
*/
static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
** end of the value written.
**
** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to
-** the buffer is that of parameter iVal.
+** the buffer is that of parameter iVal.
**
-** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value
+** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value
** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal)
** (if bDescIdx is non-zero).
**
/*
** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two
** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable
-** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2).
+** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2).
** Otherwise, (i2-i1).
**
** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are
/*
** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all
-** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the
+** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the
** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist
** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be
** passed a non-zero value.
** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in
** ascending order).
**
- ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the
+ ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the
** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is
- ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list
+ ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list
** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since
** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must
- ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from
+ ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from
** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid
** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists
** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output.
**
** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the
** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input
- ** docids to grow.
+ ** docids to grow.
**
- ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending
+ ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending
** order.
*/
aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1);
** exactly nDist tokens before it.
**
** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order,
-** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending
+** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending
** order, it should be passed a non-zero value.
**
** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function.
int nNew;
char *aNew;
- int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx,
+ int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx,
pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
){
if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
/* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
- ** buffer using memcpy().
+ ** buffer using memcpy().
**
- ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the
+ ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the
** allocation. This is so as to ensure that the buffer is big enough
** to hold the current doclist AND'd with any other doclist. If the
** doclists are stored in order=ASC order, this padding would not be
** required (since the size of [doclistA AND doclistB] is always less
** than or equal to the size of [doclistA] in that case). But this is
- ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1)
+ ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1)
** may be smaller than (-1), as in the first example the -1 may be stored
** as a single-byte delta, whereas in the second it must be stored as a
** FTS3_VARINT_MAX byte varint.
char *aNew;
int nNew;
- int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge,
+ int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge,
pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
-
+
aMerge = aNew;
nMerge = nNew;
if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
*/
static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,
Fts3SegReader *pNew
){
if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */
int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */
- /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader
+ /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader
** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
- ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by
+ ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by
** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
** calls out here. */
if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
}
-
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1,
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1,
(isPrefix==0 && isScan==0),
- iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock,
+ iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock,
iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
}
/*
-** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a
+** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a
** single level therein.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
){
assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
- || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+ || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
|| iLevel>=0
);
assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */
){
- return fts3SegReaderCursor(p,
+ return fts3SegReaderCursor(p,
iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr
);
}
/*
** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or,
-** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which
+** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which
** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write
** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
** an SQLite error code.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
-** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree()
+** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree()
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
bFound = 1;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr
);
pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
bFound = 1;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
}
if( bFound==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
);
pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
while( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr))
+ && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr))
){
rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist);
}
**
** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
-** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded
+** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded
** varints.
*/
static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){
assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 );
rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
- p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr,
+ p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr,
&p->base.zErrMsg
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
(pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
);
}else{
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
);
}
return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
}
-/*
-** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
+/*
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
return pCsr->isEof;
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
**
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
** inserted, updated or deleted.
*/
**
** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch
** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead
- ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input
+ ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input
** segments.
*/
const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */
i64 iLastRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16)
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16)
&& p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff
){
int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */
}
/*
-** Implementation of xBegin() method.
+** Implementation of xBegin() method.
*/
static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
/* Skip backwards passed any trailing 0x00 bytes added by NearTrim() */
while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
- /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous
+ /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous
** poslist). This is an 0x00 byte preceded by some byte that does not
** have the 0x80 bit set. */
- while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){
- c = *p--;
+ while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){
+ c = *p--;
}
assert( p==pStart || c==0 );
/* At this point p points to that preceding byte without the 0x80 bit
** set. So to find the start of the poslist, skip forward 2 bytes then
- ** over a varint.
+ ** over a varint.
**
** Normally. The other case is that p==pStart and the poslist to return
** is the first in the doclist. In this case do not skip forward 2 bytes.
** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
**
** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
-** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the
+** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the
** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
assert( nVal>=1 );
if( nVal>6 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pContext,
"wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
return;
}
}
}
-/*
-** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This
+/*
+** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This
** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
** Example usage is:
**
/* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
** So bHasStat may not be 2. */
rc = fts3SetHasStat(p);
-
+
/* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is
- ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction
- ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method
+ ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction
+ ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method
** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to
** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes.
*/
}
/*
-** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are
** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
/* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
- || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
+ || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
- || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode)
+ || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode)
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
|| (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
}
#endif
- /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
+ /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
** the four scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
** module with sqlite.
*/
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
/*
** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
-** by pExpr.
+** by pExpr.
**
** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
-** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory
+** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory
** doclist and then traversed.
*/
static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
*pnToken += nToken;
for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
- int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr,
+ int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr,
pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-
+
pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4
/*
-** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query
+** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query
** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
/* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is
** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be
- ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of
+ ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of
** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first"
** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */
int bHaveIncr = 0;
- int bIncrOk = (bOptOk
- && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx
+ int bIncrOk = (bOptOk
+ && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx
&& p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
&& pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0
}
/*
-** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start)
+** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start)
** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase
** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through
** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc".
**
-** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or
+** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or
** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this
** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning.
*/
p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid);
}else{
fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);
- while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++;
+ while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++;
if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){
*pbEof = 1;
}else{
){
char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */
char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
-
+
if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
}else{
};
/*
-** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a
+** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a
** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the
** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new
** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true.
**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
** SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int incrPhraseTokenNext(
/*
** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument:
**
-** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and
+** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and
**
** * does not contain any deferred tokens.
**
** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate
-** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields.
+** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields.
**
** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
** SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(
assert( p->bIncr==1 );
if( p->nToken==1 ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr,
&pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
);
if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1;
/* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */
for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0
- && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0
+ && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0
){
rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){
}
/*
-** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid.
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid.
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
** SQLITE_OK.
**
** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
if( p->bIncr ){
rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof);
}else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
- sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll,
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll,
&pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
);
pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong
** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or
** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered
-** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in
+** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in
** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot.
*/
typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return
** an SQLite error code.
**
-** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating
+** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating
** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount
** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in
** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
/* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
- ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required
+ ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required
** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
**
- ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3
+ ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3
** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
- assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 );
+ assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 );
rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
}
/*
-** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be
+** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be
** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is
** called.
**
-** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the
+** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the
** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within
** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition
** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details.
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 );
- /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order
- ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer
+ /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order
+ ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer
** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index.
** Load the doclists for tokens that are either:
**
**
** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the
** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist
- ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in
+ ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in
** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded.
** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that
** one or more tokens will not be deferred.
/* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */
for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){
- if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot
- && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl)
+ if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot
+ && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl)
){
pTC = &aTC[iTC];
}
if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){
/* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all
- ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages
+ ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages
** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred.
*/
Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
}else{
/* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the
- ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from
+ ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from
** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */
if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4;
** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this
** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero.
**
-** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit
+** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit
** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in
** pPhrase.
*/
int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
int nNew;
- char *p2;
- char *pOut;
+ char *p2;
+ char *pOut;
int res;
assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
**
** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists
** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in
-** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all.
+** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all.
**
** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or
-** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the
+** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the
** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other
** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression
-** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C",
+** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C",
** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case
** is populated as for "A * C" before returning.
**
-** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is
+** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is
** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y".
-**
+**
** See sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred() for details on testing if a row is
** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators.
*/
}
break;
}
-
+
case FTSQUERY_OR: {
Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
- while( !*pRc
- && !pRight->bEof
- && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0
+ while( !*pRc
+ && !pRight->bEof
+ && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0
){
fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
}
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR
** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately.
**
-** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR
-** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists
-** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression.
+** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR
+** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists
+** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression.
**
** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each
** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those
** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR
-** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not
+** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not
** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not
** be edited if 0 is returned.
*/
** | |
** "w" "x"
**
- ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The
+ ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The
** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works.
*/
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK
- && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK
+ && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
&& (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
){
- Fts3Expr *p;
+ Fts3Expr *p;
int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */
char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
/*
** This function is a helper function for sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred().
** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
-** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr
+** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr
** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
**
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to
-** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is
+** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to
+** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is
** undefined.
*/
static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
&& fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
);
- /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for
+ /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for
** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
- ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize
- ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries.
+ ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize
+ ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries.
** For example if this expression:
**
** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
*/
- if( bHit==0
- && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ if( bHit==0
+ && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
&& (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
){
Fts3Expr *p;
default: {
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
- if( pCsr->pDeferred
+ if( pCsr->pDeferred
&& (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
){
Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred
** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred
** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account
- ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()).
+ ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()).
*/
if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
/*
** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
-** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental
+** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental
** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
**
** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
}
/*
-** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the
+** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the
** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
-** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase
+** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase
** expression nodes.
*/
static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
- }while( pCsr->isEof==0
- && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
- && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc)
+ }while( pCsr->isEof==0
+ && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc)
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
pRoot->bEof = bEof;
}else{
/* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
- ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the
+ ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the
** do loop can not be written:
**
** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
}
/*
-** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase
+** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase
** expression node for the following information:
**
-** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of
+** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of
** the FTS table (considering all rows), and
**
** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
**
** Caveats:
**
-** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output
+** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output
** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
-** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each
+** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each
** column of each row of the table.
**
-** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred
+** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred
** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
**
/*
** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
-** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
**
** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
-** of the current row.
+** of the current row.
**
-** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each
-** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2)
+** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each
+** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2)
** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
int iThis;
sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
- /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than
+ /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than
** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */
*ppOut = 0;
assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */
int bMatch;
- /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not,
- ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid
+ /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not,
+ ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid
** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the
** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node
** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */
(pIter >= (pPh->doclist.aAll + pPh->doclist.nAll));
while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){
sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
- bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll,
+ bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll,
&pIter, &iDocid, &bEof
);
}
while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){
int dummy;
sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
- bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll,
+ bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll,
&pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof
);
}
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
*/
if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
- zDb = argv[1];
+ zDb = argv[1];
nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
if( argc==5 ){
if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){
- zDb = argv[3];
+ zDb = argv[3];
nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
zFts3 = argv[4];
}else{
** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
*/
static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
){
int i;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
/* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
- if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
- && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
+ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
+ && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
&& pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
){
pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
}
- /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column.
+ /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column.
** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */
for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){
static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
- aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat,
+ aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat,
sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
);
if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
+ memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
);
pCsr->aStat = aNew;
/* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
- ** start of a position list for column 0.
- **
+ ** start of a position list for column 0.
+ **
** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]);
if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-
+
if( iLangid>=0 ){
iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]);
******************************************************************************
**
** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
-** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
-** hand-coded.
+** hand-coded.
*/
/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
/*
-** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
** the new and the old syntaxes are:
**
** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
**
-** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
+** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
**
** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
**
** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
-** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
**
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
# else
# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
/*
** isNot:
** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
-** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a
+** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a
** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
** zero.
};
/*
-** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
**
** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed
/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
-** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful,
+** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful,
** return NULL.
*/
static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){
** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
}
while( 1 ){
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
- && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-'
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
+ && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-'
){
pParse->isNot = 1;
iStart--;
pModule->xClose(pCursor);
}
-
+
*ppExpr = pRet;
return rc;
}
** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
-** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
** containing the results.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
int nToken = 0;
/* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
- ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single
+ ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single
** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
**
** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
**
** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
- ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken
+ ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken
** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
**
** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
}
/*
-** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
+** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
**
** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
pParse->isNot = 0;
/* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
- ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
+ ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
*/
while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
nInput--;
/* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
- ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
+ ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
*/
cNext = zInput[nKey];
- if( fts3isspace(cNext)
+ if( fts3isspace(cNext)
|| cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
){
pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
}
}
- /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
+ /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
- ** column specifier for the token.
+ ** column specifier for the token.
**
** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
- ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
+ ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
** limitation.
*/
iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
- if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':'
- && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0
+ if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':'
+ && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0
){
iCol = ii;
iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
}
/*
-** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
/*
** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
-** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
if( p ){
int isPhrase;
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
- && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
+ && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot
){
/* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
}
/*
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed
** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth.
*/
static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( p ){
- if( nMaxDepth<0 ){
+ if( nMaxDepth<0 ){
rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
}else{
rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1);
/*
** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to
** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place.
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the
-** new root expression node.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the
+** new root expression node.
**
** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree.
**
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and
** expression (*pp) freed.
*/
static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){
}
pRoot = p;
}else{
- /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array
+ /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array
** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to
** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */
Fts3Expr *pDel;
}
}
}
-
+
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot);
pRoot = 0;
** differences:
**
** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing.
-** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the
+** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the
** maximum allowable depth.
-** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an
+** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an
** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree()
** in this case.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-
+
return rc;
}
** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
-** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
**
** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr
);
-
+
/* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed
** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){
*ppExpr = 0;
if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr,
- "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)",
+ "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)",
SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
*/
static int queryTestTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zName,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
){
int rc;
/*
** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use
+** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use
** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
** NULL is returned.
**
-** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to
+** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to
** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
*/
static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
"%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf,
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf,
pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
(pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
);
}
/*
-** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
**
** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
if( argc<3 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
"Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
);
return;
}
/*
-** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
-** with database connection db.
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
+** with database connection db.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
int rc = sqlite3_create_function(
db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance",
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance",
-1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
);
}
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
+** keyClass is one of the constants
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
/*
** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
**
** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a
/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
**
** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
count = pEntry->count;
xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
while( count-- && elem ){
- if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
+ if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
return elem;
}
elem = elem->next;
){
struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
if( elem->prev ){
- elem->prev->next = elem->next;
+ elem->prev->next = elem->next;
}else{
pH->first = elem->next;
}
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
- const Fts3Hash *pH,
- const void *pKey,
+ const Fts3Hash *pH,
+ const void *pKey,
int nKey
){
int h; /* A hash on key */
return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
}
-/*
+/*
** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int porterOpen(
/*
** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
-** to Porter ruls.
+** to Porter ruls.
**
** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
/*
** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
-** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
** ending to zTo.
**
** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo
-** is in normal order.
+** is in normal order.
**
** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not
** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes
** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies.
-**
-** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
-** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
+**
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
** case folding.
**
}
}
- /* Step 1b */
+ /* Step 1b */
z2 = z;
if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
/* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
- }else if(
+ }else if(
(stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
&& z!=z2
){
stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'l':
- if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0)
+ if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0)
&& !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0)
&& !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0)
&& !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0)
}
/*
-** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
**
** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer");
}else{
- (*ppTok)->pModule = m;
+ (*ppTok)->pModule = m;
}
sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
}
/* #include <string.h> */
/*
-** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
** function must be called with two or more arguments:
**
**
** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
-** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
-** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
**
** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
** will return the string:
**
** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
-**
+**
*/
static void testFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
static
int registerTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char *zName,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
){
int rc;
static
int queryTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char *zName,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
){
int rc;
/*
** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
-** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy
+** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy
** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
**
** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
**
** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
** fts3TokenizerFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
-** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
-** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
**
** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
- sqlite3 *db,
- Fts3Hash *pHash,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ Fts3Hash *pHash,
const char *zName
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int simpleOpen(
**
** input = <string>
**
-** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3
-** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3
+** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With
** fields set as follows:
**
/*
** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated
-** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a
+** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a
** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear
** to be quoted.
**
** and xCreate are identical operations.
**
** argv[0]: module name
-** argv[1]: database name
+** argv[1]: database name
** argv[2]: table name
** argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name)
*/
** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
*/
static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
){
int i;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
- if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable
- && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0
- && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable
+ && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0
+ && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
){
pInfo->idxNum = 1;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
-** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query
+** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query
** code in fts3.c.
*/
/*
** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
-** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end
+** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end
** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
**
** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
**
-** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD
+** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD
** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
-** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values
-** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful
+** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values
+** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful
** for testing purposes.
**
** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize
# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
#else
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024)
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024)
# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
#endif
/*
** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic
-** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for
+** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for
** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production
** systems.
*/
char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */
- /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate
+ /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate
** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
*/
char *pOffsetList;
** fts3NodeFree()
**
** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
-** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the
+** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the
** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
-** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively
+** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively
** little memory.
*/
struct SegmentNode {
*/
#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0
#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2
#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3
#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4
#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5
** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
**
** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
-** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound
+** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound
** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
** returning.
*/
/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
/* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
- /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
+ /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
"FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
" ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1",
/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment
-** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See
+** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See
** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */
/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) "
" FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?",
/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR
-** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute
+** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute
** level :1 with index value :2. */
/* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
"FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */
/* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
- /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
+ /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
/* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block "
"FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? "
"ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
-
+
pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
if( !pStmt ){
char *zSql;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
int rc;
if( *pRC ) return;
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_step(pStmt);
rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
/*
-** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive
-** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before
+** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive
+** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before
** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing
-** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or
+** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or
** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command.
**
-** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when
-** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back.
-** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE.
-** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly
+** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when
+** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back.
+** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE.
+** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly
** instead of accessing them via FTS.
*/
static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
if( p->nPendingData==0 ){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
/*
** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer).
** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the
-** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS
+** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS
** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative
** levels").
**
** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that
** can be used to query the %_segdir table.
**
-** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024
+** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024
** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index
** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index
** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on.
** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0.
**
** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of
-** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index
+** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index
** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024).
*/
static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel(
/*
** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement,
** return an SQLite error code.
**
** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
if( iLevel<0 ){
/* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
);
}
}else{
/* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel));
}
}
}
if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
- /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only
+ /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only
** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
*/
assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
/* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
- ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and
+ ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and
** return early. */
if( zText==0 ){
*pnWord = 0;
rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
);
-
- /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too
+
+ /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too
** short for. */
for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
}
-/*
-** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to
+/*
+** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to
** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
*/
** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
** generate longer doclists.
*/
- if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid
+ if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid
|| (iDocid==p->iPrevDocid && p->bPrevDelete==0)
|| p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid
- || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData
+ || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData
){
int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
/*
-** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables.
+** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
int i;
** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
*/
static int fts3InsertTerms(
- Fts3Table *p,
- int iLangid,
- sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iLangid,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
u32 *aSz
){
int i; /* Iterator variable */
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){
rc = sqlite3_bind_int(
- pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2,
+ pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2,
sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4])
);
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the
- ** new docid value.
+ /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the
+ ** new docid value.
*/
sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
** full-text index.
*/
-static void fts3DeleteTerms(
+static void fts3DeleteTerms(
int *pRC, /* Result code */
Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */
sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */
*/
static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int);
-/*
+/*
** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
**
** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
-** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the
+** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the
** allocated index is 0.
**
** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
- Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3Table *p,
int iLangid, /* Language id */
int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
- int iLevel,
+ int iLevel,
int *piIdx
){
int rc; /* Return Code */
** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
-** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the
+** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the
** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
**
sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
p->pSegments = 0;
}
-
+
static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */
int rc; /* Return code */
nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
- pReader->pBlob,
+ pReader->pBlob,
&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
nRead,
pReader->nPopulate
static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( !pReader->pBlob
+ assert( !pReader->pBlob
|| (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
);
- while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK
+ while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK
&& (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
){
rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
static int fts3SegReaderNext(
- Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3Table *p,
Fts3SegReader *pReader,
int bIncr
){
fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader);
- /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf
+ /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf
** blocks have already been traversed. */
assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock );
if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){
}
rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
- p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode,
+ p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode,
(bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is
+
+ /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is
** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
- if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0
- || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
+ if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0
+ || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
){
return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
/* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
- ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either
+ ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either
** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
*/
- if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
+ if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
|| (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
){
return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
pReader->iDocid = 0;
pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
- pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList,
+ pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList,
&pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
);
}else{
/*
** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
** associated with the current term.
-**
-** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then
+**
+** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then
** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
** the same offset list. */
while( 1 ){
-
+
/* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
- ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired
+ ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired
** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past
** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
*/
while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
assert( *p==0 );
-
+
if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
p++;
-
+
/* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
** size of the previous offset-list.
*/
/* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */
while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
-
+
/* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
int *pnOvfl
){
for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
- if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader)
- && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader)
+ if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader)
+ && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader)
){
sqlite3_int64 jj;
for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
}
/*
-** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the
+** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the
** second argument.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
}else{
/* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
- ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup.
+ ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup.
**
** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer
** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid
}
/*
-** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures.
+** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures.
** Comparison is as follows:
**
** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
/*
** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
-** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm.
+** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm.
**
** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
#endif
}
-/*
+/*
** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
*/
static int fts3WriteSegment(
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
*/
static int fts3WriteSegdir(
/*
** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
-** zNext, in bytes. For example,
+** zNext, in bytes. For example,
**
** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3
** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2
*/
static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */
+ SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */
int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */
int rc;
SegmentNode *pNew;
- /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if
+ /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if
** this is possible.
*/
if( pTree ){
** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
- ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB,
- ** this is not expected to be a serious problem.
+ ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB,
+ ** this is not expected to be a serious problem.
*/
assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
**
** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
- ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree
+ ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree
** has no parent, one is created here.
*/
pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
pTree->zMalloc = 0;
}else{
pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
- rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
}
*ppTree = pNew;
** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
*/
static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
- SegmentNode *pTree,
- int iHeight,
+ SegmentNode *pTree,
+ int iHeight,
sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
){
int nStart;
/*
** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
-** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of
-** pTree and its peers to the database.
+** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of
+** pTree and its peers to the database.
**
** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
-** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
+** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
** returned.
*/
static int fts3NodeWrite(
for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
-
+
rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
iNextFree++;
iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
*/
static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */
+ SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */
int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */
pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot);
}
}else{
/* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
- rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
}
p->nLeafAdd++;
}
/*
-** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the
+** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the
** first argument.
*/
static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
*/
static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(
- Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3Table *p,
int iLangid,
- int iIndex,
+ int iIndex,
sqlite3_int64 *pnMax
){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
);
if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL
);
** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
** it:
-**
-** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with
-** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third
+**
+** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with
+** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third
** argument, and
**
** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2,
getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
);
}
}
/*
-** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains
+** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains
** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
while( 1 ){
char c = 0;
while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
-
+
if( iCol==iCurrent ){
nList = (int)(p - pList);
break;
rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
j = 1;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK
&& j<nMerge
&& apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
&& apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
int i;
int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
- /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search
+ /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search
** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
**
-** then the entire doclist for the term is available in
+** then the entire doclist for the term is available in
** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
do {
int nMerge;
int i;
-
+
/* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
- ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.
+ ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.
*/
for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i];
pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
/* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
- ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all
+ ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all
** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
**
** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
*/
if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
- if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm
+ if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm
|| (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
- || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm)
+ || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm)
){
break;
}
}
nMerge = 1;
- while( nMerge<nSegment
+ while( nMerge<nSegment
&& apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
- && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm
+ && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm
&& 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
){
nMerge++;
}
assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
- if( nMerge==1
- && !isIgnoreEmpty
- && !isFirst
+ if( nMerge==1
+ && !isIgnoreEmpty
+ && !isFirst
&& (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
){
pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
- /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged
+ /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged
** doclist. */
sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
if( isFirst ){
char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist];
int nWrite;
-
+
nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a);
if( nWrite ){
iPrev = iDocid;
}
/*
-** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT
-** statement passed as the first argument.
+** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT
+** statement passed as the first argument.
**
** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field
-** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated
-** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock
-** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second,
+** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated
+** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock
+** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second,
** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second.
*/
static void fts3ReadEndBlockField(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int iCol,
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int iCol,
i64 *piEndBlock,
i64 *pnByte
){
i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1;
i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2;
- /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to
+ /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to
** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is
- ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all
- ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be
+ ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all
+ ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be
** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */
sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast);
i64 nSize = 0, dummy;
fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize);
if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){
- /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not
+ /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not
** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an
** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine
** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not
}
/*
-** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single
+** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single
** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
-** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level
+** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level
** currently present in the database.
**
** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
-** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately.
-** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs,
+** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately.
+** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs,
** an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
static int fts3SegmentMerge(
- Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3Table *p,
int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */
int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */
int iLevel /* Level to merge */
}else{
/* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
- ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to
+ ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to
** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */
assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 );
iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1);
while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
- rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1,
+ rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1,
csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
}
-/*
-** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments.
+/*
+** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int i;
-
+
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
/*
** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
-** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the
+** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the
** varints are set as follows:
**
** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table.
}
/*
-** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each
+** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each
** iIndex/iLangid combination.
*/
static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
**
** INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild');
**
-** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one
+** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one
** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on
** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based
** on the contents of the %_content table.
/*
-** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an
+** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an
** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan
-** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute
+** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute
** level iAbsLevel.
*/
static int fts3IncrmergeCsr(
Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
){
int rc; /* Return Code */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */
int nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */
/* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */
};
/*
-** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree
+** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree
** nodes (blocks).
*/
struct NodeWriter {
/*
** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to
-** the next entry on the node.
+** the next entry on the node.
**
-** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible).
+** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible).
** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node
** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to
-** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output
+** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output
** variables for the new entry.
*/
static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){
/*
** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode.
**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to
** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite
** error code is returned.
*/
int nSpace;
/* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to
- ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression,
+ ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression,
** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to
** be added to. */
nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
- if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){
+ if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){
/* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding
- ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize
+ ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize
** bytes in size, write the key here. */
Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block;
** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint
** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node.
**
-** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a
+** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a
** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal
** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0.
**
** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first
-** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the
+** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the
** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a
** copy of zTerm/nTerm.
**
const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */
int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */
- int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
+ int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */
rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n);
pWriter->nWork++;
- /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the
+ /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the
** parent must:
**
** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */
int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */
- /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment
+ /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment
** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot
** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot
** will be 1. And so on. */
/* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means
** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir
- ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that
- ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the
- ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated.
- ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle
+ ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that
+ ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the
+ ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated.
+ ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle
** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0.
**
- ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a
+ ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a
** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a
** single leaf and a single interior (root) node.
**
- ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments
+ ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments
** table until we are sure it is needed.
*/
if( iRoot==0 ){
/* Write the %_segdir record. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p,
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p,
pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */
pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */
pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */
/*
-** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is
+** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is
** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before
-** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0.
+** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0.
**
-** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite
+** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite
** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case.
**
** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it
if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1;
rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck);
}
-
+
*pbRes = bRes;
return rc;
}
/*
** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation.
-** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level
+** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level
** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the
** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it.
**
** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required
** space pre-allocated), and
**
-** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is
+** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is
** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential
** output segment.
*/
/*
** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute
** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus
-** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all
+** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all
** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero.
**
** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
** *piIdx is undefined in this case.
*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(
+static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(
Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */
sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */
int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1
** with idx value iIdx.
**
** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the
** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the
** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number
-** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack
+** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack
** variable nLeafEst.
**
** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment
** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block
** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on.
**
-** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the
+** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the
** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT.
*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeWriter(
+static int fts3IncrmergeWriter(
Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */
sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */
int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
/* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries
- ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify
+ ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify
** appendable segments. */
rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
/*
-** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the
+** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the
** following two statements:
**
** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx
** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx
**
-** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE
+** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE
** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated
** idx values.
*/
pNew->n = 0;
/* Populate new node buffer */
- for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode);
- rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
+ for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode);
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
){
if( pNew->n==0 ){
}
/*
-** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute
+** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute
** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments
** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir
** tables.
}
*pnRem = 0;
}else{
- /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this
+ /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this
** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place
- ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */
+ ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */
const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm;
int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm;
rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm);
}
/*
-** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one
+** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one
** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table.
**
** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat
/*
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry
-** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments
+** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments
** and the number of input segments.
**
** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs,
/*
** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint
-** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and
+** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and
** *pnInput before returning.
**
** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does
/*
** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks.
**
-** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments
-** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest
-** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains
-** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to
+** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments
+** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest
+** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains
+** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to
** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){
/* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest
** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any.
** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and
- ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found,
+ ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found,
** set nSeg to -1.
*/
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0);
/* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the
** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal
- ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this
+ ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this
** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){
** Exit early in this case. */
if( nSeg<0 ) break;
- /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg
- ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using
+ /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg
+ ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using
** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg
** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is
- ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop
+ ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop
** to start work on some other level. */
memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc);
pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
** the integer.
**
** This function used for parameters to merge= and incrmerge=
-** commands.
+** commands.
*/
static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){
const char *z = *pz;
** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk
** to false before returning.
**
-** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error
+** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error
** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case.
*/
static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
char *zSql;
-
+
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
if( !zSql ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the
** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
**
-** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite
+** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite
** error code.
**
** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token
**
** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix
** index etc.),
-** + The token (or token prefix) text itself,
+** + The token (or token prefix) text itself,
** + The language-id of the row it appears in,
** + The docid of the row it appears in,
** + The column it appears in, and
**
** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways:
**
-** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and
+** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and
** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table.
**
** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have
**
** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)"
**
-** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only
+** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only
** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'.
*/
static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
}
/*
-** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to
+** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to
** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */
sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */
Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */
-
+
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule;
-
+
assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-
+
for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){
const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(
- Fts3DeferredToken *p,
- char **ppData,
+ Fts3DeferredToken *p,
+ char **ppData,
int *pnData
){
char *pRet;
nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy);
*pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip;
*ppData = pRet;
-
+
memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred));
pDeferred->pToken = pToken;
- pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred;
+ pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred;
pDeferred->iCol = iCol;
pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred;
** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
*/
static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
- Fts3Table *p,
- sqlite3_value *pRowid,
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ sqlite3_value *pRowid,
int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */
u32 *aSzDel
){
** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual
** tables. The schema of the virtual table being:
**
-** CREATE TABLE <table name>(
+** CREATE TABLE <table name>(
** <user columns>,
-** <table name> HIDDEN,
-** docid HIDDEN,
+** <table name> HIDDEN,
+** docid HIDDEN,
** <langid> HIDDEN
** );
**
-**
+**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */
assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 );
assert( p->pSegments==0 );
- assert(
+ assert(
nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */
|| nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
);
**
** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command');
*/
- if( nArg>1
- && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
- && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL
+ if( nArg>1
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL
){
rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]);
goto update_out;
pNewRowid = apVal[1];
}
- if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && (
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && (
sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
|| sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid)
)){
/* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be
- ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and
+ ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and
** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the
** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any
- ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid.
+ ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid.
**
- ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into
+ ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into
** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any
** other error) while doing so, return immediately.
**
** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot
- ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual
+ ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual
** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this
- ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is
+ ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is
** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have
** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value).
*/
rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
isRemove = 1;
}
-
+
/* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
-** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if
-** there was any data to flush) into a single segment.
+** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if
+** there was any data to flush) into a single segment.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){
int rc;
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM 'b' /* nCol*nPhrase values */
/*
-** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo().
+** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo().
*/
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx"
};
/*
-** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the
+** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the
** fts3BestSnippet() routine.
*/
typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter;
};
/*
-** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while
+** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while
** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function.
*/
typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo;
static void fts3MIBufferFree(void *p){
MatchinfoBuffer *pBuf = (MatchinfoBuffer*)((u8*)p - ((u32*)p)[-1]);
- assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1]
- || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2]
+ assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1]
+ || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2]
);
if( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] ){
pBuf->aRef[1] = 0;
}
}
-/*
+/*
** End of MatchinfoBuffer code.
*************************************************************************/
** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator.
** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked.
**
-** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK,
+** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK,
** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately.
** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for
** all eligible phrase nodes.
/*
** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor
-** pCsr.
+** pCsr.
**
-** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable
-** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or
-** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If
+** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable
+** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or
+** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If
** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all
** matchable phrases of the expression.
*/
}
/*
-** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two
+** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two
** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater
** than or equal to parameter iNext.
*/
}
/*
-** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet
+** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet
** iterator pIter.
*/
static void fts3SnippetDetails(
pPhrase->iTail = iFirst;
}else{
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (
- pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0
+ pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0
));
}
}
/*
-** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens
+** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens
** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet
** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated
** by adding:
**
** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
**
-** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in
+** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in
** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set.
**
** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before
}
}
- /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in
+ /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in
** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore.
*/
pFragment->iCol = iCol;
**
** ........X.....X
**
-** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the
-** document so that there are approximately the same number of
+** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the
+** document so that there are approximately the same number of
** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there
** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this:
**
**
** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting
** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there
-** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document
-** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term.
+** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document
+** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term.
*/
static int fts3SnippetShift(
Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */
int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
-
+
zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
if( zDoc==0 ){
if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
/* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
- ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output.
+ ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output.
** Then break out of the loop. */
rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1);
}
/* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
- ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column.
+ ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){
/*
-** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a
-** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single
+** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a
+** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single
** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the
** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that
** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data).
/*
** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats
-** for a single query.
+** for a single query.
**
** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a
-** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements
-** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements
+** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the
** current query.
**
** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This
** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase.
**
** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and
-** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the
+** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the
** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required
** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is
** not available for deferred tokens.
/*
** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the
-** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the
** array that are different for each row returned by the query.
*/
static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
}
static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
- Fts3Table *pTab,
+ Fts3Table *pTab,
char cArg,
char **pzErr
){
switch( cArg ){
case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
- case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
- case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
nVal = 1;
break;
}
/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while
** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the
** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the
** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request.
int iPos; /* Current position */
};
-/*
+/*
** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has
** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns.
*/
pIter->pRead = pRead;
return rc;
}
-
+
/*
-** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag.
+** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag.
**
** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each
-** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[]
+** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[]
** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case.
**
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the
-** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is
+** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is
** undefined.
*/
static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){
/*
** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to
-** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the
+** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the
** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the
** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format
** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array
** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS)
** have already been populated.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the
** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined.
*/
case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol;
break;
-
+
case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
if( bGlobal ){
sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
}
break;
- case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
if( bGlobal ){
sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */
const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */
/*
-** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The
+** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The
** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32).
*/
static void fts3GetMatchinfo(
sInfo.pCursor = pCsr;
sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn;
- /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the
- ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard
+ /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the
+ ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard
** the cached data. */
if( pCsr->pMIBuffer && strcmp(pCsr->pMIBuffer->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){
sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
}
/* If Fts3Cursor.pMIBuffer is NULL, then this is the first time the
- ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case
+ ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case
** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and
** initialize those elements that are constant for every row.
*/
/* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from
** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop
- ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in
+ ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in
** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query
** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text
** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate
assert( nFToken>0 );
for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
- rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i],
+ rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i],
i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res
);
}
sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
- /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to
+ /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to
** string-buffer res for each column.
*/
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
const char *zDoc;
int nDoc;
- /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is
+ /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is
** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
*/
sCtx.iTerm = 0;
(void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void*)&sCtx);
- /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored
+ /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored
** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop.
** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite
- ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM
- ** to the caller.
+ ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** to the caller.
*/
zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
char aBuffer[64];
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer,
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer,
"%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart
);
rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1);
**
** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the
** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result.
-** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the
+** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the
** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization,
** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all
** codepoints in the aiException[] array.
while( z<zTerm ){
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
- if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum
- && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0
+ if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum
+ && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0
){
nEntry++;
}
z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
while( z<zTerm ){
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
- if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum
+ if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum
&& sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0
){
int i, j;
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int unicodeOpen(
const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
/* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
- ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of
+ ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of
** the input. */
while( z<zTerm ){
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
/* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */
if( z>=zTerm ) break;
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
- }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode)
+ }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode)
|| sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)
);
}
/*
-** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module
+** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module
** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){
** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
**
- ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first
+ ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first
** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
- ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value
- ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint
- ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints
+ ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value
+ ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint
+ ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints
** using this format.
*/
static const unsigned int aEntry[] = {
*/
static int remove_diacritic(int c){
unsigned short aDia[] = {
- 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
- 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
- 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
- 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
- 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928,
- 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234,
- 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504,
- 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529,
- 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726,
- 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122,
- 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536,
- 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730,
- 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390,
+ 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
+ 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
+ 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
+ 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
+ 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928,
+ 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234,
+ 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504,
+ 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529,
+ 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726,
+ 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122,
+ 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536,
+ 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730,
+ 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390,
};
char aChar[] = {
- '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
- 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
- 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
- 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r',
- 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
- '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h',
- 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't',
- 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a',
- 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y',
+ '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
+ 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
+ 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
+ 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r',
+ 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
+ '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h',
+ 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't',
+ 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a',
+ 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y',
};
unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
{42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1},
{42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1},
{42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1},
- {65313, 14, 26},
+ {65313, 14, 26},
};
static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
- 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
- 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
- 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
- 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
- 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
- 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
- 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
- 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
- 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
- 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
+ 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
+ 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
+ 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
+ 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
+ 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
+ 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
+ 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
+ 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
+ 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
+ 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
};
int ret = c;
if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret);
}
-
+
else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
ret = c + 40;
}
** Database Format of R-Tree Tables
** --------------------------------
**
-** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three
+** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three
** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character
** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree
** table.
** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
**
-** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently
+** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently
** stored in the node.
**
** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
** child page.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) \
+ || (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE))
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */
#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5
/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to
-** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is
+** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is
** used.
*/
#define HASHSIZE 97
** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of
** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the
** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum).
-** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use
+** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use
** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
*/
#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576
#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100
-/*
+/*
** An rtree virtual-table object.
*/
struct Rtree {
u8 inWrTrans; /* True if inside write transaction */
int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
- char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */
+ char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */
u32 nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */
i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */
u32 nCursor; /* Number of open cursors */
/* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
- ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree
+ ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree
** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
*/
RtreeNode *pDeleted;
sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent;
sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent;
- RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */
+ RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */
};
/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */
};
/*
-** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the
+** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the
** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
**
** m = M/3
/*
** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest
** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates).
-** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since
-** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
+** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since
+** 3^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
** 40 or less.
*/
#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40
*/
#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5
-/*
+/*
** An rtree cursor object.
*/
struct RtreeCursor {
#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47 /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */
-/*
+/*
** An rtree structure node.
*/
struct RtreeNode {
/* Return the number of cells in a node */
#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
-/*
+/*
** A single cell from a node, deserialized
*/
struct RtreeCell {
** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH
** operators in order to constrain a search.
**
-** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of
+** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of
** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the
** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
-**
+**
** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in
** sqlite3_create_function_v2().
*/
pCoord->u = *(u32*)p;
#else
pCoord->u = (
- (((u32)p[0]) << 24) +
- (((u32)p[1]) << 16) +
- (((u32)p[2]) << 8) +
+ (((u32)p[0]) << 24) +
+ (((u32)p[1]) << 16) +
+ (((u32)p[2]) << 8) +
(((u32)p[3]) << 0)
);
#endif
return x;
#else
return (i64)(
- (((u64)p[0]) << 56) +
- (((u64)p[1]) << 48) +
- (((u64)p[2]) << 40) +
- (((u64)p[3]) << 32) +
- (((u64)p[4]) << 24) +
- (((u64)p[5]) << 16) +
- (((u64)p[6]) << 8) +
+ (((u64)p[0]) << 56) +
+ (((u64)p[1]) << 48) +
+ (((u64)p[2]) << 40) +
+ (((u64)p[3]) << 32) +
+ (((u64)p[4]) << 24) +
+ (((u64)p[5]) << 16) +
+ (((u64)p[6]) << 8) +
(((u64)p[7]) << 0)
);
#endif
}
/* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries"
- ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to
+ ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to
** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
*/
if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int
);
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method.
*/
static int rtreeCreate(
return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method.
*/
static int rtreeConnect(
}
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method.
*/
static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method.
*/
static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
"DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';"
"DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';"
"DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';",
- pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
+ pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
);
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
*/
static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
}
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
*/
static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
**
-** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid
+** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid
** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
*/
static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
/*
** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH
-** constraint pConstraint.
+** constraint pConstraint.
*/
static int rtreeCallbackConstraint(
RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p.
** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node,
** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
*/
pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe);
- assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
+ assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
|| p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */
switch( p->op ){
){
RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */
- assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
+ assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
|| p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4;
assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */
}
/*
-** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit
+** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit
** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
*/
static int nodeRowidIndex(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ RtreeNode *pNode,
i64 iRowid,
int *piIndex
){
pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur);
pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++;
if( pFirst==0
- || pFirst->rScore>rScore
+ || pFirst->rScore>rScore
|| (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel)
){
if( pCur->bPoint ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
*/
static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
*/
static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
*/
static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with
+/*
+** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with
** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and
** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set
** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
*/
static int rtreeFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
pCsr->atEOF = 1;
}
}else{
- /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array
- ** with the configured constraints.
+ /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array
+ ** with the configured constraints.
*/
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
-** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to
+** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to
** least desirable):
**
** idxNum idxStr Strategy
** ------------------------------------------------
**
** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
-** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each
-** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to
+** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each
+** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to
** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
** (argvIndex==1) etc.
**
for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){
struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
- if( bMatch==0 && p->usable
- && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ if( bMatch==0 && p->usable
+ && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
){
/* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */
int jj;
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
/* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
- ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be
- ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which
+ ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be
+ ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which
** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return
** a single row.
- */
+ */
pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0;
pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
default:
assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
- op = RTREE_MATCH;
+ op = RTREE_MATCH;
break;
}
zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim2; ii+=2){
RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
- if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f))
- || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i))
+ if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f))
+ || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i))
){
return 0;
}
}
static RtreeDValue cellOverlap(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCell *p,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ RtreeCell *p,
+ RtreeCell *aCell,
int nCell
){
int ii;
){
int rc;
int ii;
- RtreeNode *pNode;
+ RtreeNode *pNode = 0;
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode);
for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){
cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
}
-
+
p = pParent;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
/*
** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
-** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to
** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For
** example, assuming the inputs:
** sorting algorithm.
*/
static void SortByDistance(
- int *aIdx,
- int nIdx,
- RtreeDValue *aDistance,
+ int *aIdx,
+ int nIdx,
+ RtreeDValue *aDistance,
int *aSpare
){
if( nIdx>1 ){
/*
** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size
-** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to
** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The
** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the
*/
static void SortByDimension(
Rtree *pRtree,
- int *aIdx,
- int nIdx,
- int iDim,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
+ int *aIdx,
+ int nIdx,
+ int iDim,
+ RtreeCell *aCell,
int *aSpare
){
if( nIdx>1 ){
int nLeft;
for(
- nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree);
- nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree));
+ nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree);
+ nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree));
nLeft++
){
RtreeCell left;
static int updateMapping(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- i64 iRowid,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ i64 iRowid,
+ RtreeNode *pNode,
int iHeight
){
int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64);
RtreeCell leftbbox;
RtreeCell rightbbox;
- /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and
+ /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and
** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node.
*/
aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1));
}
/*
-** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is
+** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is
** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate
** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node.
**
** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update
** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the
** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which
-** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this
+** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this
** function is called to determine its ancestry.
*/
static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){
return rc;
}
-
+
/* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into
** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on.
*/
static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pParent ){
- int ii;
+ int ii;
int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */
nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box);
}
static int Reinsert(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
- RtreeCell *pCell,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ RtreeNode *pNode,
+ RtreeCell *pCell,
int iHeight
){
int *aOrder;
for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO;
for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
- RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) -
+ RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) -
DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
}
}
/*
-** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a
+** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a
** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0).
*/
static int rtreeInsertCell(
/* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
- /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry
- ** about to be deleted.
+ /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry
+ ** about to be deleted.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0);
}
/* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
- ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and
+ ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and
** reduce the tree height by one.
**
** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
- ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform
+ ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform
** in this scenario).
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
int rc2;
- RtreeNode *pChild;
+ RtreeNode *pChild = 0;
i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */
/*
-** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table.
-** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message
+** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table.
+** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message
** (at pRtree->base.zErrMsg) to an appropriate value and returns
** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
**
*/
static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
- char *zSql;
+ char *zSql;
int rc;
assert( iCol==0 || iCol%2 );
** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
*/
static int rtreeUpdate(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
- int nData,
- sqlite3_value **azData,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
+ int nData,
+ sqlite3_value **azData,
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
}
}
- /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in
+ /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in
** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */
if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]);
"ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";"
"ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";"
"ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";"
- , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
- , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
+ , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
+ , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
);
if( zSql ){
** The xSavepoint method.
**
** This module does not need to do anything to support savepoints. However,
-** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a
-** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot
+** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a
+** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot
** succeed if there are any open blob handles. i.e. if the blob handle were
** not closed here, the following would fail:
**
};
static int rtreeSqlInit(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zDb,
- const char *zPrefix,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zDb,
+ const char *zPrefix,
int isCreate
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix);
if( zSql ){
rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT,
- appStmt[i], 0);
+ appStmt[i], 0);
}else{
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting
** the root node of the tree.
**
-** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size.
-** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the
-** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries
+** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size.
+** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the
+** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries
** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
*/
static int getNodeSize(
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
** methods of the r-tree virtual table.
**
**
** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one
** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a
-** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the
+** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the
** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates.
*/
static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
zText = sqlite3_mprintf("{%s}", zCell);
}
}
-
+
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free);
}
*/
static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
- if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB
|| sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
){
- sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1);
+ sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1);
}else{
u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]);
sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob));
}
}
+/*
+** Context object passed between the various routines that make up the
+** implementation of integrity-check function rtreecheck().
+*/
+typedef struct RtreeCheck RtreeCheck;
+struct RtreeCheck {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database handle */
+ const char *zDb; /* Database containing rtree table */
+ const char *zTab; /* Name of rtree table */
+ int bInt; /* True for rtree_i32 table */
+ int nDim; /* Number of dimensions for this rtree tbl */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pGetNode; /* Statement used to retrieve nodes */
+ sqlite3_stmt *aCheckMapping[2]; /* Statements to query %_parent/%_rowid */
+ int nLeaf; /* Number of leaf cells in table */
+ int nNonLeaf; /* Number of non-leaf cells in table */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ char *zReport; /* Message to report */
+ int nErr; /* Number of lines in zReport */
+};
+
+#define RTREE_CHECK_MAX_ERROR 100
+
+/*
+** Reset SQL statement pStmt. If the sqlite3_reset() call returns an error,
+** and RtreeCheck.rc==SQLITE_OK, set RtreeCheck.rc to the error code.
+*/
+static void rtreeCheckReset(RtreeCheck *pCheck, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pCheck->rc = rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second and subsequent arguments to this function are a format string
+** and printf style arguments. This function formats the string and attempts
+** to compile it as an SQL statement.
+**
+** If successful, a pointer to the new SQL statement is returned. Otherwise,
+** NULL is returned and an error code left in RtreeCheck.rc.
+*/
+static sqlite3_stmt *rtreeCheckPrepare(
+ RtreeCheck *pCheck, /* RtreeCheck object */
+ const char *zFmt, ... /* Format string and trailing args */
+){
+ va_list ap;
+ char *z;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pRet = 0;
+
+ va_start(ap, zFmt);
+ z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+
+ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( z==0 ){
+ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pCheck->rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pCheck->db, z, -1, &pRet, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(z);
+ va_end(ap);
+ return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second and subsequent arguments to this function are a printf()
+** style format string and arguments. This function formats the string and
+** appends it to the report being accumuated in pCheck.
+*/
+static void rtreeCheckAppendMsg(RtreeCheck *pCheck, const char *zFmt, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, zFmt);
+ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK && pCheck->nErr<RTREE_CHECK_MAX_ERROR ){
+ char *z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+ if( z==0 ){
+ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z",
+ pCheck->zReport, (pCheck->zReport ? "\n" : ""), z
+ );
+ if( pCheck->zReport==0 ){
+ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ pCheck->nErr++;
+ }
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if there is already an error code stored
+** in the RtreeCheck object indicated by the first argument. NULL is
+** returned in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, the contents of rtree table node iNode are loaded from
+** the database and copied into a buffer obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** If no error occurs, a pointer to the buffer is returned and (*pnNode)
+** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes.
+**
+** Or, if an error does occur, NULL is returned and an error code left
+** in the RtreeCheck object. The final value of *pnNode is undefined in
+** this case.
+*/
+static u8 *rtreeCheckGetNode(RtreeCheck *pCheck, i64 iNode, int *pnNode){
+ u8 *pRet = 0; /* Return value */
+
+ assert( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( pCheck->pGetNode==0 ){
+ pCheck->pGetNode = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck,
+ "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?",
+ pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab
+ );
+ }
+
+ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck->pGetNode, 1, iNode);
+ if( sqlite3_step(pCheck->pGetNode)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ int nNode = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCheck->pGetNode, 0);
+ const u8 *pNode = (const u8*)sqlite3_column_blob(pCheck->pGetNode, 0);
+ pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nNode);
+ if( pRet==0 ){
+ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memcpy(pRet, pNode, nNode);
+ *pnNode = nNode;
+ }
+ }
+ rtreeCheckReset(pCheck, pCheck->pGetNode);
+ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet==0 ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Node %lld missing from database", iNode);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to check that the %_parent (if bLeaf==0) or %_rowid
+** (if bLeaf==1) table contains a specified entry. The schemas of the
+** two tables are:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER)
+** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER)
+**
+** In both cases, this function checks that there exists an entry with
+** IPK value iKey and the second column set to iVal.
+**
+*/
+static void rtreeCheckMapping(
+ RtreeCheck *pCheck, /* RtreeCheck object */
+ int bLeaf, /* True for a leaf cell, false for interior */
+ i64 iKey, /* Key for mapping */
+ i64 iVal /* Expected value for mapping */
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ const char *azSql[2] = {
+ "SELECT parentnode FROM %Q.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno=?",
+ "SELECT nodeno FROM %Q.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid=?"
+ };
+
+ assert( bLeaf==0 || bLeaf==1 );
+ if( pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf]==0 ){
+ pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf] = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck,
+ azSql[bLeaf], pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab
+ );
+ }
+ if( pCheck->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+
+ pStmt = pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf];
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iKey);
+ rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Mapping (%lld -> %lld) missing from %s table",
+ iKey, iVal, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent")
+ );
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ i64 ii = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+ if( ii!=iVal ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Found (%lld -> %lld) in %s table, expected (%lld -> %lld)",
+ iKey, ii, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent"), iKey, iVal
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ rtreeCheckReset(pCheck, pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pCell points to an array of coordinates stored on an rtree page.
+** This function checks that the coordinates are internally consistent (no
+** x1>x2 conditions) and adds an error message to the RtreeCheck object
+** if they are not.
+**
+** Additionally, if pParent is not NULL, then it is assumed to point to
+** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page
+** containing pCell. In this case it is also verified that the two
+** sets of coordinates are mutually consistent and an error message added
+** to the RtreeCheck object if they are not.
+*/
+static void rtreeCheckCellCoord(
+ RtreeCheck *pCheck,
+ i64 iNode, /* Node id to use in error messages */
+ int iCell, /* Cell number to use in error messages */
+ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to cell coordinates */
+ u8 *pParent /* Pointer to parent coordinates */
+){
+ RtreeCoord c1, c2;
+ RtreeCoord p1, p2;
+ int i;
+
+ for(i=0; i<pCheck->nDim; i++){
+ readCoord(&pCell[4*2*i], &c1);
+ readCoord(&pCell[4*(2*i + 1)], &c2);
+
+ /* printf("%e, %e\n", c1.u.f, c2.u.f); */
+ if( pCheck->bInt ? c1.i>c2.i : c1.f>c2.f ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt", i, iCell, iNode
+ );
+ }
+
+ if( pParent ){
+ readCoord(&pParent[4*2*i], &p1);
+ readCoord(&pParent[4*(2*i + 1)], &p2);
+
+ if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.i<p1.i : c1.f<p1.f)
+ || (pCheck->bInt ? c2.i>p2.i : c2.f>p2.f)
+ ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt relative to parent"
+ , i, iCell, iNode
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Run rtreecheck() checks on node iNode, which is at depth iDepth within
+** the r-tree structure. Argument aParent points to the array of coordinates
+** that bound node iNode on the parent node.
+**
+** If any problems are discovered, an error message is appended to the
+** report accumulated in the RtreeCheck object.
+*/
+static void rtreeCheckNode(
+ RtreeCheck *pCheck,
+ int iDepth, /* Depth of iNode (0==leaf) */
+ u8 *aParent, /* Buffer containing parent coords */
+ i64 iNode /* Node to check */
+){
+ u8 *aNode = 0;
+ int nNode = 0;
+
+ assert( iNode==1 || aParent!=0 );
+ assert( pCheck->nDim>0 );
+
+ aNode = rtreeCheckGetNode(pCheck, iNode, &nNode);
+ if( aNode ){
+ if( nNode<4 ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Node %lld is too small (%d bytes)", iNode, nNode
+ );
+ }else{
+ int nCell; /* Number of cells on page */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through cells */
+ if( aParent==0 ){
+ iDepth = readInt16(aNode);
+ if( iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Rtree depth out of range (%d)", iDepth);
+ sqlite3_free(aNode);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ nCell = readInt16(&aNode[2]);
+ if( (4 + nCell*(8 + pCheck->nDim*2*4))>nNode ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)",
+ iNode, nCell, nNode
+ );
+ }else{
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pCell = &aNode[4 + i*(8 + pCheck->nDim*2*4)];
+ i64 iVal = readInt64(pCell);
+ rtreeCheckCellCoord(pCheck, iNode, i, &pCell[8], aParent);
+
+ if( iDepth>0 ){
+ rtreeCheckMapping(pCheck, 0, iVal, iNode);
+ rtreeCheckNode(pCheck, iDepth-1, &pCell[8], iVal);
+ pCheck->nNonLeaf++;
+ }else{
+ rtreeCheckMapping(pCheck, 1, iVal, iNode);
+ pCheck->nLeaf++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(aNode);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function must be either "_rowid" or
+** "_parent". This function checks that the number of entries in the
+** %_rowid or %_parent table is exactly nExpect. If not, it adds
+** an error message to the report in the RtreeCheck object indicated
+** by the first argument.
+*/
+static void rtreeCheckCount(RtreeCheck *pCheck, const char *zTbl, i64 nExpect){
+ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pCount;
+ pCount = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q%s'",
+ pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab, zTbl
+ );
+ if( pCount ){
+ if( sqlite3_step(pCount)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ i64 nActual = sqlite3_column_int64(pCount, 0);
+ if( nActual!=nExpect ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Wrong number of entries in %%%s table"
+ " - expected %lld, actual %lld" , zTbl, nExpect, nActual
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ pCheck->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCount);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the bulk of the work for the rtree integrity-check.
+** It is called by rtreecheck(), which is the SQL function implementation.
+*/
+static int rtreeCheckTable(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle to access db through */
+ const char *zDb, /* Name of db ("main", "temp" etc.) */
+ const char *zTab, /* Name of rtree table to check */
+ char **pzReport /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd report text */
+){
+ RtreeCheck check; /* Common context for various routines */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Used to find column count of rtree table */
+ int bEnd = 0; /* True if transaction should be closed */
+
+ /* Initialize the context object */
+ memset(&check, 0, sizeof(check));
+ check.db = db;
+ check.zDb = zDb;
+ check.zTab = zTab;
+
+ /* If there is not already an open transaction, open one now. This is
+ ** to ensure that the queries run as part of this integrity-check operate
+ ** on a consistent snapshot. */
+ if( sqlite3_get_autocommit(db) ){
+ check.rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0);
+ bEnd = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Find number of dimensions in the rtree table. */
+ pStmt = rtreeCheckPrepare(&check, "SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTab);
+ if( pStmt ){
+ int rc;
+ check.nDim = (sqlite3_column_count(pStmt) - 1) / 2;
+ if( check.nDim<1 ){
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(&check, "Schema corrupt or not an rtree");
+ }else if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ check.bInt = (sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 1)==SQLITE_INTEGER);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_CORRUPT ) check.rc = rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Do the actual integrity-check */
+ if( check.nDim>=1 ){
+ if( check.rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rtreeCheckNode(&check, 0, 0, 1);
+ }
+ rtreeCheckCount(&check, "_rowid", check.nLeaf);
+ rtreeCheckCount(&check, "_parent", check.nNonLeaf);
+ }
+
+ /* Finalize SQL statements used by the integrity-check */
+ sqlite3_finalize(check.pGetNode);
+ sqlite3_finalize(check.aCheckMapping[0]);
+ sqlite3_finalize(check.aCheckMapping[1]);
+
+ /* If one was opened, close the transaction */
+ if( bEnd ){
+ int rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "END", 0, 0, 0);
+ if( check.rc==SQLITE_OK ) check.rc = rc;
+ }
+ *pzReport = check.zReport;
+ return check.rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:
+**
+** rtreecheck(<rtree-table>);
+** rtreecheck(<database>, <rtree-table>);
+**
+** Invoking this SQL function runs an integrity-check on the named rtree
+** table. The integrity-check verifies the following:
+**
+** 1. For each cell in the r-tree structure (%_node table), that:
+**
+** a) for each dimension, (coord1 <= coord2).
+**
+** b) unless the cell is on the root node, that the cell is bounded
+** by the parent cell on the parent node.
+**
+** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid
+** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that
+** points to the correct node.
+**
+** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the
+** %_parent table mapping from the cell's child node to the
+** node that it resides on.
+**
+** 2. That there are the same number of entries in the %_rowid table
+** as there are leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that there
+** is a leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the %_rowid table.
+**
+** 3. That there are the same number of entries in the %_parent table
+** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that
+** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the
+** %_parent table.
+*/
+static void rtreecheck(
+ sqlite3_context *ctx,
+ int nArg,
+ sqlite3_value **apArg
+){
+ if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(ctx,
+ "wrong number of arguments to function rtreecheck()", -1
+ );
+ }else{
+ int rc;
+ char *zReport = 0;
+ const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]);
+ const char *zTab;
+ if( nArg==1 ){
+ zTab = zDb;
+ zDb = "main";
+ }else{
+ zTab = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+ }
+ rc = rtreeCheckTable(sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx), zDb, zTab, &zReport);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zReport ? zReport : "ok", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_error_code(ctx, rc);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zReport);
+ }
+}
+
+
/*
** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the
-** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar
+** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar
** function "rtreenode".
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreecheck", -1, utf8, 0,rtreecheck, 0,0);
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0;
pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0;
pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
- return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
+ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
(void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
);
}
pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc;
pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor;
pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
- return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
+ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
(void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
);
}
*************************************************************************
** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
**
-** This file implements an integration between the ICU library
-** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library
-** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses
+** This file implements an integration between the ICU library
+** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library
+** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses
** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
**
** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
**
** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences.
**
-** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to
+** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to
** provide case-independent matching.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) \
+ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) \
+ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS)
/* Include ICU headers */
#include <unicode/utypes.h>
/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
#endif
+/*
+** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
+** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
+**
+** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is
+** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
+*/
+static void icuFunctionError(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite scalar function context */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of ICU function that failed */
+ UErrorCode e /* Error code returned by ICU function */
+){
+ char zBuf[128];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
+ zBuf[127] = '\0';
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
+
/*
** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
** operator.
/*
** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
-** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and
+** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and
** false (0) if they are different.
*/
static int icuLikeCompare(
uint8_t c;
/* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
- ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the
+ ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the
** test string.
*/
while( (c=*zPattern) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
**
** A LIKE B
**
-** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E,
+** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E,
**
** A LIKE B ESCAPE E
**
** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
*/
static void icuLikeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
if( zE==0 ) return;
U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
if( i!=nE){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
"ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
return;
}
}
}
-/*
-** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
-** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
-**
-** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is
-** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
-*/
-static void icuFunctionError(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite scalar function context */
- const char *zName, /* Name of ICU function that failed */
- UErrorCode e /* Error code returned by ICU function */
-){
- char zBuf[128];
- sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
- zBuf[127] = '\0';
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
-}
-
/*
** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as
** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata().
/*
** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
-** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either
+** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either
** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
**
(void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */
- /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL,
- ** then the result is also NULL.
+ /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL,
+ ** then the result is also NULL.
*/
if( !zString ){
return;
}
/* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
- ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than
+ ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than
** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
** pointer after this function returns.
*/
}
/*
-** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and
+** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and
** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
**
** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
** between the two.
**
-** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar
+** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar
** functions are invoked with one argument:
**
** upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
assert( 0 ); /* Unreachable */
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
+
/*
** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to
** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
/*
** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
**
-** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation
+** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation
** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
** as follows:
**
** collation sequence to create.
*/
static void icuLoadCollation(
- sqlite3_context *p,
- int nArg,
+ sqlite3_context *p,
+ int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
}
assert(p);
- rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator,
+ rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator,
icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
} scalars[] = {
{"icu_load_collation", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, icuLoadCollation},
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
{"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuRegexpFunc},
{"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16},
{"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16},
{"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16},
{"like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuLikeFunc},
{"like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuLikeFunc},
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
};
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int i;
-
-
+
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){
const struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
rc = sqlite3_create_function(
- db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc,
+ db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc,
p->iContext ? (void*)db : (void*)0,
p->xFunc, 0, 0
);
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int icuOpen(
pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];
pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
- U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+ U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
while( c>0 ){
int isError = 0;
c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
*************************************************************************
**
**
-** OVERVIEW
+** OVERVIEW
**
** The RBU extension requires that the RBU update be packaged as an
** SQLite database. The tables it expects to find are described in
** that the user wishes to write to, a corresponding data_xyz table is
** created in the RBU database and populated with one row for each row to
** update, insert or delete from the target table.
-**
+**
** The update proceeds in three stages:
-**
+**
** 1) The database is updated. The modified database pages are written
** to a *-oal file. A *-oal file is just like a *-wal file, except
** that it is named "<database>-oal" instead of "<database>-wal".
** Because regular SQLite clients do not look for file named
** "<database>-oal", they go on using the original database in
** rollback mode while the *-oal file is being generated.
-**
+**
** During this stage RBU does not update the database by writing
** directly to the target tables. Instead it creates "imposter"
** tables using the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER interface that it uses
** to update each b-tree individually. All updates required by each
** b-tree are completed before moving on to the next, and all
** updates are done in sorted key order.
-**
+**
** 2) The "<database>-oal" file is moved to the equivalent "<database>-wal"
** location using a call to rename(2). Before doing this the RBU
** module takes an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file, ensuring
** that there are no other active readers.
-**
+**
** Once the EXCLUSIVE lock is released, any other database readers
** detect the new *-wal file and read the database in wal mode. At
** this point they see the new version of the database - including
** the updates made as part of the RBU update.
-**
-** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way
+**
+** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way
** as a regular database checkpoint, except that a single frame is
** checkpointed each time sqlite3rbu_step() is called. If the RBU
** handle is closed before the entire *-wal file is checkpointed,
** the future.
**
** POTENTIAL PROBLEMS
-**
+**
** The rename() call might not be portable. And RBU is not currently
** syncing the directory after renaming the file.
**
** fields are collected. This means we're probably writing a lot more
** data to disk when saving the state of an ongoing update to the RBU
** update database than is strictly necessary.
-**
+**
*/
/* #include <assert.h> */
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension.
+** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension.
*/
/*
** SUMMARY
**
-** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on
+** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on
** b-tree indexes that are collectively larger than the available cache
-** memory can be very inefficient.
+** memory can be very inefficient.
**
** The problem is that in order to update a b-tree, the leaf page (at least)
** containing the entry being inserted or deleted must be modified. If the
-** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a
-** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction
+** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a
+** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction
** may be loaded from or written to the persistent media multiple times.
** Additionally, because the index updates are likely to be applied in
-** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in
+** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in
** random order, which is itself quite inefficient.
**
** One way to improve the situation is to sort the operations on each index
** by index key before applying them to the b-tree. This leads to an IO
** pattern that resembles a single linear scan through the index b-tree,
-** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored
+** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored
** exactly once. SQLite uses this trick to improve the performance of
** CREATE INDEX commands. This extension allows it to be used to improve
** the performance of large transactions on existing databases.
**
-** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the
-** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed
-** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot
-** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply
-** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a
-** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process
+** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the
+** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed
+** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot
+** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply
+** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a
+** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process
** has committed one or more sub-transactions, other database clients continue
-** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially
-** applied transactions are not visible to other clients.
+** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially
+** applied transactions are not visible to other clients.
**
** "RBU" stands for "Resumable Bulk Update". As in a large database update
** transmitted via a wireless network to a mobile device. A transaction
**
** * INSERT statements may not use any default values.
**
-** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by
+** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by
** non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values. Rows with NULL values stored in PRIMARY
-** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written
+** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written
** has no PRIMARY KEY, affected rows must be identified by rowid.
**
** * UPDATE statements may not modify PRIMARY KEY columns.
** PREPARATION
**
** An "RBU update" is stored as a separate SQLite database. A database
-** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the
+** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the
** target database to be updated, the RBU database should contain a table
** named "data_<target name>" containing the same set of columns as the
-** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should
+** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should
** have no PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints, but each column should have
** the same type as the corresponding column in the target database.
** The "rbu_control" column should have no type at all. For example, if
** The order of the columns in the data_% table does not matter.
**
** Instead of a regular table, the RBU database may also contain virtual
-** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme.
+** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme.
**
-** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables
+** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables
** may also be named data<integer>_<target>, where <integer> is any sequence
** of zero or more numeric characters (0-9). This can be significant because
-** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by
+** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by
** name. By judicious selection of the <integer> portion of the names
** of the RBU tables the user can therefore control the order in which they
** are processed. This can be useful, for example, to ensure that "external
** content" FTS4 tables are updated before their underlying content tables.
**
** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table that has no
-** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column
-** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary
-** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does
-** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For
+** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column
+** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary
+** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does
+** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For
** example, if the target db contains either of the following:
**
** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts3(a, b);
** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, langid, rbu_rowid, rbu_control);
** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control);
**
-** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU
+** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU
** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 0. The
-** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record
-** to insert.
+** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record
+** to insert.
**
-** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not
-** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to
+** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not
+** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to
** do so results in an SQLITE_MISMATCH error.
**
-** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU
+** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU
** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 1. The
** real primary key values of the row to delete should be stored in the
** corresponding columns of the data_% table. The values stored in the
** other columns are not used.
**
-** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU
+** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU
** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain a value of type text.
-** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be
+** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be
** stored in the corresponding columns of the data_% table row, as should
-** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the
+** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the
** "rbu_control" column must contain the same number of characters as
** there are columns in the target database table, and must consist entirely
-** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For
+** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For
** each column that is being updated, the corresponding character is set to
** 'x'. For those that remain as they are, the corresponding character of the
-** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables
+** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables
** above, the update statement:
**
** UPDATE t1 SET c = 'usa' WHERE a = 4;
** target table with the value stored in the corresponding data_% column, the
** user-defined SQL function "rbu_delta()" is invoked and the result stored in
** the target table column. rbu_delta() is invoked with two arguments - the
-** original value currently stored in the target table column and the
+** original value currently stored in the target table column and the
** value specified in the data_xxx table.
**
** For example, this row:
**
** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..d');
**
-** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as:
+** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as:
**
** UPDATE t1 SET c = rbu_delta(c, 'usa') WHERE a = 4;
**
-** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an
+** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an
** ota_control string, the contents of the data_xxx table column is assumed
** to be a "fossil delta" - a patch to be applied to a blob value in the
** format used by the fossil source-code management system. In this case
-** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB.
+** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB.
** It is replaced by the result of applying the specified fossil delta to
** itself.
**
** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table with no PRIMARY
-** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding
+** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding
** to the rbu_rowid value. For example, this:
**
-** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control)
+** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control)
** VALUES(NULL, 'usa', 12, '.x');
**
** causes a result similar to:
** The data_xxx tables themselves should have no PRIMARY KEY declarations.
** However, RBU is more efficient if reading the rows in from each data_xxx
** table in "rowid" order is roughly the same as reading them sorted by
-** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other
-** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY
+** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other
+** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY
** fields before they are inserted into the data_xxx tables.
**
** USAGE
**
-** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update
-** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the
+** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update
+** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the
** application:
**
** 1) Opens an RBU handle using the sqlite3rbu_open() function.
**
** 3) Calls the sqlite3rbu_step() function one or more times on
** the new handle. Each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs a single
-** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply
+** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply
** a complete update.
**
** 4) Calls sqlite3rbu_close() to close the RBU update handle. If
** sqlite3rbu_step() has been called enough times to completely
** apply the update to the target database, then the RBU database
-** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU
-** update application is saved in the RBU database for later
+** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU
+** update application is saved in the RBU database for later
** resumption.
**
** See comments below for more detail on APIs.
**
** If an update is only partially applied to the target database by the
-** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved
+** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved
** within the RBU database. This allows subsequent processes to automatically
** resume the RBU update from where it left off.
**
-** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database
+** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database
** to its original contents, it is sufficient to drop all tables that begin
** with the prefix "rbu_"
**
** the path to the RBU database. Each call to this function must be matched
** by a call to sqlite3rbu_close(). When opening the databases, RBU passes
** the SQLITE_CONFIG_URI flag to sqlite3_open_v2(). So if either zTarget
-** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite
+** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite
** database URI, not a regular file name.
**
-** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores
-** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which
+** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores
+** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which
** indexes are yet to be updated etc.) within the RBU database itself. This
** can be convenient, as it means that the RBU application does not need to
-** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded.
-** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which
+** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded.
+** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which
** the RBU extension can store the state of the update.
**
** When resuming an RBU update, the zState argument must be passed the same
** value as when the RBU update was started.
**
-** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not
+** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not
** automatically remove any zState database file, even if it created it.
**
** By default, RBU uses the default VFS to access the files on disk. To
** the zipvfs_create_vfs() API below for details on using RBU with zipvfs.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zRbu,
const char *zState
);
** An RBU vacuum is similar to SQLite's built-in VACUUM command, except
** that it can be suspended and resumed like an RBU update.
**
-** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which
-** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The
+** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which
+** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The
** first time sqlite3rbu_vacuum() is called, to start an RBU vacuum
** operation, the state database should either not exist or be empty
-** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling
+** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling
** sqlite3rbu_close() on the RBU handle before sqlite3rbu_step() has
-** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database.
+** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database.
** The vacuum can be resumed by calling this function to open a new RBU
** handle specifying the same target and state databases.
**
** is completed, even if it created it. However, if the call to
** sqlite3rbu_close() returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the contents
** of the state tables within the state database are zeroed. This way,
-** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a
+** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a
** new RBU vacuum operation.
**
** As with sqlite3rbu_open(), Zipvfs users should rever to the comment
-** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for
-** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with
+** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for
+** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with
** zipvfs databases.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zState
);
** is removed entirely. If the second parameter is negative, the limit is
** not modified (this is useful for querying the current limit).
**
-** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero
+** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero
** indicates unlimited).
**
** If the temp space limit is exceeded during operation, an SQLITE_FULL
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size_limit(sqlite3rbu*, sqlite3_int64);
/*
-** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by
+** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by
** the RBU handle passed as the only argument.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*);
/*
-** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database
+** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database
** connection to access the target and rbu update databases. This
** API allows the application direct access to these database handles.
**
** following scenarios:
**
** * If any target tables are virtual tables, it may be necessary to
-** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to
+** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to
** register the required virtual table implementations.
**
-** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual
+** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual
** tables, the application may need to call sqlite3_create_module() on
** the rbu update db handle to any required virtual table
** implementations.
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu*, int bRbu);
/*
-** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db.
+** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db.
**
-** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or
+** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or
** SQLITE_OK if no error occurs but there remains work to do to apply
-** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is
-** returned.
+** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is
+** returned.
**
** Once a call to sqlite3rbu_step() has returned a value other than
** SQLITE_OK, all subsequent calls on the same RBU handle are no-ops
**
** If a power failure or application crash occurs during an update, following
** system recovery RBU may resume the update from the point at which the state
-** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to
+** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to
** sqlite3rbu_close() or this function.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu);
/*
-** Close an RBU handle.
+** Close an RBU handle.
**
** If the RBU update has been completely applied, mark the RBU database
** as fully applied. Otherwise, assuming no error has occurred, save the
** eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free().
**
** Otherwise, if no error occurs, this function returns SQLITE_OK if the
-** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been
+** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been
** completely applied.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, char **pzErrmsg);
/*
-** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or
+** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or
** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the
** current RBU update was started.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu);
/*
-** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100)
+** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100)
** progress indications for the two stages of an RBU update. This API may
** be useful for driving GUI progress indicators and similar.
**
** The update is visible to non-RBU clients during stage 2. During stage 1
** non-RBU reader clients may see the original database.
**
-** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable
+** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable
** (*pnOne) is set to 10000 to indicate that stage 1 has finished and (*pnTwo)
** to a value between 0 and 10000 to indicate the permyriadage progress of
-** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished,
+** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished,
** 9000 indicates that it is 90% finished, and so on.
**
-** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable
+** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable
** (*pnTwo) is set to 0 to indicate that stage 2 has not yet started. The
-** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU
-** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it
+** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU
+** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it
** exists, must contain the same columns as the following:
**
** CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID;
/*
** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system
-** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL,
+** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL,
** then the new RBU VFS uses the default system VFS to access the file-system.
-** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before
+** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before
** returning.
**
** Part of the RBU implementation uses a custom VFS object. Usually, this
-** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU.
+** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU.
**
** The exception is for applications that also use zipvfs. In this case,
** the custom VFS must be explicitly created by the user before the RBU
** handle is opened. The RBU VFS should be installed so that the zipvfs
-** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use
+** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use
** (for example multiplexor) to access the file-system. For example,
-** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and
+** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and
** multiplexor (error checking omitted):
**
** // Create a VFS named "multiplex" (not the default).
** may be used by RBU clients. Attempting to use RBU with a zipvfs VFS stack
** that does not include the RBU layer results in an error.
**
-** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for
-** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the
-** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality
+** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for
+** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the
+** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality
** occasionally.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent);
** RBU_STATE_STAGE:
** May be set to integer values 1, 2, 4 or 5. As follows:
** 1: the *-rbu file is currently under construction.
-** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved
+** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved
** to the *-wal path.
** 4: the checkpoint is underway.
** 5: the rbu update has been checkpointed.
**
** RBU_STATE_TBL:
-** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table
+** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table
** currently being written.
**
** RBU_STATE_IDX:
-** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index
+** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index
** currently being written, or NULL if the main table is currently being
** updated.
**
** be continued if this happens).
**
** RBU_STATE_COOKIE:
-** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the
+** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the
** target db file.
**
** RBU_STATE_OALSZ:
** the target database that require updating. For each such table, the
** iterator visits, in order:
**
-** * the table itself,
+** * the table itself,
** * each index of the table (zero or more points to visit), and
** * a special "cleanup table" state.
**
** it points to an array of flags nTblCol elements in size. The flag is
** set for each column that is either a part of the PK or a part of an
** index. Or clear otherwise.
-**
+**
*/
struct RbuObjIter {
sqlite3_stmt *pTblIter; /* Iterate through tables */
**
** nPhaseOneStep:
** If the RBU database contains an rbu_count table, this value is set to
-** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to
+** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to
** finish populating the *-oal file. This allows the sqlite3_bp_progress()
** API to calculate the permyriadage progress of populating the *-oal file
** using the formula:
**
** * the RBU update contains any UPDATE operations. If the PK specified
** for an UPDATE operation does not exist in the target table, then
-** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the
+** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the
** specified PK does exist, then (nIndex*2) such operations are
** required (one delete and one insert on each index b-tree).
**
/*
** Prepare the SQL statement in buffer zSql against database handle db.
** If successful, set *ppStmt to point to the new statement and return
-** SQLITE_OK.
+** SQLITE_OK.
**
** Otherwise, if an error does occur, set *ppStmt to NULL and return
** an SQLite error code. Additionally, set output variable *pzErrmsg to
** of the caller to (eventually) free this buffer using sqlite3_free().
*/
static int prepareAndCollectError(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
char **pzErrmsg,
const char *zSql
/*
** Unless it is NULL, argument zSql points to a buffer allocated using
** sqlite3_malloc containing an SQL statement. This function prepares the SQL
-** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement
-** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement
-** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement
+** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement
+** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *ppStmt is set to NULL and an error code
** returned. In this case, *pzErrmsg may also be set to point to an error
** In this case SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *ppStmt set to NULL.
*/
static int prepareFreeAndCollectError(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
char **pzErrmsg,
char *zSql
sqlite3_free(pUp);
pUp = pTmp;
}
-
+
pIter->pSelect = 0;
pIter->pInsert = 0;
pIter->pDelete = 0;
/*
** Advance the iterator to the next position.
**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left
-** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is
-** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left
+** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is
+** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the
** error code is returned.
*/
static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
int rc = p->rc;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */
+ /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */
rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter);
if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){
rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain,
** The implementation of the rbu_target_name() SQL function. This function
** accepts one or two arguments. The first argument is the name of a table -
** the name of a table in the RBU database. The second, if it is present, is 1
-** for a view or 0 for a table.
+** for a view or 0 for a table.
**
** For a non-vacuum RBU handle, if the table name matches the pattern:
**
/*
** Initialize the iterator structure passed as the second argument.
**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left
-** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is
-** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left
+** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is
+** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the
** error code is returned.
*/
static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
int rc;
memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter));
- rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg,
+ rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT rbu_target_name(name, type='view') AS target, name "
"FROM sqlite_master "
**
** If an error has already occurred (p->rc is already set to something other
** than SQLITE_OK), then this function returns NULL without modifying the
-** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any
+** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any
** printf() parameters associated with %z conversions.
*/
static char *rbuMPrintf(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zFmt, ...){
}
/*
-** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte
-** bytes.
+** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte
+** bytes.
**
-** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an
-** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an
-** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL
+** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an
+** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an
+** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL
** immediately without attempting the allocation or modifying the stored
** error code.
*/
** RBU_PK_VTAB: Table is a virtual table.
**
** Argument *piPk is also of type (int*), and also points to an output
-** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index
+** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index
** (i.e. unless *peType is set to 3), then *piPk is set to zero. Or,
** if the table does have an external primary key index, then *piPk
** is set to the root page number of the primary key index before
/*
** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q)
** 1) PRAGMA index_list = ?
- ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q
+ ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q
** 3) PRAGMA table_info = ?
*/
sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
*piPk = 0;
assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT (sql LIKE 'create virtual%%'), rootpage"
" FROM sqlite_master"
}
*piTnum = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 1);
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list=%Q",zTab)
);
if( p->rc ) goto rbuTableType_end;
const u8 *zOrig = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 3);
const u8 *zIdx = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 1);
if( zOrig && zIdx && zOrig[0]=='p' ){
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zIdx
));
}
}
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q",zTab)
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
** the table (not index) that the iterator currently points to.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. If
-** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in
+** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in
** the RBU handle.
*/
static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
if( p->rc ) return p->rc;
if( pIter->zIdx==0 ) pIter->iTnum = iTnum;
- assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK
+ assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK
|| pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID
|| pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB
);
/* Populate the azTblCol[] and nTblCol variables based on the columns
** of the input table. Ignore any input table columns that begin with
** "rbu_". */
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", pIter->zDataTbl)
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
** present in the input table. Populate the abTblPk[], azTblType[] and
** aiTblOrder[] arrays at the same time. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info(%Q)", pIter->zTbl)
);
}
}
/*
-** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated
-** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the
+** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated
+** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the
** column names currently stored in the pIter->azTblCol[] array.
*/
static char *rbuObjIterGetCollist(
}
/*
-** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL
-** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement
-** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the
-** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the
-** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used
+** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL
+** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement
+** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the
+** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the
+** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used
** to obtain the required information.
**
** If the index is of the following form:
**
** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c, b COLLATE nocase);
**
-** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column
+** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column
** "ipk", the returned string is:
**
** "`c` COLLATE 'BINARY', `b` COLLATE 'NOCASE', `ipk` COLLATE 'BINARY'"
**
-** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are
+** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are
** returned via output parameters. As follows:
**
** pzImposterCols: ...
zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"%w\" COLLATE %Q", zRet, zCom, zCol, zCollate);
if( pIter->bUnique==0 || sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){
const char *zOrder = (bDesc ? " DESC" : "");
- zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s",
+ zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s",
zImpPK, zCom, nBind, zCol, zOrder
);
}
- zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q",
+ zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q",
zImpCols, zCom, nBind, zCol, zType, zCollate
);
zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf(
** the text ", old._rowid_" to the returned value.
*/
static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
RbuObjIter *pIter,
const char *zObj
){
** "b = ?1 AND c = ?2"
*/
static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
RbuObjIter *pIter
){
char *zList = 0;
zSep = " AND ";
}
}
- zList = rbuMPrintf(p,
+ zList = rbuMPrintf(p,
"_rowid_ = (SELECT id FROM rbu_imposter2 WHERE %z)", zList
);
**
** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using
-** sqlite3_free().
+** sqlite3_free().
**
** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new
** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first
for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]];
if( c=='x' ){
- zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d",
+ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d",
zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
);
zSep = ", ";
}
else if( c=='d' ){
- zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)",
+ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)",
zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
);
zSep = ", ";
}
else if( c=='f' ){
- zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)",
+ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)",
zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
);
zSep = ", ";
**
** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using
-** sqlite3_free().
+** sqlite3_free().
**
** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new
** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first
}
/*
-** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type
-** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY
+** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type
+** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY
** declaration for the corresponding imposter table. For example,
** if the iterator points to a table created as:
**
const char *zSep = "PRIMARY KEY(";
sqlite3_stmt *pXList = 0; /* PRAGMA index_list = (pIter->zTbl) */
sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = <pk-index> */
-
+
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXList, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl)
);
** a table b-tree where the table has an external primary key. If the
** iterator passed as the second argument does not currently point to
** a table (not index) with an external primary key, this function is a
-** no-op.
+** no-op.
**
** Assuming the iterator does point to a table with an external PK, this
** function creates a WITHOUT ROWID imposter table named "rbu_imposter2"
/* Figure out the name of the primary key index for the current table.
** This is needed for the argument to "PRAGMA index_xinfo". Set
** zIdx to point to a nul-terminated string containing this name. */
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg,
"SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage = ?"
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1);
int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3);
const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4);
- zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %s", zCols, zComma,
+ zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %s", zCols, zComma,
iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate
);
zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":"");
sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum);
rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain,
- "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID",
+ "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID",
zCols, zPk
);
sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0);
}
/*
-** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it
+** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it
** immediately returns zero (without doing any work). Or, if an error
** occurs during the execution of this function, it sets the error code
** in the sqlite3rbu object indicated by the first argument and returns
** an imposter table are created, or zero otherwise.
**
** An imposter table is required in all cases except RBU_PK_VTAB. Only
-** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the
-** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints).
-** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types,
+** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the
+** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints).
+** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types,
** collation sequences. For tables that do not have an external PRIMARY
** KEY, it also means the same PRIMARY KEY declaration.
*/
** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */
zPk = "PRIMARY KEY ";
}
- zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %s%s",
+ zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %s%s",
zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl,
(pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "")
);
}
sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum);
- rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s",
- pIter->zTbl, zSql,
+ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s",
+ pIter->zTbl, zSql,
(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ? " WITHOUT ROWID" : "")
);
sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0);
** INSERT INTO rbu_tmp_xxx VALUES(?, ?, ? ...);
**
** The number of bound variables is equal to the number of columns in
-** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more
-** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or
+** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more
+** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or
** virtual table.
*/
static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
RbuObjIter *pIter,
const char *zCollist,
const char *zRbuRowid
assert( pIter->pTmpInsert==0 );
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(
p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTmpInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf(
- "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)",
+ "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)",
p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zRbuRowid, zBind
));
}
}
static void rbuTmpInsertFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nVal,
sqlite3_value **apVal
){
int i;
assert( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0
- || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL
- || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE
+ || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL
+ || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE
);
if( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 ){
p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex;
}
/*
-** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the
-** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed
+** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the
+** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed
** as the second argument are available.
*/
static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
RbuObjIter *pIter,
int nOffset /* Add "LIMIT -1 OFFSET $nOffset" to SELECT */
){
if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT %s, 0 AS rbu_control FROM '%q' ORDER BY %s%s",
- zCollist,
+ zCollist,
pIter->zDataTbl,
zCollist, zLimit
);
"SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM '%q' "
"WHERE typeof(rbu_control)='integer' AND rbu_control!=1 "
"ORDER BY %s%s",
- zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl,
- zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl,
+ zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl,
+ zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl,
zCollist, zLimit
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, pz,
sqlite3_mprintf(
- "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)",
+ "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)",
zWrite, zTbl, zCollist, (bRbuRowid ? ", _rowid_" : ""), zBindings
)
);
}
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz,
sqlite3_mprintf(
- "SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s",
- zCollist,
+ "SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s",
+ zCollist,
(rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "0 AS " : ""),
zRbuRowid,
pIter->zDataTbl, zLimit
sqlite3_free(zCollist);
sqlite3_free(zLimit);
}
-
+
return p->rc;
}
/*
** Set output variable *ppStmt to point to an UPDATE statement that may
** be used to update the imposter table for the main table b-tree of the
-** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the
+** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the
** rbu_control column of the data_xyz table contains zMask.
-**
+**
** If the zMask string does not specify any columns to update, then this
** is not an error. Output variable *ppStmt is set to NULL in this case.
*/
*pp = pUp->pNext;
pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate;
pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp;
- *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate;
+ *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
nUp++;
const char *zPrefix = "";
if( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ) zPrefix = "rbu_imp_";
- zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s",
+ zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s",
zPrefix, pIter->zTbl, zSet, zWhere
);
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(
}
static sqlite3 *rbuOpenDbhandle(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
- const char *zName,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
+ const char *zName,
int bUseVfs
){
sqlite3 *db = 0;
}
/*
-** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state
-** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the
+** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state
+** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the object using
** sqlite3_free().
**
pRet = (RbuState*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuState));
if( pRet==0 ) return 0;
- rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+ rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT k, v FROM %s.rbu_state", p->zStateDb)
);
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pCnt, &p->zErrmsg,
"SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_master"
);
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
&& sqlite3_step(pCnt)==SQLITE_ROW
&& 1==sqlite3_column_int(pCnt, 0)
){
p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid state database");
}
-
+
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
}
if( *zExtra=='\0' ) zExtra = 0;
}
- zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vacuum?rbu_memory=1%s%s",
+ zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vacuum?rbu_memory=1%s%s",
sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"),
(zExtra==0 ? "" : "&"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : zExtra)
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain,
+ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain,
"rbu_tmp_insert", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTmpInsertFunc, 0, 0
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain,
+ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain,
"rbu_fossil_delta", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rbuFossilDeltaFunc, 0, 0
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu,
+ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu,
"rbu_target_name", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTargetNameFunc, 0, 0
);
}
}
rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master");
- /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If
+ /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If
** this call returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND, then the RBU vfs is not in use.
** This is an error. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
}
/*
-** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database
+** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database
** as a 64-bit integer.
**
-** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte
+** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte
** blob starting at byte offset 40.
*/
static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){
/*
** This function is called as part of initializing or reinitializing an
-** incremental checkpoint.
+** incremental checkpoint.
**
-** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of
-** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the
-** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely
+** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of
+** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the
+** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely
** perform the copy operations directly on the file-system.
**
** If argument pState is not NULL, then the incremental checkpoint is
** would be read/written are recorded in the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[]
** array.
**
- ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER,
+ ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER,
** READ0 and CHECKPOINT locks taken as part of the checkpoint are
** no-ops. These locks will not be released until the connection
** is closed.
**
- ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL
+ ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL
** error.
**
** As a result, unless an error (i.e. OOM or SQLITE_BUSY) occurs, the
** checkpoint below fails with SQLITE_INTERNAL, and leaves the aFrame[]
- ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the
- ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy
- ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the
+ ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the
+ ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy
+ ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the
** contents of aFrame[].
*/
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->nPagePerSector = 1;
}
- /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the
- ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in
- ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in
+ /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the
+ ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in
+ ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in
** rbuMoveOalFile(). */
p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xSync(pWal, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
}
/*
** Called when a page of data is written to offset iOff of the database
-** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number
+** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number
** of the page being written in the aFrame[] array.
*/
static int rbuCaptureDbWrite(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff){
** The RBU handle is currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL state, with a SHARED lock
** on the database file. This proc moves the *-oal file to the *-wal path,
** then reopens the database file (this time in vanilla, non-oal, WAL mode).
-** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu
+** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu
** handle.
*/
static void rbuMoveOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){
}else{
/* Move the *-oal file to *-wal. At this point connection p->db is
** holding a SHARED lock on the target database file (because it is
- ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db.
+ ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db.
**
** In order to ensure that there are no database readers, an EXCLUSIVE
** lock is obtained here before the *-oal is moved to *-wal.
/* If this is an INSERT into a table b-tree and the table has an
** explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, check that this is not an attempt
** to write a NULL into the IPK column. That is not permitted. */
- if( eType==RBU_INSERT
- && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i]
+ if( eType==RBU_INSERT
+ && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i]
&& sqlite3_column_type(pIter->pSelect, i)==SQLITE_NULL
){
p->rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
if( p->rc ) return;
}
if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){
- if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB
- || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE
- || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p))
+ if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB
+ || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE
+ || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p))
){
- /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the
+ /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the
** SELECT statement is:
**
** SELECT <cols>, rbu_control, rbu_rowid FROM ....
**
** Hence column_value(pIter->nCol+1).
*/
- assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1,
+ assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1,
rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "rowid" : "rbu_rowid"
);
pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1);
p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pUpdate, i+1, pVal);
}
}
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
- && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE)
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE)
){
/* Bind the rbu_rowid value to column _rowid_ */
assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, "rbu_rowid");
int iCookie = 1000000;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
"PRAGMA schema_version"
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int rc;
assert( p->zErrmsg==0 );
- rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
+ rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"INSERT OR REPLACE INTO %s.rbu_state(k, v) VALUES "
"(%d, %d), "
"(%d, %lld) ",
p->zStateDb,
RBU_STATE_STAGE, eStage,
- RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl,
- RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx,
- RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep,
+ RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl,
+ RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx,
+ RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep,
RBU_STATE_PROGRESS, p->nProgress,
RBU_STATE_CKPT, p->iWalCksum,
RBU_STATE_COOKIE, (i64)pFd->iCookie,
/*
-** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA
+** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA
** setting - "page_size", "auto_vacuum", "user_version" or "application_id".
** This function executes the following on sqlite3rbu.dbRbu:
**
static void rbuCopyPragma(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zPragma){
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_stmt *pPragma = 0;
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.%s", zPragma)
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pPragma) ){
}
/*
-** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and
+** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and
** the state database is empty. If this RBU handle was opened for an
** RBU vacuum operation, create the schema in the target db.
*/
assert( rbuIsVacuum(p) );
p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA writable_schema=1", 0,0, &p->zErrmsg);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg,
"SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql!='' AND rootpage!=0"
" AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
" ORDER BY type DESC"
if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg,
- "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL"
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg,
+ "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL"
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
"INSERT INTO sqlite_master VALUES(?,?,?,?,?)"
);
}
while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl ){
if( pIter->bCleanup ){
- /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It
+ /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It
** cannot be dropped as there are currently active SQL statements.
** But the contents can be deleted. */
if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){
- rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu,
+ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu,
"DELETE FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( p->nStep>=p->nFrame ){
sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
-
+
/* Sync the db file */
p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xSync(pDb, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
-
+
/* Update nBackfill */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
void volatile *ptr;
((u32 volatile*)ptr)[24] = p->iMaxFrame;
}
}
-
+
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE;
p->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}else{
/* At one point the following block copied a single frame from the
** wal file to the database file. So that one call to sqlite3rbu_step()
- ** checkpointed a single frame.
+ ** checkpointed a single frame.
**
** However, if the sector-size is larger than the page-size, and the
** application calls sqlite3rbu_savestate() or close() immediately
iSector = (pFrame->iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector;
rbuCheckpointFrame(p, pFrame);
p->nStep++;
- }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame
+ }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame
&& iSector==((p->aFrame[p->nStep].iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector)
&& p->rc==SQLITE_OK
);
RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup
|| rbuStrCompare(pIter->zIdx, pState->zIdx)
- || rbuStrCompare(pIter->zTbl, pState->zTbl)
+ || rbuStrCompare(pIter->zTbl, pState->zTbl)
)){
rc = rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter);
}
** the number of auxilliary indexes on the table.
*/
static void rbuIndexCntFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nVal,
sqlite3_value **apVal
){
int rc;
assert( nVal==1 );
-
- rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &zErrmsg,
+
+ rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master "
"WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = %Q", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]))
);
** and the cnt column the number of rows it contains.
**
** sqlite3rbu.nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of (1 + nIndex) * cnt
-** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of
+** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of
** indexes on the corresponding target database table.
*/
static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){
p->nPhaseOneStep = -1;
- p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu,
+ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu,
"rbu_index_cnt", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuIndexCntFunc, 0, 0
);
-
+
/* Check for the rbu_count table. If it does not exist, or if an error
** occurs, nPhaseOneStep will be left set to -1. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
}
p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
-
+
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
"SELECT sum(cnt * (1 + rbu_index_cnt(rbu_target_name(tbl))))"
static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zRbu,
const char *zState
){
** to be a wal-mode db. But, this may have happened due to an earlier
** RBU vacuum operation leaving an old wal file in the directory.
** If this is the case, it will have been checkpointed and deleted
- ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the
+ ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the
** database may succeed. */
rbuOpenDatabase(p, &bRetry);
if( bRetry ){
assert( pState || p->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pState->eStage==0 ){
+ if( pState->eStage==0 ){
rbuDeleteOalFile(p);
rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(p);
p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_OAL;
}
}
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
&& (p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE)
&& pState->eStage!=0
){
rbu_file *pFd = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->pRbuFd : p->pTargetFd);
- if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){
+ if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){
/* At this point (pTargetFd->iCookie) contains the value of the
- ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a
- ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on
+ ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a
+ ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on
** page 1 of the database file. */
p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("database modified during rbu %s",
}
/* Check if the main database is a zipvfs db. If it is, set the upper
- ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from
+ ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from
** generating a large journal using a temp file. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int frc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS, 0);
}
/*
-** Open and return a new RBU handle.
+** Open and return a new RBU handle.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zRbu,
const char *zState
){
** Open a handle to begin or resume an RBU VACUUM operation.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zState
){
if( zTarget==0 ){ return rbuMisuseError(); }
rbuObjIterFinalize(&p->objiter);
/* If this is an RBU vacuum handle and the vacuum has either finished
- ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the
- ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum()
+ ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the
+ ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum()
** specifying the current target and state databases to start a new
** vacuum from scratch. */
if( rbuIsVacuum(p) && p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && p->dbRbu ){
}
/*
-** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or
+** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or
** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the
** current RBU update was started.
*/
** Beginning of RBU VFS shim methods. The VFS shim modifies the behaviour
** of a standard VFS in the following ways:
**
-** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or
+** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or
** written, the value of the change-counter cookie is stored in
** rbu_file.iCookie. Similarly, the value of the "write-version"
** database header field is stored in rbu_file.iWriteVer. This ensures
**
** 2. Whenever an SQLITE_OPEN_WAL file is opened, the (rbu_file.pWalFd)
** member variable of the associated database file descriptor is set
-** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main
-** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at
+** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main
+** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at
** rbu_vfs.pMain to facilitate this.
**
-** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file
+** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file
** object can be marked as the target database of an RBU update. This
** turns on the following extra special behaviour:
**
-** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file
+** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file
** associated with an RBU target database currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL
** stage (preparing the *-oal file), the following special handling
** applies:
**
** Then, when xOpen() is called to open the *-wal file associated with
** the RBU target in RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, instead of opening the *-wal
-** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead.
+** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead.
**
** 3b. The *-shm pages returned by xShmMap() for a target db file in
** RBU_STAGE_OAL mode are actually stored in heap memory. This is to
** avoid creating a *-shm file on disk. Additionally, xShmLock() calls
** are no-ops on target database files in RBU_STAGE_OAL mode. This is
-** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if
+** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if
** xShmLock() is called before xShmMap().
**
** 3c. If an EXCLUSIVE lock is attempted on a target database file in any
-** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it
+** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it
** fails with an SQLITE_BUSY error. This is to stop RBU connections
** from automatically checkpointing a *-wal (or *-oal) file from within
** sqlite3_close().
**
** 3d. In RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE mode, all xRead() calls on the wal file, and
-** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO.
+** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO.
** Instead the frame and page numbers that would be read and written
** are recorded. Additionally, successful attempts to obtain exclusive
-** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target
+** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target
** database file are recorded. xShmLock() calls to unlock the same
** locks are no-ops (so that once obtained, these locks are never
** relinquished). Finally, calls to xSync() on the target database
/*
-** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer
+** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer
** passed as the only argument.
*/
static u32 rbuGetU32(u8 *aBuf){
** Read data from an rbuVfs-file.
*/
static int rbuVfsRead(
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- void *zBuf,
- int iAmt,
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ void *zBuf,
+ int iAmt,
sqlite_int64 iOfst
){
rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
assert( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
rc = rbuCaptureWalRead(p->pRbu, iOfst, iAmt);
}else{
- if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
- && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
- && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz
+ if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
+ && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
+ && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz
){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
memset(zBuf, 0, iAmt);
}else{
rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
#if 1
- /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target
- ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the
+ /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target
+ ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the
** contents of the first page if it does not yet exist. Otherwise,
** SQLite will not check for a *-wal file. */
- if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu)
+ if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu)
&& rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ && iOfst==0
&& (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
&& pRbu->rc==SQLITE_OK
** Write data to an rbuVfs-file.
*/
static int rbuVfsWrite(
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- const void *zBuf,
- int iAmt,
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ const void *zBuf,
+ int iAmt,
sqlite_int64 iOfst
){
rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
rc = rbuCaptureDbWrite(p->pRbu, iOfst);
}else{
if( pRbu ){
- if( pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
- && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
+ if( pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
+ && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
&& iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz
){
pRbu->iOalSz = iAmt + iOfst;
/* If this is an RBU vacuum operation and this is the target database,
** pretend that it has at least one page. Otherwise, SQLite will not
- ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains
+ ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains
** similar logic. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0
- && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu)
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0
+ && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu)
&& (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
){
*pSize = 1024;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
- if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE
+ if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE
&& (p->bNolock || (pRbu && pRbu->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_DONE))
){
- /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this
+ /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this
** prevents it from checkpointing the database from sqlite3_close(). */
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}else{
assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
if( pRbu && (pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) ){
/* Magic number 1 is the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock. Preventing SQLite from
- ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring.
- ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as
+ ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring.
+ ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as
** wal_autocheckpoint ought to be turned off. */
if( ofst==WAL_LOCK_CKPT && n==1 ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}else{
** Obtain a pointer to a mapping of a single 32KiB page of the *-shm file.
*/
static int rbuVfsShmMap(
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- int iRegion,
- int szRegion,
- int isWrite,
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ int iRegion,
+ int szRegion,
+ int isWrite,
void volatile **pp
){
rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
int eStage = (p->pRbu ? p->pRbu->eStage : 0);
/* If not in RBU_STAGE_OAL, allow this call to pass through. Or, if this
- ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space
+ ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space
** instead of a file on disk. */
assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
if( eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){
}
/*
-** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to
+** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to
** either the xOpen() or xAccess() VFS method, return a pointer to the
** file-handle opened by the same database connection on the corresponding
** database file.
return pDb;
}
-/*
-** A main database named zName has just been opened. The following
+/*
+** A main database named zName has just been opened. The following
** function returns a pointer to a buffer owned by SQLite that contains
** the name of the *-wal file this db connection will use. SQLite
** happens to pass a pointer to this buffer when using xAccess()
-** or xOpen() to operate on the *-wal file.
+** or xOpen() to operate on the *-wal file.
*/
static const char *rbuMainToWal(const char *zName, int flags){
int n = (int)strlen(zName);
if( pDb->pRbu && pDb->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
/* This call is to open a *-wal file. Intead, open the *-oal. This
** code ensures that the string passed to xOpen() is terminated by a
- ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI
+ ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI
** parameter from it. */
const char *zBase = zName;
size_t nCopy;
pFd->pRbu = pRbuVfs->pRbu;
}
- if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
- && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0)
+ if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
+ && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0)
){
assert( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
oflags = SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
** is available, or false otherwise.
*/
static int rbuVfsAccess(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int flags,
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int flags,
int *pResOut
){
rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = (rbu_vfs*)pVfs;
** a) if the *-wal file does exist, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. This
** ensures that the RBU extension never tries to update a database
** in wal mode, even if the first page of the database file has
- ** been damaged.
+ ** been damaged.
**
** b) if the *-wal file does not exist, claim that it does anyway,
** causing SQLite to call xOpen() to open it. This call will also
** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
*/
static int rbuVfsFullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int nOut,
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int nOut,
char *zOut
){
sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
/*
** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated
+** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated
** with dynamic libraries.
*/
static void rbuVfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
*/
static void (*rbuVfsDlSym(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- void *pArg,
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ void *pArg,
const char *zSym
))(void){
sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of
+** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of
** random data.
*/
static int rbuVfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
}
/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds
+** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds
** actually slept.
*/
static int rbuVfsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
/*
** Page paths:
-**
-** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the
-** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the
+**
+** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the
+** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the
** root-node path is '/'.
**
** The value of the path for the left-most child page of the root of
** a b-tree is '/000/'. (Btrees store content ordered from left to right
** so the pages to the left have smaller keys than the pages to the right.)
** The next to left-most child of the root page is
-** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex
+** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex
** value. The children of the 451st left-most sibling have paths such
** as '/1c2/000/, '/1c2/001/' etc.
**
-** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a
+** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a
** six-digit hexadecimal value to the path to the cell they are linked
-** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from
+** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from
** the left-most cell of the 450th child of the root page are identified
** by the paths:
**
}
- /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path).
- ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that
+ /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path).
+ ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that
** SQLite does not do an external sort.
*/
if( ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1
int nLocal;
int nMinLocal;
int nMaxLocal;
-
+
if( flags==0x0D ){ /* Table leaf node */
nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23;
nMaxLocal = nUsable - 35;
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
assert( pPg==0 );
return rc;
- }
+ }
pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg));
sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
}
if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl ){
int nUsable;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
- nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) -
+ nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) -
sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
}
static int statFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
}
static int statColumn(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
- sqlite3_context *ctx,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
** This file contains an implementation of the "sqlite_dbpage" virtual table.
**
** The sqlite_dbpage virtual table is used to read or write whole raw
-** pages of the database file. The pager interface is used so that
+** pages of the database file. The pager interface is used so that
** uncommitted changes and changes recorded in the WAL file are correctly
** retrieved.
**
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */
int pgno; /* Current page number */
int mxPgno; /* Last page to visit on this scan */
+ Pager *pPager; /* Pager being read/written */
+ DbPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database */
+ int iDb; /* Index of database to analyze */
+ int szPage; /* Size of each page in bytes */
};
struct DbpageTable {
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database */
- Pager *pPager; /* Pager being read/written */
- int iDb; /* Index of database to analyze */
- int szPage; /* Size of each page in bytes */
- int nPage; /* Number of pages in the file */
};
+/* Columns */
+#define DBPAGE_COLUMN_PGNO 0
+#define DBPAGE_COLUMN_DATA 1
+#define DBPAGE_COLUMN_SCHEMA 2
+
+
+
/*
** Connect to or create a dbpagevfs virtual table.
*/
){
DbpageTable *pTab = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int iDb;
- if( argc>=4 ){
- Token nm;
- sqlite3TokenInit(&nm, (char*)argv[3]);
- iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, &nm);
- if( iDb<0 ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such schema: %s", argv[3]);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- }else{
- iDb = 0;
- }
- rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db,
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db,
"CREATE TABLE x(pgno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB, schema HIDDEN)");
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pTab = (DbpageTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(DbpageTable));
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pTab==0 );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(DbpageTable));
pTab->db = db;
- pTab->iDb = iDb;
- pTab->pPager = pBt ? sqlite3BtreePager(pBt) : 0;
}
*ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab;
/*
** idxNum:
**
-** 0 full table scan
-** 1 pgno=?1
+** 0 schema=main, full table scan
+** 1 schema=main, pgno=?1
+** 2 schema=?1, full table scan
+** 3 schema=?1, pgno=?2
*/
static int dbpageBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
int i;
- pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0e6; /* Initial cost estimate */
+ int iPlan = 0;
+
+ /* If there is a schema= constraint, it must be honored. Report a
+ ** ridiculously large estimated cost if the schema= constraint is
+ ** unavailable
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i];
+ if( p->iColumn!=DBPAGE_COLUMN_SCHEMA ) continue;
+ if( p->op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue;
+ if( !p->usable ){
+ /* No solution. Use the default SQLITE_BIG_DBL cost */
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 0x7fffffff;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ iPlan = 2;
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If we reach this point, it means that either there is no schema=
+ ** constraint (in which case we use the "main" schema) or else the
+ ** schema constraint was accepted. Lower the estimated cost accordingly
+ */
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0e6;
+
+ /* Check for constraints against pgno */
for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){
struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i];
if( p->usable && p->iColumn<=0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1;
pIdxInfo->idxFlags = SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE;
pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
- pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
- pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = iPlan ? 2 : 1;
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+ iPlan |= 1;
break;
}
}
+ pIdxInfo->idxNum = iPlan;
+
if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy>=1
&& pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn<=0
&& pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
*/
static int dbpageClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
+ if( pCsr->pPage1 ) sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(pCsr->pPage1);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
return pCsr->pgno > pCsr->mxPgno;
}
+/*
+** idxNum:
+**
+** 0 schema=main, full table scan
+** 1 schema=main, pgno=?1
+** 2 schema=?1, full table scan
+** 3 schema=?1, pgno=?2
+**
+** idxStr is not used
+*/
static int dbpageFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
DbpageTable *pTab = (DbpageTable *)pCursor->pVtab;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pTab->iDb].pBt;
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3 *db = pTab->db;
+ Btree *pBt;
- pTab->szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
- pTab->nPage = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
- if( idxNum==1 ){
- pCsr->pgno = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
- if( pCsr->pgno<1 || pCsr->pgno>pTab->nPage ){
+ /* Default setting is no rows of result */
+ pCsr->pgno = 1;
+ pCsr->mxPgno = 0;
+
+ if( idxNum & 2 ){
+ const char *zSchema;
+ assert( argc>=1 );
+ zSchema = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ pCsr->iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zSchema);
+ if( pCsr->iDb<0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ pCsr->iDb = 0;
+ }
+ pBt = db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].pBt;
+ if( pBt==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ pCsr->pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+ pCsr->szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
+ pCsr->mxPgno = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
+ if( idxNum & 1 ){
+ assert( argc>(idxNum>>1) );
+ pCsr->pgno = sqlite3_value_int(argv[idxNum>>1]);
+ if( pCsr->pgno<1 || pCsr->pgno>pCsr->mxPgno ){
pCsr->pgno = 1;
pCsr->mxPgno = 0;
}else{
pCsr->mxPgno = pCsr->pgno;
}
}else{
- pCsr->pgno = 1;
- pCsr->mxPgno = pTab->nPage;
+ assert( pCsr->pgno==1 );
}
+ if( pCsr->pPage1 ) sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(pCsr->pPage1);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pCsr->pPager, 1, &pCsr->pPage1, 0);
return rc;
}
static int dbpageColumn(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
- sqlite3_context *ctx,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
- DbpageTable *pTab = (DbpageTable *)pCursor->pVtab;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
switch( i ){
case 0: { /* pgno */
}
case 1: { /* data */
DbPage *pDbPage = 0;
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pTab->pPager, pCsr->pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pCsr->pPager, pCsr->pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage), pTab->szPage,
+ sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage), pCsr->szPage,
SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
}
default: { /* schema */
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx);
- sqlite3_result_text(ctx, db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zDbSName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].zDbSName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
break;
}
}
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
){
DbpageTable *pTab = (DbpageTable *)pVtab;
- int pgno;
+ Pgno pgno;
DbPage *pDbPage = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
char *zErr = 0;
+ const char *zSchema;
+ int iDb;
+ Btree *pBt;
+ Pager *pPager;
+ int szPage;
if( argc==1 ){
zErr = "cannot delete";
goto update_fail;
}
pgno = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
- if( pgno<1 || pgno>pTab->nPage ){
- zErr = "bad page number";
+ if( (Pgno)sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])!=pgno ){
+ zErr = "cannot insert";
goto update_fail;
}
- if( sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])!=pgno ){
- zErr = "cannot insert";
+ zSchema = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[4]);
+ iDb = zSchema ? sqlite3FindDbName(pTab->db, zSchema) : -1;
+ if( iDb<0 ){
+ zErr = "no such schema";
+ goto update_fail;
+ }
+ pBt = pTab->db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+ if( pgno<1 || pBt==0 || pgno>(int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt) ){
+ zErr = "bad page number";
goto update_fail;
}
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[3])!=SQLITE_BLOB
- || sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[3])!=pTab->szPage
+ szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[3])!=SQLITE_BLOB
+ || sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[3])!=szPage
){
zErr = "bad page value";
goto update_fail;
}
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pTab->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, 0);
+ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
memcpy(sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage),
sqlite3_value_blob(argv[3]),
- pTab->szPage);
+ szPage);
}
}
sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+/* Since we do not know in advance which database files will be
+** written by the sqlite_dbpage virtual table, start a write transaction
+** on them all.
+*/
+static int dbpageBegin(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ DbpageTable *pTab = (DbpageTable *)pVtab;
+ sqlite3 *db = pTab->db;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ) sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 1);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
/*
** Invoke this routine to register the "dbpage" virtual table module
*/
dbpageColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
dbpageRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
dbpageUpdate, /* xUpdate */
- 0, /* xBegin */
+ dbpageBegin, /* xBegin */
0, /* xSync */
0, /* xCommit */
0, /* xRollback */
int rc; /* Non-zero if an error has occurred */
void *pFilterCtx; /* First argument to pass to xTableFilter */
int (*xTableFilter)(void *pCtx, const char *zTab);
+ sqlite3_value *pZeroBlob; /* Value containing X'' */
sqlite3_session *pNext; /* Next session object on same db. */
SessionTable *pTable; /* List of attached tables */
SessionHook hook; /* APIs to grab new and old data with */
};
/*
-** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for
+** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for
** input data. Input data may be supplied either as a single large buffer
** (e.g. sqlite3changeset_start()) or using a stream function (e.g.
** sqlite3changeset_start_strm()).
SessionTable *pNext;
char *zName; /* Local name of table */
int nCol; /* Number of columns in table zName */
+ int bStat1; /* True if this is sqlite_stat1 */
const char **azCol; /* Column names */
u8 *abPK; /* Array of primary key flags */
int nEntry; /* Total number of entries in hash table */
SessionChange **apChange; /* Hash table buckets */
};
-/*
+/*
** RECORD FORMAT:
**
-** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that
-** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the
+** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that
+** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the
** change-set binary format, and so must be architecture independent.
**
** Unlike the SQLite database record format, each field is self-contained -
** Real values:
** An 8-byte big-endian IEEE 754-2008 real value.
**
-** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite
+** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite
** record format.
**
** CHANGESET FORMAT:
**
** The new.* record that is part of each INSERT change contains the values
** that make up the new row. Similarly, the old.* record that is part of each
-** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted
+** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted
** from the database. In the changeset format, the records that are part
** of INSERT or DELETE changes never contain any undefined (type byte 0x00)
** fields.
** associated with table columns that are not PRIMARY KEY columns and are
** not modified by the UPDATE change are set to "undefined". Other fields
** are set to the values that made up the row before the UPDATE that the
-** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated
-** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new
+** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated
+** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new
** values. Fields associated with table columns that are not modified
** are set to "undefined".
**
**
** As in the changeset format, each field of the single record that is part
** of a patchset change is associated with the correspondingly positioned
-** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE
+** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE
** statement.
**
** For a DELETE change, all fields within the record except those associated
};
/*
-** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the
+** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the
** number of bytes written.
*/
static int sessionVarintPut(u8 *aBuf, int iVal){
}
/*
-** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of
+** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of
** bytes read.
*/
static int sessionVarintGet(u8 *aBuf, int *piVal){
** This function is used to serialize the contents of value pValue (see
** comment titled "RECORD FORMAT" above).
**
-** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to
+** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to
** buffer aBuf. *pnWrite is set to the number of bytes written before
** returning. Or, if aBuf is NULL, the only thing this function does is
** set *pnWrite.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Or, if an OOM error occurs
-** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16))
+** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16))
** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
*/
static int sessionSerializeValue(
if( pValue ){
int eType; /* Value type (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */
-
+
eType = sqlite3_value_type(pValue);
if( aBuf ) aBuf[0] = eType;
-
+
switch( eType ){
- case SQLITE_NULL:
+ case SQLITE_NULL:
nByte = 1;
break;
-
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER:
case SQLITE_FLOAT:
if( aBuf ){
/* TODO: SQLite does something special to deal with mixed-endian
}
sessionPutI64(&aBuf[1], i);
}
- nByte = 9;
+ nByte = 9;
break;
-
+
default: {
u8 *z;
int n;
int nVarint;
-
+
assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
z = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_text(pValue);
n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
if( z==0 && (eType!=SQLITE_BLOB || n>0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
nVarint = sessionVarintLen(n);
-
+
if( aBuf ){
sessionVarintPut(&aBuf[1], n);
if( n ) memcpy(&aBuf[nVarint + 1], z, n);
}
-
+
nByte = 1 + nVarint + n;
break;
}
}
/*
-** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to
+** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to
** the hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value.
*/
static unsigned int sessionHashAppendBlob(unsigned int h, int n, const u8 *z){
/*
** This function may only be called from within a pre-update callback.
-** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or
+** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or
** new.* row currently available and, assuming no error occurs, writes it to
** *piHash before returning. If the primary key contains one or more NULL
** values, *pbNullPK is set to true before returning.
h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, z);
}else{
assert( eType==SQLITE_NULL );
+ assert( pTab->bStat1==0 || i!=1 );
*pbNullPK = 1;
}
}
int isPK = pTab->abPK[i];
if( bPkOnly && isPK==0 ) continue;
- /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session
+ /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session
** module does not record changes for rows with NULL values stored in
** primary key columns. */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT
- || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB
- || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT
+ || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB
+ || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0
);
assert( !isPK || (eType!=0 && eType!=SQLITE_NULL) );
h = sessionHashAppendI64(h, sessionGetI64(a));
a += 8;
}else{
- int n;
+ int n;
a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, a);
a += n;
/*
** Arguments aLeft and aRight are pointers to change records for table pTab.
** This function returns true if the two records apply to the same row (i.e.
-** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false
+** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false
** otherwise.
*/
static int sessionChangeEqual(
** Arguments aLeft and aRight both point to buffers containing change
** records with nCol columns. This function "merges" the two records into
** a single records which is written to the buffer at *paOut. *paOut is
-** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before
+** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before
** returning.
**
-** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the
+** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the
** aRight record contains a value for the column, copy the value from
** their. Otherwise, if aLeft contains a value, copy it. If neither
** record contains a value for a given column, then neither does the
** output record.
*/
static void sessionMergeRecord(
- u8 **paOut,
+ u8 **paOut,
int nCol,
u8 *aLeft,
u8 *aRight
/*
** This is a helper function used by sessionMergeUpdate().
**
-** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value
-** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so
+** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value
+** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so
** as to point to the next value in the record.
**
** If, when this function is called, *paTwo points to a valid value (i.e.
** *paTwo[0] is not 0x00 - the "no value" placeholder), a copy of the *paTwo
-** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the
+** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the
** serialized value. Otherwise, a copy of *paOne is returned and *pnVal
** set to the number of bytes in the value at *paOne. If *paOne points
** to the "no value" placeholder, *pnVal is set to 1. In other words:
aOld = sessionMergeValue(&aOld1, &aOld2, &nOld);
aNew = sessionMergeValue(&aNew1, &aNew2, &nNew);
- if( bPatchset==0
- && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew)))
+ if( bPatchset==0
+ && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew)))
){
*(aOut++) = '\0';
}else{
}
if( memcmp(a, z, n) ) return 0;
a += n;
- break;
}
}
}
}
/*
-** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab
+** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab
** (part of the session pSession). If a fatal OOM error occurs, set the
** session object to failed and return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, return
** SQLITE_OK.
/*
** This function queries the database for the names of the columns of table
-** zThis, in schema zDb. It is expected that the table has nCol columns. If
-** not, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned and none of the output variables are
-** populated.
+** zThis, in schema zDb.
**
** Otherwise, if they are not NULL, variable *pnCol is set to the number
** of columns in the database table and variable *pzTab is set to point to a
** *pabPK = {1, 0, 0, 1}
**
** All returned buffers are part of the same single allocation, which must
-** be freed using sqlite3_free() by the caller. If pazCol was not NULL, then
-** pointer *pazCol should be freed to release all memory. Otherwise, pointer
-** *pabPK. It is illegal for both pazCol and pabPK to be NULL.
+** be freed using sqlite3_free() by the caller
*/
static int sessionTableInfo(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
assert( pazCol && pabPK );
nThis = sqlite3Strlen30(zThis);
- zPragma = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA '%q'.table_info('%q')", zDb, zThis);
+ if( nThis==12 && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("sqlite_stat1", zThis) ){
+ rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(db, zDb, zThis, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* For sqlite_stat1, pretend that (tbl,idx) is the PRIMARY KEY. */
+ zPragma = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "SELECT 0, 'tbl', '', 0, '', 1 UNION ALL "
+ "SELECT 1, 'idx', '', 0, '', 2 UNION ALL "
+ "SELECT 2, 'stat', '', 0, '', 0"
+ );
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+ zPragma = sqlite3_mprintf("");
+ }else{
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ zPragma = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA '%q'.table_info('%q')", zDb, zThis);
+ }
if( !zPragma ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zPragma, -1, &pStmt, 0);
*pzTab = (char *)pAlloc;
pAlloc += nThis+1;
}
-
+
i = 0;
while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
int nName = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);
i++;
}
rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-
+
}
/* If successful, populate the output variables. Otherwise, zero them and
** If an error occurs, an error code is stored in sqlite3_session.rc and
** non-zero returned. Or, if no error occurs but the table has no primary
** key, sqlite3_session.rc is left set to SQLITE_OK and non-zero returned to
-** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK
+** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK
** is set to NULL in this case.
*/
static int sessionInitTable(sqlite3_session *pSession, SessionTable *pTab){
if( pTab->nCol==0 ){
u8 *abPK;
assert( pTab->azCol==0 || pTab->abPK==0 );
- pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb,
+ pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb,
pTab->zName, &pTab->nCol, 0, &pTab->azCol, &abPK
);
if( pSession->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
break;
}
}
+ if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("sqlite_stat1", pTab->zName) ){
+ pTab->bStat1 = 1;
+ }
}
}
return (pSession->rc || pTab->abPK==0);
}
/*
-** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a
+** Versions of the four methods in object SessionHook for use with the
+** sqlite_stat1 table. The purpose of this is to substitute a zero-length
+** blob each time a NULL value is read from the "idx" column of the
+** sqlite_stat1 table.
+*/
+typedef struct SessionStat1Ctx SessionStat1Ctx;
+struct SessionStat1Ctx {
+ SessionHook hook;
+ sqlite3_session *pSession;
+};
+static int sessionStat1Old(void *pCtx, int iCol, sqlite3_value **ppVal){
+ SessionStat1Ctx *p = (SessionStat1Ctx*)pCtx;
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ int rc = p->hook.xOld(p->hook.pCtx, iCol, &pVal);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol==1 && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ pVal = p->pSession->pZeroBlob;
+ }
+ *ppVal = pVal;
+ return rc;
+}
+static int sessionStat1New(void *pCtx, int iCol, sqlite3_value **ppVal){
+ SessionStat1Ctx *p = (SessionStat1Ctx*)pCtx;
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ int rc = p->hook.xNew(p->hook.pCtx, iCol, &pVal);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol==1 && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ pVal = p->pSession->pZeroBlob;
+ }
+ *ppVal = pVal;
+ return rc;
+}
+static int sessionStat1Count(void *pCtx){
+ SessionStat1Ctx *p = (SessionStat1Ctx*)pCtx;
+ return p->hook.xCount(p->hook.pCtx);
+}
+static int sessionStat1Depth(void *pCtx){
+ SessionStat1Ctx *p = (SessionStat1Ctx*)pCtx;
+ return p->hook.xDepth(p->hook.pCtx);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a
** change on table pTab (attached to session pSession). The type of change
** (UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE) is specified by the first argument.
**
sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object pTab is attached to */
SessionTable *pTab /* Table that change applies to */
){
- int iHash;
- int bNull = 0;
+ int iHash;
+ int bNull = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ SessionStat1Ctx stat1;
if( pSession->rc ) return;
/* Load table details if required */
if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTab) ) return;
- /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the
+ /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the
** number of columns in the table. */
if( pTab->nCol!=pSession->hook.xCount(pSession->hook.pCtx) ){
pSession->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
return;
}
+ if( pTab->bStat1 ){
+ stat1.hook = pSession->hook;
+ stat1.pSession = pSession;
+ pSession->hook.pCtx = (void*)&stat1;
+ pSession->hook.xNew = sessionStat1New;
+ pSession->hook.xOld = sessionStat1Old;
+ pSession->hook.xCount = sessionStat1Count;
+ pSession->hook.xDepth = sessionStat1Depth;
+ if( pSession->pZeroBlob==0 ){
+ sqlite3_value *p = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+ if( p==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto error_out;
+ }
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(p, 0, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ pSession->pZeroBlob = p;
+ }
+ }
+
/* Calculate the hash-key for this change. If the primary key of the row
** includes a NULL value, exit early. Such changes are ignored by the
** session module. */
SessionChange *pChange; /* New change object */
int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */
int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */
-
+
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
pTab->nEntry++;
-
+
/* Figure out how large an allocation is required */
nByte = sizeof(SessionChange);
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
rc = sessionSerializeValue(0, p, &nByte);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto error_out;
}
-
+
/* Allocate the change object */
pChange = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
if( !pChange ){
memset(pChange, 0, sizeof(SessionChange));
pChange->aRecord = (u8 *)&pChange[1];
}
-
+
/* Populate the change object. None of the preupdate_old(),
** preupdate_new() or SerializeValue() calls below may fail as all
** required values and encodings have already been cached in memory.
}else if( pC->bIndirect ){
/* If the existing change is considered "indirect", but this current
** change is "direct", mark the change object as direct. */
- if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0
- && pSession->bIndirect==0
+ if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0
+ && pSession->bIndirect==0
){
pC->bIndirect = 0;
}
/* If an error has occurred, mark the session object as failed. */
error_out:
+ if( pTab->bStat1 ){
+ pSession->hook = stat1.hook;
+ }
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
pSession->rc = rc;
}
}
static int sessionFindTable(
- sqlite3_session *pSession,
+ sqlite3_session *pSession,
const char *zName,
SessionTable **ppTab
){
/* If there is a table-filter configured, invoke it. If it returns 0,
** do not automatically add the new table. */
if( pSession->xTableFilter==0
- || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName)
+ || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName)
){
rc = sqlite3session_attach(pSession, zName);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
for(pSession=(sqlite3_session *)pCtx; pSession; pSession=pSession->pNext){
SessionTable *pTab;
- /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp"
- ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip
+ /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp"
+ ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip
** to the next session object attached to this database. */
if( pSession->bEnable==0 ) continue;
if( pSession->rc ) continue;
static char *sessionExprComparePK(
int nCol,
- const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2,
+ const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2,
const char *zTab,
const char **azCol, u8 *abPK
){
static char *sessionExprCompareOther(
int nCol,
- const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2,
+ const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2,
const char *zTab,
const char **azCol, u8 *abPK
){
}
static int sessionDiffFindModified(
- sqlite3_session *pSession,
- SessionTable *pTab,
- const char *zFrom,
+ sqlite3_session *pSession,
+ SessionTable *pTab,
+ const char *zFrom,
const char *zExpr
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( abPK[i] ) bHasPk = 1;
}
}
-
}
sqlite3_free((char*)azCol);
if( bMismatch ){
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol,
+ zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol,
zDb, zFrom, pTo->zName, pTo->azCol, pTo->abPK
);
}
memcpy(pNew->zDb, zDb, nDb+1);
sessionPreupdateHooks(pNew);
- /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects
+ /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects
** attached to database handle $db. Do this under the cover of the db
** handle mutex. */
sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
}
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pSession->pZeroBlob);
- /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their
+ /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their
** associated hash-tables. */
sessionDeleteTable(pSession->pTable);
** Set a table filter on a Session Object.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
- sqlite3_session *pSession,
+ sqlite3_session *pSession,
int(*xFilter)(void*, const char*),
void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */
){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
/* Populate the new SessionTable object and link it into the list.
- ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not
+ ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not
** simply added to the start of it in order to ensure that tables
** appear in the correct order when a changeset or patchset is
** eventually generated. */
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
-** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer.
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer.
**
** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
** returning.
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
-** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer.
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer.
**
** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
** returning.
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
-** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer.
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer.
**
** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
** returning.
*/
static void sessionAppendBlob(
- SessionBuffer *p,
- const u8 *aBlob,
- int nBlob,
+ SessionBuffer *p,
+ const u8 *aBlob,
+ int nBlob,
int *pRc
){
if( nBlob>0 && 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nBlob, pRc) ){
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
** called. Otherwise, append a string to the buffer. All bytes in the string
** up to (but not including) the nul-terminator are written to the buffer.
**
** returning.
*/
static void sessionAppendStr(
- SessionBuffer *p,
- const char *zStr,
+ SessionBuffer *p,
+ const char *zStr,
int *pRc
){
int nStr = sqlite3Strlen30(zStr);
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
** called. Otherwise, append the string representation of integer iVal
** to the buffer. No nul-terminator is written.
**
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
** called. Otherwise, append the string zStr enclosed in quotes (") and
-** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No
+** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No
** nul-terminator byte is written.
**
** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
/*
**
-** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments
-** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change
+** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments
+** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change
** consists of:
**
** 1 byte: SQLITE_UPDATE (0x17)
** If all of the old.* values are equal to their corresponding new.* value
** (i.e. nothing has changed), then no data at all is appended to the buffer.
**
-** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the
-** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record
+** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the
+** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record
** contains the new values of only those fields that have been modified.
-*/
+*/
static int sessionAppendUpdate(
SessionBuffer *pBuf, /* Buffer to append to */
int bPatchset, /* True for "patchset", 0 for "changeset" */
int nHdr = 1 + sessionVarintGet(&pCsr[1], &n);
assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
nAdvance = nHdr + n;
- if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)
- && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i)
+ if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)
+ && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i)
&& (n==0 || 0==memcmp(&pCsr[nHdr], sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, i), n))
){
break;
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Prepared SELECT statement */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int i;
- const char *zSep = "";
- SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+ char *zSql = 0;
+ int nSql = -1;
- sessionAppendStr(&buf, "SELECT * FROM ", &rc);
- sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zDb, &rc);
- sessionAppendStr(&buf, ".", &rc);
- sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
- sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc);
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- if( abPK[i] ){
- sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc);
- sessionAppendIdent(&buf, azCol[i], &rc);
- sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = ?", &rc);
- sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i+1, &rc);
- zSep = " AND ";
+ if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("sqlite_stat1", zTab) ){
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "SELECT tbl, ?2, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl IS ?1 AND "
+ "idx IS (CASE WHEN ?2=X'' THEN NULL ELSE ?2 END)", zDb
+ );
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ const char *zSep = "";
+ SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+
+ sessionAppendStr(&buf, "SELECT * FROM ", &rc);
+ sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zDb, &rc);
+ sessionAppendStr(&buf, ".", &rc);
+ sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
+ sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc);
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ if( abPK[i] ){
+ sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc);
+ sessionAppendIdent(&buf, azCol[i], &rc);
+ sessionAppendStr(&buf, " IS ?", &rc);
+ sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i+1, &rc);
+ zSep = " AND ";
+ }
}
+ zSql = (char*)buf.aBuf;
+ nSql = buf.nBuf;
}
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, ppStmt, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, nSql, ppStmt, 0);
}
- sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
return rc;
}
/*
** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to other than SQLITE_OK when it
-** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary
+** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary
** changeset format) to buffer *pBuf. If an error occurs, set *pRc to an
** SQLite error code before returning.
*/
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the new changeset/patchset
** stored in output variables *pnChangeset and *ppChangeset. Or, if an error
-** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set
+** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set
** to 0.
*/
static int sessionGenerateChangeset(
/* If the buffer is now larger than SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE, pass
** its contents to the xOutput() callback. */
- if( xOutput
- && rc==SQLITE_OK
- && buf.nBuf>nNoop
- && buf.nBuf>SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE
+ if( xOutput
+ && rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && buf.nBuf>nNoop
+ && buf.nBuf>SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE
){
rc = xOutput(pOut, (void*)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf);
nNoop = -1;
}
/*
-** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the
+** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the
** session object passed as the first argument.
**
-** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
** using sqlite3_free().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
}
/*
-** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the
+** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the
** session object passed as the first argument.
**
-** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
** using sqlite3_free().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset(
/*
** This function sets the value of the sqlite3_value object passed as the
-** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[]
+** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[]
** buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an OOM
** error occurs.
*/
u8 enc /* String encoding (0 for blobs) */
){
/* In theory this code could just pass SQLITE_TRANSIENT as the final
- ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created
+ ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created
** automatically. But doing so makes it difficult to detect any OOM
** error. Hence the code to create the copy externally. */
u8 *aCopy = sqlite3_malloc(nData+1);
** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column),
** + table name (nul terminated).
**
-** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input
+** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input
** buffer (i.e. that it can be accessed without any calls to xInput()).
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
** The input pointer is not moved.
** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column),
** + table name (nul terminated).
**
-** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol,
-** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is
+** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol,
+** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is
** also allocated or resized according to the new value of p->nCol. The
** input pointer is left pointing to the byte following the table header.
**
** record is written to *paRec before returning and the number of bytes in
** the record to *pnRec.
**
-** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is
-** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite
-** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further
+** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is
+** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite
+** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further
** changes in the changeset.
*/
static int sessionChangesetNext(
return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT);
}
- if( paRec ){
+ if( paRec ){
int nVal; /* Number of values to buffer */
if( p->bPatchset==0 && op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
nVal = p->nCol * 2;
/*
** This function may only be called with a changeset iterator that has been
-** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT
+** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT
** conflict-handler function. Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned.
**
** If successful, *ppValue is set to point to an sqlite3_value structure
int nCol; /* Size of azCol[] and abPK[] arrays */
const char **azCol; /* Array of column names */
u8 *abPK; /* Boolean array - true if column is in PK */
-
+ int bStat1; /* True if table is sqlite_stat1 */
int bDeferConstraints; /* True to defer constraints */
SessionBuffer constraints; /* Deferred constraints are stored here */
};
}
/*
-** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db.
+** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db.
** Assuming a table structure like this:
**
** CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c));
** b = CASE WHEN ?5 THEN ?6 ELSE b END,
** c = CASE WHEN ?8 THEN ?9 ELSE c END,
** d = CASE WHEN ?11 THEN ?12 ELSE d END
-** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR
+** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR
** (?5==0 OR b IS ?4) AND (?11==0 OR d IS ?10) AND
** )
**
return rc;
}
+
/*
** Formulate and prepare an SQL statement to query table zTab by primary
** key. Assuming the following table structure:
return rc;
}
+static int sessionPrepare(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **pp, const char *zSql){
+ return sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, pp, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare statements for applying changes to the sqlite_stat1 table.
+** These are similar to those created by sessionSelectRow(),
+** sessionInsertRow(), sessionUpdateRow() and sessionDeleteRow() for
+** other tables.
+*/
+static int sessionStat1Sql(sqlite3 *db, SessionApplyCtx *p){
+ int rc = sessionSelectRow(db, "sqlite_stat1", p);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sessionPrepare(db, &p->pInsert,
+ "INSERT INTO main.sqlite_stat1 VALUES(?1, "
+ "CASE WHEN length(?2)=0 AND typeof(?2)='blob' THEN NULL ELSE ?2 END, "
+ "?3)"
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sessionPrepare(db, &p->pUpdate,
+ "UPDATE main.sqlite_stat1 SET "
+ "tbl = CASE WHEN ?2 THEN ?3 ELSE tbl END, "
+ "idx = CASE WHEN ?5 THEN ?6 ELSE idx END, "
+ "stat = CASE WHEN ?8 THEN ?9 ELSE stat END "
+ "WHERE tbl=?1 AND idx IS "
+ "CASE WHEN length(?4)=0 AND typeof(?4)='blob' THEN NULL ELSE ?4 END "
+ "AND (?10 OR ?8=0 OR stat IS ?7)"
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sessionPrepare(db, &p->pDelete,
+ "DELETE FROM main.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=?1 AND idx IS "
+ "CASE WHEN length(?2)=0 AND typeof(?2)='blob' THEN NULL ELSE ?2 END "
+ "AND (?4 OR stat IS ?3)"
+ );
+ }
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ return rc;
+}
+
/*
-** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem.
+** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem.
** See comments in the body of this function for details.
*/
static int sessionBindValue(
}
/*
-** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function
+** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function
** transfers new.* values from the current iterator entry to statement
** pStmt. The table being inserted into has nCol columns.
**
-** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of
+** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of
** statement pStmt. If parameter abPK is NULL, all values from 0 to (nCol-1)
** are transfered to the statement. Otherwise, if abPK is not NULL, it points
-** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for
-** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the
+** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for
+** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the
** statement.
**
** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/* Neither sqlite3changeset_old or sqlite3changeset_new can fail if the
- ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue
- ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return
+ ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue
+ ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return
** in the code below. */
assert( xValue==sqlite3changeset_old || xValue==sqlite3changeset_new );
** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function.
** This function binds the primary key values from the change that changeset
** iterator pIter points to to the SELECT and attempts to seek to the table
-** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row
+** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row
** and SQLITE_ROW is returned. Otherwise, if no row is found and no error
** has occured, the statement is reset and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
** error occurs, the statement is reset and an SQLite error code is returned.
**
-** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset()
+** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset()
** statement pSelect. If any other value is returned, the statement does
** not require a reset().
**
** If the iterator currently points to an INSERT record, bind values from the
** new.* record to the SELECT statement. Or, if it points to a DELETE or
-** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record.
+** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record.
*/
static int sessionSeekToRow(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
const char *zDummy; /* Unused */
sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0);
- rc = sessionBindRow(pIter,
+ rc = sessionBindRow(pIter,
op==SQLITE_INSERT ? sqlite3changeset_new : sqlite3changeset_old,
nCol, abPK, pSelect
);
** is set to non-zero before returning SQLITE_OK.
**
** If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, SQLITE_ABORT is
-** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value,
+** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value,
** SQLITE_MISUSE. If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT,
** this function returns SQLITE_OK.
*/
** to true before returning. In this case the caller will invoke this function
** again, this time with pbRetry set to NULL.
**
-** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is
+** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is
** encountered invoke the conflict handler with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT instead.
** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, invoke it with CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If such
** an invocation returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, set *pbReplace to true
** before retrying. In this case the caller attempts to remove the conflicting
-** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set
+** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set
** to NULL.
**
** If any conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, this function
-** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is
+** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is
** returned.
*/
static int sessionApplyOneOp(
}else{
assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT );
- rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, sqlite3changeset_new, nCol, 0, p->pInsert);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( p->bStat1 ){
+ /* Check if there is a conflicting row. For sqlite_stat1, this needs
+ ** to be done using a SELECT, as there is no PRIMARY KEY in the
+ ** database schema to throw an exception if a duplicate is inserted. */
+ rc = sessionSeekToRow(p->db, pIter, p->abPK, p->pSelect);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ sqlite3_reset(p->pSelect);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, sqlite3changeset_new, nCol, 0, p->pInsert);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ sqlite3_step(p->pInsert);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pInsert);
+ }
- sqlite3_step(p->pInsert);
- rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pInsert);
if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
rc = sessionConflictHandler(
SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, pbReplace
** the conflict handler callback.
**
** The difference between this function and sessionApplyOne() is that this
-** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and
+** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and
** returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE - indicating that the change should be
** retried in some manner.
*/
/* If the bRetry flag is set, the change has not been applied due to an
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem (i.e. this is an UPDATE or DELETE and
** a row with the correct PK is present in the db, but one or more other
- ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler
+ ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler
** returned SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case retry the operation,
** but pass NULL as the final argument so that sessionApplyOneOp() ignores
** the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem. */
assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_INSERT );
rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT replace_op", 0, 0, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sessionBindRow(pIter,
+ rc = sessionBindRow(pIter,
sqlite3changeset_new, pApply->nCol, pApply->abPK, pApply->pDelete);
sqlite3_bind_int(pApply->pDelete, pApply->nCol+1, 1);
}
** Retry the changes accumulated in the pApply->constraints buffer.
*/
static int sessionRetryConstraints(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
int bPatchset,
const char *zTab,
SessionApplyCtx *pApply,
/*
** Argument pIter is a changeset iterator that has been initialized, but
-** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the
+** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the
** changeset to the main database attached to handle "db". The supplied
** conflict handler callback is invoked to resolve any conflicts encountered
** while applying the change.
int nCol;
int op;
const char *zNew;
-
+
sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zNew, &nCol, &op, 0);
if( zTab==0 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zNew, zTab, nTab+1) ){
sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol); /* cast works around VC++ bug */
sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete);
- sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate);
+ sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate);
sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert);
sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect);
memset(&sApply, 0, sizeof(sApply));
sApply.db = db;
sApply.bDeferConstraints = 1;
- /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the
+ /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the
** xFilter callback returns zero, skip this table. If it returns
** non-zero, proceed. */
schemaMismatch = (xFilter && (0==xFilter(pCtx, zNew)));
for(i=0; i<sApply.nCol; i++){
if( sApply.abPK[i] ) nMinCol = i+1;
}
-
+
if( sApply.nCol==0 ){
schemaMismatch = 1;
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA,
"sqlite3changeset_apply(): no such table: %s", zTab
);
}
else if( sApply.nCol<nCol ){
schemaMismatch = 1;
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA,
"sqlite3changeset_apply(): table %s has %d columns, "
- "expected %d or more",
+ "expected %d or more",
zTab, sApply.nCol, nCol
);
}
}
else{
sApply.nCol = nCol;
- if((rc = sessionSelectRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
- || (rc = sessionUpdateRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
- || (rc = sessionDeleteRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
- || (rc = sessionInsertRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
- ){
- break;
+ if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zTab, "sqlite_stat1") ){
+ if( (rc = sessionStat1Sql(db, &sApply) ) ){
+ break;
+ }
+ sApply.bStat1 = 1;
+ }else{
+ if((rc = sessionSelectRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
+ || (rc = sessionUpdateRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
+ || (rc = sessionDeleteRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
+ || (rc = sessionInsertRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
+ ){
+ break;
+ }
+ sApply.bStat1 = 0;
}
}
nTab = sqlite3Strlen30(zTab);
),
void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */
){
- sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */
+ sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */
int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nChangeset, pChangeset);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sessionChangesetApply(db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx);
),
void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */
){
- sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */
+ sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */
int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sessionChangesetApply(db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx);
}else{
int op1 = pExist->op;
- /*
+ /*
** op1=INSERT, op2=INSERT -> Unsupported. Discard op2.
** op1=INSERT, op2=UPDATE -> INSERT.
** op1=INSERT, op2=DELETE -> (none)
** op1=DELETE, op2=INSERT -> UPDATE.
** op1=DELETE, op2=UPDATE -> Unsupported. Discard op2.
** op1=DELETE, op2=DELETE -> Unsupported. Discard op2.
- */
+ */
if( (op1==SQLITE_INSERT && op2==SQLITE_INSERT)
|| (op1==SQLITE_UPDATE && op2==SQLITE_INSERT)
|| (op1==SQLITE_DELETE && op2==SQLITE_UPDATE)
/* The new object must be linked on to the end of the list, not
** simply added to the start of it. This is to ensure that the
- ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in
+ ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in
** the right order. */
for(ppTab=&pGrp->pList; *ppTab; ppTab=&(*ppTab)->pNext);
*ppTab = pTab;
pTab, (pIter->bPatchset && op==SQLITE_DELETE), aRec, pTab->nChange
);
- /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table.
+ /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table.
** Code below may link it back in.
*/
for(pp=&pTab->apChange[iHash]; *pp; pp=&(*pp)->pNext){
}
}
- rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab,
+ rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab,
pIter->bPatchset, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, &pChange
);
if( rc ) break;
**
** If xOutput is not NULL, then the changeset/patchset is returned to the
** user via one or more calls to xOutput, as with the other streaming
-** interfaces.
+** interfaces.
**
** Or, if xOutput is NULL, then (*ppOut) is populated with a pointer to a
** buffer containing the output changeset before this function returns. In
assert( xOutput==0 || (ppOut==0 && pnOut==0) );
/* Create the serialized output changeset based on the contents of the
- ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList.
+ ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList.
*/
for(pTab=pGrp->pList; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){
int i;
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(
sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp,
- int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+ int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
){
return sessionChangegroupOutput(pGrp, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0);
}
}
-/*
+/*
** Combine two changesets together.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
}
-/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition
+/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition
*/
static void jsonOom(JsonString *p){
p->bErr = 1;
}
/*
-** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under
+** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under
** construction.
*/
static void jsonAppendValue(
*/
static void jsonResult(JsonString *p){
if( p->bErr==0 ){
- sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed,
+ sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed,
p->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free,
SQLITE_UTF8);
jsonZero(p);
if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n,
SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else
+ }else
#endif
assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 );
if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_ESCAPE)==0 ){
char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("json_%s() needs an odd number of arguments",
zFuncName);
sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zMsg);
+ sqlite3_free(zMsg);
}
/*
/*
** Implementation of the json_QUOTE(VALUE) function. Return a JSON value
-** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting
+** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting
** double-quotes around strings and returning the unquoted string "null"
** when given a NULL input.
*/
** json_array_length(JSON)
** json_array_length(JSON, PATH)
**
-** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array.
+** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array.
** Return 0 if the input is not a well-formed JSON array.
*/
static void jsonArrayLengthFunc(
UNUSED_PARAM(argv);
UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
UNUSED_PARAM(pAux);
- rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db,
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db,
"CREATE TABLE x(key,value,type,atom,id,parent,fullkey,path,"
"json HIDDEN,root HIDDEN)");
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
break;
}
case JEACH_ID: {
- sqlite3_result_int64(ctx,
+ sqlite3_result_int64(ctx,
(sqlite3_int64)p->i + ((pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0));
break;
}
#endif
for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFunc)/sizeof(aFunc[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aFunc[i].zName, aFunc[i].nArg,
- SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,
+ SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,
(void*)&aFunc[i].flag,
aFunc[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
}
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char **pzErrMsg,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
/************** Begin file fts5.c ********************************************/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5)
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
** FTS5 may be extended with:
**
** * custom tokenizers, and
** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
**
** xUserData(pFts):
-** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
+** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
** registered with.
**
** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
-** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
+** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
** the FTS5 table.
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** xColumnCount(pFts):
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table
** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0.
**
** xInst:
** with the offsets=0 option specified. In this case *piOff is always
** set to -1.
**
-** Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM)
+** Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM)
** if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
**
** xRowid:
** Returns the rowid of the current row.
**
** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to
-** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
-** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
-** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
+** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
+** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
+** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row.
-** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
+** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
** the third argument to pUserData.
**
** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
**
** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
**
-** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions
+** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions
** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
** of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
**
** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
-** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
-** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
+** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
+** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
** single auxiliary data context.
**
** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
**
** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
**
-** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
+** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
**
** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
-** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
+** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
**
** Fts5PhraseIter iter;
** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below).
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates
** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1).
**
** }
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
-** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
-** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
+** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
+** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
+** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1).
**
** The information accessed using this API and its companion
** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext
** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is
** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with
-** "detail=column" tables.
+** "detail=column" tables.
**
** xPhraseNextColumn()
** See xPhraseFirstColumn above.
int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */
int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */
void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol);
};
-/*
+/*
** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
**
-** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
-** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
**
** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
-** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
+** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
** to create the FTS5 table.
**
-** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
+** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
-** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
+** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
** is undefined.
**
** xDelete:
** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
**
** xTokenize:
-** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
+** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
** returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
** FTS index.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
-** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
+** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
**
** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
-** on a columnsize=0 database.
+** on a columnsize=0 database.
** </ul>
**
** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
** which the token is derived within the input.
**
** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
-** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
+** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
**
-** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
+** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
** order that they occur within the input text.
**
** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
** SYNONYM SUPPORT
**
** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
-** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
+** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
**
** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5:
**
-** <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the
+** <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the
** In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the
** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in
** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won
** as expected.
**
** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
-** In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may
+** In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may
** provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document.
** FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For
** example, faced with the query:
** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
**
** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
-** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
+** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
** similar to:
**
** <codeblock>
** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
**
** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
-** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
+** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
** being treated as a single phrase.
**
** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
-** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
+** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
** "place".
**
** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be
-** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
+** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the
** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
** </ol>
**
** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
-** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
+** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
** single token.
**
-** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
+** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
**
-** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
+** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
** within the database.
**
** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
-** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
+** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
-** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
+** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
**
struct fts5_tokenizer {
int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
void *pCtx,
int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
- const char *pText, int nText,
+ const char *pText, int nText,
int (*xToken)(
void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
#endif
-/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is
+/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is
** (65536-1-1-4-9)==65521 bytes. The limiting factor is the 16-bit offset
** field that occurs at the start of each leaf page (see fts5_index.c). */
#define FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE 32768
/*
** The assert_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it
-** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be
+** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be
** guranteed that the database is not corrupt.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
typedef struct Fts5Global Fts5Global;
typedef struct Fts5Colset Fts5Colset;
-/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns,
+/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns,
** then an object of the following type is used to record the set of columns.
** Each entry in the aiCol[] array is a column that may be matched.
**
**
** nAutomerge:
** The minimum number of segments that an auto-merge operation should
-** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the
+** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the
** compile time default. Zero disables auto-merge altogether.
**
** zContent:
**
** zContentRowid:
-** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or
+** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or
** the string "rowid" otherwise. This text is not quoted - if it is
** used as part of an SQL statement it needs to be quoted appropriately.
**
** zContentExprlist:
**
** pzErrmsg:
-** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a
+** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a
** decent error message if it encounters a file-format version it does
** not understand.
**
int nPrefix; /* Number of prefix indexes */
int *aPrefix; /* Sizes in bytes of nPrefix prefix indexes */
int eContent; /* An FTS5_CONTENT value */
- char *zContent; /* content table */
- char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */
+ char *zContent; /* content table */
+ char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */
int bColumnsize; /* "columnsize=" option value (dflt==1) */
int eDetail; /* FTS5_DETAIL_XXX value */
char *zContentExprlist;
** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments.
*/
static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(
- i64 iRowid,
- int iCol,
- int iPos,
+ i64 iRowid,
+ int iCol,
+ int iPos,
int iIdx,
const char *pTerm,
int nTerm
);
/*
-** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in
+** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in
** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the
** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(
- const char *p,
- int nByte,
+ const char *p,
+ int nByte,
int nChar
);
/*
-** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the
+** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the
** specified token or token prefix.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(
/*
-** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is
+** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is
** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more
** times.
**
/*
** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it
** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data
-** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data
+** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data
** records must be invalidated.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p);
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index*, u64 cksum);
-/*
-** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF
-** fts5_decode() with SQLite
+/*
+** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF
+** fts5_decode() with SQLite
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3*);
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index*, int);
/*
-** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by
+** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by
** this connection since it was created.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p);
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v);
static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal);
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(
- Fts5Global*,
+ Fts5Global*,
const char **azArg,
int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer**,
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c.
*/
typedef struct Fts5Hash Fts5Hash;
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains
+** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains
** code to access the data stored in the %_content and %_docsize tables.
*/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c.
*/
typedef struct Fts5Expr Fts5Expr;
typedef struct Fts5ExprNode Fts5ExprNode;
/* Parse a MATCH expression. */
static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
int iCol, /* Column on LHS of MATCH operator */
const char *zExpr,
- Fts5Expr **ppNew,
+ Fts5Expr **ppNew,
char **pzErr
);
);
static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
- Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase,
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase,
Fts5Token *pToken,
int bPrefix
);
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(Fts5ExprPhrase*);
+
static Fts5ExprNearset *sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(
- Fts5Parse*,
+ Fts5Parse*,
Fts5ExprNearset*,
- Fts5ExprPhrase*
+ Fts5ExprPhrase*
);
static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(
- Fts5Parse*,
- Fts5Colset*,
+ Fts5Parse*,
+ Fts5Colset*,
Fts5Token *
);
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api*);
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api*);
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*);
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c.
+** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(int c);
static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(int c);
#define FTS5_STRING 9
#define FTS5_LP 10
#define FTS5_RP 11
-#define FTS5_COMMA 12
-#define FTS5_PLUS 13
-#define FTS5_STAR 14
+#define FTS5_CARET 12
+#define FTS5_COMMA 13
+#define FTS5_PLUS 14
+#define FTS5_STAR 15
/*
** 2000-05-29
** the minor type might be the name of the identifier.
** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type.
** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though.
-** This macros defines the minor type for terminal
+** This macros defines the minor type for terminal
** symbols.
** fts5YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types.
** This is typically a union of many types, one of
** defined, then do no error processing.
** fts5YYNSTATE the combined number of states.
** fts5YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar
+** fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN Number of terminal symbols
** fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT Maximum value for shift actions
** fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
** fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
-** fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE Minimum value for reduce actions
-** fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE Maximum value for reduce actions
** fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION The fts5yy_action[] code for syntax error
** fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The fts5yy_action[] code for accept
** fts5YY_NO_ACTION The fts5yy_action[] code for no-op
+** fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE Minimum value for reduce actions
+** fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE Maximum value for reduce actions
*/
#ifndef INTERFACE
# define INTERFACE 1
#endif
/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/
#define fts5YYCODETYPE unsigned char
-#define fts5YYNOCODE 28
+#define fts5YYNOCODE 29
#define fts5YYACTIONTYPE unsigned char
#define sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE Fts5Token
typedef union {
int fts5yyinit;
sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yy0;
int fts5yy4;
- Fts5Colset* fts5yy11;
- Fts5ExprNode* fts5yy24;
- Fts5ExprNearset* fts5yy46;
- Fts5ExprPhrase* fts5yy53;
+ Fts5ExprPhrase* fts5yy11;
+ Fts5ExprNearset* fts5yy14;
+ Fts5Colset* fts5yy43;
+ Fts5ExprNode* fts5yy54;
} fts5YYMINORTYPE;
#ifndef fts5YYSTACKDEPTH
#define fts5YYSTACKDEPTH 100
#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_PDECL ,Fts5Parse *pParse
#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH Fts5Parse *pParse = fts5yypParser->pParse
#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE fts5yypParser->pParse = pParse
-#define fts5YYNSTATE 33
-#define fts5YYNRULE 27
-#define fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT 32
-#define fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 50
-#define fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 76
-#define fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE 77
-#define fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE 103
-#define fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION 104
-#define fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 105
-#define fts5YY_NO_ACTION 106
+#define fts5YYNSTATE 35
+#define fts5YYNRULE 28
+#define fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN 16
+#define fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT 34
+#define fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 52
+#define fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 79
+#define fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION 80
+#define fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 81
+#define fts5YY_NO_ACTION 82
+#define fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE 83
+#define fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE 110
/************* End control #defines *******************************************/
/* Define the fts5yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement
** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.
+** action integer.
**
** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as
** follows
** N between fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Shift to an arbitrary state then
** and fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE reduce by rule N-fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE.
**
-** N between fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE Reduce by rule N-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE
-** and fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE
-**
** N == fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION A syntax error has occurred.
**
** N == fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The parser accepts its input.
** N == fts5YY_NO_ACTION No such action. Denotes unused
** slots in the fts5yy_action[] table.
**
+** N between fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE Reduce by rule N-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE
+** and fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE
+**
** The action table is constructed as a single large table named fts5yy_action[].
** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as either:
**
** (A) N = fts5yy_action[ fts5yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
** (B) N = fts5yy_default[S]
**
-** The (A) formula is preferred. The B formula is used instead if:
-** (1) The fts5yy_shift_ofst[S]+X value is out of range, or
-** (2) fts5yy_lookahead[fts5yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X, or
-** (3) fts5yy_shift_ofst[S] equal fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
-** (Implementation note: fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT is chosen so that
-** fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT+X will be out of range for all possible lookaheads X.
-** Hence only tests (1) and (2) need to be evaluated.)
+** The (A) formula is preferred. The B formula is used instead if
+** fts5yy_lookahead[fts5yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X.
**
** The formulas above are for computing the action when the lookahead is
** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
** a reduce action) then the fts5yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
-** the fts5yy_shift_ofst[] array and fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
-** fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+** the fts5yy_shift_ofst[] array.
**
** The following are the tables generated in this section:
**
** fts5yy_default[] Default action for each state.
**
*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/
-#define fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (98)
+#define fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (105)
static const fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_action[] = {
- /* 0 */ 105, 19, 90, 6, 26, 93, 92, 24, 24, 17,
- /* 10 */ 90, 6, 26, 16, 92, 54, 24, 18, 90, 6,
- /* 20 */ 26, 10, 92, 12, 24, 75, 86, 90, 6, 26,
- /* 30 */ 13, 92, 75, 24, 20, 90, 6, 26, 101, 92,
- /* 40 */ 56, 24, 27, 90, 6, 26, 100, 92, 21, 24,
- /* 50 */ 23, 15, 30, 11, 1, 91, 22, 25, 9, 92,
- /* 60 */ 7, 24, 3, 4, 5, 3, 4, 5, 3, 77,
- /* 70 */ 4, 5, 3, 61, 23, 15, 60, 11, 80, 12,
- /* 80 */ 2, 13, 68, 10, 29, 52, 55, 75, 31, 32,
- /* 90 */ 8, 28, 5, 3, 51, 55, 72, 14,
+ /* 0 */ 81, 20, 96, 6, 28, 99, 98, 26, 26, 18,
+ /* 10 */ 96, 6, 28, 17, 98, 56, 26, 19, 96, 6,
+ /* 20 */ 28, 14, 98, 108, 26, 92, 96, 6, 28, 25,
+ /* 30 */ 98, 78, 26, 21, 96, 6, 28, 107, 98, 58,
+ /* 40 */ 26, 29, 96, 6, 28, 32, 98, 22, 26, 24,
+ /* 50 */ 16, 23, 11, 1, 14, 13, 24, 16, 31, 11,
+ /* 60 */ 3, 97, 13, 27, 8, 98, 82, 26, 7, 4,
+ /* 70 */ 5, 3, 4, 5, 3, 83, 4, 5, 3, 63,
+ /* 80 */ 33, 34, 62, 12, 2, 86, 13, 10, 12, 71,
+ /* 90 */ 10, 13, 78, 5, 3, 78, 9, 30, 75, 82,
+ /* 100 */ 54, 57, 53, 57, 15,
};
static const fts5YYCODETYPE fts5yy_lookahead[] = {
- /* 0 */ 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 22, 24, 24, 17,
- /* 10 */ 18, 19, 20, 7, 22, 9, 24, 17, 18, 19,
- /* 20 */ 20, 10, 22, 9, 24, 14, 17, 18, 19, 20,
- /* 30 */ 9, 22, 14, 24, 17, 18, 19, 20, 26, 22,
- /* 40 */ 9, 24, 17, 18, 19, 20, 26, 22, 21, 24,
- /* 50 */ 6, 7, 13, 9, 10, 18, 21, 20, 5, 22,
- /* 60 */ 5, 24, 3, 1, 2, 3, 1, 2, 3, 0,
- /* 70 */ 1, 2, 3, 11, 6, 7, 11, 9, 5, 9,
- /* 80 */ 10, 9, 11, 10, 12, 8, 9, 14, 24, 25,
- /* 90 */ 23, 24, 2, 3, 8, 9, 9, 9,
+ /* 0 */ 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 23, 23, 25, 25, 18,
+ /* 10 */ 19, 20, 21, 7, 23, 9, 25, 18, 19, 20,
+ /* 20 */ 21, 9, 23, 27, 25, 18, 19, 20, 21, 25,
+ /* 30 */ 23, 15, 25, 18, 19, 20, 21, 27, 23, 9,
+ /* 40 */ 25, 18, 19, 20, 21, 14, 23, 22, 25, 6,
+ /* 50 */ 7, 22, 9, 10, 9, 12, 6, 7, 13, 9,
+ /* 60 */ 3, 19, 12, 21, 5, 23, 28, 25, 5, 1,
+ /* 70 */ 2, 3, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 3, 11,
+ /* 80 */ 25, 26, 11, 9, 10, 5, 12, 10, 9, 11,
+ /* 90 */ 10, 12, 15, 2, 3, 15, 24, 25, 9, 28,
+ /* 100 */ 8, 9, 8, 9, 9, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28,
+ /* 110 */ 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28,
+ /* 120 */ 28,
};
-#define fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (98)
-#define fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT (32)
+#define fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT (34)
#define fts5YY_SHIFT_MIN (0)
-#define fts5YY_SHIFT_MAX (90)
+#define fts5YY_SHIFT_MAX (95)
static const unsigned char fts5yy_shift_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ 44, 44, 44, 44, 44, 44, 68, 70, 72, 14,
- /* 10 */ 21, 73, 11, 18, 18, 31, 31, 62, 65, 69,
- /* 20 */ 90, 77, 86, 6, 39, 53, 55, 59, 39, 87,
- /* 30 */ 88, 39, 71,
+ /* 0 */ 43, 43, 43, 43, 43, 43, 50, 74, 79, 45,
+ /* 10 */ 12, 80, 77, 12, 16, 16, 30, 30, 68, 71,
+ /* 20 */ 75, 91, 92, 94, 6, 31, 31, 59, 63, 57,
+ /* 30 */ 31, 89, 95, 31, 78,
};
-#define fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-18)
-#define fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT (16)
-#define fts5YY_REDUCE_MIN (-17)
-#define fts5YY_REDUCE_MAX (67)
+#define fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT (17)
+#define fts5YY_REDUCE_MIN (-18)
+#define fts5YY_REDUCE_MAX (72)
static const signed char fts5yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ -16, -8, 0, 9, 17, 25, 37, -17, 64, -17,
- /* 10 */ 67, 12, 12, 12, 20, 27, 35,
+ /* 0 */ -17, -9, -1, 7, 15, 23, 42, -18, -18, 55,
+ /* 10 */ 72, -4, -4, 4, -4, 10, 25, 29,
};
static const fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_default[] = {
- /* 0 */ 104, 104, 104, 104, 104, 104, 89, 104, 98, 104,
- /* 10 */ 104, 103, 103, 103, 103, 104, 104, 104, 104, 104,
- /* 20 */ 85, 104, 104, 104, 94, 104, 104, 84, 96, 104,
- /* 30 */ 104, 97, 104,
+ /* 0 */ 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 95, 80, 80, 105,
+ /* 10 */ 80, 110, 110, 80, 110, 110, 80, 80, 80, 80,
+ /* 20 */ 80, 91, 80, 80, 80, 101, 100, 80, 80, 90,
+ /* 30 */ 103, 80, 80, 104, 80,
};
/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/
-/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.
+/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.
** If a construct like the following:
-**
+**
** %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
#endif /* NDEBUG */
#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
+/*
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL
+** by making either argument NULL
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+#if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG)
/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
** are required. The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = {
- "$", "OR", "AND", "NOT",
- "TERM", "COLON", "MINUS", "LCP",
- "RCP", "STRING", "LP", "RP",
- "COMMA", "PLUS", "STAR", "error",
- "input", "expr", "cnearset", "exprlist",
- "colset", "colsetlist", "nearset", "nearphrases",
- "phrase", "neardist_opt", "star_opt",
+static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = {
+ /* 0 */ "$",
+ /* 1 */ "OR",
+ /* 2 */ "AND",
+ /* 3 */ "NOT",
+ /* 4 */ "TERM",
+ /* 5 */ "COLON",
+ /* 6 */ "MINUS",
+ /* 7 */ "LCP",
+ /* 8 */ "RCP",
+ /* 9 */ "STRING",
+ /* 10 */ "LP",
+ /* 11 */ "RP",
+ /* 12 */ "CARET",
+ /* 13 */ "COMMA",
+ /* 14 */ "PLUS",
+ /* 15 */ "STAR",
+ /* 16 */ "error",
+ /* 17 */ "input",
+ /* 18 */ "expr",
+ /* 19 */ "cnearset",
+ /* 20 */ "exprlist",
+ /* 21 */ "colset",
+ /* 22 */ "colsetlist",
+ /* 23 */ "nearset",
+ /* 24 */ "nearphrases",
+ /* 25 */ "phrase",
+ /* 26 */ "neardist_opt",
+ /* 27 */ "star_opt",
};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+#endif /* defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) */
#ifndef NDEBUG
/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
/* 15 */ "cnearset ::= nearset",
/* 16 */ "cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset",
/* 17 */ "nearset ::= phrase",
- /* 18 */ "nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP",
- /* 19 */ "nearphrases ::= phrase",
- /* 20 */ "nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase",
- /* 21 */ "neardist_opt ::=",
- /* 22 */ "neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING",
- /* 23 */ "phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt",
- /* 24 */ "phrase ::= STRING star_opt",
- /* 25 */ "star_opt ::= STAR",
- /* 26 */ "star_opt ::=",
+ /* 18 */ "nearset ::= CARET phrase",
+ /* 19 */ "nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP",
+ /* 20 */ "nearphrases ::= phrase",
+ /* 21 */ "nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase",
+ /* 22 */ "neardist_opt ::=",
+ /* 23 */ "neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING",
+ /* 24 */ "phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt",
+ /* 25 */ "phrase ::= STRING star_opt",
+ /* 26 */ "star_opt ::= STAR",
+ /* 27 */ "star_opt ::=",
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */
#endif
p->fts5yystksz = newSize;
}
- return pNew==0;
+ return pNew==0;
}
#endif
}
#ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
-/*
+/*
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal
** or nonterminal. "fts5yymajor" is the symbol code, and "fts5yypminor" is
-** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the
+** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the
** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
** directives of the input grammar.
*/
/* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen
** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
- ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
+ ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
**
** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
** inside the C code.
*/
/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
- case 16: /* input */
+ case 17: /* input */
{
- (void)pParse;
+ (void)pParse;
}
break;
- case 17: /* expr */
- case 18: /* cnearset */
- case 19: /* exprlist */
+ case 18: /* expr */
+ case 19: /* cnearset */
+ case 20: /* exprlist */
{
- sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy24));
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy54));
}
break;
- case 20: /* colset */
- case 21: /* colsetlist */
+ case 21: /* colset */
+ case 22: /* colsetlist */
{
- sqlite3_free((fts5yypminor->fts5yy11));
+ sqlite3_free((fts5yypminor->fts5yy43));
}
break;
- case 22: /* nearset */
- case 23: /* nearphrases */
+ case 23: /* nearset */
+ case 24: /* nearphrases */
{
- sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy46));
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy14));
}
break;
- case 24: /* phrase */
+ case 25: /* phrase */
{
- sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy53));
+ sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy11));
}
break;
/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
}
#ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
-/*
+/*
** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
}
#endif
+/* This array of booleans keeps track of the parser statement
+** coverage. The element fts5yycoverage[X][Y] is set when the parser
+** is in state X and has a lookahead token Y. In a well-tested
+** systems, every element of this matrix should end up being set.
+*/
+#if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE)
+static unsigned char fts5yycoverage[fts5YYNSTATE][fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN];
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write into out a description of every state/lookahead combination that
+**
+** (1) has not been used by the parser, and
+** (2) is not a syntax error.
+**
+** Return the number of missed state/lookahead combinations.
+*/
+#if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE)
+static int sqlite3Fts5ParserCoverage(FILE *out){
+ int stateno, iLookAhead, i;
+ int nMissed = 0;
+ for(stateno=0; stateno<fts5YYNSTATE; stateno++){
+ i = fts5yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+ for(iLookAhead=0; iLookAhead<fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN; iLookAhead++){
+ if( fts5yy_lookahead[i+iLookAhead]!=iLookAhead ) continue;
+ if( fts5yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead]==0 ) nMissed++;
+ if( out ){
+ fprintf(out,"State %d lookahead %s %s\n", stateno,
+ fts5yyTokenName[iLookAhead],
+ fts5yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] ? "ok" : "missed");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return nMissed;
+}
+#endif
+
/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
){
int i;
int stateno = pParser->fts5yytos->stateno;
-
- if( stateno>=fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno;
+
+ if( stateno>fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno;
assert( stateno <= fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
+#if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE)
+ fts5yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1;
+#endif
do{
i = fts5yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+ assert( i>=0 && i+fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN<=sizeof(fts5yy_lookahead)/sizeof(fts5yy_lookahead[0]) );
assert( iLookAhead!=fts5YYNOCODE );
+ assert( iLookAhead < fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN );
i += iLookAhead;
- if( i<0 || i>=fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || fts5yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+ if( fts5yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
#ifdef fts5YYFALLBACK
fts5YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */
if( iLookAhead<sizeof(fts5yyFallback)/sizeof(fts5yyFallback[0])
#ifdef fts5YYWILDCARD
{
int j = i - iLookAhead + fts5YYWILDCARD;
- if(
+ if(
#if fts5YY_SHIFT_MIN+fts5YYWILDCARD<0
j>=0 &&
#endif
assert( stateno<=fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
#endif
i = fts5yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
- assert( i!=fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
assert( iLookAhead!=fts5YYNOCODE );
i += iLookAhead;
#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, int fts5yyNewState){
+static void fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, int fts5yyNewState, const char *zTag){
if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
if( fts5yyNewState<fts5YYNSTATE ){
- fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s', go to state %d\n",
- fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->major],
+ fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%s%s '%s', go to state %d\n",
+ fts5yyTracePrompt, zTag, fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->major],
fts5yyNewState);
}else{
- fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s'\n",
- fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->major]);
+ fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%s%s '%s', pending reduce %d\n",
+ fts5yyTracePrompt, zTag, fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->major],
+ fts5yyNewState - fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE);
}
}
}
#else
-# define fts5yyTraceShift(X,Y)
+# define fts5yyTraceShift(X,Y,Z)
#endif
/*
assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack) );
}
#endif
-#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0
if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>fts5yypParser->fts5yystackEnd ){
fts5yypParser->fts5yytos--;
fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser);
fts5yytos->stateno = (fts5YYACTIONTYPE)fts5yyNewState;
fts5yytos->major = (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yyMajor;
fts5yytos->minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yyMinor;
- fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yypParser, fts5yyNewState);
+ fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yypParser, fts5yyNewState, "Shift");
}
/* The following table contains information about every rule that
fts5YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
signed char nrhs; /* Negative of the number of RHS symbols in the rule */
} fts5yyRuleInfo[] = {
- { 16, -1 },
- { 20, -4 },
- { 20, -3 },
- { 20, -1 },
- { 20, -2 },
- { 21, -2 },
- { 21, -1 },
- { 17, -3 },
- { 17, -3 },
- { 17, -3 },
- { 17, -5 },
- { 17, -3 },
- { 17, -1 },
- { 19, -1 },
- { 19, -2 },
- { 18, -1 },
- { 18, -3 },
- { 22, -1 },
- { 22, -5 },
- { 23, -1 },
- { 23, -2 },
- { 25, 0 },
- { 25, -2 },
- { 24, -4 },
- { 24, -2 },
- { 26, -1 },
- { 26, 0 },
+ { 17, -1 }, /* (0) input ::= expr */
+ { 21, -4 }, /* (1) colset ::= MINUS LCP colsetlist RCP */
+ { 21, -3 }, /* (2) colset ::= LCP colsetlist RCP */
+ { 21, -1 }, /* (3) colset ::= STRING */
+ { 21, -2 }, /* (4) colset ::= MINUS STRING */
+ { 22, -2 }, /* (5) colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING */
+ { 22, -1 }, /* (6) colsetlist ::= STRING */
+ { 18, -3 }, /* (7) expr ::= expr AND expr */
+ { 18, -3 }, /* (8) expr ::= expr OR expr */
+ { 18, -3 }, /* (9) expr ::= expr NOT expr */
+ { 18, -5 }, /* (10) expr ::= colset COLON LP expr RP */
+ { 18, -3 }, /* (11) expr ::= LP expr RP */
+ { 18, -1 }, /* (12) expr ::= exprlist */
+ { 20, -1 }, /* (13) exprlist ::= cnearset */
+ { 20, -2 }, /* (14) exprlist ::= exprlist cnearset */
+ { 19, -1 }, /* (15) cnearset ::= nearset */
+ { 19, -3 }, /* (16) cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset */
+ { 23, -1 }, /* (17) nearset ::= phrase */
+ { 23, -2 }, /* (18) nearset ::= CARET phrase */
+ { 23, -5 }, /* (19) nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */
+ { 24, -1 }, /* (20) nearphrases ::= phrase */
+ { 24, -2 }, /* (21) nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase */
+ { 26, 0 }, /* (22) neardist_opt ::= */
+ { 26, -2 }, /* (23) neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING */
+ { 25, -4 }, /* (24) phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */
+ { 25, -2 }, /* (25) phrase ::= STRING star_opt */
+ { 27, -1 }, /* (26) star_opt ::= STAR */
+ { 27, 0 }, /* (27) star_opt ::= */
};
static void fts5yy_accept(fts5yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */
/*
** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
** follow the reduce.
+**
+** The fts5yyLookahead and fts5yyLookaheadToken parameters provide reduce actions
+** access to the lookahead token (if any). The fts5yyLookahead will be fts5YYNOCODE
+** if the lookahead token has already been consumed. As this procedure is
+** only called from one place, optimizing compilers will in-line it, which
+** means that the extra parameters have no performance impact.
*/
static void fts5yy_reduce(
fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, /* The parser */
- unsigned int fts5yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+ unsigned int fts5yyruleno, /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+ int fts5yyLookahead, /* Lookahead token, or fts5YYNOCODE if none */
+ sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yyLookaheadToken /* Value of the lookahead token */
){
int fts5yygoto; /* The next state */
int fts5yyact; /* The next action */
fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */
int fts5yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */
sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH;
+ (void)fts5yyLookahead;
+ (void)fts5yyLookaheadToken;
fts5yymsp = fts5yypParser->fts5yytos;
#ifndef NDEBUG
if( fts5yyTraceFILE && fts5yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(fts5yyRuleName)/sizeof(fts5yyRuleName[0])) ){
fts5yysize = fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].nrhs;
- fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s], go to state %d.\n", fts5yyTracePrompt,
- fts5yyRuleName[fts5yyruleno], fts5yymsp[fts5yysize].stateno);
+ if( fts5yysize ){
+ fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s], go to state %d.\n",
+ fts5yyTracePrompt,
+ fts5yyruleno, fts5yyRuleName[fts5yyruleno], fts5yymsp[fts5yysize].stateno);
+ }else{
+ fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s].\n",
+ fts5yyTracePrompt, fts5yyruleno, fts5yyRuleName[fts5yyruleno]);
+ }
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */
assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack));
}
#endif
-#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0
if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>=fts5yypParser->fts5yystackEnd ){
fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser);
return;
/********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/
fts5YYMINORTYPE fts5yylhsminor;
case 0: /* input ::= expr */
-{ sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24); }
+{ sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy54); }
break;
case 1: /* colset ::= MINUS LCP colsetlist RCP */
-{
- fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11);
+{
+ fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy43 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy43);
}
break;
case 2: /* colset ::= LCP colsetlist RCP */
-{ fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11; }
+{ fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy43 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy43; }
break;
case 3: /* colset ::= STRING */
{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy43 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
}
- fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
+ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy43 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy43;
break;
case 4: /* colset ::= MINUS STRING */
{
- fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
- fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11);
+ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy43 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
+ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy43 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy43);
}
break;
case 5: /* colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); }
- fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy43 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy43, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); }
+ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy43 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy43;
break;
case 6: /* colsetlist ::= STRING */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy43 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
}
- fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
+ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy43 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy43;
break;
case 7: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_AND, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24, 0);
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_AND, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy54, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy54, 0);
}
- fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+ fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54;
break;
case 8: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */
{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_OR, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24, 0);
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_OR, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy54, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy54, 0);
}
- fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+ fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54;
break;
case 9: /* expr ::= expr NOT expr */
{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_NOT, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24, 0);
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_NOT, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy54, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy54, 0);
}
- fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+ fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54;
break;
case 10: /* expr ::= colset COLON LP expr RP */
{
- sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy11);
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24;
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy54, fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy43);
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy54;
}
- fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+ fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54;
break;
case 11: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
-{fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24;}
+{fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy54;}
break;
case 12: /* expr ::= exprlist */
case 13: /* exprlist ::= cnearset */ fts5yytestcase(fts5yyruleno==13);
-{fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24;}
- fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+{fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy54;}
+ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54;
break;
case 14: /* exprlist ::= exprlist cnearset */
{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24);
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54 = sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy54, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy54);
}
- fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54;
break;
case 15: /* cnearset ::= nearset */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46);
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy14);
}
- fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54;
break;
case 16: /* cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46);
- sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy11);
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy14);
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy43);
}
- fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+ fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy54 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy54;
break;
case 17: /* nearset ::= phrase */
-{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); }
- fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
+{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy14 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11); }
+ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy14 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy14;
+ break;
+ case 18: /* nearset ::= CARET phrase */
+{
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11);
+ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy14 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11);
+}
break;
- case 18: /* nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */
+ case 19: /* nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */
{
sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(pParse, &fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy0);
- sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(pParse, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy46, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0);
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy46;
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(pParse, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy14, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0);
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy14 = fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy14;
}
- fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
+ fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy14 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy14;
break;
- case 19: /* nearphrases ::= phrase */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53);
+ case 20: /* nearphrases ::= phrase */
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy14 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11);
}
- fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
+ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy14 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy14;
break;
- case 20: /* nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase */
+ case 21: /* nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase */
{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53);
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy14 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy14, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11);
}
- fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
+ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy14 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy14;
break;
- case 21: /* neardist_opt ::= */
+ case 22: /* neardist_opt ::= */
{ fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy0.p = 0; fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy0.n = 0; }
break;
- case 22: /* neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING */
+ case 23: /* neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING */
{ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0; }
break;
- case 23: /* phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4);
+ case 24: /* phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4);
}
- fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53;
+ fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
break;
- case 24: /* phrase ::= STRING star_opt */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4);
+ case 25: /* phrase ::= STRING star_opt */
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4);
}
- fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53;
+ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
break;
- case 25: /* star_opt ::= STAR */
+ case 26: /* star_opt ::= STAR */
{ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4 = 1; }
break;
- case 26: /* star_opt ::= */
+ case 27: /* star_opt ::= */
{ fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy4 = 0; }
break;
default:
/* It is not possible for a REDUCE to be followed by an error */
assert( fts5yyact!=fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION );
- if( fts5yyact==fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ){
- fts5yypParser->fts5yytos += fts5yysize;
- fts5yy_accept(fts5yypParser);
- }else{
- fts5yymsp += fts5yysize+1;
- fts5yypParser->fts5yytos = fts5yymsp;
- fts5yymsp->stateno = (fts5YYACTIONTYPE)fts5yyact;
- fts5yymsp->major = (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yygoto;
- fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yypParser, fts5yyact);
- }
+ fts5yymsp += fts5yysize+1;
+ fts5yypParser->fts5yytos = fts5yymsp;
+ fts5yymsp->stateno = (fts5YYACTIONTYPE)fts5yyact;
+ fts5yymsp->major = (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yygoto;
+ fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yypParser, fts5yyact, "... then shift");
}
/*
#ifndef NDEBUG
if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s'\n",fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yymajor]);
+ int stateno = fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->stateno;
+ if( stateno < fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE ){
+ fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' in state %d\n",
+ fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yymajor],stateno);
+ }else{
+ fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' with pending reduce %d\n",
+ fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yymajor],stateno-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE);
+ }
}
#endif
do{
fts5yyact = fts5yy_find_shift_action(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor);
- if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
+ if( fts5yyact >= fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE ){
+ fts5yy_reduce(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE,fts5yymajor,fts5yyminor);
+ }else if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
fts5yy_shift(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact,fts5yymajor,fts5yyminor);
#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt--;
#endif
fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE;
- }else if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE ){
- fts5yy_reduce(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE);
+ }else if( fts5yyact==fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ){
+ fts5yypParser->fts5yytos--;
+ fts5yy_accept(fts5yypParser);
+ return;
}else{
assert( fts5yyact == fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION );
fts5yyminorunion.fts5yy0 = fts5yyminor;
#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
/* A syntax error has occurred.
** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
- ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
+ ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
**
** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
**
fts5yy_syntax_error(fts5yypParser,fts5yymajor, fts5yyminor);
fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor,&fts5yyminorunion);
fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE;
-
+
#else /* fts5YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
/* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
**
#include <math.h> /* amalgamator: keep */
/*
-** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in
+** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in
** a single column of the current row. If the phrase instances in the
** column being considered do not overlap, this object simply iterates
** through them. Or, if they do overlap (share one or more tokens in
}
/*
-** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to
+** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to
** iterate through coalesced phrase instances in column iCol.
*/
static int fts5CInstIterInit(
/*
** Append text to the HighlightContext output string - p->zOut. Argument
-** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is
+** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is
** negative, everything up until the first '\0' is appended to the output.
**
-** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is
-** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered,
-** *pRc is set to an error code before returning.
+** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is
+** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered,
+** *pRc is set to an error code before returning.
*/
static void fts5HighlightAppend(
- int *pRc,
- HighlightContext *p,
+ int *pRc,
+ HighlightContext *p,
const char *z, int n
){
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
+/*
+** Return the value in pVal interpreted as utf-8 text. Except, if pVal
+** contains a NULL value, return a pointer to a static string zero
+** bytes in length instead of a NULL pointer.
+*/
+static const char *fts5ValueToText(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ const char *zRet = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+ return zRet ? zRet : "";
+}
+
/*
** Implementation of snippet() function.
*/
nCol = pApi->xColumnCount(pFts);
memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(HighlightContext));
iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]);
- ctx.zOpen = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
- ctx.zClose = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
- zEllips = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+ ctx.zOpen = fts5ValueToText(apVal[1]);
+ ctx.zClose = fts5ValueToText(apVal[2]);
+ zEllips = fts5ValueToText(apVal[3]);
nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
iBestCol = (iCol>=0 ? iCol : 0);
sFinder.nFirst = 0;
rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, i, &sFinder.zDoc, &nDoc);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts,
+ rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts,
sFinder.zDoc, nDoc, (void*)&sFinder,fts5SentenceFinderCb
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
if( sFinder.aFirst[jj]<io ){
memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase);
- rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i,
+ rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i,
sFinder.aFirst[jj], nToken, &nScore, 0
);
** table matched by each individual phrase within the query.
*/
static int fts5CountCb(
- const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
+ const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
Fts5Context *pFts,
void *pUserData /* Pointer to sqlite3_int64 variable */
){
}
/*
-** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query.
+** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query.
** If the object has not already been allocated, allocate and populate it
** now.
*/
static int fts5Bm25GetData(
- const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
+ const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
Fts5Context *pFts,
Fts5Bm25Data **ppData /* OUT: bm25-data object for this query */
){
** is the number that contain at least one instance of the phrase
** under consideration.
**
- ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is
+ ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is
** negative. Which is undesirable. So the mimimum allowable IDF is
** (1e-6) - roughly the same as a term that appears in just over
** half of set of 5,000,000 documents. */
/* Determine the BM25 score for the current row. */
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pData->nPhrase; i++){
score += pData->aIDF[i] * (
- ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) /
+ ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) /
( aFreq[i] + k1 * (1 - b + b * D / pData->avgdl) )
);
}
-
+
/* If no error has occurred, return the calculated score. Otherwise,
** throw an SQL exception. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
}
/*
-** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set
+** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set
** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function
** is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(
int *pRc,
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
- u32 nData,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ u32 nData,
const u8 *pData
){
assert_nc( *pRc || nData>=0 );
/*
** Append the nul-terminated string zStr to the buffer pBuf. This function
-** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even
+** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even
** though this byte is not included in the pBuf->n count.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(
int *pRc,
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
const char *zStr
){
int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
** Argument zFmt is a printf() style format string. This function performs
** the printf() style processing, then appends the results to buffer pBuf.
**
-** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte
+** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte
** following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even though this byte is not
** included in the pBuf->n count.
-*/
+*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(
int *pRc,
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
char *zFmt, ...
){
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
zRet = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
if( zRet==0 ){
- *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
return zRet;
}
-
+
/*
** Free any buffer allocated by pBuf. Zero the structure before returning.
}
/*
-** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated
+** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated
** memory allocation.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(
int *pRc,
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
- int nData,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ int nData,
const u8 *pData
){
pBuf->n = 0;
if( i>=n ){
/* EOF */
*piOff = -1;
- return 1;
+ return 1;
}else{
i64 iOff = *piOff;
int iVal;
** to iPos before returning.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
- i64 *piPrev,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ i64 *piPrev,
i64 iPos
){
static const i64 colmask = ((i64)(0x7FFFFFFF)) << 32;
}
static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
Fts5PoslistWriter *pWriter,
i64 iPos
){
** the length of the string is determined using strlen().
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the returned
-** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
+** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
*/
static char *sqlite3Fts5Strndup(int *pRc, const char *pIn, int nIn){
char *zRet = 0;
}
static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(
- Fts5Termset *p,
+ Fts5Termset *p,
int iIdx,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
+ const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
int *pbPresent
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
hash = hash % ArraySize(p->apHash);
for(pEntry=p->apHash[hash]; pEntry; pEntry=pEntry->pNext){
- if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx
- && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm
- && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0
+ if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx
+ && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm
+ && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0
){
*pbPresent = 1;
break;
}
/*
-** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated
-** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in
+** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated
+** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in
** the string that is not a white-space character.
*/
static const char *fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(const char *pIn){
}
/*
-** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated
-** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in
+** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated
+** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in
** the string that is not a "bareword" character.
*/
static const char *fts5ConfigSkipBareword(const char *pIn){
p++;
if( *p=='\'' ){
p++;
- while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f')
- || (*p>='A' && *p<='F')
- || (*p>='0' && *p<='9')
+ while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f')
+ || (*p>='A' && *p<='F')
+ || (*p>='0' && *p<='9')
){
p++;
}
if( *p=='+' || *p=='-' ) p++;
while( fts5_isdigit(*p) ) p++;
- /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is
+ /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is
** finished. Or, if it is a floating point value, it may continue
** with either a decimal point or an 'E' character. */
if( *p=='.' && fts5_isdigit(p[1]) ){
** nul-terminator byte.
**
** If the close-quote is found, the value returned is the byte offset of
-** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not
-** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an
+** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not
+** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an
** undefined state.
*/
static int fts5Dequote(char *z){
/* Set stack variable q to the close-quote character */
assert( q=='[' || q=='\'' || q=='"' || q=='`' );
- if( q=='[' ) q = ']';
+ if( q=='[' ) q = ']';
while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
if( z[iIn]==q ){
break;
}else{
/* Character iIn and iIn+1 form an escaped quote character. Skip
- ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character
+ ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character
** to the output buffer. */
iIn += 2;
z[iOut++] = q;
typedef struct Fts5Enum Fts5Enum;
static int fts5ConfigSetEnum(
- const Fts5Enum *aEnum,
- const char *zEnum,
+ const Fts5Enum *aEnum,
+ const char *zEnum,
int *peVal
){
int nEnum = (int)strlen(zEnum);
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("parse error in tokenize directive");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal,
(const char**)azArg, nArg, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi,
pzErr
);
}
/*
-** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at
+** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at
** Fts5Config.pTokenizer. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error
** code if an error occurs.
*/
}
static int fts5ConfigParseColumn(
- Fts5Config *p,
- char *zCol,
- char *zArg,
+ Fts5Config *p,
+ char *zCol,
+ char *zArg,
char **pzErr
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME)
- || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME)
+ if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME)
+ || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME)
){
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("reserved fts5 column name: %s", zCol);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
/*
** Arguments nArg/azArg contain the string arguments passed to the xCreate
-** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to
+** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to
** allocate an instance of Fts5Config containing the results of parsing
** those arguments.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut is set to point to the
-** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is
** returned, *ppOut is set to NULL and an error message may be left in
-** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any
+** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any
** such error message using sqlite3_free().
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(
/* If no zContent option was specified, fill in the default values. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->zContent==0 ){
const char *zTail = 0;
- assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
- || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE
+ assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
+ || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE
);
if( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
zTail = "content";
const char *zSep = (i==0?"":", ");
zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z%s%Q", zSql, zSep, pConfig->azCol[i]);
}
- zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)",
+ zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)",
zSql, pConfig->zName, FTS5_RANK_NAME
);
rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(pConfig->db, zSql);
sqlite3_free(zSql);
}
-
+
return rc;
}
** int iPos // Position of token in input (first token is 0)
**
** If the callback returns a non-zero value the tokenization is abandoned
-** and no further callbacks are issued.
+** and no further callbacks are issued.
**
** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code
** if an error occurs. If the tokenization was abandoned early because
*/
static const char *fts5ConfigSkipArgs(const char *pIn){
const char *p = pIn;
-
+
while( 1 ){
p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
p = fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(p);
}
/*
-** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of
+** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of
** this is:
**
** + Bareword (function name)
p++;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- const char *pArgs;
+ const char *pArgs;
p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
pArgs = p;
if( *p!=')' ){
}
static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
- const char *zKey,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ const char *zKey,
sqlite3_value *pVal,
int *pbBadkey
){
}
rc = sqlite3_finalize(p);
}
-
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iVersion!=FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
if( pConfig->pzErrmsg ){
i64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear; /* For FTS5_STRING - cluster of phrases */
- /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For
+ /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For
** AND or OR nodes, it contains 2 or more entries. */
int nChild; /* Number of child nodes */
Fts5ExprNode *apChild[1]; /* Array of child nodes */
** or term prefix.
*/
struct Fts5ExprTerm {
- int bPrefix; /* True for a prefix term */
+ u8 bPrefix; /* True for a prefix term */
+ u8 bFirst; /* True if token must be first in column */
char *zTerm; /* nul-terminated term */
Fts5IndexIter *pIter; /* Iterator for this term */
Fts5ExprTerm *pSynonym; /* Pointer to first in list of synonyms */
** Read the first token from the nul-terminated string at *pz.
*/
static int fts5ExprGetToken(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
const char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into buffer */
Fts5Token *pToken
){
case '+': tok = FTS5_PLUS; break;
case '*': tok = FTS5_STAR; break;
case '-': tok = FTS5_MINUS; break;
+ case '^': tok = FTS5_CARET; break;
case '\0': tok = FTS5_EOF; break;
case '"': {
Fts5Config *pConfig, /* FTS5 Configuration */
int iCol,
const char *zExpr, /* Expression text */
- Fts5Expr **ppNew,
+ Fts5Expr **ppNew,
char **pzErr
){
Fts5Parse sParse;
** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator.
*/
static int fts5ExprSynonymList(
- Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm,
+ Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm,
i64 iRowid,
Fts5Buffer *pBuf, /* Use this buffer for space if required */
u8 **pa, int *pn
/*
** All individual term iterators in pPhrase are guaranteed to be valid and
-** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function
+** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function
** checks if the current rowid really is a match, and if so populates
** the pPhrase->poslist buffer accordingly. Output parameter *pbMatch
** is set to true if this is really a match, or false otherwise.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code
-** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code
+** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is
** not a match.
*/
static int fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch(
Fts5PoslistReader *aIter = aStatic;
int i;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+ int bFirst = pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst;
+
fts5BufferZero(&pPhrase->poslist);
/* If the aStatic[] array is not large enough, allocate a large array
}while( bMatch==0 );
/* Append position iPos to the output */
- rc = sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(&pPhrase->poslist, &writer, iPos);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto ismatch_out;
+ if( bFirst==0 || FTS5_POS2OFFSET(iPos)==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(&pPhrase->poslist, &writer, iPos);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto ismatch_out;
+ }
for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){
if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&aIter[i]) ) goto ismatch_out;
** function is called, it is a no-op. Or, if an error (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM)
** occurs within this function (*pRc) is set accordingly before returning.
** The return value is undefined in both these cases.
-**
+**
** If no error occurs and non-zero (a match) is returned, the position-list
** of each phrase object is edited to contain only those entries that
** meet the constraint before returning.
/* Initialize a lookahead iterator for each phrase. After passing the
** buffer and buffer size to the lookaside-reader init function, zero
** the phrase poslist buffer. The new poslist for the phrase (containing
- ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account
+ ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account
** of the NEAR constraint) is written over the original even as it is
** being read. This is safe as the entries for the new poslist are a
** subset of the old, so it is not possible for data yet to be read to
** phrase is not a match, break out of the loop early. */
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i];
- if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym || pNear->pColset ){
+ if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym
+ || pNear->pColset || pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst
+ ){
int bMatch = 0;
rc = fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch(pNode, pPhrase, &bMatch);
if( bMatch==0 ) break;
*/
static int fts5NodeCompare(
Fts5Expr *pExpr,
- Fts5ExprNode *p1,
+ Fts5ExprNode *p1,
Fts5ExprNode *p2
){
if( p2->bEof ) return -1;
** If an EOF is reached before this happens, *pbEof is set to true before
** returning.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code
** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if an iterator reaches
** EOF.
*/
const int bDesc = pExpr->bDesc;
/* Check that this node should not be FTS5_TERM */
- assert( pNear->nPhrase>1
- || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1
+ assert( pNear->nPhrase>1
+ || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1
|| pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym
+ || pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].bFirst
);
/* Initialize iLast, the "lastest" rowid any iterator points to. If the
Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */
Fts5ExprNode *pNode, /* FTS5_STRING or FTS5_TERM node */
int bFromValid,
- i64 iFrom
+ i64 iFrom
){
Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0];
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){
if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){
i64 ii = p->pIter->iRowid;
- if( ii==iRowid
- || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc)
+ if( ii==iRowid
+ || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc)
){
if( bFromValid ){
rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(p->pIter, iFrom);
Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression that pNear is a part of */
Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* The "NEAR" node (FTS5_TERM) */
){
- /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists
+ /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists
** of a single term only, grab pointers into the poslist managed by the
- ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing
+ ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing
** a new poslist the way we have to for more complicated phrase or NEAR
** expressions. */
Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0];
** xNext() method for a node of type FTS5_TERM.
*/
static int fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
int bFromValid,
i64 iFrom
}
static int fts5ExprNodeNext_OR(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
int bFromValid,
i64 iFrom
Fts5ExprNode *p1 = pNode->apChild[i];
assert( p1->bEof || fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iLast)>=0 );
if( p1->bEof==0 ){
- if( (p1->iRowid==iLast)
+ if( (p1->iRowid==iLast)
|| (bFromValid && fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iFrom)<0)
){
int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p1, bFromValid, iFrom);
}
static int fts5ExprNodeNext_AND(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
int bFromValid,
i64 iFrom
}
static int fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
int bFromValid,
i64 iFrom
return rc;
}
-
+
/*
** Set node pNode, which is part of expression pExpr, to point to the first
** match. If there are no matches, set the Node.bEof flag to indicate EOF.
/*
** Begin iterating through the set of documents in index pIdx matched by
-** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc"
-** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid
+** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc"
+** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid
** order. Or, if it is zero, in ascending order.
**
** If iterating in ascending rowid order (bDesc==0), the first document
/* If not at EOF but the current rowid occurs earlier than iFirst in
** the iteration order, move to document iFirst or later. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && 0==pRoot->bEof
- && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && 0==pRoot->bEof
+ && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0
){
rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 1, iFirst);
}
}
/*
-** Move to the next document
+** Move to the next document
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. It
** is not considered an error if the query does not match any documents.
}
}
+/*
+** Set the "bFirst" flag on the first token of the phrase passed as the
+** only argument.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase){
+ if( pPhrase && pPhrase->nTerm ){
+ pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst = 1;
+ }
+}
+
/*
** If argument pNear is NULL, then a new Fts5ExprNearset object is allocated
** and populated with pPhrase. Or, if pNear is not NULL, phrase pPhrase is
Fts5ExprPhrase *pNew;
int nNew = SZALLOC + (pPhrase ? pPhrase->nTerm : 0);
- pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc(pPhrase,
+ pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc(pPhrase,
sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase) + sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) * nNew
);
if( pNew==0 ){
** expression passed as the second argument.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
- int iPhrase,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ int iPhrase,
Fts5Expr **ppNew
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
pOrig = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase];
pNew = (Fts5Expr*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Expr));
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
+ pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*));
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
+ pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
sizeof(Fts5ExprNode));
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
+ pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*));
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( pColsetOrig ){
int nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pColsetOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int);
Fts5Colset *pColset = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
- if( pColset ){
+ if( pColset ){
memcpy(pColset, pColsetOrig, nByte);
}
pNew->pRoot->pNear->pColset = pColset;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sCtx.pPhrase->aTerm[i].bPrefix = pOrig->aTerm[i].bPrefix;
+ sCtx.pPhrase->aTerm[i].bFirst = pOrig->aTerm[i].bFirst;
}
}
}else{
pNew->pRoot->pNear->nPhrase = 1;
sCtx.pPhrase->pNode = pNew->pRoot;
- if( pOrig->nTerm==1 && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 ){
+ if( pOrig->nTerm==1
+ && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0
+ && pOrig->aTerm[0].bFirst==0
+ ){
pNew->pRoot->eType = FTS5_TERM;
pNew->pRoot->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM;
}else{
}
static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear,
Fts5Token *p
){
** The second argument passed to this function may be NULL, or it may be
** an existing Fts5Colset object. This function returns a pointer to
** a new colset object containing the contents of (p) with new value column
-** number iCol appended.
+** number iCol appended.
**
** If an OOM error occurs, store an error code in pParse and return NULL.
** The old colset object (if any) is not freed in this case.
Fts5Colset *pRet;
int nCol = pParse->pConfig->nCol;
- pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc,
+ pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc,
sizeof(Fts5Colset) + sizeof(int)*nCol
);
if( pRet ){
/*
** If argument pOrig is NULL, or if (*pRc) is set to anything other than
-** SQLITE_OK when this function is called, NULL is returned.
+** SQLITE_OK when this function is called, NULL is returned.
**
** Otherwise, a copy of (*pOrig) is made into memory obtained from
** sqlite3Fts5MallocZero() and a pointer to it returned. If the allocation
if( pOrig ){
int nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int);
pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(pRc, nByte);
- if( pRet ){
+ if( pRet ){
memcpy(pRet, pOrig, nByte);
}
}else{
** zero, or it may create copies of pColset using fts5CloneColset().
*/
static void fts5ParseSetColset(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
- Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
Fts5Colset *pColset,
Fts5Colset **ppFree
){
if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING
+ assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING
|| pNode->eType==FTS5_AND || pNode->eType==FTS5_OR
|| pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT || pNode->eType==FTS5_EOF
);
** Apply colset pColset to expression node pExpr and all of its descendents.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
- Fts5ExprNode *pExpr,
- Fts5Colset *pColset
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5ExprNode *pExpr,
+ Fts5Colset *pColset
){
Fts5Colset *pFree = pColset;
if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
switch( pNode->eType ){
case FTS5_STRING: {
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear;
- if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1
+ if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1
&& pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0
+ && pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].bFirst==0
){
pNode->eType = FTS5_TERM;
pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM;
if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int nChild = 0; /* Number of children of returned node */
int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate for this node */
-
+
assert( (eType!=FTS5_STRING && !pNear)
|| (eType==FTS5_STRING && !pLeft && !pRight)
);
}
}
- if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL
- && (pNear->nPhrase!=1 || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1)
- ){
- assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK );
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- assert( pParse->zErr==0 );
- pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)",
- pNear->nPhrase==1 ? "phrase": "NEAR"
- );
- sqlite3_free(pRet);
- pRet = 0;
+ if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
+ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[0];
+ if( pNear->nPhrase!=1
+ || pPhrase->nTerm>1
+ || (pPhrase->nTerm>0 && pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst)
+ ){
+ assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ assert( pParse->zErr==0 );
+ pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)",
+ pNear->nPhrase==1 ? "phrase": "NEAR"
+ );
+ sqlite3_free(pRet);
+ pRet = 0;
+ }
}
-
}else{
fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pLeft);
fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pRight);
sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight);
}else{
- assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING
+ assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING
|| pLeft->eType==FTS5_TERM
|| pLeft->eType==FTS5_EOF
|| pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND
);
- assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING
- || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM
- || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF
+ assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING
+ || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM
+ || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF
);
if( pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND ){
}else{
pPrev = pLeft;
}
- assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING
- || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM
- || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF
+ assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING
+ || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM
+ || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF
);
if( pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF ){
}
/*
-** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a
-** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using
+** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a
+** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using
** sqlite3_free().
*/
static char *fts5ExprPrintTcl(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
const char *zNearsetCmd,
Fts5ExprNode *pExpr
){
char *zRet = 0;
if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear;
- int i;
+ int i;
int iTerm;
zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s ", zNearsetCmd);
switch( pExpr->eType ){
case FTS5_AND: zOp = "AND"; break;
case FTS5_NOT: zOp = "NOT"; break;
- default:
+ default:
assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR );
- zOp = "OR";
+ zOp = "OR";
break;
}
}else
if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear;
- int i;
+ int i;
int iTerm;
if( pNear->pColset ){
switch( pExpr->eType ){
case FTS5_AND: zOp = " AND "; break;
case FTS5_NOT: zOp = " NOT "; break;
- default:
+ default:
assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR );
- zOp = " OR ";
+ zOp = " OR ";
break;
}
}else{
int e = pExpr->apChild[i]->eType;
int b = (e!=FTS5_STRING && e!=FTS5_TERM && e!=FTS5_EOF);
- zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s",
+ zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s",
(i==0 ? "" : zOp),
(b?"(":""), z, (b?")":"")
);
/*
** The implementation of an SQLite user-defined-function that accepts a
-** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric
+** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric
** unicode code point, 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
*/
static void fts5ExprIsAlnum(
){
int iCode;
if( nArg!=1 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"wrong number of arguments to function fts5_isalnum", -1
);
return;
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */
){
if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"wrong number of arguments to function fts5_fold", -1
);
}else{
Fts5Buffer *pBuf = &pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->poslist;
Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode;
assert( pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->nTerm==1 );
- if( bLive &&
+ if( bLive &&
(pBuf->n==0 || pNode->iRowid!=pExpr->pRoot->iRowid || pNode->bEof)
){
pRet[i].bMiss = 1;
static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists(
Fts5Config *pConfig,
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator,
- int iCol,
+ int iCol,
const char *z, int n
){
int i;
for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){
Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode;
Fts5Colset *pColset = pNode->pNear->pColset;
- if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol))
+ if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol))
|| aPopulator[i].bMiss
){
aPopulator[i].bOk = 0;
}
}
- return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
+ return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, z, n, (void*)&sCtx, fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb
);
}
}
/*
-** This function is only called for detail=columns tables.
+** This function is only called for detail=columns tables.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
- int iPhrase,
- const u8 **ppCollist,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ int iPhrase,
+ const u8 **ppCollist,
int *pnCollist
){
Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase];
assert( iPhrase>=0 && iPhrase<pExpr->nPhrase );
assert( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS );
- if( pNode->bEof==0
- && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid
+ if( pNode->bEof==0
+ && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid
&& pPhrase->poslist.n>0
){
Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[0];
};
/*
-** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the
-** following type. Each object, its key (a nul-terminated string) and
-** its current data are stored in a single memory allocation. The
+** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the
+** following type. Each object, its key (a nul-terminated string) and
+** its current data are stored in a single memory allocation. The
** key immediately follows the object in memory. The position list
** data immediately follows the key data in memory.
**
struct Fts5HashEntry {
Fts5HashEntry *pHashNext; /* Next hash entry with same hash-key */
Fts5HashEntry *pScanNext; /* Next entry in sorted order */
-
+
int nAlloc; /* Total size of allocation */
int iSzPoslist; /* Offset of space for 4-byte poslist size */
int nData; /* Total bytes of data (incl. structure) */
u8 *pPtr;
int nIncr = 0; /* Amount to increment (*pHash->pnByte) by */
int bNew; /* If non-delete entry should be written */
-
+
bNew = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL);
/* Attempt to locate an existing hash entry */
iHash = fts5HashKey2(pHash->nSlot, (u8)bByte, (const u8*)pToken, nToken);
for(p=pHash->aSlot[iHash]; p; p=p->pHashNext){
char *zKey = fts5EntryKey(p);
- if( zKey[0]==bByte
+ if( zKey[0]==bByte
&& p->nKey==nToken
- && memcmp(&zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0
+ && memcmp(&zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0
){
break;
}
nIncr += p->nData;
}else{
- /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough
- ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario
+ /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough
+ ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario
** is:
**
** + 9 bytes for a new rowid,
** list.
*/
static int fts5HashEntrySort(
- Fts5Hash *pHash,
+ Fts5Hash *pHash,
const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Query prefix, if any */
Fts5HashEntry **ppSorted
){
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The
+** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The
** routines in this file file implement all read and write access to the
** %_data table. Other parts of the system access this functionality via
** the interface defined in fts5Int.h.
** As well as the main term index, there may be up to 31 prefix indexes.
** The format is similar to FTS3/4, except that:
**
-** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records
-** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is
-** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through
-** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a
+** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records
+** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is
+** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through
+** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a
** doclist, without loading it into memory.
**
** * large doclists that span many pages have associated "doclist index"
** CREATE TABLE %_data(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);
**
** , contains the following 5 types of records. See the comments surrounding
-** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are
+** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are
** assigned to each fo them.
**
** 1. Structure Records:
**
** The set of segments that make up an index - the index structure - are
** recorded in a single record within the %_data table. The record consists
-** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of
+** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of
** SQLite varints. If the FTS table features more than one index (because
** there are one or more prefix indexes), it is guaranteed that all share
** the same cookie value.
**
** TERM/DOCLIST FORMAT:
**
-** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The
+** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The
** general format of term/doclist, starting with the first term
** on the leaf page, is:
**
**
** PAGE FORMAT
**
-** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit
+** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit
** unsigned integer fields in big-endian format. They are:
**
** * The byte offset of the first rowid on the page, if it exists
** 5. Segment doclist indexes:
**
** Doclist indexes are themselves b-trees, however they usually consist of
-** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page
+** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page
** is:
**
** * Flags byte. Bits are:
**
** * First rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint.
**
-** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A
-** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid,
+** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A
+** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid,
** or an 0x00 byte otherwise.
**
** Internal doclist index nodes are:
** * Copy of first rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint.
**
** * A list of delta-encoded varints - the first rowid on each subsequent
-** child page.
+** child page.
**
*/
**
** Each segment has a unique non-zero 16-bit id.
**
-** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and
+** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and
** the leaf page number to the FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID macro. Leaves are numbered
** sequentially starting from 1.
*/
#define FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(segid, height, pgno) fts5_dri(segid, 1, height, pgno)
/*
-** Maximum segments permitted in a single index
+** Maximum segments permitted in a single index
*/
#define FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT 2000
/*
** The contents of the "structure" record for each index are represented
-** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the
+** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the
** other Fts5StructureXXX types as components.
*/
struct Fts5StructureSegment {
** Current leaf page number within segment.
**
** iLeafOffset:
-** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the
+** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the
** position list data (one byte passed the position-list size field).
** rowid field of the current entry. Usually this is the size field of the
-** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry
+** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry
** is the last thing on the leaf page.
**
** pLeaf:
** Mask of FTS5_SEGITER_XXX values. Interpreted as follows:
**
** FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM:
-** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist
+** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist
** has been exhausted. Do not proceed to the next term in the segment.
**
** FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE:
/* Next method */
void (*xNext)(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*);
- /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset
+ /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset
** is the offset of the first rowid in the current doclist. */
int iTermLeafPgno;
int iTermLeafOffset;
};
/*
-** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a
+** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a
** leaf page.
*/
#define ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(x) assert( \
#define FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM 0x01
#define FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE 0x02
-/*
+/*
** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a leaf
** page. This macro evaluates to true if the leaf contains no terms, or
** false if it contains at least one term.
** on empty segments.
**
** The results of comparing segments aSeg[N] and aSeg[N+1], where N is an
-** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the
+** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the
** comparison in this context is the index of the iterator that currently
** points to the smaller term/rowid combination. Iterators at EOF are
** considered to be greater than all other iterators.
**
** aFirst[1] contains the index in aSeg[] of the iterator that points to
-** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused.
+** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused.
**
** poslist:
** Used by sqlite3Fts5IterPoslist() when the poslist needs to be buffered.
static u16 fts5GetU16(const u8 *aIn){
return ((u16)aIn[0] << 8) + aIn[1];
-}
+}
/*
** Allocate and return a buffer at least nByte bytes in size.
/*
** Retrieve a record from the %_data table.
**
-** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the
** Fts5Index object.
*/
static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){
if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek
+ /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek
** to the requested entry. */
if( p->pReader==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
- rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db,
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db,
pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, "block", iRowid, 0, &p->pReader
);
}
/* If either of the sqlite3_blob_open() or sqlite3_blob_reopen() calls
** above returned SQLITE_ERROR, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB instead.
** All the reasons those functions might return SQLITE_ERROR - missing
- ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate
+ ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate
** backing store corruption. */
if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
if( p->pWriter==0 ){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pWriter, sqlite3_mprintf(
- "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)",
+ "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
));
if( p->rc ) return;
int rc;
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?",
+ "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
);
if( zSql==0 ){
}
/*
-** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier
+** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier
** call to fts5StructureRead() or fts5StructureDecode().
*/
static void fts5StructureRelease(Fts5Structure *pStruct){
i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->nMerge);
i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nTotal);
assert( nTotal>=pLvl->nMerge );
- pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
+ pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
nTotal * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment)
);
}
** segments.
*/
static void fts5StructureExtendLevel(
- int *pRc,
- Fts5Structure *pStruct,
- int iLvl,
- int nExtra,
+ int *pRc,
+ Fts5Structure *pStruct,
+ int iLvl,
+ int nExtra,
int bInsert
){
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( p->pDataVersion==0 ){
- p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion,
+ p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.data_version", p->pConfig->zDb)
);
if( p->rc ) return 0;
** Read, deserialize and return the structure record.
**
** The Fts5Structure.aLevel[] and each Fts5StructureLevel.aSeg[] array
-** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode()
+** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode()
** above.
**
** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code left in the
}
/*
-** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many
-** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is
+** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many
+** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is
** returned.
*/
static void fts5StructurePromoteTo(
**
** b) If the segment just written is larger than the newest segment on
** the next populated level, then that segment, and any other adjacent
-** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are
-** promoted.
+** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are
+** promoted.
**
** If one or more segments are promoted, the structure object is updated
** to reflect this.
if( sz>szMax ) szMax = sz;
}
if( szMax>=szSeg ){
- /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level
+ /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level
** iLvl to level iTst. */
iPromote = iTst;
szPromote = szMax;
/*
-** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the
+** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the
** doclist-index page is reached, return non-zero.
*/
static int fts5DlidxLvlNext(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){
}else{
int iOff;
for(iOff=pLvl->iOff; iOff<pData->nn; iOff++){
- if( pData->p[iOff] ) break;
+ if( pData->p[iOff] ) break;
}
if( iOff<pData->nn ){
if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){
fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData);
memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
- pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
+ pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno)
);
if( pLvl->pData ) fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl);
** points to the first rowid in the doclist-index.
**
** pData:
-** pointer to doclist-index record,
+** pointer to doclist-index record,
**
** When this function is called pIter->iLeafPgno is the page number the
** doclist is associated with (the one featuring the term).
Fts5DlidxLvl *pChild = &pLvl[-1];
fts5DataRelease(pChild->pData);
memset(pChild, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
- pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
+ pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, i-1, pLvl->iLeafPgno)
);
}
int ii;
int nZero = 0;
- /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block
- ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous
+ /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block
+ ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous
** varint. Taking care not to read any memory locations that occur
** before the buffer in memory. */
iLimit = (iOff>9 ? iOff-9 : 0);
if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){
fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData);
memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
- pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
+ pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno)
);
if( pLvl->pData ){
pIter->pLeaf = pIter->pNextLeaf;
pIter->pNextLeaf = 0;
}else if( pIter->iLeafPgno<=pSeg->pgnoLast ){
- pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p,
+ pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p,
FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, pIter->iLeafPgno)
);
}else{
** Fts5SegIter.nPos
** Fts5SegIter.bDel
**
-** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the
+** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the
** position list content (if any).
*/
static void fts5SegIterLoadNPos(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
}
/*
-** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the
+** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the
** "nSuffix" field of a term. Function parameter nKeep contains the value
** of the "nPrefix" field (if there was one - it is passed 0 if this is
** the first term in the segment).
** Fts5SegIter.rowid
**
** accordingly and leaves (Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset) set to the content of
-** the first position list. The position list belonging to document
+** the first position list. The position list belonging to document
** (Fts5SegIter.iRowid).
*/
static void fts5SegIterLoadTerm(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter, int nKeep){
/*
** Initialize the iterator object pIter to iterate through the entries in
-** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when
+** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when
** this function returns.
**
-** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5SegIterInit(
** the position-list size field for the first relevant rowid on the page.
** Fts5SegIter.rowid is set, but nPos and bDel are not.
**
-** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last
-** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the
+** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last
+** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the
** aRowidOffset[] and iRowidOffset variables. At this point the iterator
** is in its regular state - Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first
** byte of the position list content associated with said rowid.
/*
-** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry.
+** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry.
**
-** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It
-** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It
+** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has
** already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5SegIterNext(
}else{
/* The following could be done by calling fts5SegIterLoadNPos(). But
** this block is particularly performance critical, so equivalent
- ** code is inlined.
+ ** code is inlined.
**
** Later: Switched back to fts5SegIterLoadNPos() because it supports
** detail=none mode. Not ideal.
}
/* If pLast is NULL at this point, then the last rowid for this doclist
- ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case
+ ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case
** pIter->iLeafOffset is already set to point to the position-list size
** field associated with the first relevant rowid on the page.
**
/*
** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid of a doclist.
-** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current
-** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the
+** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current
+** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the
** doclist-index from disk and initialize an iterator at (pIter->pDlidx).
*/
static void fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
/* Check if the current doclist ends on this page. If it does, return
** early without loading the doclist-index (as it belongs to a different
** term. */
- if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno
- && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf
+ if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno
+ && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf
){
return;
}
** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within segment
** pSeg. If there is no such term in the index, the iterator is set to EOF.
**
-** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5SegIterSeekInit(
/*
** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within the
-** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the
+** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the
** iterator is set to EOF.
**
-** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5SegIterHashInit(
** two iterators.
*/
static void fts5AssertComparisonResult(
- Fts5Iter *pIter,
+ Fts5Iter *pIter,
Fts5SegIter *p1,
Fts5SegIter *p2,
Fts5CResult *pRes
/*
** This function is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined when this module
-** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert()
+** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert()
** statement used to verify that the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] array
** are correct.
*/
/* Check that pIter->iSwitchRowid is set correctly. */
for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){
Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i];
- assert( p1==pFirst
- || p1->pLeaf==0
- || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term)
+ assert( p1==pFirst
+ || p1->pLeaf==0
+ || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term)
|| p1->iRowid==pIter->iSwitchRowid
|| (p1->iRowid<pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev
);
**
** If the returned value is non-zero, then it is the index of an entry
** in the pIter->aSeg[] array that is (a) not at EOF, and (b) pointing
-** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority,
+** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority,
** segment-iterator in the pSeg->aSeg[] array.
*/
static int fts5MultiIterDoCompare(Fts5Iter *pIter, int iOut){
}
/*
-** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or
+** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or
** past rowid iFrom. Regardless of the value of iFrom, the iterator is
** always advanced at least once.
*/
** If non-zero is returned, the caller should call fts5MultiIterAdvanced()
** on the iterator instead. That function does the same as this one, except
** that it deals with more complicated cases as well.
-*/
+*/
static int fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(
Fts5Iter *pIter, /* Iterator to update aFirst[] array for */
int iChanged, /* Index of sub-iterator just advanced */
}
/*
-** Move the iterator to the next entry.
+** Move the iterator to the next entry.
**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not
-** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at
+** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not
+** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at
** EOF when this function is called.
*/
static void fts5MultiIterNext(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5Iter *pIter,
int bFrom, /* True if argument iFrom is valid */
i64 iFrom /* Advance at least as far as this */
pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm);
}
- if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm
+ if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm
|| fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg)
){
fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1);
}
static void fts5MultiIterNext2(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5Iter *pIter,
int *pbNewTerm /* OUT: True if *might* be new term */
){
assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm);
- if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm
+ if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm
|| fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg)
){
fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1);
int nSlot; /* Power of two >= nSeg */
for(nSlot=2; nSlot<nSeg; nSlot=nSlot*2);
- pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p,
+ pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p,
sizeof(Fts5Iter) + /* pNew */
sizeof(Fts5SegIter) * (nSlot-1) + /* pNew->aSeg[] */
sizeof(Fts5CResult) * nSlot /* pNew->aFirst[] */
}
static void fts5PoslistCallback(
- Fts5Index *pUnused,
- void *pContext,
+ Fts5Index *pUnused,
+ void *pContext,
const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
){
UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
}
static void fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback(
- Fts5Index *pUnused,
- void *pContext,
+ Fts5Index *pUnused,
+ void *pContext,
const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
){
PoslistOffsetsCtx *pCtx = (PoslistOffsetsCtx*)pContext;
static void fts5PoslistFilterCallback(
Fts5Index *pUnused,
- void *pContext,
+ void *pContext,
const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
){
PoslistCallbackCtx *pCtx = (PoslistCallbackCtx*)pContext;
while( iCol>iCurrent ){
/* Advance pointer p until it points to pEnd or an 0x01 byte that is
** not part of a varint. Note that it is not possible for a negative
- ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position
+ ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position
** list. So the last byte of each varint may be assumed to have a clear
** 0x80 bit. */
while( *p!=0x01 ){
assert( pIter->pColset==0 );
if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
- /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output
+ /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output
** variables to point into the body of the page object. */
pIter->base.pData = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
}else{
}
/*
-** xSetOutputs callback used when:
+** xSetOutputs callback used when:
**
** * detail=col,
** * there is a column filter, and
-** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns.
+** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns.
**
-** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as
+** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as
** single-byte varints.
*/
static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){
fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(pIter, pSeg);
}else{
u8 *a = (u8*)&pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
- u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos];
+ u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos];
int iPrev = 0;
int *aiCol = pIter->pColset->aiCol;
int *aiColEnd = &aiCol[pIter->pColset->nCol];
assert( pColset );
if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
- /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output
+ /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output
** variables to point into the body of the page object. */
const u8 *a = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
if( pColset->nCol==1 ){
** is zero or greater, data from the first nSegment segments on level iLevel
** is merged.
**
-** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the
+** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the
** iterated data.
*/
static void fts5MultiIterNew(
assert( iIter==nSeg );
}
- /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points
- ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the
+ /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points
+ ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the
** aFirst[] array. Or, if an error has occurred, free the iterator
** object and set the output variable to NULL. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
}
/*
-** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred.
+** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred.
** False otherwise.
*/
static int fts5MultiIterEof(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){
- assert( p->rc
- || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof
+ assert( p->rc
+ || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof
);
return (p->rc || pIter->base.bEof);
}
** Move the iterator to the next entry at or following iMatch.
*/
static void fts5MultiIterNextFrom(
- Fts5Index *p,
- Fts5Iter *pIter,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Iter *pIter,
i64 iMatch
){
while( 1 ){
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the
+** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the
** entry that the iterator currently points to.
*/
static const u8 *fts5MultiIterTerm(Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pn){
/*
** Allocate a new segment-id for the structure pStruct. The new segment
-** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by
+** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by
** any currently existing segment. If a free segment id cannot be found,
** SQLITE_FULL is returned.
**
-** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is
+** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is
** returned in this case.
*/
static int fts5AllocateSegid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct){
}
/*
-** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer
+** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer
** (pNew/<length-unknown>) shares with buffer (pOld/nOld).
**
-** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater
+** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater
** than buffer (pOld/nOld).
*/
static int fts5PrefixCompress(int nOld, const u8 *pOld, const u8 *pNew){
}
static void fts5WriteDlidxClear(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
int bFlush /* If true, write dlidx to disk */
){
if( pDlidx->buf.n==0 ) break;
if( bFlush ){
assert( pDlidx->pgno!=0 );
- fts5DataWrite(p,
+ fts5DataWrite(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno),
pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n
);
}
/*
-** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the
-** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed.
+** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the
+** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed.
**
** The doclist-index for that term is currently stored in-memory within the
** Fts5SegWriter.aDlidx[] array. If it is large enough, this function
** doclist-index.
*/
static void fts5WriteDlidxAppend(
- Fts5Index *p,
- Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
i64 iRowid
){
int i;
if( pDlidx->buf.n>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){
/* The current doclist-index page is full. Write it to disk and push
** a copy of iRowid (which will become the first rowid on the next
- ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree
+ ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree
** hierarchy. If the node being flushed is currently the root node,
** also push its first rowid upwards. */
pDlidx->buf.p[0] = 0x01; /* Not the root node */
- fts5DataWrite(p,
+ fts5DataWrite(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno),
pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n
);
** Append term pTerm/nTerm to the segment being written by the writer passed
** as the second argument.
**
-** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5WriteAppendTerm(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
- int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm
+ int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm
){
int nPrefix; /* Bytes of prefix compression for term */
Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer;
}
fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm+FTS5_DATA_PADDING);
}
-
+
/* TODO1: Updating pgidx here. */
pPgidx->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(
&pPgidx->p[pPgidx->n], pPage->buf.n - pPage->iPrevPgidx
if( pPage->pgno!=1 ){
/* This is the first term on a leaf that is not the leftmost leaf in
** the segment b-tree. In this case it is necessary to add a term to
- ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term
+ ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term
** already written to the segment and (b) smaller than or equal to
** this term. In other words, a prefix of (pTerm/nTerm) that is one
** byte longer than the longest prefix (pTerm/nTerm) shares with the
- ** previous term.
+ ** previous term.
**
** Usually, the previous term is available in pPage->term. The exception
** is if this is the first term written in an incremental-merge step.
}
/*
-** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output.
+** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output.
*/
static void fts5WriteAppendRowid(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
i64 iRowid
){
fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter);
}
- /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the
+ /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the
** rowid-pointer in the page-header. Also append a value to the dlidx
** buffer, in case a doclist-index is required. */
if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage ){
}
static void fts5WriteAppendPoslistData(
- Fts5Index *p,
- Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
- const u8 *aData,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+ const u8 *aData,
int nData
){
Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer;
const u8 *a = aData;
int n = nData;
-
+
assert( p->pConfig->pgsz>0 );
- while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
- && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz
+ while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz
){
int nReq = p->pConfig->pgsz - pPage->buf.n - pPage->pgidx.n;
int nCopy = 0;
** allocations associated with the writer.
*/
static void fts5WriteFinish(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */
int *pnLeaf /* OUT: Number of leaf pages in b-tree */
){
}
static void fts5WriteInit(
- Fts5Index *p,
- Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
int iSegid
){
const int nBuffer = p->pConfig->pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING;
if( p->pIdxWriter==0 ){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxWriter, sqlite3_mprintf(
- "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)",
+ "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
));
}
/* Set up the new page-index array */
fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, 4);
- if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno
- && pSeg->iEndofDoclist<pData->szLeaf
+ if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno
+ && pSeg->iEndofDoclist<pData->szLeaf
){
int nDiff = pData->szLeaf - pSeg->iEndofDoclist;
fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, buf.n - 1 - nDiff - 4);
- fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf,
+ fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf,
pData->nn - pSeg->iPgidxOff, &pData->p[pSeg->iPgidxOff]
);
}
}
static void fts5MergeChunkCallback(
- Fts5Index *p,
- void *pCtx,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ void *pCtx,
const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
){
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter = (Fts5SegWriter*)pCtx;
** segment. This function updates the write-counter accordingly and, if
** necessary, performs incremental merge work.
**
-** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5IndexAutomerge(
typedef struct Fts5FlushCtx Fts5FlushCtx;
struct Fts5FlushCtx {
Fts5Index *pIdx;
- Fts5SegWriter writer;
+ Fts5SegWriter writer;
};
/*
** Buffer aBuf[] contains a list of varints, all small enough to fit
-** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this
+** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this
** list nMax bytes or less in size.
*/
static int fts5PoslistPrefix(const u8 *aBuf, int nMax){
}
/*
-** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0
+** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0
** segment on disk. Also update the corresponding structure record.
**
-** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5FlushOneHash(Fts5Index *p){
i64 iDelta = 0;
int iOff = 0;
- /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following
- ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current
+ /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following
+ ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current
** doclist. */
while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<nDoclist ){
iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pDoclist[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta);
iRowid += iDelta;
-
+
if( writer.bFirstRowidInPage ){
fts5PutU16(&pBuf->p[0], (u16)pBuf->n); /* first rowid on page */
pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iRowid);
}
static Fts5Structure *fts5IndexOptimizeStruct(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5Structure *pStruct
){
Fts5Structure *pNew = 0;
/* Figure out if this structure requires optimization. A structure does
** not require optimization if either:
**
- ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or
+ ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or
** + all segments are on the same level, or
** + all segments except one are currently inputs to a merge operation.
**
fts5StructureRelease(pNew);
}
- return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+ return fts5IndexReturn(p);
}
/*
}
static void fts5DoclistIterInit(
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
Fts5DoclistIter *pIter
){
memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter));
Fts5Buffer out = {0, 0, 0};
Fts5Buffer tmp = {0, 0, 0};
- if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n) ) return;
+ /* The maximum size of the output is equal to the sum of the two
+ ** input sizes + 1 varint (9 bytes). The extra varint is because if the
+ ** first rowid in one input is a large negative number, and the first in
+ ** the other a non-negative number, the delta for the non-negative
+ ** number will be larger on disk than the literal integer value
+ ** was. */
+ if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n + 9) ) return;
fts5DoclistIterInit(p1, &i1);
fts5DoclistIterInit(p2, &i2);
if( i2.aPoslist==0 ) break;
}
else{
- /* Merge the two position lists. */
+ /* Merge the two position lists. */
i64 iPos1 = 0;
i64 iPos2 = 0;
int iOff1 = 0;
fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i2.iRowid);
fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i2.aPoslist, i2.aEof - i2.aPoslist);
}
+ assert( out.n<=(p1->n+p2->n+9) );
fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, p1, out.n, out.p);
fts5BufferFree(&tmp);
pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
if( aBuf && pStruct ){
- const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN
- | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY
+ const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN
+ | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY
| FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT;
int i;
i64 iLastRowid = 0;
}
/* Flush the hash table to disk if required */
- if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid
+ if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid
|| (iRowid==p->iWriteRowid && p->bDelete==0)
- || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize)
+ || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize)
){
fts5IndexFlush(p);
}
/*
** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it
** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data
-** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data
+** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data
** records must be invalidated.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p){
** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
- int bCreate,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ int bCreate,
Fts5Index **pp,
char **pzErr
){
pConfig, "data", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB", 0, pzErr
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx",
- "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)",
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx",
+ "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)",
1, pzErr
);
}
}
/*
-** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in
+** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in
** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the
** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(
- const char *p,
- int nByte,
+ const char *p,
+ int nByte,
int nChar
){
int n = 0;
** unicode characters in the string.
*/
static int fts5IndexCharlen(const char *pIn, int nIn){
- int nChar = 0;
+ int nChar = 0;
int i = 0;
while( i<nIn ){
if( (unsigned char)pIn[i++]>=0xc0 ){
}
/*
-** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is
+** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is
** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more
** times.
**
const int nChar = pConfig->aPrefix[i];
int nByte = sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(pToken, nToken, nChar);
if( nByte ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash,
p->iWriteRowid, iCol, iPos, (char)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX+i+1), pToken,
nByte
);
}
/*
-** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the
+** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the
** specified token or token prefix.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(
** satisfied by scanning multiple terms in the main index.
**
** If the QUERY_TEST_NOIDX flag was specified, then this must be a
- ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists),
+ ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists),
** evaluate the prefix query using the main FTS index. This is used
- ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug
+ ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug
** mode only. */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( pConfig->bPrefixIndex==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX) ){
Fts5Structure *pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
buf.p[0] = (u8)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX + iIdx);
if( pStruct ){
- fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY,
+ fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY,
pColset, buf.p, nToken+1, -1, 0, &pRet
);
fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
** Return true if the iterator passed as the only argument is at EOF.
*/
/*
-** Move to the next matching rowid.
+** Move to the next matching rowid.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IterNext(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){
Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter;
}
/*
-** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database.
+** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database.
**
** Parameter anSize must point to an array of size nCol, where nCol is
** the number of user defined columns in the FTS table.
}
/*
-** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer
+** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer
** supplied as the second argument.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8 *pData, int nData){
}
/*
-** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure
+** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure
** records to the value passed as the second argument.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
sqlite3Fts5Put32(aCookie, iNew);
- rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl,
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl,
"block", FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID, 1, &pBlob
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
/*************************************************************************
**************************************************************************
-** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check
+** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check
** functionality.
*/
** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments.
*/
static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(
- i64 iRowid,
- int iCol,
- int iPos,
+ i64 iRowid,
+ int iCol,
+ int iPos,
int iIdx,
const char *pTerm,
int nTerm
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to
+** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to
** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way.
**
-** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are
+** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are
** visited regardless of whether the doclist-index identified by parameters
** iSegid/iLeaf is iterated in forwards or reverse order.
*/
static void fts5TestDlidxReverse(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
int iSegid, /* Segment id to load from */
int iLeaf /* Load doclist-index for this leaf */
){
/*
-** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to
+** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to
** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way.
*/
static void fts5TestTerm(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5Buffer *pPrev, /* Previous term */
const char *z, int n, /* Possibly new term to test */
u64 expected,
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
/* If this is a prefix query, check that the results returned if the
- ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order.
+ ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order.
**
** This check may only be performed if the hash table is empty. This
** is because the hash table only supports a single scan query at
}
p->rc = rc;
}
-
+
#else
# define fts5TestDlidxReverse(x,y,z)
# define fts5TestTerm(u,v,w,x,y,z)
int iIdxLeaf = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 2);
int bIdxDlidx = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3);
- /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment,
+ /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment,
** ignore this b-tree entry. Otherwise, load it into memory. */
if( iIdxLeaf<pSeg->pgnoFirst ) continue;
iRow = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, iIdxLeaf);
/*
-** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally
+** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally
** consistent and (b) contains entries for which the XOR of the checksums
** as calculated by sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum() is cksum.
**
Fts5Buffer term = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used to hold most recent term */
#endif
const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT;
-
+
/* Load the FTS index structure */
pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
**
** Two versions of the same checksum are calculated. The first (stack
** variable cksum2) based on entries extracted from the full-text index
- ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn.
+ ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn.
**
** As each term visited by the linear scans, a separate query for the
** same term is performed. cksum3 is calculated based on the entries
for(iLvl=0; iLvl<p->nLevel; iLvl++){
Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &p->aLevel[iLvl];
- sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf,
+ sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf,
" {lvl=%d nMerge=%d nSeg=%d", iLvl, pLvl->nMerge, pLvl->nSeg
);
for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pLvl->nSeg; iSeg++){
Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg];
- sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}",
+ sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}",
pSeg->iSegid, pSeg->pgnoFirst, pSeg->pgnoLast
);
}
**
** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain a serialized Fts5Structure object. This
** function appends a human-readable representation of the same object
-** to the buffer passed as the second argument.
+** to the buffer passed as the second argument.
*/
static void fts5DecodeStructure(
int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */
/*
** This is part of the fts5_decode() debugging aid.
**
-** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function
-** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed
-** as the second argument.
+** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function
+** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed
+** as the second argument.
*/
static void fts5DecodeAverages(
int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */
** The start of buffer (a/n) contains the start of a doclist. The doclist
** may or may not finish within the buffer. This function appends a text
** representation of the part of the doclist that is present to buffer
-** pBuf.
+** pBuf.
**
** The return value is the number of bytes read from the input buffer.
*/
}
/*
-** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is
+** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is
** only ever used with detail=none tables.
**
** Buffer (pData/nData) contains a doclist in the format used by detail=none
lvl.iLeafPgno = iPgno;
for(fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl); lvl.bEof==0; fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl)){
- sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s,
+ sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s,
" %d(%lld)", lvl.iLeafPgno, lvl.iRowid
);
}
int bFirst = (iPgidxOff==szLeaf); /* True for first term on page */
int nByte; /* Bytes of data */
int iEnd;
-
+
iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nByte);
iPgidxPrev += nByte;
iOff = iPgidxPrev;
fts5BufferFree(&term);
}
-
+
decode_out:
sqlite3_free(a);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
i64 iRowid;
int segid, pgno;
if( nArg!=3 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"should be: fts5_rowid('segment', segid, pgno))", -1
);
}else{
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iRowid);
}
}else{
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"first arg to fts5_rowid() must be 'segment'" , -1
);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3_create_function(
- db, "fts5_decode_none", 2,
+ db, "fts5_decode_none", 2,
SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, fts5DecodeFunction, 0, 0
);
}
typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule;
/*
-** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS:
+** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS:
**
-** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are
+** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are
** opened and closed by the user:
**
** xBegin(): Start of a new transaction.
** xRollback(): Rollback the transaction.
**
** Anything that is required as part of a commit that may fail is performed
-** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors
+** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors
** returned by xCommit().
**
** And as sub-transactions are opened/closed:
** xRelease(int S): Commit and close savepoint S.
** xRollbackTo(int S): Rollback to start of savepoint S.
**
-** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data
+** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data
** in-memory. It is flushed to disk whenever xSync(), xRelease() or
-** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo()
+** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo()
** is called.
**
** Additionally, if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an instance of the following
};
/*
-** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is
+** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is
** registered with a database handle. It is used to store pointers to
** all registered FTS5 extensions - tokenizers and auxiliary functions.
*/
struct Fts5Global {
fts5_api api; /* User visible part of object (see fts5.h) */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */
i64 iNextId; /* Used to allocate unique cursor ids */
Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* First in list of all aux. functions */
Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok; /* First in list of all tokenizer modules */
**
** aIdx[]:
** There is one entry in the aIdx[] array for each phrase in the query,
-** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last
+** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last
** byte of the position list for the corresponding phrase.
*/
struct Fts5Sorter {
** Virtual-table cursor object.
**
** iSpecial:
-** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()),
-** then this variable contains the result of the query.
+** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()),
+** then this variable contains the result of the query.
**
** iFirstRowid, iLastRowid:
** These variables are only used for FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors. Assuming the
};
/*
-** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by
+** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by
** xBestIndex() to xFilter().
*/
#define FTS5_BI_MATCH 0x0001 /* <tbl> MATCH ? */
assert( iSavepoint>p->ts.iSavepoint );
p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint;
break;
-
+
case FTS5_RELEASE:
assert( p->ts.eState==1 );
assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
}
/*
-** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab().
+** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab().
*/
static void fts5FreeVtab(Fts5Table *pTab){
if( pTab ){
}
/*
-** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the
** WHERE constraint, it searches for the following:
**
** 1. A MATCH constraint against the special column.
int omit; /* True to omit this if found */
int iConsIndex; /* Index in pInfo->aConstraint[] */
} aConstraint[] = {
- {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ,
+ {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ,
FTS5_BI_MATCH, 1, 1, -1},
- {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ,
+ {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ,
FTS5_BI_RANK, 2, 1, -1},
{SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ, FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ, 0, 0, -1},
- {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE,
+ {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE,
FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE, 0, 0, -1},
- {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE,
+ {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE,
FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE, 0, 0, -1},
};
idxFlags = (idxFlags & 0xFFFF) | FTS5_BI_MATCH | (iCol << 16);
aConstraint[0].iConsIndex = i;
}else{
- /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an
+ /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an
** unusable plan. Set a prohibitively high cost. */
pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50;
return SQLITE_OK;
/*
** This function is called after the cursor passed as the only argument
-** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data
+** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data
** specific to the previous row stored by the cursor object.
*/
static void fts5CsrNewrow(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
- CsrFlagSet(pCsr,
- FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT
- | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE
- | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST
- | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST
+ CsrFlagSet(pCsr,
+ FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT
+ | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE
+ | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST
+ | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST
);
}
/*
-** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors
+** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors
** open on table pTab.
*/
static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5Table *pTab){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
- && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab
+ && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab
){
CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK);
}
/*
** If the REQUIRE_RESEEK flag is set on the cursor passed as the first
-** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor
+** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor
** is using. Then attempt to move the cursor to a rowid equal to or laster
-** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid.
+** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid.
**
** If the new rowid is not equal to the old, set output parameter *pbSkip
** to 1 before returning. Otherwise, leave it unchanged.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an
** error code if an error occurred.
*/
static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){
/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the
** search criteria.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned
int rc;
assert( (pCsr->ePlan<3)==
- (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE)
+ (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE)
);
assert( !CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) );
rc = SQLITE_OK;
break;
}
-
+
case FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH: {
rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr);
break;
}
-
+
default:
rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt);
if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
break;
}
}
-
+
return rc;
}
static int fts5PrepareStatement(
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
const char *zFmt,
...
){
va_start(ap, zFmt);
zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
if( zSql==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pConfig->db, zSql, -1,
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pConfig->db, zSql, -1,
SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT, &pRet, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
*pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pConfig->db));
va_end(ap);
*ppStmt = pRet;
return rc;
-}
+}
static int fts5CursorFirstSorted(Fts5Table *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){
Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
int rc;
const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank;
const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs;
-
+
nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
nByte = sizeof(Fts5Sorter) + sizeof(int) * (nPhrase-1);
pSorter = (Fts5Sorter*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
/* TODO: It would be better to have some system for reusing statement
** handles here, rather than preparing a new one for each query. But that
** is not possible as SQLite reference counts the virtual table objects.
- ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual
+ ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual
** table, saving it creates a circular reference.
**
** If SQLite a built-in statement cache, this wouldn't be a problem. */
** parameters.
*/
static int fts5SpecialMatch(
- Fts5Table *pTab,
- Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts5Table *pTab,
+ Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
const char *zQuery
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
static int fts5CursorParseRank(
Fts5Config *pConfig,
- Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
sqlite3_value *pRank
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See
** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
** information.
-**
+**
** There are three possible query strategies:
**
** 1. Full-text search using a MATCH operator.
bOrderByRank = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK) ? 1 : 0);
pCsr->bDesc = bDesc = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC) ? 1 : 0);
- /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies
+ /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies
** actually use them. This is ok, as the xBestIndex() method leaves the
** sqlite3_index_constraint.omit flag clear for range constraints
** on the rowid field. */
}
if( pTab->pSortCsr ){
- /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of
+ /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of
** processing for a "... MATCH <expr> ORDER BY rank" query (ePlan is
** set to FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH). pSortCsr is the cursor that will
- ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor
- ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function
+ ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor
+ ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function
** fts5CursorFirstSorted() above. */
assert( pRowidEq==0 && pRowidLe==0 && pRowidGe==0 && pRank==0 );
assert( nVal==0 && pMatch==0 && bOrderByRank==0 && bDesc==0 );
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
+/*
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
** Return the rowid that the cursor currently points to.
*/
static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
- assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
- || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH
- || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE
+ assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
+ || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH
+ || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE
);
if( pCsr->pSorter ){
return pCsr->pSorter->iRowid;
}
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts5
** exposes %_content.rowid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
int ePlan = pCsr->ePlan;
-
+
assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 );
switch( ePlan ){
case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL:
static int fts5SeekCursor(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bErrormsg){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */
+ /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */
if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr);
** INSERT INTO fts(fts) VALUES($pCmd)
** INSERT INTO fts(fts, rank) VALUES($pCmd, $pVal)
**
-** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT
+** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT
** statement. This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite
** error code if an error occurs.
**
if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete-all", zCmd) ){
if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
- fts5SetVtabError(pTab,
+ fts5SetVtabError(pTab,
"'delete-all' may only be used with a "
"contentless or external content fts5 table"
);
}
}else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rebuild", zCmd) ){
if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ){
- fts5SetVtabError(pTab,
+ fts5SetVtabError(pTab,
"'rebuild' may not be used with a contentless fts5 table"
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
static int fts5SpecialDelete(
- Fts5Table *pTab,
+ Fts5Table *pTab,
sqlite3_value **apVal
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
static void fts5StorageInsert(
- int *pRc,
- Fts5Table *pTab,
- sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ int *pRc,
+ Fts5Table *pTab,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
i64 *piRowid
){
int rc = *pRc;
*pRc = rc;
}
-/*
-** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
** inserted, updated or deleted.
**
** A delete specifies a single argument - the rowid of the row to remove.
-**
+**
** Update and insert operations pass:
**
** 1. The "old" rowid, or NULL.
assert( pVtab->zErrMsg==0 );
assert( nArg==1 || nArg==(2+pConfig->nCol+2) );
- assert( nArg==1
- || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER
- || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+ assert( nArg==1
+ || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER
+ || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_NULL
);
assert( pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 );
pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->base.zErrMsg;
fts5TripCursors(pTab);
eType0 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]);
- if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL
- && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL
+ if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL
){
/* A "special" INSERT op. These are handled separately. */
const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol]);
- if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
- && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z)
+ if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
+ && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z)
){
rc = fts5SpecialDelete(pTab, apVal);
}else{
}
}else{
/* A regular INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement. The trick here is that
- ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any
+ ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any
** modifications are made to the database file. There are 4 cases:
**
** 1) DELETE
** This is not suported. */
if( eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER && fts5IsContentless(pTab) ){
pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s",
+ "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s",
(nArg>1 ? "UPDATE" : "DELETE from"), pConfig->zName
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/* INSERT */
- else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
/* If this is a REPLACE, first remove the current entry (if any) */
- if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE
- && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER
+ if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER
){
i64 iNew = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]); /* Rowid to delete */
rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iNew, 0);
}
/*
-** Implementation of xSync() method.
+** Implementation of xSync() method.
*/
static int fts5SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
int rc;
}
/*
-** Implementation of xBegin() method.
+** Implementation of xBegin() method.
*/
static int fts5BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
fts5CheckTransactionState((Fts5Table*)pVtab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0);
}
static int fts5ApiColumnTotalSize(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iCol,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iCol,
sqlite3_int64 *pnToken
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
}
static int fts5ApiTokenize(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- const char *pText, int nText,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ const char *pText, int nText,
void *pUserData,
int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)
){
}
static int fts5ApiColumnText(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iCol,
- const char **pz,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iCol,
+ const char **pz,
int *pn
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
static int fts5CsrPoslist(
- Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
- int iPhrase,
+ Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
+ int iPhrase,
const u8 **pa,
int *pn
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
Fts5PoslistReader *aIter; /* One iterator for each phrase */
int nIter; /* Number of iterators/phrases */
-
+
nIter = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
if( pCsr->aInstIter==0 ){
int nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nIter;
/* Initialize all iterators */
for(i=0; i<nIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
const u8 *a;
- int n;
+ int n;
rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, i, &a, &n);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(a, n, &aIter[i]);
int *aInst;
int iBest = -1;
for(i=0; i<nIter; i++){
- if( (aIter[i].bEof==0)
- && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos)
+ if( (aIter[i].bEof==0)
+ && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos)
){
iBest = i;
}
static int fts5ApiInstCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, int *pnInst){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0
+ if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0
|| SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) ){
*pnInst = pCsr->nInstCount;
}
}
static int fts5ApiInst(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iIdx,
- int *piPhrase,
- int *piCol,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iIdx,
+ int *piPhrase,
+ int *piCol,
int *piOff
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0
- || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr))
+ if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0
+ || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr))
){
if( iIdx<0 || iIdx>=pCsr->nInstCount ){
rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
}
static void fts5ApiPhraseNext(
- Fts5Context *pUnused,
- Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
+ Fts5Context *pUnused,
+ Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
int *piCol, int *piOff
){
UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
}
static int fts5ApiPhraseFirst(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iPhrase,
- Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iPhrase,
+ Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
int *piCol, int *piOff
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
}
static void fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
int *piCol
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
}
static int fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iPhrase,
- Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iPhrase,
+ Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
int *piCol
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
-static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*,
+static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*,
int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*)
);
** Implementation of API function xQueryPhrase().
*/
static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iPhrase,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iPhrase,
void *pUserData,
int(*xCallback)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*)
){
/*
-** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Index
+** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Index
** object. Or NULL If the cursor id does not exist.
**
-** If successful, set *ppConfig to point to the associated config object
+** If successful, set *ppConfig to point to the associated config object
** before returning.
*/
static Fts5Index *sqlite3Fts5IndexFromCsrid(
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
*/
Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 );
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){
/* The value of the "rank" column. */
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){
fts5PoslistBlob(pCtx, pCsr);
- }else if(
+ }else if(
pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
|| pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH
){
}
/*
-** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the
+** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the
** fts5_api.xCreateTokenizer() method.
*/
static int fts5CreateTokenizer(
}
static Fts5TokenizerModule *fts5LocateTokenizer(
- Fts5Global *pGlobal,
+ Fts5Global *pGlobal,
const char *zName
){
Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod = 0;
}
/*
-** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the
+** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the
** fts5_api.xFindTokenizer() method.
*/
static int fts5FindTokenizer(
}
static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(
- Fts5Global *pGlobal,
+ Fts5Global *pGlobal,
const char **azArg,
int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer **ppTok,
){
assert( nArg==0 );
UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
- sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2017-10-24 18:55:49 1a584e499906b5c87ec7d43d4abce641fdf017c42125b083109bc77c4de48827", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2018-01-22 18:45:57 0c55d179733b46d8d0ba4d88e01a25e10677046ee3da1d5b1581e86726f2171d", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){
** this module is being built as part of the SQLite core (SQLITE_CORE is
** defined), then sqlite3_open() will call sqlite3Fts5Init() directly.
**
-** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension,
+** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension,
** sqlite3Fts5Init() is omitted and the two standard entry points
** sqlite3_fts_init() and sqlite3_fts5_init() defined instead.
*/
Fts5Index *pIndex;
int bTotalsValid; /* True if nTotalRow/aTotalSize[] are valid */
i64 nTotalRow; /* Total number of rows in FTS table */
- i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */
+ i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */
sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[11];
};
-#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0
-# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch"
+#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0
+# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch"
#endif
-#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1
-# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch"
+#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1
+# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch"
#endif
#if FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP!=2
-# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch"
+# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch"
#endif
#define FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT 3
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for
+ /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for
** statements to operate on it. */
assert( p->pConfig->bColumnsize || (
- eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE
- && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE
- && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE
+ eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE
+ && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE
+ && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE
));
assert( eStmt>=0 && eStmt<ArraySize(p->aStmt) );
switch( eStmt ){
case FTS5_STMT_SCAN:
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt],
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt],
pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent
);
break;
case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC:
case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC:
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist,
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist,
pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid, pC->zContentRowid,
pC->zContentRowid
);
break;
case FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP:
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt],
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt],
pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid
);
break;
- case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT:
+ case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT:
case FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONTENT: {
int nCol = pC->nCol + 1;
char *zBind;
** code otherwise.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config *pConfig){
- int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+ int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_data';"
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_idx';"
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_config';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){
- rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+ rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
- rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+ rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
);
const char *zName /* New name of FTS5 table */
){
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+ *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
"ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_%s' RENAME TO '%q_%s';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zTail, zName, zTail
);
char *zErr = 0;
rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, &zErr, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_%q'(%s)%s",
- pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn,
+ pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn,
#ifndef SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID
bWithout?" WITHOUT ROWID":
#endif
);
if( zErr ){
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s",
+ "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s",
pConfig->zName, zPost, zErr
);
sqlite3_free(zErr);
/*
** Open a new Fts5Index handle. If the bCreate argument is true, create
-** and initialize the underlying tables
+** and initialize the underlying tables
**
** If successful, set *pp to point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
- Fts5Index *pIndex,
- int bCreate,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ Fts5Index *pIndex,
+ int bCreate,
Fts5Storage **pp,
char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */
){
** remove the %_content row at this time though.
*/
static int fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- i64 iDel,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ i64 iDel,
sqlite3_value **apVal
){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iCol-1]);
}
ctx.szCol = 0;
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, fts5StorageInsertCallback
);
p->aTotalSize[iCol-1] -= (i64)ctx.szCol;
}
/*
-** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the
+** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the
** p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] variables. If successful, and if
** argument bCache is true, set the p->bTotalsValid flag to indicate
** that the contents of aTotalSize[] and nTotalRow are valid until
}
/*
-** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[]
+** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[]
** variables in the "averages" record on disk.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
/* Delete the contents of the %_data and %_docsize tables. */
rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';"
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';"
"DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_idx';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName,
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
for(ctx.iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ctx.iCol<pConfig->nCol; ctx.iCol++){
ctx.szCol = 0;
if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
(const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, ctx.iCol+1),
sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, ctx.iCol+1),
** Insert a new row into the FTS content table.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
i64 *piRowid
){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
** Insert new entries into the FTS index and %_docsize table.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
i64 iRowid
){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
for(ctx.iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ctx.iCol<pConfig->nCol; ctx.iCol++){
ctx.szCol = 0;
if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
(const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]),
sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]),
char *zSql;
int rc;
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'",
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zSuffix
);
if( zSql==0 ){
rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
(const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, i+1),
sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, i+1),
** %_content table.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- int eStmt,
- sqlite3_stmt **pp,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ int eStmt,
+ sqlite3_stmt **pp,
char **pzErrMsg
){
int rc;
- assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC
+ assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC
|| eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC
|| eStmt==FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP
);
** must match that passed to the sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt() call.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- int eStmt,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ int eStmt,
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt
){
assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC
}
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(
- Fts5Storage *p,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
const char *z,
sqlite3_value *pVal,
int iVal
/*
** For tokenizers with no "unicode" modifier, the set of token characters
-** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters.
+** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters.
*/
static unsigned char aAsciiTokenChar[128] = {
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x00..0x0F */
};
static void fts5AsciiAddExceptions(
- AsciiTokenizer *p,
- const char *zArg,
+ AsciiTokenizer *p,
+ const char *zArg,
int bTokenChars
){
int i;
** Create an "ascii" tokenizer.
*/
static int fts5AsciiCreate(
- void *pUnused,
+ void *pUnused,
const char **azArg, int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
){
rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, pFold, nByte, is, ie);
is = ie+1;
}
-
+
if( pFold!=aFold ) sqlite3_free(pFold);
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
return rc;
p->aTokenChar[iCode] = (unsigned char)bTokenChars;
}else{
bToken = sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode);
- assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) );
+ assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) );
assert( (bTokenChars==0 || bTokenChars==1) );
if( bToken!=bTokenChars && sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 ){
int i;
** Create a "unicode61" tokenizer.
*/
static int fts5UnicodeCreate(
- void *pUnused,
+ void *pUnused,
const char **azArg, int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */
+ Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */
UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
/*
** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenizing with the tokenizer
-** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token
+** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token
** character (not a separator).
*/
static int fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, int iCode){
}
}else if( a[*zCsr]==0 ){
/* An ascii-range separator character. End of token. */
- break;
+ break;
}else{
ascii_tokenchar:
if( *zCsr>='A' && *zCsr<='Z' ){
}
/* Invoke the token callback */
- rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie);
+ rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie);
}
-
+
tokenize_done:
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
return rc;
** Create a "porter" tokenizer.
*/
static int fts5PorterCreate(
- void *pCtx,
+ void *pCtx,
const char **azArg, int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
){
/* porter rule condition: (m > 1 and (*S or *T)) */
static int fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(char *zStem, int nStem){
assert( nStem>0 );
- return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t')
+ return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t')
&& fts5Porter_MGt1(zStem, nStem);
}
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'a':
+
+ case 'a':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("al", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'c':
+
+ case 'c':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ance", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'e':
+
+ case 'e':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("er", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'i':
+
+ case 'i':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ic", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'l':
+
+ case 'l':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("able", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'n':
+
+ case 'n':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ant", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'o':
+
+ case 'o':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ion", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 's':
+
+ case 's':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ism", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 't':
+
+ case 't':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ate", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'u':
+
+ case 'u':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ous", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'v':
+
+ case 'v':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ive", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'z':
+
+ case 'z':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ize", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
+
static int fts5PorterStep1B2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'a':
+
+ case 'a':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("at", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ate", 3);
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
ret = 1;
}
break;
-
- case 'b':
+
+ case 'b':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("bl", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ble", 3);
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
ret = 1;
}
break;
-
- case 'i':
+
+ case 'i':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("iz", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ize", 3);
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
ret = 1;
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
+
static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'a':
+
+ case 'a':
if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ational", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ate", 3);
}
}
break;
-
- case 'c':
+
+ case 'c':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("enci", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ence", 4);
}
}
break;
-
- case 'e':
+
+ case 'e':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("izer", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ize", 3);
}
}
break;
-
- case 'g':
+
+ case 'g':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("logi", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "log", 3);
}
}
break;
-
- case 'l':
+
+ case 'l':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("bli", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ble", 3);
}
}
break;
-
- case 'o':
+
+ case 'o':
if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ization", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ize", 3);
}
}
break;
-
- case 's':
+
+ case 's':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alism", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
}
}
break;
-
- case 't':
+
+ case 't':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("aliti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
}
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
+
static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'a':
+
+ case 'a':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ical", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ic", 2);
}
}
break;
-
- case 's':
+
+ case 's':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ness", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
}
}
break;
-
- case 't':
+
+ case 't':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("icate", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ic", 2);
}
}
break;
-
- case 'u':
+
+ case 'u':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ful", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'v':
+
+ case 'v':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ative", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 5;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'z':
+
+ case 'z':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alize", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
}
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
+
static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'e':
+
+ case 'e':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("eed", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ee", 2);
}
}
break;
-
- case 'n':
+
+ case 'n':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ing", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
-/*
+
+/*
** GENERATED CODE ENDS HERE (mkportersteps.tcl)
***************************************************************************
**************************************************************************/
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='s' ){
if( aBuf[nBuf-2]=='e' ){
- if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s')
+ if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s')
|| (nBuf>3 && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='i' )
){
*pnBuf = nBuf-2;
}
static int fts5PorterCb(
- void *pCtx,
+ void *pCtx,
int tflags,
- const char *pToken,
- int nToken,
- int iStart,
+ const char *pToken,
+ int nToken,
+ int iStart,
int iEnd
){
PorterContext *p = (PorterContext*)pCtx;
if( fts5PorterStep1B(aBuf, &nBuf) ){
if( fts5PorterStep1B2(aBuf, &nBuf)==0 ){
char c = aBuf[nBuf-1];
- if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0
- && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2]
+ if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0
+ && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2]
){
nBuf--;
}else if( fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf) && fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf) ){
/* Step 5a. */
assert( nBuf>0 );
if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='e' ){
- if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1)
+ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1)
|| (fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf-1) && !fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf-1))
){
nBuf--;
}
/* Step 5b. */
- if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l'
- && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1)
+ if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l'
+ && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1)
){
nBuf--;
}
{ "ascii", {fts5AsciiCreate, fts5AsciiDelete, fts5AsciiTokenize }},
{ "porter", {fts5PorterCreate, fts5PorterDelete, fts5PorterTokenize }},
};
-
+
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
int i; /* To iterate through builtin functions */
** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
**
- ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first
+ ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first
** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
- ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value
- ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint
- ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints
+ ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value
+ ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint
+ ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints
** using this format.
*/
static const unsigned int aEntry[] = {
*/
static int fts5_remove_diacritic(int c){
unsigned short aDia[] = {
- 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
- 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
- 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
- 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
- 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928,
- 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234,
- 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504,
- 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529,
- 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726,
- 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122,
- 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536,
- 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730,
- 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390,
+ 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
+ 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
+ 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
+ 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
+ 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928,
+ 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234,
+ 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504,
+ 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529,
+ 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726,
+ 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122,
+ 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536,
+ 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730,
+ 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390,
};
char aChar[] = {
- '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
- 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
- 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
- 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r',
- 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
- '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h',
- 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't',
- 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a',
- 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y',
+ '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
+ 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
+ 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
+ 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r',
+ 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
+ '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h',
+ 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't',
+ 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a',
+ 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y',
};
unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
{42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1},
{42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1},
{42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1},
- {65313, 14, 26},
+ {65313, 14, 26},
};
static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
- 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
- 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
- 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
- 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
- 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
- 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
- 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
- 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
- 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
- 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
+ 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
+ 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
+ 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
+ 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
+ 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
+ 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
+ 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
+ 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
+ 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
+ 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
};
int ret = c;
if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = fts5_remove_diacritic(ret);
}
-
+
else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
ret = c + 40;
}
v >>= 7;
}
return 9;
- }
+ }
n = 0;
do{
buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
******************************************************************************
**
** This is an SQLite virtual table module implementing direct access to an
-** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of
+** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of
** tables:
**
** col:
**
** One row for each term/column combination. The value of $doc is set to
** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term
-** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of
-** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table).
+** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of
+** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table).
**
** row:
** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term));
**
** One row for each term in the database. The value of $doc is set to
** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term
-** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term
+** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term
** $term in the database.
**
** instance:
** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, col, offset, PRIMARY KEY(<all-fields>));
**
-** One row for each term instance in the database.
+** One row for each term instance in the database.
*/
/*
-** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an
+** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an
** FTS5_VOCAB_XXX constant. If successful, set *peType to the output
** value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, set *pzErr to an error message
** and return SQLITE_ERROR.
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */
){
- const char *azSchema[] = {
- "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")",
+ const char *azSchema[] = {
+ "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")",
"CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_ROW_SCHEMA ")",
"CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_INST_SCHEMA ")"
};
const char *zDb = bDb ? argv[3] : argv[1];
const char *zTab = bDb ? argv[4] : argv[3];
const char *zType = bDb ? argv[5] : argv[4];
- int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1;
+ int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1;
int nTab = (int)strlen(zTab)+1;
int eType = 0;
-
+
rc = fts5VocabTableType(zType, pzErr, &eType);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( eType>=0 && eType<ArraySize(azSchema) );
return fts5VocabInitVtab(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
}
-/*
+/*
** Implementation of the xBestIndex method.
**
** Only constraints of the form:
** term == ?
** term >= ?
**
-** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated
+** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated
** identically, as are greater-than and greater-than-or-equal.
*/
static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod(
** specifically - "ORDER BY term" or "ORDER BY term ASC" - set the
** sqlite3_index_info.orderByConsumed flag to tell the core the results
** are already in sorted order. */
- if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
- && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
+ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
+ && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
&& pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
){
pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
** Implementation of xOpen method.
*/
static int fts5VocabOpenMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr
){
Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVTab;
static int fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pCsr->pIter) ){
pCsr->bEof = 1;
}else{
Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pCsr->pIter;
i64 *pp = &pCsr->iInstPos;
int *po = &pCsr->iInstOff;
-
+
while( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE
- || sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, po, pp)
+ || sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, po, pp)
){
pCsr->iInstPos = 0;
pCsr->iInstOff = 0;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE ){
rc = fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(pCsr);
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && !pCsr->bEof
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && !pCsr->bEof
&& (eType!=FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE || pCsr->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE)
){
rc = fts5VocabNextMethod(pCursor);
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
+/*
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts5VocabEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. The
** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
*/
static int fts5VocabRowidMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
){
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
-
+
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) */
/************** End of fts5.c ************************************************/
break;
}
case STMT_COLUMN_MEM: {
- i = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED +
+ i = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED +
STMT_COLUMN_NSCAN - SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
/* Fall thru */
}
/*
** This method is called to "rewind" the stmt_cursor object back
** to the first row of output. This method is always called at least
-** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or
+** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or
** stmtEof().
*/
static int stmtFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
}
/*
-** This following structure defines all the methods for the
+** This following structure defines all the methods for the
** stmt virtual table.
*/
static sqlite3_module stmtModule = {
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char **pzErrMsg,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB) */
/************** End of stmt.c ************************************************/
-#if __LINE__!=205346
+#if __LINE__!=207604
#undef SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2017-10-24 18:55:49 1a584e499906b5c87ec7d43d4abce641fdf017c42125b083109bc77c4de4alt2"
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2018-01-22 18:45:57 0c55d179733b46d8d0ba4d88e01a25e10677046ee3da1d5b1581e86726f2alt2"
#endif
/* Return the source-id for this library */
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
projects / php / commitdiff